” Fela * ie . a a ae WOES wed ee eke SE as Raa | MAS. AAAS Perk hs Mesa hiety eat %. OOLA Ia PE EP ’ re ef Liteeee a, eee: ee ane. 2 wt, iaeeiie ie Fe a eae de ; es | sae mt nh is is ,, Ege Jy ree Sal DEB ee pe ee ee AS bt i ‘ . pt ’ i i ‘ ‘ ; yb dae i eo’ @g3 ‘ ie ’ : jeg , ' #ia 4 ‘ tf ts * Loe. ' » i> ‘ ' ‘ bes “ ) ‘ +t H , Thf i? . ar Bee at ae | os ' ' ” weet u% a a oa mA aA I ; par Py IS aS, T9) ae P eR hk feta ag Pata kt nee eA | hace, x 17% inte mG hels ' ; ‘ is ‘ ‘ 4 PLAS EVES ES i‘) % ey ‘ pee ai an eet * eds ee Dh PS. : VAC it Xd ie i ; att Gd * vt vet yan ct m $3,¥-4 HAG , ‘i ye: MANES ‘ ; . Py ; ‘ faethe y . ‘i rf i, oS Sr Haya tiple ahi fastens ib ~ Paget vee pe chee a ie os “ty, : G 8 ! fh de Wy Ht | J | | i j i i. % hi Sah OSH gfe, B/G anf Se Te ae = SS = Ee Tee, } : ( Tae Ven | Yt \'¢ " APs »» S\ cia e Ae oo 7 Sats *\, ih) < ae ee eae as 35 a rs) >» i wy a = so SE Me | aM Fill Vy . oi ¥ rs y te ve! ‘ i ~ Oa R ay 4 ee ee j ee oe Pent Aw Australian Zoologist, Vol. 12, Parte-4y-495S9 THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST Issued by the ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES Vol. 12 WITH FORTY-FOUR PLATES and numerous Text-figures SYDNEY: 1954 — 1959 SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. Printed and published for the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, 28 Martin Place, Sydney, by E. J. Miller & Co., 28 Baldwin Street, Erskineville, New South Wales. Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post as a periodical. Index to Volume XII. INDEX TO SUBJECTS. Page Algoa (Pisces: Coryphaenidae), The Status of, by G. P. Whitley .. 293 Angas, George French: The Father of Australian Conchology, by T. Iredale 362 “Australian Encyclopaedia”, The Zoology of the, by A. Musgrave .... 385 Badamia exclamationis Captured in the Sydney District, by L. C. Haines 331 Bee, A New and Remarkable Colletid, by T. Rayment a f 334 Bees, Halictine .... vt. al La eee Bees from a Rain Forest, ‘Remarkable, by T. ‘Rayment UA ie. eel Bees in the Family Colletidae, A New Genus of, by T. Rayment us) See Biology of Two Hunting Wasps, by T. Rayment ... + 132 Book Reviews S See Reviews Bower Building and Display of the Satin Bower-bird, by N. Chaffer i Butterfly, An Extraordinary Bilateral Gynandromorph, ai L. C. Haines 262 Comtesse, Captain, by T. Iredale bd ; 373 Corrigendum vas ri ke ee a sae Cuttle-fish “Bones” Again, by T. Iredale hte ta a Dimorphism and Parthenogenesis in Halictine Bees, by T. ‘Rayment eZ Eulimoid Shells, Revision of the New South Wales, by C. F. Laseron Rear. 2) Fish Names and Records, More New, by G. P. Whitley Ba Bi | Forest Insects, Observations on Some ‘Australian Dee 3), by K. M. Moore 337 Forthcoming ‘Publications Ae ae A ! . 384 Froriep and Lamarck, by T. Iredale _.... Pena rigcen os 17/5) Green Vegetable Bug, Distribution of the, by. C. E. Chadwick fe es Hyperparasitism by a Minute Fly, by T. Rayment ny ee) iw! 350 Ichthyological Notes, by G. P. Whitley Hu He au bs jd, Vien Ichthyological Snippets, by G. P. Whitley uf BS Incidence of Acarid Mites on the Biolog of Bees, “by o “Rayment kee Iredaie, The Published Writings of Tom, by D. F. McMichael & G. P. Whitley 211 Land Shells from New South Wales, Three New, by C. F. McLauchlan 39 Land Shells originally introduced, by C. F. McLauchlan ae 40 Leatherjacket, An Interesting, by G. P. Whitley ‘. aN ah oS Liotiidae of New South Wales, Revision of the, by C. ‘F. Laseron _. ae 1 Marine Mollusca of Eastern Australia (Part iy by D. F. McMichael ... 374 Mussels, New South Wales, by C. F. Laseron ms eS Nomia australica Sm. Complex, The, by T. Rayment a ne 1a Nymphs of Synlestes ..., by F. C. Fraser ie 284 Odonata from Australia in the Dobson Collection, New Genera and 1 Species of, by F. C. Fraser a by ne Sat eae MENS 3) Opus CCE, by G. P. Whitley oy ny a Las ae Began oe! Pilsbry the Master, by T. Iredale Me Wi nn we, er La ae Published Writings of Tom Iredale .. ., by D. F. McMichael & G. P. Whitley 211 Reptiles and Amphibians from the Furneaux Islands, Bass Strait, Notes on a Collection of, by R. D. Mackay 2/1 Reptiles of Lion Island, New South Wales, a R. D. “Mackay Nie Deere =.) Reviews: “Australian Encyclopaedia” ts le ae a Pee 2, “Bees of the Portland District” mu Baty Bn tee eee “General Zoology” OF a ae Lhe ie) se “Guide to the Hawks of Australia” wine Ne a aut ae aS “Reclassification of the Order Odonata” 351 Scallop from Byron Bay, New South Wales, A New Subspecies of, by C. A. Fleming iy 108 Sidelights on New Zealand Ichthyology, by Gir. Whitley ie aos co) SE Snake from Queensland, A New, by E. Worrell aA ae a ea) OZ Snake-bite, A Case of, by R. D. Mackay ae rh ny se Oe Snakes, Notes on Skull- characters of Some Australian 1 Li Li aS Stuart: Artist Naturalist, Dr. James, by A. Musgrave ree my st) SED Stuart, James—Ichthyologist, by G. ’P. Whitley ey bie et eh Rg Stuart, James—Ornithologist, by T. Iredale ae ee as ees 32" Taipan Eggs, Incubation of New Guinea, by K. R. Slater Teaching Zoology (Part 1), by G. R. Meyer Wasps Water-Monitor from Northern Australia, A New, by E. Worrell INDEX TO AUTHORS. Chadwick, C. E.: Distribution of the Green Vegetable Bug Chaffer, N.: Bower Building and Display of the Satin Bower-bird Fleming, C. A.: A New Subspecies of Scallop from Byron Bay, New South Wales Praser, F. C.: New Genera and Species of Odonata from Australia in the Dobson Collection ,. The Nymphs of Synlestes tropicus Tillyard, Chorismagrion risi “Morton, Oristicta filicicola Tillyard, and Lestoidea conjuncta Tillyard Haines, L.. C.: An Extraordinary Bilateral Gynandromorph Butterfly Badamia exclamationis Captured in the Sydney District Iredale, T.: Captain Comtesse : Cuttle-fish “Bones” Again © George French Angas: The Father of Australian Conchology Froriep and Lamarck if James Stuart—Ornithologist eed Ria Paget) Pilsbry the Master ae [easeron, C. F.: New South Wales Mussels ae Revision of the Liotiidae of New South Wales __ Revision of the New South Wales Eulimoid Shells McLauchlan, C. F.: Land Shells originally introduced Three New Land Shells from New South Wales McMichael, D. F.: Marine Mollusca of Eastern Australia (Part 1) McMichael, D. F., and G. P. Whitley: The Published Writings of Tom Iredale with an Index of his New Scientific Names Mackay, R. D.: A Case of Snake-bite if Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Furneaux Islands, Bass Strait... Reptiles of ‘Lion Island, New South Wales Meyer, G. R.: Teaching Zoology (Part Bs), Moore, K. M.: Observations on Some Australian Forest Insects (Part 3) Musgrave, A.: Dr. James Stuart: Artist Naturalist a The Zoology of the “Australian Encyclopaedia” Rayment, T.: A New and Remarkable Colletid Bee ie A New Genus of Bees in the Family Colletidae Biology of Two Hunting Wasps Dimorphism and Parthenogenesis in Halictine Bees Hyperparasitism by a Minute Fly Incidence of Acarid Mites on the Biology of Bees Remarkable Bees from a Rain Forest The Nomia australica Sm. Complex Slater, K. R.: Incubation of New Guinea Taipan Eggs 306 165 132 201 Whitley, G. P.: An Interesting Leatherjacket Ichthyological Notes Ichthyological Snippets ib James Stuart—Ichthyologist More New Fish Names and Records Opus CCC. .... Sidelights on New Zealand Ichthyology The Status of Algoa (Pisces: Coryphaenidae) See also McMichael and Whitley. Worrell, E.: A New Snake from Queensland it A New Water-Monitor from Northern Australia Notes on Skull-characters of Some Australian Snakes ere OTs z - - <’ >a ~ SOS IIS te ent y Be Ge oe eg ee ee Be be ey Be be eee ee ee eee, * 3 +? . oy ee s € CX) ee s s o@ ae a ¥ Cy) na. i) 5 . oe : THE : ae ' J it <2) HH on a x3 “ on iY 5 ‘ bel Fa ¢@ “ Sy ee | | qi ©, a oT _ . a +¢ = as ay “. os i x w +¢ . Sy « as “ yt ‘oe ’ ] A. + oy} os , = a. e 8 : : =. Issued by the 3 6 +e uo i * ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ‘ . dy s Sy > oy = 2 a § 3. -- x3 a o oy = x ” - © s Edited by | = ® « s GILBERT WHITLEY, F.R.Z:S. ay 7 oe x Ln ry LA s x s vy e: ey 2. » ay o \ o@ ~e B ; Orn A \j y s: we 4 @ c- : } | (\) : : MAY 25 (coe }) & o Jf eo 6 ¥ Vol. XII — Part 1. | f =: = < H INDAR “y oe 2 ip me stictihuraittetc ly os iY o March 24th, 1954. Seemann i a \ YY vy a a y 8 = 2 . o (Price 12/6) co a o = srt y ve = All communications to the addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 7 . Ci) Pas Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, a. 3 28 Martin Place, Sydney. ve : a rs ut 2 ax} Y se 12 a +8 a b. = = $2 oe it 5. ty ho? : oy} oD ss 2. Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post as a periodical. ar} Y oe +f e4 on dy we ons Y x 24°8-8-5. 5.8.8.5. 8. 8.5.5. 6.8°8.5.0°5-5.028- 5.025. 8.0.8-8.8°8-5.8,8:5 (8.8.8 .0:8-8.8.8:5 0:8. 8.8 28: e.8 28a le SS- ese? ESE alee eee ales ett ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Established 1879. REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT 1899 (1917). Patron: His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, Lieutenant-General Sir John Northcott, K.C.M.G., K.C.V.O., C.B. ; Vice-Patrons: Sir Philip Woolcott Game, G.C.V.O., G.B.E., K.C.B., K.C.M.G., D.S.O. The Right Honourable Sir John Greig Latham, G.C.M.G. COUNCIL, 1953-54. President: James Roy Kinghorn, F.R.Z.S., C.M.Z.S., F.C.AS. _ .Wice-Presidents: Sir Edward Hallstrom, K.B., F.R.Z.S. Garnet Halloran, M.D., B.Sc., F.R.C.S. (Edin.), F.R.A.C.S., F.R.Z.S, . Emil Herman Zeck, F.R.Z.S. Aubrey Halloran, O.B.E., B.A., LL.B. Honorary Secretary: Mrs. Leone Harford. Honorary saint: L.. Webber. Honorary Solicitor: Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B, Honorary Editor: Gilbert Percy Whitley, F.R.Z.S. Assistant Honorary Treasurer: Charles Francis Laseron, FRZS. Members of Council: Lieut.-Colonel Henry BurghGeoffrey Alan Johnson. Norman Chaffer. Anthony Irwin Ormsby, LL.B. Ernest Jeffrey Gadsden. Theodore Cleveland Roughley, B.Sc., F.R.Z.S. Percy Fincham Harvey. Ellis Le Geyt Troughton, F.R.Z.S., C.M.Z.S. James Allen Keast, M.Sc. John Waterhouse. Officers (Non-Councillors): Honorary Auditor: M. S. Davies, F.C.A. (Aust.). Honorary Librarian: Mrs. P. R. Johnston. Assistant Honorary Secretary: Mrs. F. E. Lane. OFFICERS OF SECTIONS. Avicultural Section: Marine Zoological Section: Chairman: L. Webber. Chairman: F. McCamley. | Hon. Secretary: P, Harvey. Hon. Secretary: L. Walters. Budgerigar Section: Ornithological Section: Chairman: H. Yardley. Chairman: J. Francis. __ Hon, Secretary: J. Bright. Hon. Secretary: A. McGill. General Section: Chairman: E. J. Gadsden. Hon. Secretary: P. R. Johnston. Meteorol RALAN ZOOLOGIST Vol. XII. Part. 1, REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. By CHARLES F. LASERON, F.R.Z:S. (Figures 1-49.) INTRODUCTION. The original intention of this paper was to review the family of the Liotiidae alone, but it has been extended to include a number of other species, the classification of some of which is uncertain. The exact limitations of the Liotiidae are not yet well defined. The minute size of many species, and the fact that when living material is obtained specimens are only procured when this has been dried out, makes the study of the animal and even the operculum very difficult. The Orbitestel- lidae have been recognised as a different family, and many authors use Cyclostremidae as another distinct group. Apart from these there are other groups whose systematic position can only be guessed, and ultimately it, will probably be found that the complete classification is very complex. An immediate necessity, however, is to catalogue and figure such species as exist on the coast, as a preliminary for the deeper study of phylogeny and ecology. Even in taxonomy comparatively little has been done in New South Wales. Charles Hedley in his Check List allowed 24 species under Liotiidae and one Orbitestella. Of these, seven species described by Hedley himself have been ex: cellently described and figured and their future recognition presents no difficulty. Species named by Angas are also satisfactory, as is Brazier’s Liotella pulcherrima. Of the others, most are Tasmanian and Southern Australian species, whose extended range to New South Wales is often open to considerable doubt. This applies particularly to the several species proposed by the Rev. J. E. Tenison Woods. It is unfortunate that these were invariably unfigured, the descriptions were entirely inadequate, confined to a few lines of Latin with omission of many essential characters, and without access to the types recognition is almost impossible. This has led to much confusion. For instance, Professor Tate and W. L. May have identified and figured two different species as Liotella annulata Ten. Woods, one from South Australia, the other from Tasmania, while that recorded as annulata from New South Wales, while resembling the Tasmanian form, seems different from either. Tasmanian species which appear on the New South Wales list were mostly identified by Hedley from deep sea dredgings by the “Thetis” and other expeditions. Even these cannot be taken as certain. ‘The shells are so minute, that unless a species is a striking novelty, a general resemblance has been sufficient to cause workers to extend the range from one State to another. When every species, known or unknown, is drawn, differences in detail are revealed, showing that many are quite different from those with which they have been identified, and others, though tentatively retained under their former names, may yet prove to be distinct species. Of the other species described in this paper, some show relationship with Queensland species, themselves as yet undescribed. The field here is enormous. Practically the only work done in Queensland on minute shells is that by the late Charles Hedley, and that mainly from two localities only—the Hope Islands and Masthead Island. There are literally hundreds of species, more or less related to the Liotiidae, which are as yet entirely unstudied, the great majority of which need new specific and in many cases new generic names. It is hoped that this attempt to systematise the group in New South Wales, practically synonymous with the Peronian Zoogeographical Province, will stimulate the desire to do likewise in Northern Australian waters. MAY 17 1964 2 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Practically all the material in this paper has been collected by my son John and myself in the last twenty years. I am deeply indebted to Mr. Tom Iredale, who throughout has taken the greatest interest in the work, has ever been ready with useful advice, and who has given freely of his own great knowledge and experience. All the types, as well as specimens illustrated, are being presented to the Australian pee where they will be kept as a separate unit and thus be available for future reference. As in my other papers, the reference Hedley 466, or May 365, denotes the number indicating a species in the papers by Charles Hedley and W. L. May, respec- tively: “A Check List of the Marine Fauna of New South Wales, Part I,” Supple- ment to Jour, Roy. Soc., N.S.W., Vol, LI, 1917, and “A Check List of the Mollusca of Tasmania,’ Govt. Printer, Hobart, 1921 and 1923. Family LIOTIIDAE. Genus LIOTINA, Fischer, 1885. Liotina, Fisher, Man, de Conch. 1885, p. 831. Type, L. gervillei Defr. (Eocene fossil, Europe). Liotina botanica Hedley. Figures 1, 1a. Hedley 466. | This is the largest and also the commonest of the New South Wales species. It has been excellently described and figured by Hedley, and there is little to be added to his description. It is common on beaches right along the coast, and we have found it alive under rocks in pools at Long Reef, north of Sydney. The specimen figured is from this locality, and its major diameter is 6.5 mm., comparing with 7 mm. in the type. As the operculum has not yet been described, the oppor- tunity is taken to note the following characters. It is circular with a central depressed nucleus, multi-spiral, the spirals very numerous and close together, and covered with minute raised tubercles. It is thick, with an outer, thin translucent and apparently horny layer both on the external and internal surfaces, between which is a thick, granular (? crystalline) layer. It is a very constant species, easily recognised by its form, sculpture and prominent varix surrounding the aperture, and there is no other species with which it can readily be confused. Liotina saxa, sp. nov. Figures 2, 2a. Shell large for the group, massive, depressed turbinate, yellowish. Protoconch small and naticoid in a flat summit. Whorls 4, increasing rapidly, angular at the periphery, flattened above, sutures deep. The sculpture consists primarily of a strong concentric keel at the periphery, a lesser keel below this, another fainter keel below this and a fourth keel on the base. There are also two faint keels above, between the shoulder of the whorl and the suture. The transverse sculpture consists of broad, rounded costae, fading on the base, about 12 on the body whorl, and rising into prominent protuberances where they cross the keels. Secondary trans- verse sculpture consists of very fine, sharp, closely-packed ridges, covering both the main costae and the spaces between, and continuous from the suture downwards across the base and on to the walls of the umbilicus. Aperture rounded and entire, oblique, its margin broadened by a thick varix. Umbilicus large and deep, the funicle and sides with sharp vertical ridges. Height 5 mm., maximum diameter 7 mm., minimum diameter 5.5 mm. Locality:—14 fathoms off Long Reef (type); also 2 specimens 30-35 fathoms off Crookhaven. Remarks:—The nearest relation of this species seems to be L. densilineata Tate, but it differs in details of the sculpture and in the umbilicus. LASERON. 3 Liotina scalaris Hedley. Hedley 467. Originally recorded as Liotia tasmanica Ten. Woods, var. scalaris Hedley, this is a deep water species from the continental shelf. I have not seen specimens, but from a figure published by T. Iredale, 1936, it has a higher spire and is much more rugose than L. saxa, though the general features of the sculpture are similar. Genus PSEUDOLIOTIA Tate. Trans. Royal Soc. S. Aust., xxii., 1898, p. 71. Genotype Liotia micans Adams. Tate’s description of Pseudoliotia is as follows: “Shell something like Liotia, shell thick and porcellaneous, aperture oblique, operculum horny and multispiral. Recalls Molleria, which is differentiated by a calcareous operculum.” Various authors, including Iredale, Hedley and May, have since regarded Pseudoliotia as a synonym of Liotia, but the Australian species usually regarded as true Liotias are tropical forms, larger and with more elevated spires. Pseudoliotia forms apparently a natural group, of which two species occur in southern Australia, and similar, if not exactly the same, species in Queensland and northern Australia as far as Darwin. ‘Tate’s genus may therefore be left until further data determine its exact systematic position. Pseudoliotia micans Adams. Figures 3, 3a. Pseudoliotia speciosa Angas.‘ Figures 4, 4a. Hedley 464. ' Though these are two distinct species, they are better discussed together, as there has been some confusion about their identity, and Hedley in his Check List synonomizes speciosa under micans. Both seem to have a wide geographical range; just how wide is not yet correctly known. The type locality of micans is South Australia, and both the Tasmanian and New South Wales specimens cannot be distinguished from those from South Australia. P. speciosa was described from Sydney Harbour, and extends northwards. Two similar if not identical species are found in Queensland, and two more in Darwin, but the exact identity of these northern forms has not yet been determined. When found together, micans and speciosa can be readily separated by their size, which is very constant, the specimen of micans figured from Little Manly having a maximum diameter of 3.2 mm, that of speciosa from North Harbour being 2.1 mm. This difference does not seem great, but it actually represents the comparative difference between a florin and a sixpenny piece, and is very apparent to the eye. The sculpture is very close, but speciosa has rather fewer cross ribs, it is flatter, the aperture is much more oblique, and the funicle or rib within the umbilicus is not nearly so prominent. Both species are common in shell sand on the beaches around Sydney, both inside and outside the harbour. Genus LODDERIA Tate. Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, xxiii, 1899, p. 215. Genotype: Lodderia lodderae Petterd. A genus related to Liotia, depressed turbinate in shape, aperture circular, oblique, with a prominent varix, peristome complete, the sculpture confined to a number of plain spiral keels, umbilicus deep. Operculum white and thick, with a central nucleus, multi-spiral. Lodderia lodderae Petterd. Figs. 5, 5a.. Hedley 462. Petterd’s name has for a long time been accepted for the New South Wales shell, and gives the species an extensive range, South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania and New South Wales. Tasmanian specimens agree very well with the New South Wales species, but I have not been able to compare them with those from the type locality. Locally the species is a distinctive one, the strong concentric keels and absence of transverse sculpture making its recognition easy. It is common from many localities, mainly on the outer beaches. The specimen figured was living in dead Teredo tubes in a piece of driftwood at Long Reef, north of Sydney, its maxi- mum diameter 1.7 mm., its minimum diameter 1.3 mm. 4 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Genus LODDERENA Iredale. Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 1924, p, 233, Genotype Liotia minima Ten. Woods. The genotype is included in both the New South Wales and Tasmanian check lists as Lodderia, and Iredale gives no generic description beyond stating that it should be separated as a distinct genus. If this be accepted, the main differences between the two are that the aperture is more prolonged and the concentric keels are finer and relieved by transverse puckerings adjacent to the sutures and on the base where they make the margin of the umbilicus plicate. The varix surrounding the very oblique aperture is very strong. Lodderena minima Ten. Woods. Figs. 6, 6a. Hedley 463. This is another of Tenison Woods’ species, which was unfigured and with an original description insufficient for recognition. Hedley identified it from the New South Wales coast after comparison with specimens from Western Port, Victoria, supplied by J. H. Gatliff, and figured and described the New South Wales shell. This is a very distinctive though minute shell, and the characters as given for the genus Lodderena should make its recognition easy. It is not uncommon in shell sand from various localities, mainly on the outer beaches. The specimen figured was dredged in North Harbour, its texture diameter .8 mm., its minimum diameter about .6 mm. Genus PARTUBIOLA Iredale. Rec. Aust. Mus. XIX, 1936, p. 286. Genotype Partubiola blancha Iredale. ; . Iredale combined his generic and specific descriptions, but the features which may be taken as generic are the small, discoidal shell, which is thin and translucent, the sculpture of numerous concentric ridges, the wide umbilicus, the slightly oblique aperture and incomplete peristone, a band of callus on the body whorl linking the anterior and posterior extremities of the inner margin. The systematic position of this genus is uncertain. The simple nature of the shell gives no clue to its true relationship. It may be linked to the Liotiidae; on the other hand, when the animal and operculum become known it may have affinities at present unsuspected. Partubiola blancha Iredale. Figs. 7, 7a. Reference as for the genus. The specimen figured came from 30-35 fathoms off Crookhaven, its maximum diameter 3.7 mm., which is smaller than the type. Otherwise it agrees fairly well, though the concentric ridges on the central portion of the body whorl are very faint and practically obsolete. Above this they are well defined, and _ steplike to a sharp edge, beyond which the whorl is depressed to the suture, bearing three more faint ridges. The type came from Sydney Harbour dredgings, and it may be that further material will show that more than one species occurs. Genus MICRODISCULA Thiele. Deutsch Sud. Pol. Exped. Vol. 12, 1912, p 199. Genotype M. vanhoffeni Thiele. This genus was proposed for small shells from the Antarctic and Subantarctic generally resembling the European Skenea but with a different radula. The general features are a thin, transparent shell, with depressed spire, just visible from in front, wide umbilicus and incomplete peristome. Certain Australian shells fit this description, and W. L. May has used it for Cyclostrema charopa Tate, which has a slightly higher spire than the genotype. May's figure does not, however, agree with that of Tate, and it is probable that the Tasmanian species is distinct. Three species from New South Wales might also be placed here, though their ultimate verification will depend on the discovery of the animal and comparison of its radula with the true Microdiscula. Microdiscula vitrea, sp. nov. Figs. 8, 8a. Shell small, thin, colourless and transparent, discoidal, the low spire just visible when viewed laterally. Protoconch minute, naticoid, mature whorls three, rapidly expanding, rounded, depressed above making a distinct hollow to the suture. Surface smooth except for faint growth lines, and a few faint concentric lirae adjoining LASERON. ) the suture. Umbilicus wide and deep, the coiling of the earlier whorls clearly visible. Aperture not quite perfect in the type, but slightly oblique, rounded, the peristome nearly complete, except for a short gap where it is replaced by a narrow band of callus on the body whorl, outer and inner margins thin. Height, about I.5 mm., maximum diameter 4.1 mm., minimum diameter 3,5 mm. Locality: North Harbour, Port Jackson. Remarks: In spite of the simple nature of the shell, there is no Australian shell yet described with which it can be confused. Others undoubtedly exist, and it is hoped that the description of one species will stimulate search for others, and for data to shed light on their true relationship. Microdiscula pellucida, sp. nov. Figs. 9, ga. Shell small, thin, colourless and transparent, discoidal, summit of spire just visible from the side. Protoconch minute and simple, mature whorls three, rapidly increasing, regularly rounded, sutures deep. Sculpture none, except for faint growth lines, surface shining. Umbilicus wide and deep, round, the curvature of the earlier whorls visible within. Aperture wide and rounded, margins thin, peristome almost complete, adhering to the body whorl over a very short distance. Height slightly over 1 mm., maximum diameter 2.5 mm., minimum diameter 1.8 mm. Locality: Kurnell, Botany Bay, in shell sand. Remarks: Generally resembles M. vitrea, but smaller and with quite different proportions, being much higher in relation to its diameter. ; Microdiscula fragilis, sp. nov. Figs. 48, 48a, 48b. Shell small, white, thin and translucent, discoidal, the spire depressed, its tip just visible when viewed laterally. Protoconch apparently naticoid, slightly tilted and immersed. Mature whorls three, rounded, the earlier whorls just level above with the body whorl, the tip of the spire slightly above, sutures moderately impressed. Surface smooth and shining, the sculpture confined to faint growth lines. Aperture round, its upper margin just below the body whorl, slightly oblique, margins thin, the peristome incomplete, a thin layer of callus connecting it across the body whorl. Umbilicus round, wide and deep. Maximum diameter 1.8 mm., minimum diameter 1.4 mm. Locality: Abundant in shallow water dredgings, Port Hacking, New South Wales. Remarks: This is the smallest of the three species here discussed under Micro- discula. |It is not quite so flat as M. vitrea, and is flatter than M. pellucida, and there are differences in the aperture, hard to describe, but best understood by com- parison of the figures. The three species have distinct contours when viewed laterally. Genus BROOKULA Iredale. Proce Malac) SoG. x, LO12, p. TiO. Genotype B. stibarochila Iredale. This is a large and on the whole well defined genus, and its usage is uniform by conchologists both in Australia and New Zealand. Typically the species have broadly conical, elevated spires, they are minute, often under r mm. in height, umbilicate, the peristome complete but hidden by the overhang of the body whorl, and the sculpture consists of strong transverse ribs, between which are fine and concentric threads. Occasionally the sculpture is ill-defined and even nearly obsolete, but close examination always reveals its presence even if at first sight the shells seem practically smooth. There is also variation in the height of the spire. Some species are more depressed, and in a few, such as johnstoni Beddome, a stage is reached where different authors have placed it either under Brookula or Liotella. Two species of Brookula have been allowed in Hedley’s Check List, B. angeli Ten, Woods, and B. crebresculpta Tate. Both were collected by J. Brazier off Bottle and Glass Rocks, Port Jackson. For various reasons both identifications are open to doubt. When it was made in 1900 the wealth of minute species on the coast was not realised, and a general resemblance was often taken as sufficient identificatio. Brookula angeli, first described as a Rissoa, is another of Tenison Woods’ wretched species, unfigured and inadequately described. Hedley figured a specimen sent to him as authentic by C. E. Beddome,* but W. L. May in his Tas- manian Check List figures quite another species, with far fewer ribs, and certainly more like one of the New South Wales forms * Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxv, 1900, p. 503, pl. 25, f. 14, 6 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Tryon in his Manual figures as angeli still another species. Later in this paper the N.S.W. species generally known as angeli has been given a new name to avoid perpetuating this confusion of identity. B. crebresculpta Tate is a South Australian species which has been adequately figured and described, but in twenty years of collecting we have not seen it in New South Wales, and while its record cannot be altogether expunged, some further confirmation is needed before it can be finally accepted. Of the other Tasmanian species none is quite identifiable with those of New South Wales, neither are the one or two so far described from Queens- land. This necessitates new specific names for all the New South Wales forms which are here described. Brookula obscura, sp. nov. Fig. ro. Shell minute, white, thin, translucent, broadly conical. Protoconch naticoid followed by three mature whorls, increasing regularly, body whorl large. Whorls regularly rounded, sutures deep. Sculpture not prominent, the transverse ribs nearly obsolete and only visible at some angles, the spiral lirae continuous, fine and closely spaced, continuing on the base. Umbilicus narrow but deep. Aperture rounded outer margin thin, inner margin straighter and slightly reflected, peristome com- — lete, but posterior portion hidden from in front by the overhang of the body whorl. Height 1.3 mm. Localities: Not uncommon in shell sand on the outer beaches. Type from Port Stephens, also many specimens from Manly Ocean Beach. Remarks: Though of typical shape, the obscure transverse sculpture and -con- tinuous spiral lirae remove it from most other species of the group, though in my opinion not sufficiently to justify generic separation. These features should make its future recognition easy. Brookula jacksonensis, sp. nov. Fig. rr. Shell minute but large for the genus, thin, white and translucent, conical. Proto- conch naticoid, prominent and slightly tilted. Mature whorls four, increasing regu- larly, rounded, sutures deep. Sculpture very prominent, consisting of narrow, elevated, rounded, transverse costae, about 16 to the whorl, conspicuously white against the translucent surface of the whorl, continuous on to the base and into the umbilicus. The spaces between the costae are much wider than the costae them- selves, and are crossed by numerous fine spiral lirae. Umbilicus narrow but deep. Aperture rounded, with simple outer margin, inner margin slightly reflected, peristome complete, but its posterior portion hidden from in front by the overhang of the body whorl, the whole aperture anteriorly produced. Height 1.5 mm. Locality: Manly Beach (type); not uncommon in shell sand here and on other outside beaches. Remarks: This approaches closely to B. nepeanensis Gatliff, a Victorian species also recorded from Tasmania. It is, however, rather narrower and with an extra whorl, and the transverse costae are rather more numerous. Brookula augeria, sp. nov. Fig. 12. Shell minute, broadly conical, thin, white. Protoconch naticoid, prominent. Mature whorls three, increasingly regularly, rounded, with deep sutures. Sculpture prominent, on the body whorl about 12 broad, rounded and elevated transverse costae; on the two earlier whorls the costate are smaller, numerous and close together. The costae are continuous on the base and bend upwards into the umbilicus. The spiral lirae are strong and are continuous, overriding the trans- verse costae. Umbilicus narrow and deep. Aperture rounded, in the type the outer margin expanded by the latest of the main costae, inner margin slightly reflected, the peristome complete, adherent posteriorly to the body whorl whose overhang makes it invisible in front. Height 1.2 mm. Locality: 40-50 fathoms off Twofold Bay. Remarks: This species is very close to B. jacksonensis, of which it may be considered the deepwater representative. It differs by having one whorl less, by being relatively broader, by having fewer costae on the body whorl, and by the crowding of the costae on the earlier whorls. It also resembles the figure given by May of B. angeli Ten. Woods, but for reasons already given this name has been discarded as from New South Wales. LASERON. 7 Brookula turbinata sp. nov. Fig. 13. Shell minute, white turbinate with a low spire. Protoconch prominent, naticoid, smooth, the costae of the adult sculpture appearing quite suddenly. Mature whorls three, rounded, sutures deep. Sculpture well defined, consisting of numerous, sharp, narrow, elevated transverse costae, about 20 on the body whorl, narrower than the intercostal spaces, continuous on the base and ascending into the umbilicus. Numerous spiral lirae cross the spaces between the costae. The umbilicus is moderately wide, round and deep. Aperture rounded, slightly angulated posteriorly, peristome complete, separate from the body whorl, but slightly hidden by the over- hang of the body whorl when viewed from in front, margins thin. Height .o mm. Localities: 40-50 fathoms, Twofold Bay (type); another specimen from shell sand, Port Stephens. Remarks: This is a beautiful little species, easily recognised by its shape and its sharply defined, regular sculpture. It is the first of several species showing pro- gressively a reduction in the height of the spire, a corresponding increase in the size of the umbilicus and a complete development of the peristome, until the border line of Brookula and Liotella is reached. Brookula orospatia, sp. nov. Fig. 14. Shell minute, conical white. Protoconch prominent, naticoid and smooth, adult sculpture appearing gradually. Mature whorls three, rounded, sutures deep. The transverse sculpture is distinct but not prominent, the costae are narrow, about 22 on the body whorl, not elevated and not so well defined as shown on the figure, particularly on the base where they become faint before they finally ascend into the umbilicus. The spiral lirae are fine, numerous and well defined, particularly on the base. Umbilicus narrow and deep. Aperture rather elongate, the peri- stome adherent in its posterior portion to the body whorl, the outer margin thin and rounded, the inner margin nearly straight, the anterior margin bent back and extended. Height 1.3 mm. Locality: 40-50 fathoms, Twofold Bay. Remarks: The weak transverse sculpture separates this from most of the New South Wales species with high spires, but the shape of the aperture with its reflected anterior margin is the most conspicuous specific character. Brookula sp; Fig. 34. A single specimen of what is apparently a different species of Brookula was sorted from dredgings from 6-9 fathoms, Sow and Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, and is here figured for future reference. Further material is needed before a new specific name is proposed. In form this specimen generally resembles B. turbinata, but is nearly smooth, only traces of transverse sculpture appearing on the upper whorls and similar traces of concentric sculpture here and there. The indefinite sculpture may be partially due to wear, but the characters of the aperture are sufficiently distinctive to suggest that ultimately this must be still another species to add to the New South Wales list. The height of the specimen is about 1 mm. Brookula finesia, sp. nov. Fig. 15. Shell minute, turbinate with a low spire, white. Protoconch naticoid of two whorls, smooth. Mature whorls three, increasing regularly, rounded, sutures deep. Sculpture well defined, the transverse costae sharp, narrow and very numerous, close together, in width about equal to the intercostal species, continuous on the base and ascending into the umbilicus. The spiral sculpture is not prominent, consisting of fine lirae just visible between the costae. Aperture round, slightly oblique, peristome nearly entire, joined for a very narrow space posteriorly to the body whorl, umbilicus relatively wide, circular and deep. Height of shell 1.3 mm., maximum diameter of base 1.6 mm. Locality: 30-35 fathoms off Crookhaven. Remarks: This is a very beautiful and distinctive little species, the turbinate shape and sharp, finely-packed costae being useful features for future recognition. Systematically it seems on the border line between Brookula and Liotella, and might indeed be placed in either genus, the spire in height intermediate between the two with the rounded deep umbilicus and the aperture approaching the typical Liotella. Its nearest ally is B. densilaminata Verco, which has a slightly higher spire, but is otherwise very similar. 8 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Brookula tumida, sp. nov. Fig. 16. Shell: minute, conical, white. Protoconch naticoid and smooth. Mature whorls three, rounded, the centre whorl swollen, relatively large, making the spire higher than normal and giving a distinct facies to the contour, the sutures deep. Sculpture not prominent, the transverse costae few and ill-defined, fading at the periphery, the spiral lirae continuous, very fine and not at all conspicuous. On the type the transverse costae become more conspicuous on the back of body whorl and near the aperture, where they consist of broad, low, rounded folds. Aperture rounded, peristome not quite complete, the inner margin slightly flattened and slightly reflected anteriorly. Umbilicus narrow, little more than a deep slit. Height 1.6 mm. Locality: 40-50 fathoms, off Twofold Bay. Remarks: This approaches close to B. obscura, already described in this paper, which is the common shallow water species near Sydney, and the opinion might possibly be held that it is but a deep water variety of that species. It is, however, relatively higher in proportion to its width, and the tumid median whorl gives it a distinct facies. There is no known Tasmanian species with which it can be compared. Genus LIOTELLA Iredale. Trans. New Zealand Inst., xvii, 1914, p. 442. Genotype Liotia polypleura Hedley. Iredale proposed Liotella for shells without a thickened peristome which are more or less loosely coiled, and having a multispiral operculum, with a central nucleus. To this may be added that the spire is depressed, the umbilicus wide and deep, the whorls are rounded and the sculpture consists of strong transverse ribs, with the spiral sculpture confined to fine lirae between the ribs or nearly or entirely obsolete. Among the species placed under Liotella there is considerable variation in the height of the spire; some species have the spire so elevated as to approximate to a depressed Brookula, others have it so depressed that the summit is quite flattened and the shell is coiled nearly within the one plane. Within these limits Liotella seems to form a natural genus whose recognition is comparatively easy. Liotella princeps, sp. nov. Figs. 17, 17a. Shell minute, depressed turbinate, spire laterally visible, white. Protoconch minute, smooth, but details not observable. Mature whorls three, rounded, sutures very deep, the whole loosely coiled, becoming slightly uncoiled towards the aperture. Sculpture prominent and well defined, consisting of numerous, sharp, well-raised transverse costae, 11 of which are visible on the front portion of the body whorl when viewed in profile. The intercostal spaces are about twice the width of the costae themselves. There is no trace of spiral sculpture, and the intercostal spaces are smooth. The costae are continuous from the sutures round the whorl and ascend vertically into the umbilicus. Aperture round, the peristome complete, the body whorl slightly uncoiled with the aperture pointing slightly downwards. Umbilicus round, well defined and deep. Major diameter 1.3 mm., minimum diameter .o mm. Locality: 15-25 fathoms, off Crookhaven. Remarks: This is probably the species recorded by C. Hedley from the “Thetis” Expedition as Cyclostrema johnstoni Beddome, and included in the Check List as Liotella (No. 460). Unfortunately, johnstoni is another rather unsatisfactory species, as the original description was short and unaccompanied by a figure. Both May and Tate later figured johnstoni, but their figures do not quite agree, and it is probable that May’s figure from a Tasmanian shell is the correct species. May shows a shell with a rather higher spire than ours, brown in colour, and, in fact, he places it under Brookula. Amongst New South Wales species, the slight uncoiling of the body whorl, and the downward pointing aperture, should prove ready recogni- tion points. Liotella littoralis, sp. nov. Fig. 18. Shell minute, depressed turbinate, spire laterally visible, white. Protoconch naticoid, smooth. Mature whorls three, rounded, sutures deep. Sculpture strong and well defined, consisting of numerous elevated sharp costae, continuous from the sutures across the whorls and into the umbilicus, the intercostal spaces about 14 times the width of the costae, spiral sculpture absent. Fourteen costae are visible on the front portion of the body whorl when viewed laterally. Aperture rounded, LASERON. 9 peristome entire, separate from the body whorl, but not pointing downwards as in L. princeps. Umbilicus round, wide and deep. Maximum diameter 1 mm., mini- mum diameter .7 mm. Localities: Shell sand, Port Stephens (type); Manly Ocean Beach; not uncommon on outer beaches. Remarks: This is closely allied to L. princeps, but has a slightly deeper body whorl, the costae are rather more numerous and more closely placed, and the aperture does not point downwards. Liotella \parvirota, sp. nov. Figs. 19, 19a. Shell minute, discoidal, coiled in nearly one plane so that the spire is slightly below the rim of the body whorl, and there is little difference in appearance between the lower and the upper surface of the shell; white. Protoconch minute, smooth, apparently a short, conical cap. Mature whorls three, round, the sutures deeply indented, the body whorl becoming separate just before the aperture. Aperture round, peristome complete and separate from the body whorl. Sculpture consisting of fine, sharp, well-elevated costae, far apart, only seven visible on the body whorl when viewed from in front, continuous round the whorls, from the sutures above to the sutures visible within the wide umbilical cavity. Faint traces of spiral lirae appear under high magnification in the intercostal spaces. Maximum diameter .8 mm., minimum diameter .6 mm. Localities: Reclamations Bayview, Pittwater (type); not uncommon in shell sand on the outer beaches, Port Stephens, Manly Beach, and Shellharbour. Remarks: This is possibly the species recorded as L. annulata Ten. Woods, by Hedley from the ““Thetis” Expedition. Beyond knowing that the type of annulata came from Tasmania, there is no certainty as to what that species is. Both May and Tate figured different species as annulata, and Tryon in his Manual rejected the species as indecipherable. Under the circumstances it has been thought better to give the New South Wales species a new name rather than perpetuate one which will ever be open to doubt. There should be no difficulty in recognising the species in the future. It is probably the smallest of the local species; the flat, almost sym- metrical coiling is distinctive, as is the wide distance separating the sharp, well- defined costae. Liotella compacta Petterd was figured as annulata by Tate, but seems to be the young of Liotia mayena Tate. Liotella pulcherrima Brazier. Figs. 20, 20. Hedley 461. This beautiful little species is one of the most distinctive on the coast, and is easily recognisable by its flat, discoidal shape, not quite so symmetrical as L. parvirota, and the fineness of its sculpture, the costae being very numerous, fine, and closely packed. Unlike most other Liotellas, spiral sculpture is very defined, consisting of very fine lirae crossing the spaces between the costae but not overriding them, so the shell is hardly cancellate as stated by the author. The specimen figured is from Manly Ocean Beach, its maximum diameter 1.3 mm., its minimum .g mm. Liotella capitata Hedley. Hedley 457. I have not seen this species and am unable to provide an illustration, but Hedley’s figure and description are adequate, and there should be no difficulty in its rcognition should it ever be found again. The type was a single specimen found in the great depth of 800 fathoms, 35 miles east of Sydney, right on the edge of the continental shelf, a locality only accessible to a properly equipped, deep sea dredging expedition. For reference it may be noted that it is rather similar to L. patonga, described in this paper, but differs chiefly in the rather higher spire, the more steeply descending aperture, and the crowding of the costae on the penultimate whorl. Liotella patonga, sp. nov. Figs. 32, 32a, 32b. Shell minute, subdiscoidal, the spire just visible when viewed laterally, white. Protoconch minute, apparently rather conical and elongate. Mature whorls three, rounded, sutures deep, slightly uncoiled towards the aperture which is turned slightly downwards. The sculpture is well defined, consisting of broad, elevated, widely separated transverse costae, only seven visible on the body whorl when viewed from in front, more prominent on the periphery and thinning towards the sutures on top 10 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. and the umbilicus below. Aperture round, separate, turning slightly downwards, umbilicus wide, round and deep. Maximum diameter 1.2 mm., minimum diameter . mm Localities: Patonga, Broken Bay, in shell sand (type); also on Manly Ocean Beach. Remarks: This is the closest in relationship to L. capitata Hedley, and together they form a link between Liotellas with a depressed turbinate shape as L. princeps, and those which are discoidal as L. parvirota. Liotella gravicosta, sp. nov. Figs. 33, 33a Shell minute, suborbicular, spire just visible when viewed laterally, white. Proto- conch undetermined. Mature whorls three, rounded, sutures deep. Sculpture strong and well defined, consisting of numerous, broad, well-elevated, rounded costae, 11 visible on the body whorl when viewed from in front, about equal in width to the intercostal spaces, continuous from the sutures round the whorls and ascending into the umbilicus, spiral sculpture absent. Aperture just below the previous whorl, not oblique, large, irregularly rounded, flattened above and obliquely flat on the inner margin, peristome complete and free from the body whorl, umbilicus large, rounded and deep. Maximum diameter .9 mm., minimum diameter .7 mm. Locality: 55 fathoms, off Montagu Island. Remarks: This has coarser sculpture than any of the other Australian species, and the broad, prominent costae, the form of the shell and the flattened upper margin of the aperture are good recognition points. Genus LIOCARINIA gen. nov. Genotype Liotia disjuncta Hedley. Mem. Australian Mus., iv, 1903, p. 336, f. 66. Shell with the general characters of Liotella, the shell loosely coiled, the aperture becoming separate and without a varix. It differs from Liotella in that the whorls are not rounded but strongly keeled, the genotype having a strong spiral keel at the periphery and another at the base of the whorl, between which the space is slightly concave, the transverse ribs descending vertically. The species described as Omalaxis radiata Hedley from the Masthead Islands, Queensland, will also come here. Liocarinia disjuncta Hedley. Figs. 41, 41a (after Hedley). Hedley 459. This beautiful, distinctive little shell was collected by the “Thetis” Expedition from 41-50 fathoms, off Cape Three Points, on the continental shelf. Hedley’s full description and excellent figures should make its future recognition beyond doubt. Genus CIRSONELLA Angas. PE 5 LST Pa aOr Genotype Cirsonella australis Angas. The description given by Angas is “shell minute, globosely turbinate, smooth, nar- rowly umbilicated; aperture circular, peritreme continuous, slightly thickened.” To this can be added that the operculum is brown, apparently horny, large, not retracted into the shell, thick, with a central nucleus and multispiral. ‘The aperture also is oblique. Angas placed it provisionally in the Trochidae, but it probably needs a separate family and may not be far removed from the Liotiidae. Iredale’s genus Lissotesta almost comes here, but may be retained to designate somewhat smaller shells of thinner texture and with the peristome incomplete. Cirsonella australis Angas. Figs. 27, 27a. Hedley 449 (Cirsonella weldii Ten. Woods). Hedley synonomised C. australis under C. weldii, the type locality of which is Tasmania. As usual with Tenison Woods’ species, no figure was provided, and the description is insufficient for identification. Tate and May’ figured as weldii a shell with similar general characters to the Sydney shell, but with a more depressed spire. In view of this, and as Angas’ figure is good and his description clear, I think it far better to restore his name to cover the New South Wales species. The specimen here figured is from the type locality, dredged off the Sow and Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, and the dimensions are: maximum diameter 2 mm., minimum diameter 1.7 mm., height slightly under 2 mm. The shell is white, smooth, hardly translucent, the peristome quite free from the body whorl, and the inner margin of the aperture is reflected slightly. 2 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxvi, 1901, p. 397, f, 8, LASERON, 11 Cirsonella reflecta, sp. nov. Figs. 28, 28a. Shell minute, turbinate, white, translucent. Protoconch minute, apparently naticoid. Mature whorls three, the body whorl large, rounded, sutures deep. The surface is smooth except for faint growth lines. Aperture round, very oblique to the axis of the shell, outer margin round, inner margin slightly flattened and reflected, a narrow shelf commencing from the inner margin into the umbilicus, which it partly fills. Umbilicus round, narrow and deep, and owing to the rotundity of the body whorl appearing larger when viewed from in front. The peristome is complete, the aperture quite separate from the body whorl. Maximum diameter 1 mm., minimum diameter .8 mm. Locality: 6-9 fathoms, Sow and Pigs Reef. Remarks: This is a much smaller shell than Cirsonella australis Angas and has a more depressed spire. The narrow shelf partially filling the umbilicus is not a conspicuous character, but is important in its specific determination. A similar structure is found to an even more marked degree in the shell named by Hedley Teinostoma starkeyae, which is four times the size and even more depressed. Cirsonella perplexa, sp. nov. Figs. 21, 21a. Shell minute, turbinate, white, sub-translucent. Protoconch minute, apparently naticoid. Mature whorls three, the body whorl rounded, sutures deep. Defined sculp- ture absent, but irregular growth lines present, more prominent on the base. Aperture round, oblique to the axis of the shell, outer margin round, inner margin straightened, strongly reflected, and in older specimens thickened, overhanging and partially obscuring the umbilicus, which is round, narrow‘and deep. Peristome complete, the aperture quite separate from the body whorl. Maximum diameter 1.3 mm., minimum diameter i mm. Locality: 40-50 fathoms, off Twofold Bay. Remarks: This is very close to and almost indistinguishable from C. reflecta, and it was only after repeated examination that it was concluded that they were distinct. C. perplexa is the larger of the two, and the aperture is not so oblique, but the vital character is the presence of a shelf in the umbilicus of C. reflecta that is absent in C. perplexa. This possibly also is the species included in the New South Wales list as Lissotesta micra Ten. Woods, and it agrees fairly well with May’s figure of that species. But from the meagre information provided by the original author it agrees also with Cirsonella weldii Ten. Woods. Whether this and some other species by the same author should be rejected altogether as indecipherable is perhaps a matter of opinion, but at the risk of synonymy it has been thought better to give a new name to a well-defined species from the New South Wales coast. If further evidence indeed decides that this is the species micra, I have no doubt that it is congeneric with Cirsonella australis, and then as micra is the genotype of Lissotesta my interpreta- tion of that genus is wrong, and Lissotesta disappears as a synonym of Cirsonella.. Genus LISSOTESTA Iredale. Trans. New Zealand Inst., xlvii, 1914 (1915), p. 442. Genotype Cyclostrema micra Ten. Woods. It is unfortunate that Iredale chose this species as his genotype, as, like most of Tenison Woods’ species, it was unfigured and inadequately described, and its exact identification has always been in doubt. As Iredale also gives no generic description, it is necessary to deduce generic characters from the meagre characters known of the genotype and from the general interpretation by authors in the New Zealand, Tas- manian and New South Wales check lists. In this paper Lissotesta is used to designate minute shells, turbinate or broadly conical in shape, of few whorls, thin and transparent, devoid of sculpture, narrowly umbilicate, the peristomes either complete or joined over a brief gap anteriorly by a layer of callus on the body whorl, the apertures rounded without a varix and more or less oblique. Operculum unknown. It is possible that a knowledge of the animal will show a considerable diversity between the various species and necessitate a further revision of classification. Lissotesta arenosa, sp. nov. Figs. 22, 22a. Shell minute, globosely turbinate, thin, colourless and transparent. Protoconch 12 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. minute, apparently naticoid. Mature whorls three, rounded, the body whorl large and inflated, sutures deep. Sculpture none, the surface smooth and shining. Aper- ture simple, rounded (oblique to the axis of the shell), margins thin, the peristome incomplete, a narrow band of callus across the body whorl. Umbilicus narrow, round and deep. Maximum diameter .9 mm., minimum diameter .7 mm. Localities: Dredged in shallow water, North Harbour, Port Jackson (type); also abundant dredged in shallow water, Port Hacking. Remarks: This is another of the species which will fit the meagre description pro- vided of Cyclostrema micra Ten. Woods. In form it resembles the shell here described as Cirsonella reflecta, but of course the incomplete peristome and other aperture characters are quite different. In spite of its minute size its shining vitreous shell makes it easily picked out and recognised. Lissotesta inscripta Tate. Figs. 36, 36a (after Hedley). Hedley 453. This species was recorded by Hedley from 40 to 60 fathoms on the continental shelf, but Hedley was not positive in his identification, pointing out that the measure- ments did not coincide. The diameters of the specimen he figured are 1.9 mm. maximum and 1.5 mm. minimum, and it is probable that the New South Wales species is different from the type and needs a new name. As no material is available for description, however, L. inscripta may provisionally be retained as a member of the New South Wales fauna. Genus CONICELLA gen. nov. Genotype Cyclostrema porcellana Tate & May. A genus related to Lissotesta, but with a conical, elevated spire, and the umbilicus small, round and deep. Shell substance thin and translucent, sculpture confined to faint growth lines, aperture slightly oblique, peristome incomplete, joined by a thin layer of callus on the body whorl, margins of aperture thin and without a varix. The genotype is included in both the New South Wales and Tasmanian lists as Lissotesta, but as there are several species of the same type, that is with elevated and conical spires and narrow umbilici, they may well be separated generically. Conicella porcellana Tate & May. Fig. 38. Hedley 455. This species was recorded by Hedley from the “Thetis’ Expedition in 40-50 fathoms, off Cape Three Points. We have a single specimen from 30 to 35 fathoms, off Crookhaven. This agrees very well with the original description, and unless ultimate comparison with the type reveals differences, it may be retained on the New South Wales list. A feature of the shell is the white, porcellanous surface, making it easy of recognition. The specimen figured is 1.7 mm. high. Conicella lacuna, sp. nov. Figs. 39, 392. Shell minute, thin, white, translucent, conical, with elevated spire,. Protoconch small, naticoid. Mature whorls four, the body whorl large, rounded, slightly shoul- dered at the sutures, which are well impressed. Sculpture none, the surface smooth and vitreous. Aperture ovate, slightly angled posteriorly, slightly produced an- teriorly, the outer margin thin, inner margin reflected, the peristome incomulete, but the callus on the body whorl so thickened as to make it appear complete. The umbilicus from in front appears as a narrow slit overhung by the reflection of the inner margin of the aperture; from below it appears as a very narrow but deep, round hole. Height 1.3 mm. Locality: 6-9 fathoms, Sow and Pigs Reef, Port Jackson. Remarks: This is very close to C. porcellana as collected from the continental shelf, but is smaller, slightly narrower, has a vitreous rather than a porcellanous texture, and differs also slightly in the details of the aperture and umbilicus. A single specimen from the Manly Ocean Beach is similar, but has a perfectly transparent shell; another from the Sow and Pigs is larger and with the inner margin less reflected. It is possible that longer series will show that there are other close but distinct species. Conicella lata, sp. nov. Figs 37, 37a. Shell minute, broadly conical, colourless and transparent. Protoconch minute, naticoid. Mature whorls three, expanding rapidly, the body whorl large, rounded, the sutures impressed. Sculpture none, the surface polished and viterous. Aperture LASERON. 13 ovate, produced anteriorly, outer margin thin and rounded, the inner margin straight and strongly reflected and somewhat thickened, overhanging the umbilical cavity. Peristome incomplete, a thin line of callus on the body whorl. Umbilicus wider than the other species, round and deep. Height 1.6 mm. Locality: Manly Ocean Beach (collected Mr. Tom Iredale). Remarks: This is relatively shorter and much broader than the other two species here described, the body whorl is relatively larger, the inner margin is straighter, and the umbilicus is larger. In the figure the upper portion of the body whorl has been accidentally drawn rather flattened, whereas the curvature should continue regularly upwards to the suture. Genus WANGANELLA, gen. nov. Genotype Wanganella fissura Laseron. Shell minute, conical, few rounded whorls, shell substance moderately thick, smooth white and translucent, narrowly perforate, aperture slightly oblique, inner margin vertical, peristome incomplete, umbilicus a narrow slit. This is another of the odd Australian shells which will not fit into known genera. Its exact relationship is uncertain, but it is possibly related to Cirsonella and cognate forms, but differs in the elevated spire, the incomplete peristome, the thicker shell substance, the narrow umbilical slit, and the straight and vertical inner margin of the aperture. Wanganella fissura, sp. nov. Figs. 40, 40a. Shell minute, conical, shell substance moderately thick, colourless and translucent. Protoconch minute and naticoid. Mature whorls four, increasing regularly, rounded, sutures deep, a narrow opaque band, well defined and slightly indented just below the sutures, body whorl large. Aperture with rounded outer margin, making an angle anteriorly with the straight, almost vertical inner margin which overhangs a very deep, narrow vertical umbilical slit. Height 2 mm. There is no sculpture and the surface is smooth and polished. Locality: Shell sand, Port Stephens, a number of specimens. Remarks: In general shape this resembles the South Australian Lissotesta por- cellana Tate & May, but differs generically as well as specifically in the characters of the aperture and in its thicker shell. Genus STARKEYNA Iredale. Stipator Iredale, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 1924, p.233. Preocc. by Rehn, 1900, in Insecta. Starkeyna Iredale, Australian Zoologist, 1930, p. 175. Substitute for Stipator, preocc. Genotype: Teinostoma starkeyae Hedley. As Iredale gave no generic description, the following characters may be taken as characteristic: Shell small, depressed turbinate, whorls few, perforate, smooth, thin and translucent, aperture without a varix, oblique, a spur developing from the inner margin and partially filling the umbilicus, which is narrow and deep, a callus on the body whorl. Though Hedley placed his species in Teinostoma, it certainly does not belong there, as Adam’s genus is imperforate with a thick callus filling the whole of the umbilical area. Its exact relationship is uncertain, but it may well be related to Cirsonella, the species C. reflecta forming a connecting link between the two genera. Starkeyna starkeyae (Hedley). Figs. 35, 35a (after Hedley). Hedley 448. So far I have not seen this species, though the type locality is Balmoral, and the shell is by no means minute, being 4 mm. across its maximum diameter. The characters given in the generic description as well as the figure should make its future recognition not difficult. Genus CHARISMA Hedley. Proc. Linn: SOc. NS.W ..)Xe8tx, p.. 7I1. Genotype Charisma compacta Hedley. Hedley’s description reads. “A new genus related to Liotia, but without a varix to the outer lip, few-whorled, spirally sculptured, umbilicus with an internal funicle 14 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Operculum corneous, concave, multispiral, with a spiral frilled lamella.’ To this may be added as characters of generic value that the shape is conical, the spire elevated, and the shell is thick and heavy. Charisma compacta Hedley. Fig. 29. Hedley 468. This species in an inhabitant of the continental shelf, the type coming from too fathoms, north-east of Port Macquarie. It must have a fair range in depth, as we obtained numerous specimens in 14 fathoms off Long Reef, near Sydney, the specimen figured being 3 mm. in height, larger than the type but otherwise indistinguishable. A second species of Charisma appears on the New South Wales list, C. latebrosa Hedley (Check List No. 469). The type locality of this is the Masthead Reef, Northern Queensland, and I am unable to find any reference in literature as to its definite occurrence on the New South Wales coast, and until further evidence is obtained it seems wiser to reject it from the local fauna. Incidentally, latebrosa does not appear congeneric with compacta, as among other characters it has a different operculum. : Genus CAVOSTELLA, gen. nov. Genotype Cavostella radians Laseron. A genus probably related to Liotia, small, depressed turbinate, with few whorls, fine concentric sculpture, no varix on the outer lip, aperture oblique with complete peristome, the inner margin reflected into a narrow undulating platform, the umbilicus round and deep, indented with radiating furrows on the base. This is another of the peculiar Australian shells which will not fit into any of the known genera. It belongs to one of a group which formerly would have been included in Cyclostrema of Marryatt, a name almost as widely used as Helix was used among land shells. No shell approaching Cavostella has been yet recorded from localities south of Sydney, but there are some species as yet undescribed from Queensland which will probably fit here. Cavostella radians, sp. nov. Figs 30, 30. Sheil minute, depressed turbinate, moderately thick in substance, white and trans: — lucent. Protoconch minute, exact form not determined. Mature whorls three, the body whorl large, rounded, sutures not deep, spire visible when laterally viewed. Sculpture clear and distinct, consisting of fine, very numerous rounded concentric ridges, closely packed, about their own width apart, and perisiting right on to the base to the edge of the umbilicus. Transverse sculpture absent. Aperture round, oblique to the axis of the shell, separate from the body whorl, peristome complete, the inner margin strongly reflected into a narrow undulating platform partially overhanging the umbilicus. Base with a number of radiating furrows indenting the margin of the umbilicus, which is round, fairly broad and deep. Maximum diameter, 1.9 mm., minimum diameter 1.5 mm. Locality: Shell sand, Port Stephens, a number of specimens; (type) 6-9 fathoms, Sow and Pigs Reef. Remarks: I know of no described Australian shell with which this can readily be com- pared, but its characters are so distinct and well defined that there should be no trouble in its future recognition. Genus CAVOTERA, gen. nov. Genotype: Cavotera simplex Laseron. A minute genus, similar to Cavostella, but without the radiating furrows on the base indenting the umbilicus. Like Cavostella, the shape is depressed turbinate, the shell substance is translucent, the peristome is complete, the aperture oblique, the sculpture finely concentric. Cavotera simplex, sp. nov. Figs. 32) 34a. Shell minute, depressed turbinate, the spire visible when laterally viewed, fairly solid, white and translucent. Protoconch exceedingly minute, apparently naticoid, placed in a small depression in the summit of the shell. Mature whorls three, rounded, the body whorl large. Sculpture very fine, but well defined, consisting of numerous, closely-packed spiral ridges, persistent on the base to the edge of the umbilicus. On the periphery of the body whorl a few spiral ridges are slightly LASERON. 15 larger than the others, giving a very slight and irregular angularity. Transverse sculpture none. Aperture round, oblique to the axis of the shell, peristome com- plete, the inner margin reflected and thickened, partially overhanging the umbilicus. Umbilicus round, narrow and deep. Operculum thick and white, nucleus sub- central. Maximum diameter .9 mm., minimum diameter .7 mm. Locality: Port Stephens in shell sand (type); alive under stone, Long Reef (T. Iredale). - Remarks: In general form this is similar to Cavostella radians, but it is only half the size, differs slightly in contour, the umbilicus is narrower, there are no radiating furrows on the base, and the inner margin of the aperture differs in detail. Genus CALLOMPHALA Adams & Angas. Pefg 1 aG4594 315; Genotype: Neritula (Callomphala) lucida Adams & Angas. As applied to Australian shells, this is a well defined genus, and its characters fit with the original description. The main generic characters may be taken as the smooth, polished shell of a depressed turbinate shape, the aperture very oblique and prolonged, the outer lip terminating in a thick varix, the whole of the umbilical region covered with a thick callus, imperforate. Callomphala lucida Adams & Angas. Figs. 23, 23a. Hedley 446. This is a common and well-defined species found on beaches both inside and outside the harbours on the coast. The specimen figured is from Port Jackson, its maximum diameter 5 mm., its minimum diameter 3.8 mm. Its smooth, lustrous, translucent shell, its oblique and extended aperture, terminated with a thick varix, make it very easy of recognition. A feature of the thick callus covering the umbilical region is that it is minutely pitted and thus has a matte surface in contrast to the lustrous surface of the shell proper. Callomphala alta, sp. nov. Figs. 26, 26a. - Shell small, turbinate, stout, generally white, but the type brownish (? discoloured), sub-translucent. Protoconch minute, naticoid, glassy, slightly tilted, set in a minute depression at the summit of the spire. Mature whorls three with a rather pointed spire, body whorl greatly inflated, rounded, sutures not deep. Sculpture confined to slight growth lines, the surface smooth and lustrous. Aperture laterally extended, very oblique, outer margin rounded and fortified with a thick varix, peristome incomplete, particularly noticeable in immature shells, a thick layer of callus begin- ning posteriorly on the inner margin and widening anteriorly to spread in a circular disc over the whole of the umbilical region. Height about 2 mm., maximum diameter 3.2 mm., minimum diameter 2.8 mm. Locality: Dredged Shoal Bay, Port Stephens (type and a number of specimens); dredged North Harbour, Port Jackson. Remarks: This is quite a distinct species from C. lucida, being much smaller, the body whorl more globose and higher, the spire more elevated, and the aperture less prolonged laterally. It approaches nearer in shape to C. globosa Hedley from 30 fathoms, Torres Strait, but that species is still more globose and has fine spiral striae. Genus ROTOSTOMA gen. nov. Genotype: Ethalia brazieri Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. 39, pl. 5, f. 17, Shell small, depressed turbinate, few whorls, solid, imperforate, aperture oblique, extended laterally, without a varix, a thick layer of callus forming the inner margin and covering the umbilical region. Sculpture confined to the concentric striae adjoining the sutures. The genotype was originally placed in Ethalia, but Pilsbury as long ago as 1889 (Man. Conch., xi, p. 462) suggested it should be transferred to Teinostoma. In his Check List Hedley included it as a Callomphala, but this cannot be sustained, as it entirely lacks the varix of that genus. Neither will it fit with Teinostoma H. & A. Adams. It is doubtful if Teinostoma proper occurs at all in southern Australian waters. Its genotype, T. politum Adams, is a larger, heavier shell, quite smooth, the aperture is angulated, and the umbilical callus is greatly developed, much more than in Rotostoma. Hedley has used Teinostoma for various Australian shells, 16 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. but I think his interpretation is incorrect, as it is applied to perforate shells with an open umbilicus. Rotostoma brazieri (Angas). Figs. 24, 242. Hedley 447 (Callomphala). The type locality is Sow and Pigs Reef, and the specimen figured was dredged nearby in North Harbour, Port Jackson, its maximum diameter 3.7 mm., its mini- mum diameter 2.9 mm. It is not uncommon, in appearance not unlike Callom- phala lucida, but of course without the thick varix of that species. There is no other southern Australian shell with which it can be confused, and a further good recognition point is the faint concentric sculpture confined to a narrow area adjoin- ing the sutures. The remainder of the shell is smooth and polished. Genus CALLODIX, gen. nov. Genotype: Callodix solida Laseron. A genus probably related to Teinostoma, small and with a depressed spire, solid, few-whorled, the sculpture fine concentric ridges, the aperture extended and very oblique, without a varix, the callosity on the base striated and greatly developed, forming not only the inner margin and covering the whole of the umbilical area, but extending above the aperture on to the body whorl, where it partially obscures the suture. Callodix solida, sp. nov. Figs. 25, 25a, 25b. Shell small, solid, depressed, almost oval when viewed laterally, white. Proto- conch exceedingly minute, details unobservable, but in a small depression and tilted. Mature whorls two, the body whorl forming most of the shell and overlapping the earlier whorl on top, rounded, suture slight. Sculpture consisting of fine spiral edges, closely packed, and covering the whole of the base as well as the upper portion of the whorl. Transverse sculpture none. Aperture greatly extended late- rally, very oblique, the outer margin rounded and without a varix, the inner margin composed of a thick callus which extends well into the aperture, covers the whole of the umbilical region, and extends posteriorly on to the summit of the body whorl. The umbilical callus is ridged transversely in relation to the aperture. Maximum diameter 2.6 mm., minimum diameter 1.9 mm., height about 1 mm. Locality: 14 fathoms off Long Reef, near Sydney, three specimens. Remarks: This unique little shell is so different from any other on the coast that there should be no difficulty in its future recognition. I know of no species with which it can readily be compared. Genus HELISALIA, gen. nov. Genotype: Helisalia liliputia Laseron. A genus of minute brown shells, thin and in appearance not unlike some land shells, discoidal, coiled in practically the same plane and partially involute with incomplete peristomes. Widely umbilicate, the aperture rounded and thin, sculp- ture confined to faint growth lines. In one species, not the genotype, the operculum is white and thick, but details could not be observed, though it recalls the operculum of some of the Liotidae, with which family it may possibly be related. The exact systematic position must, how- ever, be left for the present in abeyance. The usual habitat is on various algae in rock pools and below low tide and were it not that they were taken alive, speci- mens might well be taken for minute land shells washed down from the shore. Helisalia liliputia, sp. nov. Figs. 45, 45a. Shell minute, among the smallest if not the actual smallest shell in existence, red brown, discoidal, the spire impressed below the body whorl, shell substance thin, horny and translucent. Details of protoconch indeterminable, apparently infolded. Mature whorls three, rounded and partially involute, coiled in nearly the same plane, the summit of the shell only slightly flatter than the lower surface, which is broadly umbilicate. Sutures well impressed. Sculpture confined to fine growth lines. Aperture large and rounded, not oblique, thin, with no varix, the peristome incomplete. Dimensions not exactly measured, but the largest mature specimen has a maximum diameter of not more than .5 mm. LASERON. 17 Habitat: Abundant in various locations in rock pools and in shallow water, mainly living on algae. The type was abundant on the green weed, Ulva, at Castle Rock, Middle Harbour, Port Jackson; we also have it from Long Reef, both on seaweed and beneath stones, also on the surface of a sponge from ro feet, North Harbour, and in mussel beds within the harbour, and from Port Stephens in the north to Crookhaven Heads in the south. _ Remarks: Of the three species described in this paper this is the smallest and the deepest in colour, and where they occur together it can readily be separated beneath the microscope by these means. Close examination will reveal other differences as shown in the figures. Helisalia pallida, sp. nov. Figs. 46, 46a. Shell minute, but the largest of those here described, nearly white, thin and trans- lucent, discoidal and partially involute, coiled not quite in one plane, so that the spire is about level with the body whorl and less concave than the base. Protoconch partially infolded and details unobservable. Mature whorls three, rounded, sutures impressed. Sculpture confined to faint growth lines. Aperture large and rounded, the inner margin flattened, peristome incomplete. Umbilicus narrower and deeper than in H. liliputia. Maximum diameter .9 mm., minimum diameter about .75 mm. Habitat: Abundant living on algae in rock pools and below low tide, both within the harbours and on the outside reefs. The type is from seaweed at Long Reef, but we also have it from numerous other localities. Remarks: The larger size, the pale colour, and the different contour easily separate this from the other species described. It is from this species that a partially observed operculum appears to be white and thick, but full details could not be ascertained. Helisalia sucina sp. nov. Figs. 47, 47a. Shell minute, amber coloured, disc-shaped, very flat, the spire depressed below the body whorl, partially involute, coiled almost in the same plane, so that there is very little difference in appearance between the top and the base of the shell, shell thin and translucent. Protoconch partially infolded and the details unobserv- able. Mature whorls four, rounded, sutures impressed. Sculpture confined to faint growth lines. Base shallowly concave, the concavity so wide as to hardly constitute an umbilicus, the early whorls all visible from beneath. Aperture round, margins thin, peristome incomplete. Maximum diameter .7 mm., minimum diameter about .6 mm. Habitat: Living on algae in rock pools, North Harbour. Remarks: Compared with the other two species here described this is inter- mediate in size and colour, by which characters it can easily be separated under the microscope. It is also much flatter. Genus MICROCARINA, gen. nov. Genotype: Microcarina surgerea Laseron. A minute genus of shells living on algae in shallow water, disc-shaped, flat above and widely umbilicate below, a sharp keel at the summit of the whorl and another at the periphery, no transverse sculpture, the peristome complete, the aperture very slightly oblique, the aperture polygonal, becoming rounded in fully mature specimens, thickened slightly, but without a varix. Shell substance thin, translucent. The relationship is uncertain, the minute disc-like shell suggesting affinities with Orbitestella, generally included in a family of its own, Orbitestellidae, but the complete peristome suggesting the Liotiidae. Microcarina surgerea, sp. nov. Figs. 42, 42a, 42b. Shell minute, colourless and translucent, flat and disc-like, flattened above, the spire just visible when laterally viewed, the top of the aperture just below the body whorl. Protoconch naticoid, slightly tilted and partially submerged. Mature whorls three, rounded above with impressed sutures, a sharp keel on the summit, and another extending beyond this on the periphery, the space between slightly concave, smooth except for very faint growth lines. A third keel surrounds the umbilical region, and this again is separated from the peripheral keel by a slightly concave area. 18 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Aperture large, polygonal in immature specimens, but becoming rounded with maturity, the peristome complete, and separate from the body whorl, umbilicus wide and deep. Maximum diameter 1 mm., minimum diameter slightly less. Habitat: The type was alive on algae in rock pools in North Harbour. It is quite common, and we have it from similar locations both inside the harbour and on the outside reefs; also beneath stones and in beds of the common mussel, and from shell sand on Manly Beach and in Pittwater. Remarks: There is no other species on the coast with which this can readily be compared, and its distinctive characters should make it easy of recognition. One character of distinct use when drawing is that it stands readily on its edge on a smooth surface when manipulated with a needle beneath the microscope. Genus ORBITESTELLA Iredale. Proc. Malacological Soc., xii, 1917, p. 327. Genotype: Cyclostrema bastowi Gatliff. In addition to proposing a new generic name, Iredale proposed a new family Orbitestellidae for this shell. His generic description reads: “Shell thin, pellucid, discoidal, dextral, of few whorls and of peculiar sculpture, widely umbilicate, colu- mella vertical, aperture never variced, irregular in shape, edges thin.” Augmenting this from the figure of the genotype, the peristome is incomplete, and the sculpture consists of a double keel, with transverse ribs radiating both on the summit and base of the shell, and the shell is minute. The genotype is a Victorian shell, and though it is listed as from New South Wales I can find no record of its actual occurrence on this coast. Its record, there- fore, should not be confirmed unless further evidence is brought to light. There are two undescribed species from the neighbourhood of Sydney which approximate to the generic characters of Orbitestella, and for the time being at least they may be left under that generic name. Orbitestella decorata, sp. nov. Figs. 43, 43a, 43b. Shell minute, white, translucent, discoidal, the summit flat, spire depressed below the body whorl. Details of protoconch unobservable. Mature whorls three, a prominent rounded keel on the periphery, indented by irregular tubercles, above this a flat step, and above this again the surface rounded to a deep suture, this portion showing from above strong transverse costae, radiating from the suture. A second keel is at the base of the body whorl, separated from the stronger peri- pheral keel by a slightly concave area, the base itself with transverse costae radiating from the umbilicus. Umbilicus wide, showing the earlier whorls. Aperture with incomplete peristome, polygonal, its posterior margin just below the level of the body whorl, without a varix. Maximum diameter .7 mm., minimum diameter about .6 mm. Habitat: Living on algae, rock pools, North Harbour, not common (type); also under stones from the same locality. Remarks: This among local species is nearest to the genotype, C. bastowi, and it is possibly the one that has appeared on the New South Wales list as that species. It differs, however, by the shape of the aperture, in the disposition of the keels, and in detail of the sculpture. It is a beautiful and distinctive little shell, whose further recognition should present little difficulty. Orbitestella aura, sp. nov. Figs. 44, 44a, 44b. Shell minute, bright golden in colour, discoidal and very flat, involute, coiled prac- tically in one plane, in appearance very little different when viewed from above or below. Protoconch naticoid, slightly tilted and partially immersed, smooth. Mature whorls three, flattened and smooth at the periphery, sharp narrow keels above and below, beyond which are distinct narrow grooves. Upper portion of body whorl slightly rounded to rather shallow sutures, and bearing irregular transverse costae, which radiate from the suture. Sculpture on the base similar, the umbilicus so wide as to be only slightly more concave than the summit of the shell. Aperture produced, almost symmetrical with the body whorl, polygonal, but becoming rounded in fully LASERON. 19 mature specimens, the peristome incomplete. Maximum diameter .9 mm., minimum diameter about .75 mm. Localities: Manly Ocean Beach (type); collected by Mr. T. Iredale; also alive under stones in rock pool, Long Reef. Remarks: This very distinctive little shell is doubtfully referred to as Orbitestella, as the ammonite-like coiling gives it a distinct facies, yet its characters as defined fit sufficiently to justify its inclusion. Except for the incomplete peristome it is almost identical with a small New Zealand shell, Zerotula ammonitoides Powell, which the author places among the Architectonidae. The protoconch of C. aura, though tilted and partially immersed, does not appear sinistral, as in Heliacus and others in the family. Genus PARISANDA, gen. nov. Genotype Parisanda ivedalei Laseron. A small genus of uncertain relationship, with a depressed turbinate shell, solid, porcellanous in texture, surface polished with variegated colouring, base with fine radiating plications which do not reach the narrow umbilicus, aperture oblique, peristome complete. This is another peculiar little New South Wales shell whose characters will not fit any known genus. The general form and texture fit the small Queensland shell Isanda coronata A. Adams, which has the same radiating plications on the base even more strongly marked, but Isanda has an incomplete peristome. The form is again almost identical with Cirsonella australis Brazier, which lacks the basal plica- tions, and again has a thin, glassy and not porcellanous shell. The texture and colouring are very like the smaller species of Phasianella, which, however, are not umbilicate, and have incomplete peristomes. Some features again recall the Tro- chidae. The operculum when found may give some clue to relationship, but for the present its systematic position must be left in abeyance. Parisanda iredalei, sp. nov. Figs. 49, 49a. Shell small, solid, turbinate, texture porcellanous and polished, apical whorls and area surrounding the umbilicus white, body whorl pale brown with transverse streaks of deep red brown. Protoconch naticoid. Mature whorls three, rounded, sutures deep. Aperture rounded, but slightly angled posteriorly, oblique, the peristome complete and removed from the body whorl by a channel. The base of the body whorl is finely plicate, the plications surrounding but not reaching the umbilicus, and fading towards the periphery. Umbilicus narrow, round and deep. Diameter of base 1.7 mm., height about 1.5 mm. Locality: Manly Ocean Beach; collected by Mr. Tom Iredale. Remarks: For this striking little novelty I am indebted by Mr. Tom Iredale, who generously handed it to me for description. There is no other local species with which it can be compared, and its possible generic relationships have already been discussed. “Liotia alazon Hedley,” Rec. Austr. Mus. vi, 1905, p. 49, fig. 14. This is a minute shell from deep water, 111 fathoms, at 124 miles east of Cape Byron, and is doubtfully related to the Liotiidae at all. New generic names proposed above—Callodix, Cavostella, Cavotera, Conicella, Helisalia, Liocarinia, Microcarina, Parisanda, Rotostoma, and Wanganella. 20 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Le 3 SAN as Figs. 1-9: Liotiidae of New South Wales. Cc. F. Laseron del. (For explanation of figures see page 25) LASERON. 21 be “4 ii Sr ty ih <=: eee ee SSA PZ ASS pest paneer; /)| Be yi is Figs. 10-22: Liotiidae of New South Wales. C. F. Laseron del. 22 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Figs. 23-31: Liotiidae of New South Wales. C. F. Laseron del. LASERON. 23 Figs. 32-41: Liotiidae of New South Wales. C. F. Laseron del. 24 REVISION OF THE LIOTIIDAE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. +8a Figs. 42°49: Liotiidae of New South Wales. C. F. Laseron del. LASERON. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. Figs. 1, ta.—Liotina botanica Hedley. 2, 2a.— saxa Laseron. 3, 3a.—Pseudoliotia micans Adams. 4, 4a.— speciosa Angas. 5, 5a.—Lodderia lodderae Petterd. 6, 6a.—Lodderena minima Ten. Woods. 7, 7a.—Partubiola blancha Iredale. 8, 8a.—RMicrodiscula vitrea Laseron. 9, 9a.— pellucida Laseron. 10.—Brookula obscura Laseron. II.— jacksonensis Laseron. I2.— augeria Laseron. 13.— turbinata Laseron. 14.— orospatia Laseron. I5.— finesia Laseron. 16.— tumida Laseron. 17, 17a.—Liotella princeps Laseron. 18.— littoralis Laseron. I9, 19a.— ibarvirota Laseron. 20, 20a.— pulcherrima Brazier. 21, 21a.—Cirsonella perplexa Laseron. 22, 22a.—Lissotesta arenosa Laseron. 23, 23a.—Callomphala lucida Adams & Angas. 24, 24a.—Rotostoma brazieri Angas. 25, 25a, 25b.—Callodix solida Laseron. 26, 26a.—Callomphala alta Laseron. 27, 27a.—Cirsonella australis Angas. 28, 28a.— reflecta Laseron. 29. —Charisma compacta Hedley. 30, 30a.—Cavostella radians Laseron. 31, 31a—Cavotera simplex Laseron. 32, 32a, 32b.—Liotella patonga Laseron. 33, 33a.— gravicosta Laseron. 34.— Brookula sp. 35, 35a.— Starkeyna starkeyae Hedley (after Hedley). 36, 36a— Lissotesta inscripta Tate (after Hedley). 37, 3'7a.— Conicella lata Laseron. 38.— porcellana Tate & May. 39, 39a.— lacuna Laseron. 40, 40a.— Wanganella fissura Laseron. 41, 41a.— Liocarinia disjuncta Hedley (after Hedley). 42a, 42b.—Microcarina surgerea Laseron. 42, 43, 43a, 43b.—Orbitestella decorata Laseron. 44, 44a, 44b.— aura Laseron. 45, 45a.— Helisalia liliputia Laseron. 46, 46a.— pallida Laseron. 47, 4'7a.— sucina Laseron. 48, 48a, 48b.—Microdiscula fragilis Laseron. 49, 49a.— Parisanda iredalei Laseron. (Unfigured: Liotina scalaris Hedley, Liotella capitata Hedley.) 2b INCIDENCE OF ACARID MITES ON THE BIOLOGY OF BEES. By TARLTON RAYMENT, F.R.Z.S., Honorary Associate in Entomology, National Museum, Melbourne. (Plate 1, text figure 1.) Mites are small animals, generally white or amber-coloured, or even pinkish, with a more or less oval body comprised of two parts, the conjoined head and thorax, propodosoma, the abdominal segment, hysterosoma, and in certain species a gnatho- soma, carrying the mandibulae and eyes; they have four pairs of legs, sometimes with spines, and often with long setae. Mites are ubiquitous, being distributed throughout the world, and associated with ali classes of animals, including man himself. Their general aspect under magnifica- tion is rather repellent, especially those species armed with powerful claws. If the acarids grew to even one foot in diameter they would indeed be formidable enemies. Fortunately they are all minute in size, but nevertheless capable of laying eggs, producing a tormenting irritation, and even poisoning of the host. There is, of course, no larval stage, and the young ones more or less resemble the adults. Taxonomically, they are included in the Phylum ARTHROPODA, or jointed leg animals, arthron—a joint, and podos—foot, and belong to the Sub-class ARACH- NIDA, Gr. akares—too small to cut, tiny things. The spiders are included here. The Family is ACARIDIDAE, and there are numerous genera. Though small, the mites are nevertheless important, not only because of their ubiquity, but also for their acute incidence on so many of man’s activities. They attack his crops, farinaceous meals and flours; domestic pets; find a way into the quills of caged birds; pester man, and even burrow into his own skin. None escapes the attentions of the mites, not even the bees, and solitary and social species are infested with equal favour. The microscopic size of many species is a protection in itself, for they are too small to be seen by the unaided eye; they are bothersome to mount and study, and several are difficult to remove from the host. The late Edwin Step suggested that the male bee, having no work to do, did not accumulate on its body any of the debris that afford sustenance to the mites, there- fore the male did not suffer any infestation. That is mere specious speculation, for critical examination of a series of wild-bees will soon demonstrate that males are quite often as heavily infested as the females. Step may have postulated that as many species of mites are found on meals and flours, the male bees escaped because they did not carry on their bodies any of the nitrogenous pollen-grains enmeshed in the fleece of the female bee. He failed to appreciate the fact that the males of all wild-bees normally visit flowers for a sip of nectar, and cannot escape being dusted with pollen. Microscopic study of live mites on a wild-bee that had large areas of its body growing a mould producing a purplish-black sporangium, showed that many of the acarids had ingested a few of the sporangia. The author is unable to determine whether or not spores form portion of the normal diet of mites, but he is certain that moulds and yeasts are entirely absent in bees’ cells frequented by the acarids, but such microscopic growths are inevitable in cells studied in the artificial con- ditions of the laboratory. If the association of bees and mites be thus mutually beneficial, then the tiny animals are undoubtedly symbiotes and not parasites. After a study of the mite Parasitus bomborum in the “nests” of the European bumble bees Bombus (Bremus), Plath (1934) concluded that the association of mite and bee was mutually beneficial. The absence of mites in cells and shafts may be the determining factor in the many failures in laboratory experiments to rear fossorial bees to maturity. However, the author has observed acarine mites piercing the delicate pellicle of bees which had died during the fourth ecdysis, but whether or not the entrance RAYMENT. 27 had been effected by biting or dissolving the membrane could not be determined. He has seen a mite enter a bee’s cell, exude a droplet of clear liquid on the colloidal lining, and then ingest it again. The liquid may have dissolved some of the biological substance. Recently, Armour and Campbell (1948) have found in parrots (budgerigars) suffering from “French Moult’’ that certain tyroglyphid mites were present in the base of the quills, causing a black substance to accumulate in the shaft. This is, of course, analogous to the mites’ penetration of the tracheal tubes of the honey-bee. The late Professor T. D. A. Cockerell concluded that since the Australian car- penter bee had no cavity in the base of the abdomen, it did not harbour a mite like the Paragreenia of the Indian Koptorthosoma. An extended study by the author of the carpenter bee Xylocopa demonstrated that the Australian species certainly has numbers of other mites on its body. My mentor always regretted that he had not been able to study the bees on their native heath. The short list of bees and mites included in this paper may serve to dispel certain popular misconceptions. It will be observed that many diverse genera are recorded, so that it is probable that all bees are infested at one time or another. Rennie and his assistants postulated that normally the mites lived on the exterior of the wild- bee, but discovered by some chance that they would enter the spiracles of the honey- bee and breed there. I am indebted to the courtesy of Mr. W. Womersley, Adelaide Museum, South Australia, for the generic names of the mites. Several of the specimens were new to science, and the generic and specific affinities of these are being worked out by Mr. Womersley for publication. The author’s researches in the Hymenoptera are assisted with a grant from the Trustees of the Science and Industry Endowment Fund. Family: COLLETIDAE. HOST: Heterocolletes capillatus Rayment. Medium-sized black shining bees with much dull white hair. The compound eyes have numerous long hairs issuing from between the facets. Biology: Similar to that of Paracolletes. (See “A Cluster of Bees,” 1935.) Symbiote: The specimens were too fragmentary for determination. Comment: Two amber-coloured mites were taken from the axillae of the wings. Locality: Emerald, Dandenong Ranges, Victoria. Collector: T. Rayment. HOST: Euryglossimorpha nigra Sm. Shining black bees of medium size, often coarsely punctured, with scattered hair. Biology: A fossorial species, digging a shallow shaft with an elbow turn. The oval skin cells hold a batter pudding of honey and pollen. (See author’s account, “Australian Zoologist,” xi, 3, 1948, p. 243.) Symbiote: Adults of Tyroglyphid mites. Comment: These bees often carry a number of mites distributed over the body. A large percentage of the bees harboured a parasitic Stylops. Locality: Mount Canoblas, Orange, N.S.W. (Alt. 4,600 ft.) Collector: P. Whiteley HOST: Paracolletes advena phillipensis Raym. Black bees of medium size, with four narrow bands of white hair across the abdomen. P. euphenax CkIl. is the male of the species. Biology: They excavate deep shafts in sandy soil, and construct several cells of impalpable silvery skin, and the “pudding” is a rather thin batter of honey and pollen. There is only one brood for the season, and it emerges in spring. Symbiote: Probably a new species of Tyroglyphus. Comment: Numbers of minute white mites were present at the hairy junction of the thorax and the abdomen. Locality: Gorae West, Victoria, 26 Sept., 1952. Collector: Clifford W. Beauglehole. HOST: Neopasiphae insignis Raym. A small black bee, with transverse yellow bars on the abdomen. The male has excessively large circular scapes. 28 INCIDENCE OF ACARID MITES ON THE BIOLOGY OF BEES. Biology: Not known, but the morphology would indicate a fossorial habit akin to that of Paracolletes. Symbiote: Apparently a new species of Histiostoma. Comment: This mite was found among the plumose hairs of the body in the vicinity of the metathorax. Locality: Victoria? (No. of Best’s label “‘570."’) Collector: D. Best. Family: HYLAEIDAE. HOST: Hylaeus anmelanocephalus Raym. Small bees with a black head and thorax and a red abdomen. Biology: (See author's account, ““A Cluster of Bees,” 1935.) Symbiote: Hypopus stage of Anoetus sp. Comment: A dozen or more mites were taken from the basal abdominal terga, where they were in a compact mass. . Locality: Lane Cove, Sydney, N.S.W. Collector: Norman W. Rodd. HOST: Hylaeus anmelanocephalus Raym. Biology: Cells of thin skin are built in galleries in wood. Symbiote: Anoetus sp. Comment: One mite was on the metathorax. Locality: Cheltenham, New South Wales, Collector: Norman W, Rodd, ; HOST: Hylaeus cliffordiellus Raym, Small jet-black shining bees with yellow markings. Biology: They build a series of skin cells in cavities in wood-stems and other suitable places. (See notes on biology in “Bees of the Portland District.) Symbiote: Calvolia sp. | Comment: About 25 very small mites were removed from the ventral surface of the male’s abdomen. Locality: Gorae West, Victoria, Jan., 1952. Collector: Clifford W. Beauglehole. HOST: Hylaeus elongatus Sm. A small blackish bee, with yellow face-markings, and little or no hair. Biology: Although the author has not studied the life-history of this particular species, there is little doubt that it follows the typical pattern-—colloidal skin cells in any suitable cavity. (See Euryglossina.) Symbiote: Calvolia sp. Comment: The mites, about ten in number, were clustered together in the polished basal abdominal sternum. The bees could easily have reached them with their legs. Locality: Swan River, Western Australia. Collector: L. J. Newman. HOST: Hylaeus honestus subhonestus CklIl. Black shining bees with little if any hair, and a few yellow markings. Biology: Not known, but other species of Hylaeus construct cells of thin skin. Symbiote: Not determined. Comment: Twenty-five mites were taken from the mesothorax. Locality: Gorae West, Victoria, roth Dec., 1951. Collector: Clifford W. Beauglehole. HOST: Hylaeus maiellus Raym. Small, roughly sculptured black bees with a ferruginous abdomen. Complete life-history not known, but the colloidal thin skin cells do not differ from the typical pattern of the family. (See Palaeorhiza.) Symbiote: Tyroglyphus species, differing from T. farinae (Linnaeus) by the striate, not punctured, hysterosoma. Comment: Eight amber-coloured mites were taken from the sternal surface of the thorax of the males. Locality: Boorooloola, Northern Australia; Edungalba, Queensland; Gunbower, Victoria. Collectors: Gerald F. Hill, Ernest E. Adams, Tarlton Rayment. HOST Hylaeus nigrojugatus Raym. -“RAYMENT. , oe ie 29 Very small black bees. Biology: A series of tiny thin skin cells built in beetle-galleries in the pine boards of a door. Symbiote: Not determined. Comment: In certain cells about 18 small pear-shaped white egg-like forms were found. These were gradually developing mites that appeared to be approaching Anoetus. sp. Locality Clyde, South Gippsland, Victoria. Collector: O. Dawson. HOST: Palaeorhiza alcyonea (Erich.).. A handsome large bee, with a black ee and thorax and a metallic-blue abdo- men. The “face” in ornamented with three yellow stripes, and the collar, tubercles, and scutella are butter-yellow. The subsp. robustus Ckll. is larger, with two large spines on the third sternum of the male. The bees have been observed on the flowers of Banksia sp., Lambertia sp., and Callistemon sp. The “nest” is typical of the Family, but as this is the first published record, the description is given in some detail. The cells were built in a twig from a dead Acacia—Froggatt, in litt., says A. longifolia. The wood is hard, and the entire tube measured 6cm. in length. ‘There were four cells, each measuring 12 mm. in length, with a diameter of 5 mm., and separated from each other by a thin clear colloidal membrane which had been “‘licked on” by the glossa. The base was filled with a mass of loose wood-parings, and covering that was a stouter plug, possibly containing some resinous material. The pudding was placed on this solid base, and the egg was attached to the pudding. The wood had been scooped out roughly, but the wall was heavily draped. The pudding was of a dry mealy consistency, and the pollen-grains resembled miniature golden rice. Symbiote: Tyroglyphus sp. Comment: A number of mites were on the bee, but 90 parasitic small chalcid wasps emerged from one larva. _. Locality: Cheltenham, N.S.W., 19th November, 1950. ~ Collector: Norman W. Rodd. | This bee is widely spread, for the author has received it from Tasmania, New South Wales, Western Australia, South Australia, and Victoria HOST: Euryglossina hypochroma CkIl. : A minute black bee, with yellow markings; abdominal sterna yellow. Biology: The small bees occupy galleries bored by the pin-hole and other beetles in wood. They construct a series of colloidal skin cells. (See author’s account in the magazine “Walkabout.”) Symbiote: A male mite Tyroglyphus farinae. Comment: Very rarely are mites found on these bees; only an odd one is present on the base of the abdomen. Locality Sandringham, Toorak, Tooradin, Victoria. Collectors: Owen Dawson and Tarlton Rayment. HOST: Meroglossa basilauta Raym. Large black shining bees, with very little hair, and primrose markings on face and thorax. Glossa short and emarginate in female, acute in male. Biology: The bees bore clean-cut galleries in sound, hard wood, and fill their oval cells of colloidal membrane with a soft batter of honey and pollen. Symbiote: Hypopus stage of Anoetus sp. Comment: About five large amber-coloured mites were present on each side in the cavity on the scutellum at the base of the wings. Locality: Jamberoo (Alt. 2,100 ft.), Illawarra Range, N.S.W. Collector: Norman W. Rodd. HOST: Meroglossa basilauta Raym. Four deutonymphs were taken from cavities at the sides of the scutellum of the female. Locality: Gorae West, Victoria, 23rd Dec., also 16th Jan., 1951. Collector: Clifford W. Beauglehole. 30 INCIDENCE OF ACARID MITES ON THE BIOLOGY OF BEES. Family HALICTIDAE. HOST: Parasphecodes altichus Smith. Bees of medium size with black head and thorax, and only the first and second segments of the abdomen with any reddish colour. Biology: [See P. fulviventris (Fr.) for details of the biology.] Symbiote: A new genus and species of Laelaptidae (Nymphs). Comment: Two large amber-coloured mites were attached to the thorax near the | axillae of the posterior wings of the male. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. Collector: Norman W. Rodd. HOST: Parasphecodes fulviventris (Fr.). Bees of medium size, with a dull-black head and thorax and red abdomen. Biology: A fossorial species excavating its chambers and shafts in the earth, and huge colonies are sometimes formed. (The author described the biology in ‘‘Austra- lian Zoologist,” Vol. xi, Pt. 2, pp. 76-95, 1947.) Symbiote: Caloglyphus berlesei (Michael). Comment: These mites are the scavengers, keeping shafts and cells free from all biological debris. They seldom if ever attach themselves to the bees. Locality: Sandringham, Victoria. Collector: Tarlton Rayment. HOST: Parasphecodes sextus Ckll. Bees of medium size, with black head and thorax and red abdomen (species in this genus are difficult to determine). Biology: (See author’s account of P. fulviventris, ““Australian Zoologist,” Vol. II, Pt. 2, pp. 76-95, 1947.) Symbiote: Caloglyphus berlesii (Michael). Comment: These were numerous on larvae of the bee, and measured 75 microns in length. Locality: Rocklands, Victoria. Collector: Owen Dawson. HOST: Parasphecodes cirriferus Ckll. A bee of medium size with black head and thorax and a red abdomen; wings. are dusky. Biology: [Refer to P. fulviventris (Fr.), for details. ] Symbiote: (See P. tilachiformis.) Comment. Professor T. D. A. Cockerell (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXXVI, 1910), describing the above species, made the following note: “Two large rufo- fulvous mites are attached to the metathorax.” It is possible that the mites in this case are of the same species as those taken from P. tilachiformis. In February, 1951, the author received a series of quite typical females, and males (including the allotype) of P. cirriferus, from Gorae West, Victoria. Two of the females had two large mites adhering to the metathorax, but one female had five clustered closely over the dorsum of the metathorax. Another female had one mite on the dorsum, and another under the axilla of a wing. One male bee had one mite on the dorsum, but the usual number is two to the bee. These very large mites were separated by Womersley as a new genus and species of the Family Laelaptidae, and he pro- poses to publish the generic diagnosis and specific description. Locality: Victoria. Gorae West, via Portland, Victoria. Collectors: Chas. French, Junr.; Cliff. Beauglehole. HOST: Parasphecodes fultoni Ckll. A wild bee of medium size, with a black head and thorax and a dark-red abdomen. Biology: These fossorial bees excavate shallow burrows leading to oval cells six or so inches below ground level, (Refer to P. fulviventris.) Symbiote: Hypoaspis sp. Comment: Many mites were present in the earthen cells, and a few, six or so, were taken from each of the several female bees examined by the author. It would appear that in Parasphecodes, as in Halictus, the earthen nests are maintained in a sanitary condition by the numerous acarid mites which are, therefore, true sym- biotes, and not parasites, as in the case of Tarsonemus woodi on the honey-bee. A female Parasphecodes fultoni Ckll. was taken on the South Coast, 252 miles west of Dandenong, in a very different environment, and eleven mites were present. RAYMENT. 31 The mites appear to be Hypoaspis sp., conspecific with those taken from the nests at Dandenong. Locality: Gorae West, Victoria, 28th April, 1952. Collector: Clifford W. Beauglehole. HOST: Parasphecodes tilachiformis Ckll. A red and black male bee of medium size, closely related to Halictus. Biology: [Refer to P. fulviventris (Fr.) for details of the biology.] Symbiote: A new genus and species of Laelaptidae. Comment: Two large amber-coloured mites were attached to the sternal plates of the thorax. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. Collector: Norman W. Rodd. HOST: Halictus darlingensis Raym. Biology: Females of a midsummer brood; no males were among them. (See author's large paper on Halictine bees.) Symbiote: Histiosoma sp. ; eoueene One mite was taken from the under surface of the wing of an adult emale. Locality: Tilpa, Darling River, N.S.W. Collector: Courtesy of Dept. Agric., New South Wales. HOST: Halictus emeraldensis Raym. Small black fossorial bees with abdominal bands of white hair. Biology: Several hundreds congregate to form a. co-operative colony in the earth. There are three discrete generations—a spring brood of virgins, a midsummer bisexual one, and an autumn brood of virgins. (See author’s account ““Arb phys ange,” Ent. Berlin-Dahlem, Band 4, Germany, 1937.) Symbiote: Caloglyphus sp. Comment: Numerous white mites literally cover the walls of the galleries and cells, and keep them in a sanitary condition. They are not distributed by the bees, but by parasitic mutillid wasps, which visit many galleries. At certain periods there is a remarkable segregation of the sexes; all the mites in one gallery will be males and in another all females. When the mites were removed from contact with the halictine cells they succumbed within twenty-four hours, probably from starvation Locality: Emerald (alt. 1,100 ft.), Victoria. Collector: Tarlton Rayment. HOST: Halictus erythrurus dimorphus Raym. (MS.) Small but remarkable chloralictine bees, the spring females having an apricot abdomen. Biology: The midsummer brood is a bisexual one of jet-black females and males; the autumn brood is composed of black virgins. The spring virgins have a dark- green mesothorax. (The author has a comprehensive paper on this species in MS.) Symbiote: Probably Caloglyphus. Comment: These frequent the cells, and are of a creamy colour, but are seldom present on the bees, and appear to maintain the nests in a sanitary condition. No biological debris can be found in the bees’ cells when mites are present. Locality: Dandenong, Victoria. Collectors: Owen Dawson and Tarlton Rayment. HOST: Halictus gilesi Ckll. Small black bees with some rather sparse white hair. Biology: Gregarious bees digging shafts in the ground. Symbiote: Histiosoma sp. Comment: 25 mites were clustered about the metathorax. Locality: Gorae West, Victoria, 7th Dec., 1951. Collector: Clifford W. Beauglehole. HOST: Halictus littleri Ckll. Small black bees with a dusting of white hair. Biology: They excavate a large number of cells, forming a colony in the ground, the sisters working together in partial co-operation. Symbiote: Histiosoma sp. Comment: About 25 large golden mites were taken from a female bee. Locality: Gorae West, Victoria, Nov., 1951, also Jan., 1952. 32 INCIDENCE OF ACARID MITES ON THE BIOLOGY OF BEES. Collector: Clifford W. Beauglehole. HOST: Halictus leai Ckll. Small black bees with red legs; the golden transverse bands on the abdomen are due partly to tegument and partly to golden hair. Biology: The oval cells were excavated in firm, closely-textured black peat. The species is gregarious, but not so strongly as other halictine bees. (A full account of the biology of this bee is in MS.) - Symbiote: (Appear to be the same species as in H. emeraldensis Raym.) Comment: Large numbers of mites were studied in the cells and on the bees. One dead female yielded 25 eggs, and 16 live mites, which were congregated under the head, and about the soft chitin near the articulation of the coxae. The large broad-oval eggs were distributed over the body, and measured 105 microns atthe long axis and 65 microns at the short, and were covered with microscopic raised bosses arranged in rows. The youngest mites show no conspicuous change when they hatch, the chorion of the egg appears to develop a few hairs, so that it is difficult to determine just when the young has hatched; the two anterior pairs of legs are the first evidence. The bloated white mite appears to have great difficulty in climbing or crawling over the hairy body of the bee, pulling itself along by grasping the hairs with the two anterior pairs of legs, which are much stronger; the third pair meanwhile main-— taining a rowing motion; the hind pair agitset to have but little function in loco- motion. The cast white skins of the mites were numerous over the body of the bee. In halictine species investigated by the author large numbers of mites were present in the cells, and since these are always deep in the earth, it is almost certain that the mites are symbiote, and not parasitic, for the cells are immaculate. Locality: Cranbourne, Victoria. - Collector: Owen Dawson. HOST: Halictus bremerensis Raym. A small green and apricot-coloured chloralictine bee from Western Australia.” Biology: See author’s accounts in oe Cluster of Bees.” Symbiote: Calvolia sp. Comment: Two or three mites were present on the base of the abdomen. Locality: Western Australia. Collector: Tom Greaves. HOST: Larvae and pupae of Halictus peraustralis Ckll. Bees of medium size, with spots and bands of golden hair. Biology: There are three discrete generations as in H. emeraldensis Raym., but the colony of H. peraustralis is established in the trunk of a tree well above ground: a unigue departure from the typical habit. (The author has a large paper on the Biology of this Halictus in MS.) Symbiote: Uropodid mites, probably new sp. of Phaulodinychus. Comment: When taken from the larvae and the pupae of the autumn generation, Tertianus virgins, the mites were pinkish to reddish in colour. None of these mites were present on the Secondarius (midsummer) gneration, or the spring Primarius virgins. Locality: Cheltenham, N.S.W. Collector: Norman W. Rodd. HOST: Halictus victoriellus Ckll. Small black bees with faint bands of white hair, very close to H. emeraldensis Raym. Biology: This fossorial species favours loose sand for its colonies. (See author’s account, “A Cluster of Bees,” 1935.) Symbiote: Calvolia sp. Comment: A cluster of eight or so mites in a geometrical pattern in a “pocket” at the base of the abdomen. Locality: Sandringham, Victoria. Collector: Tarlton Rayment. RAYMENT. 33 Family: MEGACHILIDAE. HOST: Megachile abdominalis Sm. A bee of medium size with large black head, black thorax, and abdomen of apricot-red. ! Biology: Although in the Leaf-cutters’ Family, Megachilidae, yet they do not cut leaves, but construct cells of resinous wax in any suitable cavity, generally in wood. The species is a northern one. Symbiote: Sennertia bifilis Canestr. Comment: The mites, about eight in number, were assembled at the base of the abdomen, in a cavity. 3 Locality: Brisbane, Queensland, but they are widely distributed over the Northern tate. : Collector: H. Hacker. . HOST: Megachile chrysopga Sm. Large black bees, with red hair on face and tip of abdomen; otherwise there is much long white hair. . a Binlogy: The bees build a series of leafy cells in any suitable cavity, usually in wood. Symbiote: Sennertia bifilis Canestr. Comment: Four mites were taken from the metathorax. Locality: Bolgart, Western Australia, 11th March, 1948. Collector: Rica Erickson. The author also bred out specimens of this bee from leafy cells sent to him by Clifford Beauglehole. . (See “Bees of the Portland District,” May, 1953, Portland Field Naturalists’ Club.) HOST: Megachile deanii Raym. A small black bee with a red abdomen. One of the “leafcutters” that makes a “nest” of waxen cells. (See author’s “Cluster of Bees,” p. 450, 1935, for a full account. Biology: Symbiote: Sennertia queenslandica Womers. Comment: Six large white mites were in two groups of three on the metathorax of a female bee which had only just emerged from a waxen cell. Locality: Denman, N.S.W., 15th May, 1951. Collector: R. E. Martin. HOST: Megachile, perhaps a variety of M. lachesis Sm. A large black leaf-cutter male bee which differs from M. lachesis by the black and white hair of face; lachesis has red hair. Biology: No details are available. Symbiote: A species of TROGLYPHOIDEA, apparently close to that present on M. lachesis Sm. Comment: About 50 or so mites were scattered over the body, chiefly about the metathorax. Locality: Bulolo, New Guinea. Collector: B. Hough (per Agric. Dept., New South Wales). HOST: Megachile erythropyga Smith. A small black male, with red hair on face and tip of abdomen, the base of which has white hair. Symbiote: (Deutonymph) Sennertia bifilis Canestr. Comment: Ten large mites found near axilla of wing. Locality: Bayswater, Victoria, 3rd February, 1916. Collector: Probably the late F. Spry. HOST: Megachile lachesis Sm. A very large black leaf-cutting species, with a few reddish hairs on the “face” of the male, and fuliginus wings. Biology: Builds usually in sandy banks, often near the sea. The life-history of this handsome bee was published by the author in the March issue of “Wild Life” magazine, 1949. ‘The leafy cells are constructed at the end of horizontal galleries, and are ravaged by a parasitic bee, Coelioxys intrudens Sm. Symbiote: A new species in the Family TYROGLYPHOIDEA. Comment: The pale-amber mites, about 30 in number, were present on the abdominal sterna of both sexes, but numbers of dry skins were scattered over the 34 INCIDENCE OF ACARID MITES ON THE BIOLOGY OF BEES. body in both males and females, and one or two live mites were present. The minute white animals have difficulty in crawling over the fleece of the bee, and pull strongly with the anterior four legs; the third pair having a weak “rowing’’ action; the posterior pair appear to be of little use in walking. The striae are longitudinal on hysterosoma and transverse on propodosoma. Locality: Wewak, New Guinea. Collector: Lt.-Col. Hoare, A.I.F., and M. Faddy, Esq. HOST: Megachile semiluctuosa Sm. Biology: The cells are not built of leaves, but modelled of resin, and perhaps kino, in clean, hard timber, and it appears that the bees may have bored the chambers. Symbiote: Deutonymphs of Sennertia bifilis Canestr. Comment: About thirty of these mites were congregated about the metathorax of a female bee. These appear to be the same species that infest the Carpenter of the Grass-trees, Lestis bombylans Fabr. . Locality: Swan River, W.A. The specimen is very old. Collector: L. J. Newman. HOST: Megachile. quinquelineata Ckll. A medium-sized black bee, with five narrow bands of white hair across the abdomen. e Biology: Typical leaf-cutters construct cells of leafy pieces, but a large group use resin and wax. It is not yet known to which group this bee belongs. Symbiote: A new species of Calvolia? (Deutonymph). Comment: About 15 golden mites were scattered over the head and thorax. Locality: Brisbane, Queensland. Collector: Cedric Deane. HOST: Megachile trichognatha tosticauda Ckll. Medium-sized black bees with much white hair. Biology: The bees occupy tunnels bored by longicorn beetles in dry timber, and build therein a series of chambers constructed of resin, kino and wax. (The nest was described by the author in “Walkabout” magazine.) Symbiote: Not yet determined. 3 Comment: Seven mites were taken from the long fleece. Locality: Moama, New South Wales, roth March, 1937. Collector: Rayment. The bees were bred out of cells. HOST: Megachile revicta Ckll. Biology: Large black bees, with much white hair about the base of the abdomen. They have the usual large head of the Family. Symbiote: Not yet determined. Comment: The mites, twelve or so, were taken from both males and females, and were clustered about a depression on the base of the abdomen, which is, perhaps, the most protected portion of the bee’s body and the shelter most favoured by the Acarids. Locality: Sawyers Valley, W.A. Collector: L. J. Newman. HOST: Lithurgus rubricatus Sm. A black, shining bee of medium size. Biology: Reputed to be parasitic on Megachile, but the sole “nest” investigated by the author contained several thin-walled cells of mud. They are widely dis- tributed over the northern parts of Australia. Symbiote: A new species of Sennertia. Comment: The mites, about eight in number, were congregated about the base of the abdomen of a female. Locality: Moora, W.A. Collector: L. J. Newman. Sub-family: COELIOXYNAE. HOST: Coelioxys albolineata CkIl. Black bees, with pointed abdomen, some with a few white bands of hair. Biology: Parasitic in the cells of leaf-cutting bees, Megachile. (See author's account in “A Cluster of Bees,” 1935; also in “Wild Life,” July, 1949.) Symbiote: Probably new Genus and Species of PONTOPPIDANIIDAE. RAYMENT. 35 Comment: About 15 mites in circular depression at base of abdomen. The parasites choose this sheltered cavity because the host has less chance of reaching them there by brushing or combing with the legs. All bees use the legs continuously for cleansing the fleece. Locality: Cairns, Queensland. Collector: J. Mansky. HOST: Coelioxys froggatti Ckll. " ack bees with dots of white hair, and apex of abdomen contracted to a fine tail. Biology: All are parasitic in the cells of the Leaf-cutting bees, Megachile. (See author's account in “A Cluster of Bees,” 1935.) Symbiote: Tyroglyphus sp. (deutonymphs), not farinae (L.). Comment: Large numbers, 30 or more, of amber-coloured mites were clustered over the legs, coxae and femur of a male bee. Almost all of the Gunbower species had mites, but bees from Orroroo had none. Locality: Gunbower, Victoria. Collector: Tarlton Rayment. HOST: Coelioxys froggatti Ckll. r Comment: A dozen or so mites were congregated about the median coxae of the ees. Locality: Swan River, Western Australia. Collector: L. J. Newman. Family: ANTHOPHORIDAE. HOST: Asaropoda bombiformis (Sm.). Large foxy-red hairy bees which construct large mud cells in tunnels in the ground. Symbiote: Calvolia sp.? Comment: Numbers of pale-amber coloured mites are sometimes present on the copious fleece of these bees. (See author’s “Cluster of Bees,” 1937, for description of cells and biology.) Locality: Sydney, N.S.W. Collector: Phillip Whiteley Family: XYLOCOPIDAE. HOST: Lestis bombylans Fabr. ' A handsome peacock-blue and green bee, not quite so large as the true carpenter- ee. Biology: Builds a series of cells in the dry flower-stalks of Grass-trees, Xanthor- rhoea sp. The mother “broods” over her progeny until it emerges, and this association forms a kind of primitive family. (The author described the biology in “A Cluster of Bees,” 1935.) Symbiote: Deutonymphs of Sennertia bifilis Canestr. Comment: Many hundreds of mites were scattered promiscuously over the body of the bees and, if parasitic, could have caused an intolerable irritation. The deutonymphs—hypopial or wandering stage—are common on xylocopid bees, but adult mites have been found in the nests of Carpenter-bees. Locality: Kuring-gai, New South Wales; Bowen, Queensland; New Guinea (on Xylocopa combinata); Moa Island, Torres Straits, Queensland. Collector: Norman W. Rodd in New South Wales. HOST: Lestis aerata var. violascens Ckll. A beautiful polished species much bluer in colour than L. bombylans. The variety has a strong violet suffusion over the body, and the legs are slender. Biology: Similar to that of L. bombylans Fabr. Symbiote: Deutonymphs of Sennertia bifilis Canestr. Comment: Several mites were taken from near the underneath of the axillae of the wings. Locality: Wood's Reef, Barraba, New South Wales, 1942. HOST: Nomia australica reginae Ckll A metallic-blue bee with bands of red on the abdomen and “face.” 36 INCIDENCE OF ACARID MITES ON THE BIOLOGY OF BEES. ‘Biology: Gregarious bees digging shafts in the ground so closely that a large colony is formed. Symbiote: Probably a new species of T yroglyphus. Comment: Six mites were taken from various parts. of the body. - Locality: Meningie, South Australia. Collector: Hans Minchin. _ HOST: Xylocopa (Mesotrichia) bryorum (Fabr.).. . The largest Australian bees; black, with a dense Ae of brassy-yellow hair over the thorax; the males are entirely, covered by the yellow fleece. Biology: The Carpenters bore galleries of large size in dry, hard timber, and make divisions of the sawdust to form their cells. The Japanese Carpenter-bee has a similar aspect. Symbiote: Sennertia queenslandica W omers. Comment: Two large mites were taken from the mesothoracic disc of a male bee, but numbers of smaller mites were present about coxae of the females. These were near to Sennertia bifilis (present also on Lestis) but differs by the transverse striae; it is partly concentric on hysterosoma in S. bifilis. . Lecality: Cairns, North Queensland; Moa Island, Torres Straits. Collectors: J. Manski; $. W. Schomberg. Large specialised mites in the genus Dinogamasus are present in the “abdominal pocket” of certain xylocopids. : Family: CERATINIDAE. | HOST: Exoneura concinnula CkdIl. Small red and black bees, soft, shining and smooth. Biology: The social bees of this genus usually build in plant-stems, but a series of “nests” were found in galls made by the beetle Ethon affine Cast. and Gory, on plants of Pultenaea stipularis. (See author’s account of the biology of this social species, “Australian Zoologist,” Vol. XI, Part 4, July, 1951.) Commensal: A tyroglyphid, Tyrofagus tenuiclavus Zachvatkin. Comment: The small white animal was clambering aimlessly over the cells in Fs gall. As it is related to the European flour mite, it was probably seeking pollen. Animals that feed at the same table are known as commensals. Locality: Lindfield, N.S.W. Collector: C. E. Chadwick. HOST: Exoneura dawsoni: Raym Small, reed-dwelling social bees, usually with a black head and thorax and a red abdomen. A few species are entirely black. Biology: (Refer to E. montana Raym., but many notes by the author on these bees have appeared in the ‘Victorian Naturalist,” 1948-1949.) Symbiote: Anoetostoma sp. Comment: Taken from the pollen residues in the mesenteron of the larva. The mite had evidently been ingested with the pollen. It was interesting to discover a triungulin, another parasite of bees, in the debris. Locality: Macedon, Victoria. Collector: Owen Dawson. HOST: Exoneura montana Raym. (Figure 1.) Small reed-bees of social habit, with a black head and thorax and a red abdomen. Biology: Primitive social bees, with several females co-operating in the rearing of the ‘brood in plant-tubes. The larvae in this genus are unique in Australia in having “arms” and “‘fingers” on lateral appendages. There is sustained progressive feeding of the young. The author has described many of these bees in the “Victorian Naturalist,” 1948-1949. Symbiote: Deuteronymphs of a Tyroglyphid mite. Comment: A female has about 20 mites on the membrane of each of the anterior wings. Exoneurae are as a rule singularly free from mites. Locality: White Swamp, New ao Wales; ae border. Collector: J. Hardcastle, Junr. - : RAYMENT. AMA asi wy ye Oy NA i te i ) Y , ‘ — ee mi i: «if : é : . a ' ’ + ‘ by - a ee LK i. | +f +I2 = 4 i: \ sc] Re 7 Re i ) TARLTON Rayment Fig. 1: The symbiote of Exoneura montana. Section of punky cherry-wood, showing the bores of Exoneura montana Raym. Exterior of the stick, showing the entrance in an old scar. Cross-section; note the position of the bores. A papery entrance plug, much enlarged. The bee packs the powdery residue to one side. The ventral surface of the tyroglyphid mite to display the eight legs; it is distinct from an insect, being nearer to a spider. 7. Large wing of bee with cluster of acarid mites adhering. 8. The two hind legs of the mite have no hooks. 9. The six others are powerfully armed to enable the animal to cling on to its host during flight. Nu bh CY Superfamily: APOIDEA. Family: APIDAE. Subfamily: APINAE. HOST: Apis mellifica Linn., the hive or honey-bee. Biology: The domesticated species form the highest group of the true social bees; they are organised in the most efficient commune known to man; they have a perfect distribution of labour; defending the hive by concerted attack; nursing the larvae; building several sheets or combs of hexagonal cells, in which are reared many thousands of workers, and a few hundred drones. The four or so queens 37 38 INCIDENCE OF ACARID MITES ON THE BIOLOGY OF BEES. are cradled in typical oval cells of wax. The workers have ability to plot angles in the field, and to communicate them to the others when they return to the hive. Apis stands at the head of all insects. Parasite: Tarsonemus woodi. Comment: These small animals effected an entrance to the thoracic tracheae of the bees, thus interfering with the supply of oxygn, and poisoning the host with toxins. This mite exterminated the hive-bees in Great Britain during World War I, 1914-1919. The author has not succeeded in recording this species for Australia. Locality: Great Britain. Collector: Dr. J. Rennie and his assistants, 1921, were the original investigators of the condition. HOST: Apis mellifica Linn. Commensal: Glycyphagus domesticus (De Geer). Comment: Found in the debris of bee-hives. Locality: Perth, Western Australia, but widely spread. Collector: Recorded by H. Womersley (“Studies in Australian Acarina,” 1941). HOST: Apis mellifica Linn. Commensal: Tyroglyphus farinae (Linn). Comment: Recorded as infesting the pollen of the bee-hive. Locality: Adelaide, South Australia; Burnley, Victoria; but widely diced in Europe. Recorded by H. Womersley. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. 1. A new genus and species of Tyroglyphid mite. 2. A new species of Hypoaspis mite on bee, Parasphecodes fultoni Ckll. 39 THREE NEW LAND SHELLS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. By C. F. McCLAUCHLAN. (Figure 1.) Strangesta sanguinolenta sp. nov. Shell varnished dark chestnut, fades to red brown, very thin; protoconch flat, tight; spire flattened, comparatively small; suture shallow: body whorl flattened; aperture rounded; sloping, not inflated below; suture 2/3 height of shell; ribs very fine, close, hardly dented by minute spirals; umbilicus open, medium width, not deep. Normal shell 54 whorls, 25 mm. by 12.5 mm. high. Maximum shell 6 whorls, 30 mm. by 14mm. Animal medium brown, median line very light brown, 23 in long, half inch of tail behind shell; mantle blood red. Radula 20 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, teeth 46 rows. Habitat: Sugarloaf Range, West Wallsend to Glenbrook. Compare with S. capillacea, which has taller, loose spire, convex whorls; shell deep; aperture inflated below, ribs strong, decussating spirals; umbilicus narrower, deeper. Animal inky grey, 2iin. long. Mantle golden flecks over colourless base. Radula smaller, fewer rows of teeth. Anatomical differences. Will not breed with former. Meridolum bowdenae, sp. nov. Shell uniform dull blackish-brown, thickened; spire raised, broad; protoconch granulose; aperture oval, lip pale, reflected slightly, deep violet within, descending above; columella thicker, rounded, nearly covering very small umbilicus, white callus joining margins. Whorls 6, very convex, ribs strong, straight. Normal shell 27 mm. by 19 mm. high. Radula 8.5 mm. by 2.5 mm. Teeth 54—1—54, rows 196. Animal flecked gold over brown; mantle orange gold Habitat, Sassafras Gully, Springwood. Distribution, Glenbrook, Woodford. Not depressed or keeled like M. depressum. M. corneovirens is taller, inflated, and has no keel. Fig. 1. Left to right: Strangesta sanguinolenta, Meridolum bowdenae and M. middenense. Meridolum middenense, sp. nov. Shells bleached white, in thousands on aboriginal middens on beach sandhills. Live shells, flattened, brown above, pale under, sub-sutural dark band on body whorl only, dark umbilicus patch; 6 convex whorls; aperture oval, pink, descending slightly, lip reflected a little; umbilicus very small, open, partly covered by columella; keel faint; ribs strong, even. 23.5 mm. by 16 mm. high. Animal 50 mm. long, gold over chocolate; brown eyestalks; mantle golden. Radula 6.75 mm. by 2.25 mm., teeth 54—1—54, rows 162. Habitat: Mona Vale. Distribution, Stanwell Park to Broken Bay. Marked anatomical and shell differences from M. jervisense and M. duralense. * Editorial Note—In 1951, Mr. C. F. McLauchlan published his ‘“‘Basic Work on the Life Cycle of Some Australian Snails’ in Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1949°50, pp. 26-36 and plate. In that he referred to another paper which was in the press for the Australian Naturalist in 1951. However, the Naturalists’ Society of N.S. Wales has been unable to publish its Australian Naturalist for some years, and Mr. McLauchlan’s paper is now being published in the Australian Zoologist instead. Three new species of Meridolum and Strangesta are now defined in detail, having been unavoidably nomina nuda in the earlier Proceedings. 40 LAND SHELLS ORIGINALLY INTRODUCED. By C. F. McLAUCHLAN. (Figs. 1 to 4.) The following will be of interest to overseas and Australian conchologists. Oxychilus sydneyensis. Cox. Cat. Aust. Land Shells, 1864. Developed appar-: ently from introduced English Hyalinia (Oxychilus) cellaria compacta Jef. (Heli- cella cellaria). Still in transitional stage. Depressed, smooth, small umbilicus, aperture roundly lunate, whorls 63. 13 x 7 mm. Common Sydney, Eastern Aus- tralia, coastal. Fig. 1. 1A, anatomy; 1B, nerve centre; 1C, jaw; 1D, heart; 1E, teeth; 1F, spermatozoon, 1200 X, 1/tro total length. Oxychilus tasmanicus, sp. nov. Very depressed and smooth; weak striae; spire very depressed; umbilicus very small; aperture depressly oval; amber yellow; trans- parent; 9.5 x 4.5 mm. 5% whorls. Anatomy later. Launceston, also Hobart, Tasmania. Fig. 2. Alienitor lyndhurstensis, Cox. Apparently developed from an introduced form of zonitoides. Depressed; smooth; striated; spire flattened dome; aperture oval; umbilicus medium; thin; brownish; whorls 5. Size, 6.5 x 3.25 mm. Fig. 3,. 3A, reproductive anatomy. Two pendant coronal glands low in curve of dart sac. Spermatheca duct forked, one fork attached to back of penis ‘sheath, other to vagina. P.S. shows the calcareous channel sheath. 3B, ovotestis; 3C, sper- matheca, round; 3D, channel; 3E, dart; 3F, 3G, nerve centre, surrounds buccal; 3H, heart, pulse 124 per minute at 65 deg.; 31, jaw; 3J, teeth; 3K, spermatozoon, — spiral striae, 1200 X. 1/r1o total length. Lyndhurst St., Glebe, Sydney, New South Wales, common Queensland to Victoria. ne E98. Figs. 1 to 4. Anatomy of Land Shells (see context). C. F. McLauchlan del. Alienitor lyndhurstoides, sp. nov. Clifton Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales. A little elevated; growth lines rugged, rib-like; spire raised, whorls rounded, aperture rounded; umbilicus wider; thickish; brown; duller shine; whorls 54. Size, 5.25 x 3.25 mm. Fig. 4: 4A, anatomy. One long gland high in curve of dart sac, note dart. Spermatheca oval, duct forked, one fork attached to back of P.S. 4B, nerve centre, surrounds buccal; 4C, 4D, nerve centre: 4E, heart, pulse 96 per minute at 6s deg.; 4F, jaw; 4G, dart; 4H, channel; 4I, teeth; 4J, spermatozoon, zig-zag striae; 1200 X, 1/12 total length. Types in the author's collection will be presented to the Australian Museum. 4] DISTRIBUTION OF THE GREEN VEGETABLE BUG. DISTRIBUTION OF THE GREEN VEGETABLE BUG (Nezara viridula var. smaragdula Fabr.) IN 1950. OTHER BUGS LIKELY TO BE CONFUSED WITH IT. By C. E. CHADWICK, B.Sc. Systematic Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Sydney. (Plate II and Map.) Although the green vegetable bug is a well-known pest of many plants in N.S.W., records exist within the State of at least two other bugs likely to be confused with it. The mature female green vegetable bug is generally about 3 inch long and # inch across the widest part of the body. The male is slightly smaller and may be distinguished from the female by the different structure of the tip of the abdomen (Zeck 1933). In the female the end of the abdomen is rather rounded; that of the male is definitely incised, as seen by the naked eye. Specimens of the insect usually encountered are light green in colour, but other forms, of a purplish or brown colour, may be found, especially in the cooler months. As stated by Freeman (1940), there are four varieties of this insect, the common form being more correctly known as Nezara viridula var. smaragdula Fabr., the type specimen being merely a yellow variety. The insect is of considerable economic importance, and is found in every continent, although in Europe it occurs only in the south; it has also spread to many islands in the Pacific and elsewhere. According to Froggatt (1916), the green vegetable bug first appeared about rorz on tomato plants near Sydney. However, Gross (1949) says the South Australian Museum contains “a single specimen attributed to a large reed beds area near Port Adelaide (now non-existent), and stated to have been captured in 1867. Whether this specimen represents the insect at the beginning of a long period of adaptation from which it has just emerged, an isolated introduction (near a port) which did not become established, or a wrong locality, though that was a very rare occurrence in the particular collection in which this specimen occurred, I am not prepared toisay. May (1938) states “In 1917 its presence in Queensland was first recorded at Ipswich, where the bug was injuring tomatoes. It had been known associated with potatoes some years previous to this.” He believes the insect was introduced into Queensland by ship from N.S.W. The green vegetable bug was first reported from Western Australia in 1920, when it was recorded as attacking beans, potatoes, tomatoes and other garden plants near Bunbury (Newman, 1926). Early in 1936 it was found in Victoria, and has since spread over the greater portion of northern Victoria (Pescott, 1940). The bug was first recognised in South Australia in March, 1938, when specimens were identified from Berri on the Murray River near the Victorian border. In May, 1939, it had reached Adelaide, and by 1941 had become a common pest (Swan, 1949). Up to the present time there is no record of the insect being present in Tasmania, but it is believed to have been introduced into New Zealand in 1941 (Cumber, 1949), and is now spreading rapidly (Everett, 1950). Within N.S.W. its known distribution as a pest in 1933 was roughly a triangular area of about 50,000 sq. miles, having as its apices Mullumbimby, Gilgandra, and Wollongong (Zeck, 1933). Later on, Noble (1937) stated that it had been recorded from the Tweed River, Tenterfield, Ashford and Murrurundi in the north, Grenfell, Dubbo and Baradine in the west, and Nowra in the south. Since then the insect has spread both west and south. In the west of the State specimens were identified in 1949 and 1950 from Mungindi, Collarenebri, Brewarrina and Menindee on the Darling River. In March, 1950, it was identified from cabbages and beans at Broken Hill, although it was not recorded by the writer during four years’ residence (1941-44). To what extent the bug has spread beyond 42 DISTRIBUTION OF THE GREEN VEGETABLE BUG. the Darling River has not been determined, owing to the sparseness of settlement. To the east of the Darling the insect has been reported as occurring at Ashley, Warren, Cobar, Lake Cargelligo, Hay (September, 1941), Euston and Wentworth. As it was recorded from Stanthorpe, Texas and Goondiwindi in 1934 (May, 1938) it would appear to be open to speculation whether the insect reached the Darling via its tributaries or from the western part of this State. (At Nyngan recently Mr. J. W. T. Armstrong observed a green vegetable bug on a lorry load of furniture which had come from Dubbo.) On the coast the pest has been reported from as far south as Eden. It has not been possible to confirm the presence of the bug south of Eden, Canberra, Batlow | 4 sATWEED GOONDIWINDI pear ee ) HEADS —~——__STANTHORPE g. MULLUMBIMBY se ST TEXAS st I TO e, 5 ASHFORD iY Zaman) aSniey > Sy BREWARRINA AEE ATE PiINVERELL l | ———7| | eee eam | ie ana | | | WARREN _ &> ° RCILGANDRA SBROKEN) = « DUBBO ¢ HILL ——_ | LAKE CARGELLIGO eee | HILLSTON | SYDNEY WY QPICTON WENTWORTH M ¥ WOLLONCONG EUSTON - TTT TT] sce wx. Y/ SS NOBLE 1937. aN COOMAO — : : 64 128 go DISTRIBUTION SCALE OF mites i 1950. Map of the distribution of the Green Vegetable Bug, Nezara viridula var. smeragdula Fabricius in New South Wales. and Albury, although it is suspected of occurring at Cooma and Bombala. It appears to occur all along the Murray River from Albury westwards. It has been reported (Anon., 1940) that Dr. N. S. Noble collected a solitary female of the American green soldier bug (Acrosternum hilare Say) on passion vines at Lindfield, Sydney, but there is no record of this species being collected since then. This insect is found in Canada, Central America, West Indies and Brazil; Whitmarsh (1917) says it is entirely probable that it may be found in nearly every State in U.S.A. Underhill (1934) records the insect attacking 52 species CHADWICK. 43 of plants. Besides attacking a large variety of native American plants, it is a particular pest of peaches in certain States, and causes pitting in the fruit. Host plants also include tomato, mulberry, blackberry, grape, cotton, turnip, pea, orange, cherry, pear, cowpea, mustard, soya bean, Lima bean, cabbage, corn, apple and egg plant. It also transmits yeast spot (Nematospora phaseoli Win.) of Lima beans. It will be seen that the insect might develop into a serious pest should it become established in Australia. The adults are bright green in colour, and oblong oval in shape. Females average about # in. in length, and males about half an inch, but occasionally excep- tionally small individuals are only half the normal size. The lower surface of the abdomen is lighter green than the upper surface. Males and females may be distinguished as in the green vegetable bug. In early March, late May and early June, 1948, a number of specimens of a native green bug (Glaucias amyoti Dallas) were collected in a garden at Chatswood. The specimens obtained in March were collected at light, and a search through the branches and leaves of garden hibiscus (Hibiscus hortensis L.), from which they were thought to have come, yielded no result. The other specimens were found later only below the petals in the flower heads, in association with odd green vegetable bugs. There is no appreciable difference in the sizes of the two sexes, each being about 3 inch long and having a maximum width of about 3 in. Among the specimens collected, males were much more numerous than females. In females the tip of the abdomen is rounded, whereas in males it clearly incised. This insect was first described from N.S.W. and New Zealand by Dallas (1851). Until collected in 1948, N.S.W. specimens were not represented in any ofhcial collections housed in Sydney. However, Smith (1948) states that it appears to be quite common in Queensland, having been collected mostly in scrub areas; it is not considered to be of any significance as a pest. It is also known from the New Plymouth district of New Zealand and from the Kermadec Islands, but there also does not appear to be of any economic importance (Salmon, 1948). P. C. Hely (1950) has obtained immature forms of this insect and states: “Stages III, IV and V were collected at Moorland on 17th March, 1950, feeding on green berries of the giant privet (Ligustrum). Nymphs taken to Gosford developed to adults in cages on these berries. The nymphs are more rounded in outline than those of Nezara, and also more strongly convex. The ground colour of the nymphs in these stages is cream to light green, and the markings are orange, pale green and yellow. Adults emerged on 4.4.50.” Tillyard (1925 and 1926) refers to the insect as “useful” and “occasionally beneficial,” without amplification, but Hely says: “At no time did I have any evidence even to suggest that they might be predaceous.” A few other species of green plant bugs occur in N.S.W., but none of them should be confused with the green vegetable bug. The spined citrus bug (Bipro- rulus bibax Bredd.) is somewhat longer, being about 3 inch long and about ? inch wide, but it may be readily distinguished from any other green shield bug by the sharp-pointed, dark spine which projects outward and forward for 4 inch from each side of the thorax. Members of the genus Vitellus are green, and have a con- spicuous reddish spine projecting from the prothorax; they are smaller than either the green vegetable bug or the spined orange bug, but they are uncommon insects. Members of the genera Cuspicona and Plautia are green or predominantly green, but are considerably smaller than the green vegetable bug. An undescribed species of Cuspicona found on blackberry inflorescences has been confused with the green vegetable bug on occasion. DISTRIBUTION OF THE GREEN VEGETABLE BUG. 44 The following table, based on some of the more obvious characters, shows how the green vegetable bug may be distinguished from the American and from the native bug— green soldier bug ‘Assojs A}OuIstp eoejins addy “mMOTTeYS 210 [19S pue asuap ss2q [IS sqg ‘qUasqe QUI] 231YM pue [22 ‘pepuno1 A[peoiq uawopqy ‘pejurod ourds jeurwopqy ‘pacino ApIYSI]s st asprs 3eyI qdaoxe ‘wnusaiso1yy 0} IRIIWIS ‘saioads 19430 24} jo Jaya Wey} Japeoiq pue papuno1 Plarys jo pua Jo1aysog “juasqe yq0q sjods yoeJq pue yYsimo]ax “Jap[noys 0} peasy WoIF aspa 24} pulyaq spuaj}xe pueq Moje e@ 3ng ‘uses xe1oyjo1d jo aspq ‘u2213 SJUQUIZeS [TV ‘QUIT JO YIeW OUTISIP OU nq ‘sayed aq Aeur peay jo ursieyy ‘seyjeq 10kwy spionyjg “eng U2eeI45 2aeN [JQP aoezins saddy *SSUIM -aioj uo Ayjeroadsa ‘syd Aur Aq Peraaog Ajasuap adejins ieddy ‘uamopge JO 213U29 ay} UMOP UT] JazY4sI YIM Juaseid joey JUTsIG ‘yanyq SI sda] Jo aed piry} 24} ueemjoq JUauIses [eUTWOpge 4sIg ay} Wor] piemioj surpuazxa oauids ayy, ‘aspll SUOT & OJUT yNO umMeIp jou ‘Apog jo apis 0} ss2] jo 4red puodas jo aseq wo1y Aem Jey suryoear 1aAeu unyq 310Y4C,, ‘yurod peoig e 0} SuTWOS Palys JO a[sue 1O1IaIsog ‘s19gUIOD Jol1ajue JO yoea ur 30ds yoeTq suo ‘aspa yuUOoIF sso1se sjods yYsIMo] 2h (2Ag Aypeuorsess0) ary], ‘Iappnoys 0} peey wor} ulsiew yuOoIy jo aspa suoje spuajxa ‘(swioy iIayIep UI YsIppar JO) yYystuseis 3YsI] 10 Moa Apjsour ‘aul, Mozsieu AI3/\ “YysIpper ATWw40} ‘Tun 210W seuUajUe 2Aey suauI cdads 1ayieq *‘(suauteds awos ut dij ye pue aseq je 1994811) YsIp ‘pei Apjsour say yusurdes ‘aseq ye ysiuseis ynq ‘ysIpper A]jsou INO} JuauIsas SysIppar st yorum ‘dij 10} 3daoxa uaeis 2014} JUOUI 828 {U2213 OM} PUe BUO SjUaTIsaG ‘aha 10 JuOI} ur ysn{ peay jo UISIEW UO Yeu pat 0} YstMo]]2z “J Dinp3sv.vwus “IeA DINPiUia pLVZaNe “ang 2GeI28aA UIeI15 ‘Assos A[zysI[s eoejans reddy "IIMO] -Jeys 31d yoes pue asuap ssaj sig ‘Ui WYsI] ON ‘peounouoid ssaq J2ay ‘pajurod aurds jeurwopqy © ‘Apoq jO apis 03 Aemjyey puokaq [jam spUajxe esprr yysresys Ayjeo0e1d e ‘papzany Ul ueY Baz fo aseg 999 “UOTJeINJOUNG usuI0op -qe JO apisiapuy) auids jeurmopqy (xe1oyzejew ) wos JayiINj ynods jo suruedO, |ynodg pues ug ‘qurod anode a10W e Ur suIpUD pue Ajiorsa3sod Ayqeas0u ei0uw sul -lade} pjatyg “juasqe sjods yoeigq ‘quasqe JO [jews sjods ystMmojaz ‘quasaid Ayjensn auly [eursseur pal 10 aBue1o ‘Mmo]jaA MOTE "ystyoeyq 3s21 ‘asueso dij pue jyey y[eseq aay juouIsas Ystyoe[q Jse1 “useis asueio jyey jeseq ino} juewsas ‘ysipper dy qnq ‘uaeis AjJsour 22014} JUsUISasS ‘U2213 OM} puUe 2UO sjUauIsaG *peay jo urs -1eul punos puajxe Aeu ui, pal 0} YsImMo]]ah & IO ‘pipza\y UT sV “ACG JLDI1Y WnUsLIISOLIY ‘8Ng J2Ipjog usernH uedeUy PIES xeloyjyoIg euuajuy Peer "raqoeIeyH figures and printing from each side of the negative. * Figures 6 and 7 of Jones (1918) have been inverted and reversed, as may be demonstrated by photographing these CHADWICK. 45 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Anon. (1940). A Green Shield Bug. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., li (May), 271-2, Cumber, R. A. (1949). The Green Vegetable Bug Nezara viridula. New Zealand Journal of Agriculture, 79 (6), (December), 563-564. Dallas, W. S. (1951). List of Specimens of Hemipterous Insects in the collec- tion of the British Museum. Pt. 1, 278. Everett, P. (1950) Spread of Green Vegetable Bug. New Zealand Journal of Agriculture, 80 (2), (February) 145-146. - Freeman, P. (1940). A contribution to the study of the genus Nezara Amyot and Serville (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 90, (12), 351°3'74- - Froggatt, W. W. (1916). The Tomato and Bean Bug (Nezara viridula Linn.). Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., xxvi (September), 649-650. Gross, G. F. (1949). Personal communication, 29/7/1949. ~Hely, P. C. (1950). Personal communications, 6/6/1950 and 25/7/1950. Jones, T. H. (1918). The Southern Green Plant-Bug. U.S.D.A. Bull, No, 689, p. 5. May, A. W. S. (1938). The Distribution of Nezara viridula, Entomological Society of Queensland, Minutes of Meeting 13th September, 1938. Newman, L. J. (1926). The Green Tomato Bug (Nezara viridula Linn.). Journ. Dept. of Agric., West Australia, (3), 1, (March), 68-75. Noble, N.. 8. (1937). An Egg Parasite of the Green Vegetable Bug. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., xlviii (June), 337-341. - Pescott, R. T. M. (1940). Insect Pests of Tomatoes. Control Measures, Journ. Dept. Agric. Victoria, xxxviii, 3 (March), 140-152. _ Salmon, J. T. (1948). Personal communication, 20/8/1948. Smith, J. H. (1948). Personal communication, 1/7/1948. Swan, D. C. (1949). Personal communication, 21/7/1949. Tillyard, R. J. (1925). Australian Encyclopaedia, 1925. Vol. 1, p. 609. Tillyard, R. J. (1926). Insects of Australia and New Zealand, p. 148. Underhill, G. W. (1934). The Green Stinkbug. Bull. Virginia Agric. Expt. Sta. No. 294, 1°26. Whitmarsh, R. D. (1917). The Green Soldier Bug (Nezara hilaris Say). Ohio Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 310, 515-552. Zeck, E. H. (1933). Investigations on the Green Vegetable Bug (Nezara viri- dula Linn.). Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., xliv (August), 591-594; (September), 675-682. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Nezara viridula var. smaragdula F. Fig. 1: Dorsal surface. Fig. 2: Scent gland and ridge. Fig. 3: Ventral surface of abdomen.. ~ Glaucias amyoti Dallas. Fig. 4: Dorsal surface. Fig. 5: Scent gland and ridge. Fig. 6: Ventral surface of abdomen. Acrosternum hilare Say. Fig. 7: Dorsal surface. Fig. 8: Scent gland and ridge. Fig. 9: Ventral surface of abdomen. -Photo: C. E,. Chadwick. 46 REMARKABLE BEES FROM A RAIN FOREST. By TARLTON RAYMENT, F.R.Z.S. Honorary Associate in Entomology, National Museum, Melbourne. (Text figures 1-3.) INTRODUCTION. The Illawarra range, five miles or so inland, runs more or less parallel to the South Coast of New South Wales, and the elevation of the “tops” is approximately 2,100 feet above sea-level. Clouds rolling in on the south-eastern winds from the warm Pacific condense on the eastern slopes of the range, and shed an annual pre- cipitation of 79 inches (in 1949 over go inches were recorded), consequently, the climate is a humid one. Shelter from the dry westerly winds favoured the development of a unique rain- forest at no great elevation, and the mesophytic flora is varied and spectacular, with genera such as Tristania, Backhousia, Doryphora, Eugenia, Ceratopetalum, Brachy- chiton, Ficus, Prostanthera, with Cedrela only by 1are specimens. Leptospermum and Persoonia are in “pockets” on the partially-cleared terraces “or ledges,” which may be a quarter-mile wide, but provide good pasture for the milch cows of the dairy farmers. The district has been settled for over a hundred years, and the introduced blackberry is now a ubiquitous and noxious weed. The soil is of red volcanic loam, but the rocks in the gorges are mostly basalt; rim-cliffs at the 2,000 ft. level are sandstone slightly metamorphosed; the coastal plain is of volcanic loam with outcrops of basalt, which is quarried for road con- struction. It was postulated by Norman W. Rodd, an analytical chemist of Sydney, and who has made many contributions to our knowledge of the Australian Hymenoptera, that such an area should have an insect fauna equally as remarkable as the flora. His subsequent excursions into the rain-forest in 1949-50 have amply demon- strated how soundly he had reasoned, for his collections contain a number of new and spectacular forms. Only the Apoidea are dealt with in this paper, but the wasps (Sericophorus) are not less surprising, and a paper on these is in the press. The author’s researches in Hymenoptera are assisted with a grant from the Trustees of the Science and Industry Endowment Fund. Division: COLLETIFORMES. Family: COLLETIDAE. Paracolletes alleynae Raym. A male very close to P. alleynae, but may be separated by the distinct punctures of the clypeus; absence of transverse lineation on the metathorax; black polished tegulae; long, narrow abdomen; lighter red of the legs. The bee is close to P. provi- dellus bacchalis Ckll., but that has reddish-amber margins on the abdominal terga. When the female is known it will probably be separated. Jamberoo, N.S.W., January, 1950, Norman W. Rodd. Taken on flowers of Leptosbermum flavescens var. grandiflorum. Paracolletes chalybeatus Er. A female is referred to this doubtful species. It is similar to specimens from Mt. Victoria, New South Wales (leg. Keith McKeown, Jan., 1941), but the ner- vures of the wings are black, not brown. Locality: Jamberoo, New South Wales. Jan., 1950, Norman W. Rodd. Paracolletes crassipes leptospermi Ckll. A series of females were observed digging and entering shafts in the middle of a busy colony of Cladocerapis persooniae Raym. ‘The collector suggested that the association of the two bees should be investigated. Jamberoo, N.S.W., Jan., 1950. Norman W. Rodd, "saTeA\ YING Mean UT AjTeIOT 2q3 FO dey yoyeySg 31 “S81 | : PP LI@LULLOKY AG YI/EYS WOOL aplul] =,[ 9729¢ 47 V,Ovie SE @ pa LEA) SDUCT UacdleLOY YL NWAIO Cre iE DY 91a VG HLQAOS CPULOLY SOB BE 727 RAYMENT. oodlaqguer 7— 10 Ale PleLMlUCUUIy —— ALTIVIOT Jo dup HOLIAS e 43. REMARKABLE BEES FROM A RAIN FOREST. Paracolletes subviridis illawarraensis sub-sp. nov. Two females which are exceedingly close to the species, but lack the metallic lustre on the head and the thorax; abdomen obscurely green, but not dull, very smooth and shining; second recurrent meets the third intercubitus nervure. This may be only a mainland form. The species was described from Bridport, Tasmania. Jamberoo, N.S.W., Jan., 1950 Norman W. Rodd, , Taken on flowers of Leptospermum .flavescens var. grandiflorum. Cladocerapis persooniae Raym. A large series of males and females. The bees had excavated a number of shafts, forming an extensive colony on one of the “ledges’’ at the 1,600 ft. level. The bees in this genus are endemic to the botanical genus Persoonia, and the females were observed visiting the flowers of P. mollis. The collector detected the characteristic odour of these plants in the stores of the bees. (A brief account of the remarkable colony is given here.) NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY. The collector excavated an extensive colony in the red volcanic ground at the 1,600 ft. level. The shafts went down sometimes to a depth of 35 cm., but the majority terminated at about 25 cm. ‘The pear-shaped colloidal skin cells measured 15 mm. at the long axis, and 7 mm. at the short, and the moist pollen-pudding of batter is spherical, with the characteristic aromatic odour of the flowers. The larvae present no marked departures from the typical form of bees, for there are no nodes or spines such as are found in halictine and nomiine larvae. Those reared in the artificial conditions of the author’s laboratory required twelve months for their full development, consequently there would be only one brood for the season. The cells are separated from the main shaft by earthen plugs, so that the architecture differs from that of C. colmani Raym. Hordes of parasitic wasps, one very close to Labium rifiscutum Curran, and the other a large red evanid, ranged tirelessly to and fro over the shafts. (See Para- _colletes crassipés.) Callomelitta picta Sm. A female typical in all characters, with the red scutellum (black in C. perpicta Ckll). Taken from cells built in punky wood, a habit observed at Emerald, Ring- wood, and Mt. Bogong, Victoria. The bees, it would seem, prefer localities with a heavy rainfall. Locality: Jamberoo, New South Wales, Jan., 1950, Norman W. Rodd. ..Binghamiella (Pachyodonta) sub-gen. nov. The author proposes a new sub-genus for a remarkable red and black female, 8 mm. approximately in length. Sphecodes antipodes was described by Smith in 1853, but the species was separated as Binghamiella by Cockerell in 1907. No other species was added, but in 1916 Cockerell proposed the sub-species insularis, from Tasmania, and Rayment in 1939 described a variety, nigra, from Cann River, Victoria. | In January, 1950, Norman W. Rodd collected a series of red and black females which differ from Binghamiella by the following characters: The large spoon-like mandibulae are excessively short and broad; there is a large maxillary inner comb; the pygidial plate long and narrow; lateral margins of the long patella nodulose; segments 3°4’5-6 of the abdomen have a hairy vestiture; the gradulus of the third (morphological) sternum is different, and there is a peculiar lateral carina. In other characters the female agrees with Binghamiella; the rugose head and thorax; the short, broad emarginate glossa; the strigilis of the anterior tibia; the finely serrated calcariae of the posterior leg; the long patella, and the dark wings; the polished basal segment of the abdomen. Unfortunately, only the female is known. The fuliginous wings of a number of bees show a “shadow” neuration of white lines, and these are regarded by many authors as vestiges of a neuration that has become obsolete. Since they are present in Families with little relation they have probably descended from some ancestral PROTOHYMENOPTERON. The pattern is more extensive in Pachyodonta. RAYMENT. 49 Such lines are conspicuous on the European species Andrena flessae Pz., and the unigue Australian bee Melitidia manskii Raym. They are present also on Halictus peraustralis Ckll., but these bees: are in the Division ANDRENIFORMES. They may be observed in the more primitive COLLETIFORMES; other Australian genera with such pale lines are Hylaeoides, Hylaeus, Crocisa, and even Megachile. Bees with clear wings often have “breaks” in the neuration which aline with the shadow neuration, so that it would appear that they, too, retain the vestiges, although they are. not evident to the eye. The author has not attempted to work out the homologies of the pale lines or alar fenestrae. Binghamiella (Pachyodonta) fulvicornis sub-gen. et sp. nov. (Fig. 2.) Genotype, Female—Length, 8.5 mm. approx. Black and red. Head shining, excessively rugose, a few golden hairs over the face; two deep, short foveae laterally; frons with the coarse rugae in longitudinal lines; clypeus large, polished, convex, coarsely punctured, a few golden hairs; supraclypeal area highly convex, with a polished area; vertex finely adapted to the mesothorax; compound eyes with the anterior margins almost parallel; genae coarsely rugoso- <9 Tar ttTon Raymen Fig. 2: Details of Binghamiella (Pachyodonta) fulvicornis Raym. Lal . Pharyngeal plate of female B. (P.) fulvicornis, sp. nov. The broad, short mandible is very different from the tridentate one of Bing- hamiella antipodes (Sm.). . Labrum and fringe. . Third (morphological) sternum of the abdomen has a peculiar lateral carina. . Pygidial plate of the female. . Apical sternum of the abdomen. . Maxilla with palpus and inner comb. . Maxilla with palpus and inner comb of Binghamiella antipodes (Sm.). . Apical sternum of abdomen of Binghamiella female. . Pygidial plate of Binghamiella. . Strigilis of B. (P.) fulvicornis. He HOM) COD AUR Ww | on I oe | = . 50 REMARKABLE BEES FROM A RAIN FOREST. punctate, a few long golden hairs; labrum amber, a long narrow suboval with a fringe of golden setae; mandibulae short and broad, amber, spoon-like; antennae fulvous, the scape slender and darker. Prothorax not visible from above; pleura coarsely rugoso-punctate; tubercles dark- red, with a fringe of white hair; mesothorax with the disc red, but a black triangle posteriorly, excessively coarsely punctured and rugose, a median depression, the parapsidal furrows conspicuous; scutellum with a similar coarse sculpture, black; postscutellum with finer sculpture, black; metathorax black, shining, with a com- plicated rugosity difficult to describe, tufts of pale hair laterally; abdominal dorsal segment 1 black, highly polished, few large punctures, 2 red, closely punctured, hind margin black; other segments blackish with amber margins, much more closely punctured, much appressed golden hair; ventral segments black, with a scopa of long white hair, caudal fimbria reddish-gold. _ Legs red, coxae, trochanters, and femora basally black, with white hair; tarsi reddish, slender; claws red, bifid; hind calcar reddish, finely serrated; tegulae reddish- amber; wings deep fuliginous, with a rich purple lustre; nervures brownish, strong, the two recurrents entering the two cubitals at about the same distance from the ends (see discussion); pterostigma brownish-black; hamuli seven, weak. Locality: Jamberoo, New South Wales, January, 1950, Norman W. Rodd. Genotype in the collection of the author. Allies: Not very near to B. antipodes (Sm.), and may be raised to full generic rank when the male is known. It is avery distinctive bee, and there is a probability that Callomelitta turnerorum Ckll. will be referred to Pachyodonta. Taken on flowers of Prostanthera lasianthos. Family HYLAEIDAE. Stilpnosoma clypeata, sp. nov. Type, Female—Length 10 mm. approx. Black, with an obscure silky lustre. Head large, quadrate, wider than the thorax, shining, and adapted to the curve of the mesothorax, the whole with a microscopic tessellation; frons with a fine carina reaching the median ocellus; clypeus short but wide, with a median depression, and two large nodes laterally, and a small median tooth; supraclypeal area large and convex; vertex depressed laterally, ocelli elevated, with a minute sulcus between; compound eyes reniform; genae large, microscopically lineate, a few shallow punc- tures; labrum black, polished; mandibulae short, broad, tridentate, subtriangular, a few golden hairs; antennae black, flagellum obscurely brownish beneath. Prothorax covered with a dense fleece of mossy golden hair which is partly masked when the head is against the mesothorax; tubercles masked with similar golden hair also a small area posteriorly; mesothorax coriaceous, a minute tessella- tion that is almost granular, a few inconspicuous shallow punctures; scutellum similar, with a median depression; postscutellum rougher and duller; metathorax with an area covered by a scale-like sculpture, a few white hairs laterally; abdominal dorsal segments sericeous, finely transversely lineolate, some blackish hair apically, and a minute narrow pygidial plate; ventral segments similar, with a few scattered punctures. Legs black, almost nude, very few white hairs, the posterior tibiae with a number of spiculae; tarsi black, hair yellowish, curved in a peculiar manner on anterior legs for collecting pollen; claws bifid red; hind calcar finely serrated, amber-colour; tegulae black; wings somewhat dusky; nervures black, strong; second cubital cell half the length of the first, receives the recurrents at equal distances; pterostigma large and black; hamuli about seven, weak. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. 20th January, 1949. Norman W. Rodd. Type in the collection of the author. Allies: It should, perhaps, form the genotype of a new genus, for it is not a typical Stilpnosoma The remarkable structures of the clypeus and the mandibles resemble those of certain Megachiles, but the general fascies approaches that of Euryglossimorpha. Had a male been available for study I should have proposed a new generic diagnosis. RAYMENT. 51 Mervoglossa basilauta, sp. nov. Type, Female—Length, 12 mm. approx. Black, yellow marks. Head long, shining, coarsely punctured; lateral face-marks primrose-yellow, shaped like a Mexican hat; frons more closely punctured; clypeus somewhat aciculate, a few coarse punctures, and a large hexagonal yellow mark at apex reaching the lateral ones; supraclypeal area high, with a sulcus and a quadrate yellow mark; vertex with two long facial foveae that curve in to meet the lateral ocelli, where they open out into a large smooth area; compound eyes reniform; genae prominent, microscopically lineate, a few large punctures; labrum black, with a large tubercle; mandibulae black, hardly bidentate, numerous yellow hairs; antennae black, flagellum obscurely reddish beneath. Prothorax black, thickened; tubercles primrose-yellow, but no yellow mark on pleura; mesothorax closely punctured, a few short black hairs, a minute sculpture; scutellum with a broad yellow band; postscutellum black, granular; metathorax black, granular, a few indistinct longitudinal rugae; abdominal dorsal segment one polished black, scattered small punctures, in contrast to the duller black of the others, which have larger closer punctures; ventral segments shining, coarsely punctured. Legs black, slender, white hair; tarsi similar; claws bifid, blackish-red; hind calcar finely serrated, amber; tegulae black, finely tessellate; wings somewhat fuliginous; nervures black, strong, first recurrent meeting the first intercubitus; long second cubital receiving the second recurrent at its apical third; pterostigma long and black; hamuli nine, not strong. : Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. 1oth January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Bees taken on flowers of Loranthus species. Type in the collection of the author Allies: M. nigrifrons (Sm.), which has yellow tubercles and a yellowish crescent on pleura; M. diversipuncta CkIl., which has black tubercles and a yellow crescent. The yellow marks of the “face” of the new species are conjoined to form a conspicuous diamond pattern. Two acarine mites, hypopus stage of Anoetus species, were taken from the thorax. Analastoroides foveata Raym. ae A series of remarkable black females closely resembling Hylaeoides concinna Fabr., with a wide abdominal band of reddish-orange colour, due to hair, and not to integument. The bees in this genus lack the tibial hooks of Hylaeoides, and both bees closely resemble alastorid wasps. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. January, 1949-50. Norman W. Rodd. Meroglossa nigrifrons (Sm.). (Prosopis nigrifrons Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 30, 1853.) A series of males, and females larger than type, but otherwise typical. Jamberoo, N.S.W. 20th January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Both sexes on flowers of Loranthus sp. Males (allotype) and females, typical. Cheltenham, N.S.W., 16th April, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Both sexes sheltering in a gallery bored in an Acacia tree. The small chamber, 45 mm. long, with a diameter of 5 mm., was lined out with white silk, probably not woven by the bees. Males, Typical. Cowan, N.S.W. 30th August, 1947. Norman W. Rodd. Allotype. Male—Length, 9 mm. approx Black, with yellow markings. Head shining, very long, laterally a deep sulcus along anterior orbital margins; face-marks yellow, paler and leaf-like in the polished sulcus, but above the insertion of the antennae they terminate in a yellow dome, frons black, clypeus narrow, the yellow truncate at apex; the deep lateral grooves force th clypeus and the supraclypeal area up into a high narrow ridge; a small pale dot just under the scapes; vertex coarsely punctured; the deep narrow facial foveae curving to the lateral ocelli; compound eyes large, converging below; genea black, with black hair; a short fine yellow line along posterior orbital margin; labrum black, with a short median yellow bar; mandibulae black; antennae with expanded black scapes, flagellum black, obscurely red beneath. * 52° REMARKABLE BEES FROM A RAIN FOREST. Prothorax black, with many white hairs in a line, swollen laterally; tubercles butter-yellow, a much larger yellow mark posteriorly; mesothorax with a microscopic tessellation and many coarse large punctures; scutellum and postscutellum with large yellow areas; metathorax with an elevated area covered with coarse longi- tudinal rugae, sides of elevation with scale-like sculpture, but coarse punctures beyond; abdominal dorsal segments shining, with well-spaced coarse punctures, closer and finer on basal; ventral segments black, coarsely punctured, a few stiff long bristles apically; the basal sternite very small and partially divided. j Legs black, a few white hairs, chiefly on the femora, anterior tibiae with reddish on front; tarsi blackish-brown, with some smoky hair; claws bifid, dark-red; hind calcar black, finely serrated; tegulae black, anteriorly closely punctured; wings slightly dusky; long hairs; nervures blackish-brown; the large second cubital cell receiving both recurrents well inside the intercubiti; pterostigma large, blackish- brown; hamuli about eight. Locality: Cheltenham, N.S.W. 16th April, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Cowan, N.S.W. 30th August, 1947. Norman W. Rodd. Allotype in the collection of the author Allies: By the deep caniculation of the “face” it approaches M. eucalypti, which has similar rugae on the metathorax, but much red on the mesothorax; M. sculptissima has the caniculation of the face, but scapes are ivory. (I had already written the specific description for a new species when the true association of the sexes was proved by the collector.) ; Meroglossa xanthocollaris sp. nov. Type, Female—Length, 7 mm. approx. Black with yellow marks on thorax. Head long, black, tessellate sculpture; face with scattered shallow punctures; frons nude; clypeus black, sculptured like the frons; supraclypeal area somewhat aciculate; vertex with short facial foveae; compound eyes reniform; genae with a short malar area, a few shallow punctures; labrum black, with a tubercle; mandibulae black, bidentate; antennae black, flagellum ferruginous beneath. Prothorax primrose’yellow, swollen laterally; tubercles yellow; mosothorax black, with a dull tesselate sculpture and a few shallow punctures; scutellum and post- scutellum similar, without any yellow mark; metathorax short, with a scale-like sculpture; abdominal dorsal segments black, with a silky lustre, and an excessively fine transverse lineation, a few black hairs apically; ventral segments similar. Legs slender, black, except the anterior femora and tibiae basally which are primrose-yellow, a few white hairs; tarsi black; claws reddish; hind calcar black; tegulae black; wings slightly fuliginous; nervures blackish; the large second cubital cell receiving both recurrents; pterostigma brownish-black. Loeality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. 20th January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd Type in the collection of the author Allies: Approaches M. kelvini Ckll. (8.5 mm.), which is smaller, and easily separated by the entirely black legs and coarse puncturing of the frons. The mouth- parts cannot be examined, but it is almost certainly Meroglossa. Taken on flowers of Leptospermum flavescens var. grandiflorum. Family: HALICTIDAE. Parasphecodes altichus Sm. A male that conforms to Smith’s description, except that the dark-red of the first tergum is almost obscured by a large black triangular mark; the second tergum has a still larger black area, so that the red is reduced to a mere lateral spot. The truncation of the metathorax has the carina of the type. Described from van Dieman’s Land (Tasmania), but the altitude of Jamberoo probably offsets the difference in latitude. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. On flowers of Leptospermum flavescens var. grandiflorum. Two large golden mites, nymphs of a new genus and species of LAELAPTIDAE, were attached to the thorax. These will be described by Mr. H. Womersley, Adelaide. RAYMENT. 53 Parasphecodes atronitens CkuIl. Four females, typical except for a tuft of creamy-coloured hair on the post- scutellum (not mentioned in the original description). This species is entirely black. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Taken on flowers of Prostanthera lasianthos Parasphecodes fultoni Ckll. Two females, typical in all characters. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Taken on flowers of Leptospermum flavescens var. grandiflorum. Parasphecodes submeracus Ckll. Three females, not quite typical, with considerable black colour on the third tergum. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Described from Stanthorpe, Queensland. On flowers Leptospermum flavescens var. grandiflorum. Parasphecodes tilachiformis Ckll. Three males. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. On flowers Leptospermum flavescens var. grandiflorum. Parasphecodes percallomelittinus, sp nov. Type, Male—Length, 9 mm. approx. Black and red. Head black, almost circular from the front; face with much long white hair; frons excessively closely punctured; clypeus produced, with a large oval yellow mark with a pointed extension above; supraclypeal area black, coarsely punctured; vertex with scanty white hair; compound eyes reniform, converging below; genae lineate, sige a few long white hairs; labrum black; mandibulae black; antennae very long, lack. Prothorax laterally produced to a large triangular node; tubercles black, with a copious white fringe; mesothorax black, with a median broad band of dull-red, excessively closely punctured, dull, a few white hairs (on some specimens the band is very short); scutellum red, closely punctured; postscullum red; metathorax black with a sharp rim, and a few large rugae more or less radiating; pleura black and rugose; abdominal dorsal segments black, shining, many large punctures, black hair apically, a light dusting of white hair; ventral segments black, shining, a few large punctures, light fringes of white hair. Legs black, knees and a red line on anterior pair red; tarsi black, apical segment reddish; claws red; hind calcar amber; tegulae black, polished, punctate basally; wings subhyaline; nervures strong, blackish-brown, first recurrent meeting second intercubitus; second cubital cell contracted at top, higher than wide; pterostigma large, dark-brown; hamuli ten, strong. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Type in the collection of the author Allies: Approaches P callomelittinus Ckll., which has much yellow on legs, polished red mesothorax, and red pleura. Halictus leichardti Ckll. Syns. H. paracolletinus Ckll., H. scutellatus Fr. A series of large males and females, typical in all characters. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. t1oth January, 1949-50. Norman W. Rodd. Described from Mackay, Kuranda; Dunk Island, Queensland. One typical female. Locality: Woy Woy, N.S.W. January, 1933. J. Willey. One typical female Patonga, N.S.W. 26th January, 1947. Norman W. Rodd. Taken on flowers of Leptospermum flavescens var. grandiflorum. 54 REMARKABLE BEES FROM A RAIN FOREST. A DISPUTED SPECIES OF RARE BEE. A series of females, and one male (allotype), definitely establishes an old species and a new record for the State. When Cockerell, 1931, published his key to Australian species in the genus Nomia, he doubted the validity of Friese’s species Nomia flavo-punctata, described from Mackay, Queensland, leg. Gilbert Turner. Taken on flowers of Xanthorrhoea sp. Cockerell concluded: “It is said to be known by the anterior corners of the thorax and the tubercles being thickly covered with yellow tomentum. This seems to me to be a Paracolletes of the type of P. irroratus Smith.” The author has a series of both bees, and there is a superficial likeness, but that is all. The glossa of Friese’s bee is long and acute; that of Smith’s bee short and emarginate, and the structure of the metathorax is very different; there are, in fact, all the characters that separate HALICTIDAE from COLLETIDAE. It follows, then, that Friese’s species is a perfectly valid one, but it is not Nomia sensu stricto. The radial cell is acutely pointed on the costal margin (obtuse in Nomia); the second cubital cell is often small and quadrate in both genera; the third cubital cell is short (long in Nomia); basal nervure often arched in both genera; there is a distinctive sculpture, rugose, on the metathorax. Unfortunately, the author has only three females and one male from New South Wales, and they are larger than the type (7 mm.), but he refers them to Halictus flavopunctatus (Friese); when the two males are known they may be -separated from the Queensland bee. However, Friese’s description is inadequate, and not readily available to students, - and the species is now redescribed. Halictus flavopunctatus (Perez et Friese) stat. nov. Female—Length, 10 mm. approx. Black, with maculae of golden hair. Head circular from the front, bright, a few pale hairs; face with a few black hairs laterad of the clypeus; frons rugoso-punctate; clypeus prominently convex, a median sulcus, coarse scattered punctures, very shining; supraclypeal area convex, shining, rising to a fine carina that reaches the median ocellus; vertex with some smoky hair; compound eyes reniform, black; genae finely rugose, with blackish hair; labrum black, with a large median tubercle; mandibulae black; antennae black, flagellum dull ferruginous beneath. Prothorax laterally, the anterior corners of the mesothorax, the tubercles, and a large patch posteriorly, all united to form a conspicuous macula of golden hair, felted, mesothorax with well-separated coarse punctures, the interval shining, a few blackish hairs; scutellum and post-scutellum similar, but the latter covered with a felting of moss-like golden hair; metathorax large. with a sharp rim, and a few longitudinal coarse rugae superimposed on a fine tessellation; abdominal dorsal segments finely and closely punctate, a few blackish hairs; caudal fimbria of smoky hair (in certain lights the abdomen has an obscure metallic-green sheen); ventral segments with a fringe of stiff black hair; anteriorly the segments are polished. Legs black, with black hair, smoky on the trochanters and femora; tarsi black; claws reddish-black; hind calcar black, finely serrated; tegulae black, with a large polished area; wings dusky, nervures blackish, first recurrent meeting the second intercubitus; second cubital cell contracted a trifle at the top; the third cubital cell short (it is as long as the first in Nomia sensu stricto); pterostigma amber, suffused with blackish; hamuli ten, strong. Allotype: Male, length, 10 mm. approx. Similar in colour. The slender aspect is typically halictine. Head capsule circular when viewed from the front; the compound eyes converge sharply below; clypeus polished, highly convex, with the yellow subtriangular mark pointed apically; segments of the flagel- lum are very long, and clear ferruginous beneath. Although neither the mouth-parts, nor the appendage of the labrum, or the genitalia could be critically examined, yet there is no doubt that these bees are Halictus, and not Nomia. The scutellum is highly bituberculate; postscutellum with a dense tuft of golden hair; the large enclosed area of the metathorax has twelve or so coarse longitudinal RAYMENT, 55 rugae superimposed on a delicate sculpture; the anterior “‘corners’” of the meso- thorax have the distinctive maculae of golden hair; pleura finely and transversely striate. The elongate abdomen is only 2.5 mm. in width, and the long slender legs are not at all modified, but there is much blackish hair. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Specimens in the collection of the author Allies: Not close to any described species The superficial aspect is that of Paracolletes irroratus Smith. Taken on flowers of Parsonia straminea. Sub-family NOMIINAE. Nomia miranda, sp. nov. Type, Male—Length, 11 mm. approx. Black, dark green abdomen. Head black, closely punctured; face with a dense mat of long golden hair; frons closely punctured; clypeus convex, with a median depression, anteriorly pale-amber; LIUV YY VIN? TARLTON RaymeENT Fig. 3: Details of Nomia miranda, sp. nov. 1. Oblique view of apical ventral segments of male, showing the remarkable structure of the sterna. 2. Lateral view of apical segment of the abdomen. 3. Trigonal hind femur and tibia. The interval of the coarse punctation of the mesothorax is smooth and shining. 5. Anterior wing; note the large third cubital and the quadrate second cubital cell. 6. The sense-organs of the sternum are difficult to observe, but they appear to be arranged in this order. 7. Position of the coarse rugae of the metathorax. Tarlton Rayment del. 56 REMARKABLE BEES FROM A RAIN FOREST. supraclypeal area rising to a fine carina reaching the median ocellus; vertex closely punctured, with some golden hair; compound eyes reniform; genae with shallow punctures, and long pale hair; labrum reddish-amber; mandibulae largely amber, blackish apically; antennae long, flagellum black, scape amber, short. Prothorax black, laterally with much golden hair; tubercles black, with a fringe of white hair; mesothorax black, closely punctured, with long loose straw-coloured hair; laterally a maculae of whitish hair in the scutellar suture; scutellum con- spicuously bi-tuberculate, with erect long black hair; postscutellum with denser whitish hair; metathorax with the area enclosed by a sharp rim, a number of coarse longitudinal rugae connected by a median transverse ruga, tufts of long white hair laterally; abdominal dorsal segments metallic greenish-blue; the posterior margins aeneas, with fasciae of golden hair, all closely punctured; only six segments visible, the seventh concealed by the structure illustrated in the text figure, dorsally there are many long coarse black setae; ventral segments polished green, the fourth excessively large, and bent down in a unique manner and developed laterally with two long white fringes. The fifth sternum is polished with a large median black tooth directed apicad from a median carina, posteriorly are two large circular depressions densely covered with golden hooked setae forming some kind of sensory organ; laterad is a large tooth; the other apical segments cannot be examined since they are masked by the structure, but long white hairs project between the segments. It is impossible to describe adequately these unique sterna of the abdomen. ; Legs black, with white hair, and when the triangular hind tibia is folded against the triangular femor, the outline is quadrangular; both are incrassate; tarsi black, - white hair; claws bifid, reddish-amber; hind calcar small, amber; tegulae amber, with a large black area; wings deeply infuscated; nervures brownish-black, the first recurrent meeting the middle of the smail second cubital cell, which is quadrangular; pterostigma brown, large; hamuli fifteen, well developed. Locality: Jamberoo, N.S.W. t1oth January, 1950. Norman W. Rodd. Type in the collection of the author Allies: Plainly near N. australica, but darker, and differs by the structure of the abdomen. The sense organs of the sternum appear to be homologous with those on a male Megachile remeata Ckll. illustrated by the author in Victorian “Naturalist,” January, 1950, and probably has some function in the congress of the sexes. The author again regrets that he has only the type insect, and the structure could not be critically investigated. The species will be confused with N. australica unless the sterna be examined critically. Taken on flowers of Leptospermum flavescens var. grandiflorum. REFERENCES. Cockerell, T. D. A. (1931).—‘‘Australian Zoologist,”’ Vol. vii, Pt. I, p. 54. Friese, H. (1911-17).—‘‘Allgemeine Betrachtungen uber die Bienenauna Aus- traliens,’ Arkiv. fur Zoologi, v, pp. 1-9. Smith, F. (1853).—Cat. Hym. B.M., 1, p. 12. 57 MORE NEW FISH NAMES AND RECORDS. By GILBERT P. WHITLEY, 'F.R.Z.S. Curator of Fishes, The Australian Museum, Sydney. (Contribution from The Australian Museum.) Family DASYATIDAE. Genus BATHYTOSHIA Whitley, 1933. BATHYTOSHIA BREVICAUDATA (Hutton). Trygon brevicaudata Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvi, 1875, p. 317. Dunedin, New Zealand “Sting ray’ Anon., Journ. Voy. “Endeavour,” London, 1771, pp. 112 & 116, and of later accounts of Cook’s voyage. Sting Ray Bay, now Botany Bay, New South Wales. Trygon thalassia Hutton, 1872; George, 1880, non Muller & Henle, 1841. Trygon or Dasyatis pastinaca of Austr. authors, non Raja pastinaca Linne, 1758. Trygon, Dasyatis or Bathytoshia brevicaudatus of Austr. authors. Trygon schreineri Gilchrist, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, iii, 1913, p. 33 & fig. False Bay, South Africa Dasybatis agulhensis Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus. xxi, 1925, p. 78, Agulhas Bank, South Africa Dasybatus latus Baughman, Copeia, 1946, 1, p. 43. Sydney. Non Trygon lata Garman, 1880. This large stingray has been recorded from New Zealand, New South Wales, Bass Strait, South and Western Australia, and South Africa. Two females were caught in the Cook Graving Dock, Sydney, on 24th Novem- ber, 1952, and transferred to Taronga Park Aquarium. One died and had no embryos in her. The other, about oft. long and 6ft. wide, gave birth to eight young during the night of 9/10 March, 1953, 102 days after being placed in captivity. Mr. D. Boness, of the Aquarium staff, told me that the water was milky with fluid from the mother the next day. The young were dead when found in the morning, light grey in colour (post-mortem effect), and had barbs pointed, not sheathed, and had no umbilical cords, so they were probably overdue. The total weight of all the embryos was 223lb. There were three males and five females, all the females being larger than the males. The largest female was 25in. in total length (snout to end of tail) by 14din. wide and weighed 34lb. The smallest male was 224in. in length, 12in. wide, and weighed 24]b. Apart from Seymour George’s notes (Trans. N.Z. Inst. xiii, 1880, p. 426) of a New Zealand female which gave birth to at least three young in March, 1880, the above seems to be the only note of birth, sex-ratio of embryos and number in litter in Bathytoshia brevicaudata, and I am indebted to Mr. Boness for his observa- tions. In my “Fishes of Australia,” i, 1940, p. 210, I noted from the Manly Aquarium, Sydney, that the allied species, B. thetidis, gave birth to two young, 234 by 13 inches, with no umbilical scar, barb protected by a bulb, and dorsal fin present. That birth was in November, 1939. Family AMIIDAE. PSEUDAMIATUS, gen. nov. Orthotype, Pseudamia heintzi Lehman = Pseudamiatus heintzi. New name for Pseudamia Lehman (Tromso Mus. Aarsheft Naturh. (39), vol. 70, 1951, p. 5), preoccupied by Pseudamia Bleeker, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. ii, 1865, p. 284, another genus of fishes. Family PALAEONISCIDAE. STEREOLEPIDELLA, gen. nov. Orthotype, Stereolepis marginis Casier—Stereolepidella marginis. New name for Stereolepis Casier Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg. 28, 1952, p-47), preocc. by Ayres, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ii, 1859, p. 28, another genus of shes. 58 MORE NEW FISH NAMES AND RECORDS. Family MURAENIDAE. Genus NOTORABULA Whitley, 1934. NOTORABULA CALLORHYNCHA (Gunther). (Plate ii. ‘Fig. .1.) Muraena callorhyncha Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 122. Rabula callorhynchus Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld. xx, 1907, p. 11. Notorabula callorhyncha Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xix, 1934, p. 154. I am indebted to Mr. A. Fraser-Brunner for the accompanying illustration of the as holotype in the British Museum (Natural History), from Fremantle, Western ustralia. Family ISTIOPHORIDAE. Sub-family MARLINAE. Genus ISTIOMPAX Whitley, 1931. Makaira Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1803, p. 688. Haplotype, M. nigricans Lac. (pl. xiii, fig. 3, opp. p. 537) from near La Rochelle, France. Emended to Machaera by Cuvier, 1832, and Agassiz, 1846 (non Gould, 1841). Marlina Grey, Natural History (N. York), xxviii, 1928, p. 47. Haplotype, Tetrapturus mitsukurii Jordan & Snyder, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, xv, IgOI, p.303, pl. xvi, fig. 5, from Japan. The Striped Marlin. : Istiompax, Whitley, Austr. Zool. vi, 1931, p. 321. Orthotype, I. australis (Wall) from New South Wales. The Black Marlin. Kajikia Hirasaka & Nakamura, Bull. Oceanogr. Inst. Taiwan ili, 1947, p. 11. Logotype, Tetrapturus mitsukurii Jordan & Snyder, by present designation. A synonym of Marlina, the Striped Marlin. Marlina Hirasaka & Nakamura, op. cit., p. 15. Haplotype, Makaira marlina Jordan & Evermann, Occas. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., xii, 1926, p. 59, pl. xvii, from Mexico, a Black Marlin. Preocc. by Marlina Grey, 1928, which is probably at least subgenerically distinct. Eumakaira Hirasaka & Nakamura, op. cit, p. 16. Haplotype, E. nigra H. & N., from South China Sea and Japan Current. Makaira is unrecognisable, and Marlina Grey and Kajikia are doubtful synonyms of Istiompax. ISTIOMPAX HOWARDI, sp. nov. (Plate iii. Fig 3.) A fine immature female marlin swordfish, over 11 ft. long and weighing 402 Ib., was taken off Bermagui, New South Wales, in March, 1953, by Colonel John Howard, who generously presented it to the Australian Museum, where a cast of it is being made for exhibition. It does not exactly fit any described species, and seems, from authors’ keys, to be intermediate between several nominally distinct forms, whilst retaining enough characteristics of its own to warrant the bestowal of a new name. Diagnosis——A marlin with general characters of the Black Marlin (Istiompax australis and allied species), but with depressible pectoral fins and bluer colouring above; it has a narrow rostrum, a long ventral skin-groove, and the rather low anterior profile of the Striped Marlin (Marlina mitsukurii and allies), yet it has a deeper body than a Striped Marlin, without light bands, and without the elevated first dorsal fin. The first dorsal fin has large dark spots, and the posterior spines are short. WVertebrae r1-+13=24. Body robust, not compressed, its depth less than one-fifth of total length. Lateral line indistinct. Spinous dorsal lobe lower than depth of body. Ventral fins much shorter than the long, low pectorals. Description.—Br. 7, D.xl/7; A.xvi./7; P.1,21; V.1; C. more than 20, General facies as usual in marlins; the proportions can be ascertained from the figure and the dimensions given below. Sword 4.6 in length to caudal fork WHITLEY. 59 Dimensions in inches. Total length—133. Level of second dorsal and anal origins Length to caudal fork—122. to middle caudal rays—z25. Girth—52. Caudal lobe—273. Snout to tail base—114. Caudal keels—3}. Breadth of sword above lower jaw—2. Minimum depth of caudal peduncle Tip of snout to ant. border of eye—26$. —4}. Snout, tip to maxillary border—323. Length of caudal peduncle—1 14. Body depth—204 below first dorsal or Height of first dorsal fin—rs5. 19 above first anal. Height of second dorsal fin—4. Head—42. Base of second dorsal fin—s5#, Eye—2}3. Last ray of second dorsal fin—s5}. Interorbital—7}. Median dorsal spines—2}. Postorbital—1 2$. Height of first anal fin—r4. Lower jaw—1r4. Origin of pectoral to that of anal—36}. Maxillary fold—6. Pectoral fin, length—21. Eye to preop. margin—7}. Pectoral fin, base—24. Spread of tail—42. Ventral fin, length—v74 (incomplete). Upper jaw (sword) straight, slightly flattened above, rounded and granular below. Profile evenly elevated, not so steep as in Black Marlin (I. australis). Very small teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines and tongue. Free end of tongue convex. Few scales on sides of head, cheeks and temples, none on eye. Gills reticulate, without rakers; a slit behind the last. 3 Form robust, rounded, not compressed. No rugose area behind operculum. A groove extends from behind first dorsal sheaths along most of the short inter- dorsal area. A more pronounced median groove along the belly from behind ventral fins to near anal. Scales rhomboid, slender, closeset or imbricate, subdermal. Lateral line indistinct. Caudal peduncle almost elliptical in transverse section, with two fleshy keels on each side. First dorsal fin lower than body, its margin concave and posterior spines very short. The 30th and 32nd dorsal spines may be missing, as there are long mem- branes where these might have occurred after the 29th spine; if so, the dorsal formula would have been xlii/7. First anal lobe acute, rounded. Insertion and end of second dorsal in advance of levels of those of second anal. Pectoral very long, adpressible, reaching more than halfway to anal, its insertion low, level with lower jaw. Ventrals narrow and short, with fused rays. The stomach contained unidentifiable fish bones. The sausage-like roes ran most of the way along the coelome, but were not ripe. Air-bladder with more than one row of vescicles. Flesh reddish to pink, of edible quality, but rather “dry” to taste. No internal parasites noticed, but some Caligus external to shoulders. Colour in life, blue above, with very indistinct bands from some aspects. After freezing, generally bluish to gunmetal grey, a ragged line of junction between the dark upper and silvery lower parts of sides. No light or blue area on first dorsal fin, which is uniform dusky with large, darker, round spots, perhaps originally blue. Pectoral grey. No cross-bars on body. Described and figured from the female holotype, 11 ft. r in. long and weighing 402 lb., taken off Bermagui, New South Wales, early in March, 1953, by Colonel John Howard. Australian Museum regd. No. IB.2924. Cast and portions preserved. Differs from other marlins as described, especially in proportions, colour, depressible pec- torals, ventral skin-fold, and maxilla not far behind eye. The accompanying figure has been reduced to a total length of 12 cm. (i.e., about one-twenty-eighth natural size) for direct comparison with Gregory and Conrad's graphed typical body-forms of marlins (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Ixxvi, 1939, Pp. 443°456, fig. 1). It agrees best with their Blue Marlin, but differs in having anal base farther back in relation to second dorsal base, and in its less tapering thorax. Could Colonel Howard’s fish be, as he himself suggested, an old female striped marlin? The differences between it and Australian striped marlins seen by me appear to be the comparatively shorter sword, lower dorsal lobe, and more posterior insertion of the second anal fin. 60 MORE NEW FISH NAMES AND RECORDS. The description of Makaira nigricans tahitiensis Nichols & LaMonte (Amer. Mus. Novit. 807, 1935, p. 1, fig. 1), the Silver Marlin of Tahiti, since said to range to western Mexico, differs in proportions from the Bermagui marlin. The so-called “Black Marlin” known as “Boydtown Ben,” 1,226 lb. in weight, washed ashore at Eden, New South Wales, may have been a Howard’s Marlin, which species rather than the black would thus be the giant marlin of eastern Australia. Mr. Peter Goadby caught what appears to be a young example of this species, about 5 feet long and 25 lb. weight, at Hayman Island, Queensland, in May, 1953. The middle dorsal rays were long, also the ventral fins. ISTIOMPAX DOMBRAINI, sp. nov. “Blue Marlin?” D’Ombrain, Outdoors and Fishing (Sydney), Oct., 1950, p. 24, 5 figs. Off Port Stephens, New South Wales. Resembles the Black Marlin, I. australis (Wall, 1854), in most characters, and in having pectoral fin rigidly extended, not adpressible along body, and dorsal lobe not much elevated, but has a thinner and more tapering sword. When first caught has distinct pale blue bars on upper part of body and a very marked blue patch near pectoral fin (sometimes with another patch behind it on lower side of thorax). It has more numerous large, cobalt-blue spots all along the spinous dorsal fin than is customary in Black Marlin. Most specimens weigh less than 150 lb., but some reach 200. Named after Mr. Athel D’Ombrain, of Newcastle, New South Wales, the well- known naturalist, who has taken specimens of this fish and provided me with . photographs and data from the type-locality, off Port Stephens, New South Wales. | Mr. Peter Goadby has taken this species in southern. Queensland, having seen 22 fish in February, 1951, near Hutchison Shoals, off Cape Moreton. In black- and-white photographs it usually has more “white” of eye than other marlins. Family SCORPAENIDAE. Sub-family PTEROIDICHTHYINAE. Genus RHINOPIAS Gill, 1905. Rhinopias Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxviii, 1905, p. 225. Orthotype, Sconpaena frondosa Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 482, pl. xxxix, from Mauritius. Peloropsis Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xxiii, 1903, 2, publ. 5 Aug., 1905, p. 630. Orthotype, P. xenops Gilbert, from Hawaiian Islands. Rhinopias is earlier. published 23 Feb., 1905. Pteropelor Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. Ixxxv, 1938, pp. 51 and 77. Orthotype, P. noronhai Fowler, from near Hong Kong, China. Pteropelor is evidently a synonym of Rhinopias, named 33 years earlier in the same publication. There are four species of this rare genus, distinguished by their proportions, size of supraocular and other tentacles, fin-counts, and naked or scaly breasts. RHINOPIAS GODFREYI, sp. nov. (Plate iii, Fig. 2.) Br. 7. D.xi,ro; A.iii,6; P.14; V.i,5; C.11? (damaged, reconstructed in figure). Se.24eoblates.) dinate. Head (21 mm.) 2.3, depth (16) 3 in standard length (49). Eye (4.5) 4.6 in head. Interorbital (4) 2 in snout (nearly 8). Maxillary, 10; upper caudal rays, about 18; predorsal length, 16; and ocular tentacle, 14 mm. Maxillary reaches below eye, its truncate expansion equals interorbital. Bands of small acute teeth in jaws and on vomer, none on palatines. Interorbital deeply concave. Gill-openings very wide, separated by keel-like isthmus, behind which is a small, branched, median skinny flap. No opening behind last gill-arch. No barbels. Snout rising obliquely to a bump before the preocular concavity in the profile. Nostrils large, with branched flaps (less than diameter of eye) and small spines on each side. Supraorbital spines obsolete. Very small coronal spine on each side, then occipital and nuchal spines close together. Three postocular spines followed by suprascapular; preorbital spine small, directed a little backward. Sub- orbital stay with four spines. Three spines and two skinny flaps around pre- WHITLEY. — 61 opercular edge. Two divergent opercular spines, the lower the longer. Humeral spine obsolescent. Eyes moderate, surface with lappets; supraorbital tentacles enormous, fimbriate. A large flap overhangs maxilla. Most of head and an area of body above pectoral base naked. Breast scaly. Body compressed, its width near the gills (7 mm.) less than half its depth. Scales imbricate, cycloid, some with small papillae or fleshy flaps. Lateral line reduced to about: five tubes anteriorly, sloping down axially, and with the tubes long, slender and exposed. Dorsal fin originating well behind eye, over operculum, its anterior spines long and with excavate membranes, becoming smaller, weaker and united at the notch; soft dorsal rounded, higher than spinous. Anal similar to soft dorsal. Pectoral base on lower half of fish, its rays all simple, the longest reaching about anterior dorsal and anal rays; lowermost rays not detached as feelers, though their membranes are well incised. Ventrals originating behind level of first dorsal origin, joined to body but not to one another. ehbe Brown, obscurely clouded and mottled with blackish, darkest on supraocular tentacles and some fins, notably the anal. Some small whitish spots on head and along back, and more distinctly along front ventral and anal spines and rays. Larger irregular white areas on pectoral and dorsal fins. No notable axillary pattern. Described and figured from the unique holotype of the species, 49 mm. in standard length or about 2.6 inches overall. Australian Museum, Regd. No. IB. 2977. Loc.: Exmouth Gulf, north-western Australia; prawn trawl from M.V. “Lancelin,” 3rd August, 1952. Collected and presented by Mr. Kitchener Godfrey, of C.$.I.R.O. Division of Fisheries,, to whom I am grateful for assistance in collecting and studying tropical Australian fishes, and after whom this novelty is named. Rhinopias godfreyi differs from R. frondosa (Gunther) in having slenderer form, fewer flaps, one more anal ray, fewer and slenderer pectoral rays, and has no large white spots. It differs from R. noronhai (Fowler) in lacking supraorbital spines and having enormous supraocular tentacles, breast scaly, and minor proportional differences. | From R. xenops (Gilbert), the new species is distinguished by its high supraocular tentacles, lower spinous dorsal fin, slenderer caudal peduncle, fewer pectoral rays, and obsolete supraorbital spines. A Rhinopias has been figured in colour by Dera- niyagala (Atlas Vertebr. Ceylon i, 1952, p. 109, pl. xxxii), who found it in a hollow in a lump of dead coral from Ceylon. Family ALEUTERIDAE. Genus AROTROLEPIS Fraser-Brunner, 1941. AROTROLEPIS NOTONECTIANUS (Whitley). Monacanthus filicauda notonectianus Whitley Austr. Zool. vi, 1931, p. 330, and fig. Maroubra and Coogee, New South Wales. Arotrolepis notonectianus Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (11) viii, 1941, p. 184. Arotrolepis filicauda notonectianus Marshall, Ichth. Notes ii, 1953, p. 60 (Red- cliff, South Queensland). The stranding of many thousands of dead and dying leatherjackets of this species along the ocean beaches of eastern Australia in February, 1953, aroused much interest. On the 14th February, fishermen reported that many of these fishes were coming to the surface several miles from the coast of New South Wales from about Newcastle to Long Bay, and by the 27th at the latest they had also been recorded from Ulladulla and other places as far south as Pambula; on the 6th March Mr. John G. Johnson aboard s.s. “Bundaleer” abeam of Gabo Island light collected some - others. Thus a species hitherto known from a couple of bottles of Museum speci- mens was shown to exist in untold thousands, from south Queensland to Victoria. At the same time there was an epidemic amongst the allied northern species, A. filicauda (Gunther), for the same Mr. J. G. Johnson brought me examples from thousands of surfaced dying fish encountered at the end of February from 50 miles north to 50 miles south of High Peak (S. Lat. 22°), between the Percy Group and North Reef, Queensland. 62 MORE NEW FISH NAMES AND RECORDS. All were obviously sick fish, would not take food, quivered, had much difficulty in balancing and swimming, and had blister-like pustules, full of a milky fluid, in the body-cavity. The fluid, under a high-powered microscope, was seen to be full of countless numbers of sporozoa, evidently the cause of the mortality. For references to diseases caused by sporozoa, see Dean's Bibliography of Fishes iii, 1923, pp. 548-549, wherein similar symptoms are noted. I have noticed small batches of A. notonectianus washed up on the ocean beaches near Sydney in previous years, from January to March, some times as late as May, but in 1953 the number of fish killed reached epidemic proportions. No other species of local leatherjacket or other fishes were affected. The mortality was at first attributed to gunnery or depth charges, but the Royal Australian Navy denied responsibility ; other ‘‘explanations” proffered at the time were merely fanciful or guesswork. Family TRIURIDAE. Genus TRIURUS Lacepede, 1800. TRIURUS LAEVIS (Pennant). Ostracien laevis Pennant, Brit. Zool. iii, 1776, ed. 4, p. 129, pl. xix, fig. 54, Plymouth, England. . ; Triurus laevis Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus. xi, 1937, p. 147 (q.v. for refs. to syn. and bibliogr.). Id. Hale, S. Austr. Nat. xxii, 4, 1914, p. 1 and fig, (S, Australia), ~ Ranzania truncata Raven, Amer. Mus. Novit. 1038, 1939, p. 1 and figs. (W. Australia—anatomy and refs.). Id. Oliver, Rept. Mus. Wellington, N.Z., 1941, p. 8 (Kermadecs). — . | Ranzania laevis Phillips, Proc. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. Ixxi, 1941, p. 245, fig. 6 (Kermadecs and New Zealand) Id. Anon., “West. Australian” (newspaper), 22nd May, 1947 (W. Australian occurrences). Id. Powell, Native Anim. N. Zealand, 1947, p. 73, fig. 344. Id. Fraser-Brunner, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool. i, 6, 1951, p. 93, figs 3-5. Triurus truncatus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. xcvi, 1944, p. 199, and Mem. Bish. Mus. xii, 1949, p. 158 (New Hebrides). “Strange Fiji Fish,’ Anon., “Weekly News” (Auckland, N.Z.), 24 Sept., 1952, p. 37, 2 figs. (Near Suva, Fiji.) “Oblong Sunfish,’ Anon., Anglers’ Digest (Sydney), Nov., 1953, p. 137, fig. (Vila), New Hebrides. Mr. Eric A. Nicholson, of the Clarence Valley Field Naturalists’ Club, sent an Oblong Sunfish to the Australian Museum from Mulloway, north of Woolgoolga, New South Wales (about 30° S. Lat.), where it had been taken in shallow water by a boy, David Featherston, early in March, 1953. It was slightly less than one foot long and 2 Ib. in weight. The clavus has 18 rays. A sketch of another specimen washed up at Shelly Beach, Cronulla, was sent to me by Mr. John Merton. New record for New South Wales. The above references bring my 1933 and 1937 bibliographies of this species up to date as far as Australasia and Oceania are concerned. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. Fig. 1: Eel, Notorabula callorhyncha (Gunther). Fig. 2: Scorpion Fish, Rhinopias godfreyi Whitley. Fig. 3: Marlin, Istiompax howardi Whitley. oe CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. By TOM IREDALE. (Plates iv-v.) Since my initial venture into the determination of Eastern Australian Cuttlebones, an accession of much material from North and Western Australia has accrued through the enthusiasm of my colleague, Mr. Gilbert Whitley, and my friend, Mr. Melbourne Ward, famed as a crustaceologist. These two, wherever they were, collected cuttlebones, and have provided a good basis for future work on the Australian, forms. With Whitley and Ward, I have collected along the Queens- land coast and the Great Barrier Reef, and Whitley has collected in Tasmania and Western Australia as well, the bulk of the material here studied being due to his efforts. Mr. Ward collected a nice series at Melville Island, Northern Territory adding a new group to our fauna, a very important one, the genus Sepiella. Through Mr. Whitley’s collections at Shark’s Bay, Western Australia, the puzzle of the mis- called latimanus has been solved. Since I wrote, Mr. B. C. Cotton, of the South Australian Museum, has reported upon the Southern forms, ranging from Victoria to South-west Australia, while the Victorian forms have been listed by Miss Mac- Pherson and Mr. Chapple with the aid of the collections of Mr. Allen Carter. Cuttle-fishes have been described as “‘littoral,” but while they are undoubtedly local, and agree in general with the distribution of littoral mollusca, these animals are met with in the dredge in depths up to one hundred fathoms. Numbers may be secured in a single trawling, and, while the majority may in some cases be of a single species, as many as half a dozen species have been sorted out of one haul, and varied sizes of the one species from small to large may occur together. Very little is known about the animals, accounts of the superficial examination of the external characters being given, but these are of little significance, save the sucker construction, and the character of the suckers on the clubs of the tentacles. The “bone,” however, is very distinctive, and with a little study can be utilised for the separation of species and higher groups, and use of the latter will enable determination of any species, which otherwise may prove difficult. As above noted, the species are local, and thus errors of identification easily suggest themselves. The Southern Australian, that is, extra-tropical Australian, forms have a restricted range, though the tropical ones may be more widely distributed. This, however, is in doubt, as the greater range accredited to the latter may be due to faulty determination. World distribution is curious, as no species occurs in the New World (only two doubtful records exist from the Caribbean Sea), while the Pacific Ocean east of Fiji seems to lack any records; the case of New Zealand will be noted hereafter. From Japanese waters a large number of species have been recorded, and from the Moluccas there seems to be almost as many, but in the latter locality little systematic collecting has taken place. As previously recorded, it is possible that some “bones,” here regarded as merely variations, may, from animal examination, prove to belong to distinct species. The variation in growth with age may differ in apparently closely related species, and this may be seen in animals, but so few animals, in comparison with bones, have been yet criticised. Animals are still being acquired with the hope of providing some stable means of determination, but at the present the bones are the only sure means of differentiation. It will be noted throughout this paper that Mr. G. P. Whitley has collected more than all the rest of us, and now he has generously provided the illustrations, without which this essay would have had very little value. My thanks are sincerely rendered for his interest in this intriguing group, as he has collected series of both large and small specimens, and the conclusions, here recorded from their study, will be found to be stable when the animals are treated in as much detail. CLASS CEPHALOPODA. Cuttlefishes belong to a large class of curious molluscan forms, including the Octopus-like creatures and Squids. Some of the latter are of huge size, a large body with longer tentacles, but Cuttlefishes are mostly small animals. The Cephalopoda are divided into orders, one of which, the Dibranchia, includes the abovementioned 64 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. animals. This order is again subdivided into two series, one of which produces eight tentacles, commonly called arms, such as the Octopus; the second, in addition to the normal eight, has developed two much longer, which are retractile, and are used to capture prey by sudden propulsion, making ten in all, as in the Squid and Cuttlefish. These sections were very early discriminated and given sectional names, as the latter two have also developed an internal “backbone” of horny or shelly forma- tion. The names selected were the obvious ones, Octopoda and Decapoda, the “poda” meaning feet, though arms is the word used now. An objection was raised almost simultaneously, and the names, Octocerata and Decacerata, were selected, the “cera” indicating tentacles. As an alternative pair, Polypacea and Sepiacea, were suggested, the very ancient name of the Octopus being Polypus, while Sepia had been also used about the same time for the Cuttlefish and Squid. At the time anyone could introduce names, without any regulations, so another worker added Anosteo- phora and Sepiaephora for the same two divisions. The names Decacerata and Octocerata were amended to Decacera and Octocera, and the latter pair were used by accurate workers, one reason being the use of Decapoda for a Crustacean group, which had been proposed before the time of the Molluscan Decapoda. Another proposal was Enterostea for the group, Octopoda being retained for the Octopus series. Then still another couple of names was invented, Sephinia and Octopia, the former probably a misprint. All these proposals were published more than one hundred years ago, and the Decapoda or Decacera with Octopoda or Octocera gained usage. Perhaps someone may unearth some other combinations as these sectional names have not been listed as have the generic and specific names, and ‘have been ignored by the law-givers. There would have been no need to recapitulate all these unfortunate mishandlings of the groups had not, twenty years ago, another innovation been added to the long list, Decembrachiata and Octobrachiata, to provide further confusion. This novelty has been used by some recent writers unaware of the facts given above. For easy reference the propositions are listed below— 1817 Decapoda and Octopoda Leach (Decapoda antedated by the use of Decapoda by Latreille in 1806 for a Crustacean group). 1818 Decacerata and Octocerata Blainville. 1818 Sepicea and Polyacea Blainville. 1821 Sepiaephora and Anosteophora Gray. 1824 Decacera and Octocera Blainville. 1827 Enterostea and Octopoda Berthold. 1830 Decacera and Octocera Menke. 1849 Sephinia and Octopia Gray. 1882 Decacera and Octopoda Verrill. 1890.1902 Decacerata and Octocerata Verrill. 1932 Decembrachiata and Octobrachiata Winckworth. Apparently the correct name (if Decapoda be rejected) would be Decacerata, but there seems no reason for the rejection of Octopoda, save that of uniformity, in which case Octocerata would come into use. The earlier references before 1847 will be found in Herrmannsen’s Indicis Gen. Malacozorum; the later ones: Sephinia and Octopoda Gray, Cat. Moll. Brit. Mus., Pt. 1 Cephal., p. 2, 1849; Decacera Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad. Vol. VI, pt. 2, p, 426, 1882; Decacerata and Octocerata Verrill in Webster's International Dictionary 1902, probably in 1890 edition; Winckworth, Journ. Conch., Vol. 19, pp. 248-251, 1932. It may be noted that Octobrachidés and Decabrachidées are also credited to Blainville by Orbigny, but no latinization has been seen. Solitosepia liliana Iredale. This was figured and described (15), and proved to be unmistakeable, and so far restricted to the East Coast of Australia. It has been found all along the coast of Queensland as far north as Low Isles, and southward on the New South Wales coast IREDALE. 65 to Eden. There seems little geographical variation, though the far northern “bones” seem to the eye a little narrower. As to’ sexual variation, it is not determinable in the “bones,” and little is seen to attract attention. The growth stages are of interest, as at about 15-20 mm. all the adult features are recognisable. The very young are however, a little different in shape, lacking the spine, but otherwise show all the specific characters, and the latter remark applies to all the Australian species, which can be easily determined at any stage above 10 mm. in length, and most of them even below that size. The average size was 90 mm. by 45 mm. with the type 114 mm. by 51 mm., the largest one 138 mm. by 65 mm.; it may be noted that the variation is small, and that rarely, as in the instances cited, does the proportion of breadth to length differ much from 1 to 2. A series collected recently varied from 19 by 12, 34 by 19, 53 by 26, 56 by 26, 65 by 30, 64 by 33, 80 by 40, 93 by 46, 100 by 50, 102 by 48, to 109 by 54 mm. Specimens from Northern Queensland range from 38 by 20, 56 by 30, to 82 by 39 mm., while one from Eden, Southern New South Wales, measures 119 by 58 mm. Solitosepia mestus Gray. Figured (15) and described (10), the type had been previously figured (13), this is again a distinctive ‘bone’ with a range apparently similar to that of the preceding, reaching into North Queensland, and as far south in New South Wales as Eden, re- appearing at Lord Howe Island. At the northern localities, it is however a much scarcer “bone,” while only one “bone” has been received from Lord Howe Island. The variation is a little more marked than in the preceding, and there may be more sexual variation, but again this is not seen easily in the “bones.” It must be remem- bered that the “bones” are susceptible to fracture when the animal is alive (how, it is not known), but so many cases are met with that “bones,” disagreeing with the mean, must be at once critically examined for fracture, which can be usually recognised. Thus an extra narrow mestus, 82 mm. by 29 mm., showed only slight signs of fracture, but the spine was shortened, thickened directly ventrally and split, indicating some mischance in life. The type was 71 mm. by 30 mm., an average specimen, but, by some error, in my first paper the dimensions were all given wrongly, reading “40 by 18 mm. Average specimen figured, 57 by 21 mm.” As noted above, the average would be about 70 mm. by 30 mm.; three broad specimens, one from Manly, 92 by 39 mm., another from Eden, the farthest south, 87 mm. by 37 mm., and the third from Bribie Island, Queensland, 90 mm. by 40 mm. _ The ordinary range of growth reads: 24 by 12, 40 by 18, 55 by 24, 63 by 25, 69 by 27, 90 by 30, 75 by 30, 78 by 34, and 81 by 34 mm., and it should be noted that the broadest part varies in position, some- times the outer cone being more expanded, and the last loculus lessened. Close to the edges of the last loculus may sometimes be discerned a faint irregular depressed line following the margin but not exactly parallel to it. The significance of the line is not yet known. In the middle of the last loculus there is a depression in the medial line. These features occur in most specimens, more or less marked, throughout the group. Solitosepia submestus Iredale. This was described and figured from the Capricorn Group (16), and has been since found in various forms throughout Northern Australia, and distinction of the forms will depend on study of the animals. The Queensland form has been found along the coast of Queensland and the Great Barrier Reef, but a species was called papuensis (12) from Station 188 of the “Voyage of the Challenger,” the locality being given as Arafura Sea, Lat. 139° 42° E., Long. 9° 59° S., and this point is inside the area fixed as the waters of Queensland in 1877. This may intergrade, but more specimens from intervening localities are necessary. From Western Australia, a “bone” was called galei (20) from Shark’s Bay, and another, occidua, (6), from Rottnest Island. These are of the same type, but the Western Australian form, galei, must be accepted at present, occidua, however, falling until animals are examined. The “bones” found in the southern part of Western Australia do not appear separable from the Shark’s Bay series, though the variation in this species is puzzling. Thus a series from near Bundaberg, Queensland, collected by Mr. and Mrs. R. Page, which initiated this review, is very constant, varying in length from 74 to 89 mm., and in breadth from 28 to 32 mm., the ratio of increase of growth being very regular. The size of the type of submestus was given as 68 mm. by 66 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. 24 mm., and this was the largest at the time, but several longer, as given above, have since been found. Many small specimens, measuring 24 mm. by 9 mm., 24 mm. by ro mm., and so on, occurred in Queensland waters, but a strange specimen, apparently referable to a distinct species, was secured at Low Isles; this measured 99 mm. by 37 mm., but, in addition to its greater breadth, it was dark coloured and coarsely pustulose, all the other Queensland bones being pale and finely pustulose, and definitely narrower. This may be named Solitosepia lana sp. nov. The figure of papuensis measures 64 mm. by 22 mm., a narrow form, but Melville Island specimens measured 64 mm. by 23 mm., 68 mm. by 24 mm., 70 mm. by 24 mm., and 71 mm. by 24 mm. The type of galei from Shark’s Bay, Western Australia, measured 80 mm. by 27 mm. by 7 mm. thick, still narrow, and specimens from that locality range from 38 mm. by 13 mm. up to 110 mm. by 37 mm., the inner cone being consistently narrower than in eastern bones. The type of occidua, from Rottnest Island, measured 48 mm. by 19 mm. by 4.5 mm. thick, and a bone collected by Whitley at Garden Island measures 49 by 19 mm., others reaching up to 68 mm. by 26 mm., the inner cone being narrow as in galei, and these cannot be separated. As for the consideration of these allied forms, it seems best to admit the named forms, submestus, lana, galei and papuensis, as species, in the super-species or group of papuensis. _The distribution will then read: Solitosepia papuensis, from the Arafura Sea, probably at Melville Island and mayhap through Torres Strait; also along the southern coast of New Guinea as far east as the Louisiade Archipelago. Solitosepia galei, along the coast of Western Australia from Broome to Rottnest Island, the latter locality the source of occidua, which is here regarded as synonymous. (Note: All synonymous names from different geographical areas are in doubt. Solitosepia lana, from Low Isles, Queensland, a similar type of bone, but so peculiar as to suggest different animal characters; and Solitosepia submestus, described from South Queensland, and ranging northwards up to Low Isles, sometimes all small bones being secured, at others all large, so that possibly two species are confused. Solitosapia genista sp. nov. Plate V, Figures 17-18. Whitley collected some bones at Broome, Western Australia, and these were placed with the galei, until it was noticed that two species were confused, some bones being galei, but others, longer and narrower, represented a new species to Australia. It recalled singaporensis (22) from Singapore, but upon comparison it was seen to differ. It is more like the narrow papuensis, but the inner cone is not produced: the bones of galei occurring with it are typical. The type measures 67 by 23 mm., others varying from 46 by 16, 59 by 23 to 69 by 22 mm., indicating a narrow species. The bone is elongate, narrow, recalling plangon in appearance, the inner cone well developed, seen crossing but not obscuring the siphonal cavity, the ventral surface rather flattened, the striated area not deeply excavate, the last loculus long, no ventral sulcus, but a slight indication of a groove medially. The spine is keeled, a little recurved. The dorsal surface is rayed with three rays, forming a median strong rib with the outer radials weakly displayed. The outer cone is slightly calcified. Solitosepia plangon Gray. This is another of the curious forms restricted to the East Coast of Australia, but also reaching Lord Howe Island. It has been secured all along the coast of Queens- land and the Great Barrier Reef as far north as Low Isles, but becoming very scarce in the northern part of the range. In New South Wales the animal frequents the great inlets such as Sydney Harbour, Botany Bay, Broken Bay, etc., and has not been commonly met with in trawling in deep water. It was described from Port Jackson, New South Wales (10) and figured (15) from Manly Beach. It is unlike any other in its long narrow form with a deep ventral sulcus. No measurements of the type bone were given, and the figured specimen from Manly Beach measured 110 by 30 mm. A northern form, adhaesa, was named from the Capricorn Group as being narrower, more elongate, with inner cone more strongly marked, the outer cone passing ventrally in front of the spine, the dorsal surface flatter and the ray sculpture more defined, measurements being given as 88 by 26 mm. Specimens have been collected as far north as Low Isles. However, larger specimens occur along the coast, some from Yeppoon, Queensland, reaching too by 28 mm. Similarly, larger specimens have been collected in the south, bones reaching 135 mm. by 35 mm., IREDALE, 67 and in these again there is no marked difference between bones to indicate sex, and bones taken from sexed animals do not show any distinction. A series recently collected measured 39 by 13, 42 by 14, 48 by 15.5, 59 by 19, 61 by 19, 72 by 22, 73 by 21, 77 by 23. 82 by 24, and 83 by 25 mm. Most of the northern species of Acanthosepion and its associates show the spine to recurve normally, sometimes strongly. It is worthy of note that the northern bones of plangon ({adhaesa) show a tendency to recurve the spine, whilst in the southern plangon the spine is very straight. Solitosepia rozella Iredale. This figured and described (15), is apparently even more restricted in range than the two preceding. It does not appear as far north in Queensland, though it still reaches the southern coast of New South Wales at Narooma, and has been found at Lord Howe Island. The northern form has been separated sub-specifically, as showing slight geographical variation, but the sexual variation is scarcely indicated in the bones. One of the handsomest of the local cuttlebones, the great development of a ventral sulcus does not appear until the bone is over 30 mm. in length, after which the sulcus shows deeply in the striate area; the non-striate area in a bone of 60 mm. is only 20 mm. from the peak of the sulcus, the striate area being singularly acute. In a bone over 130 mm., the sulcus is very long, the angle of the striate area sharp; the non-striate area being only 30 mm. from the peak. This non-striate area was called the last loculus by Hoyle, and was regarded as a differential character. As it varies with age, and probably with sex, it can only be used as a general indicator with no absolute value. The type measured 135 by 47 mm., larger ones being rarely met with. The northern form, peregrina (16), was separated as being smaller, shorter and comparatively broader, the inner cone wider, the dorsal sculpture more pronounced, the type measuring 89 mm. by 34 mm. A normal shell from Manly, 80 mm. long, measures only 29 mm. in breadth. The largest Manly specimen measured 150 mm. by 48 mm., reaching that figure through 34 by 15, 42 by 17, 50 by 20, 58 by 21, 80 by 29, 115 by 38, 130 by 44, and 145 by 45 mm. Blandosepia baxteri Iredale. Plate V, Figures 12, 13, 14. A large number of cuttle bones was secured on Lord Howe Island by Mr. Robert Baxter, and it was found that the commonest bone was quite novel, suggesting the New South Wales species, Solitosepia mestus, but it lacked the spine. It was named (17), but has not yet been figured. The non-development of the spine seems an important feature. The type measured 74 mm. by 32 mm., the largest at that time being 90 mm. by 37 mm. Bones received since include small specimens as low as 28 mm. by 13 mm. The figured specimen measures 83 mm. in length and 37 mm. in breadth, the range being through 28 by 13 to 90 by 37 mm., measurements reading 44 by 21, 59 by 25, 75 by 34 and 77 by 32 mm. The bone is elongately oval, the dorsal area finely granulose, showing faintly a dorsal rib and adjacent lines, scarcely separating areas. This is brownish pink, and the outer cone which is produced is whitish, weakly calcified, and bounded by a narrow, horny margin which extends round the bone. There is no spine, but only a slight knob. The inner cone is well developed as a narrow band, reaching in front of the siphonal cavity, and enclosing a striate area. The striated area is long, and, while it does not show any ventral sulcus, there is a shallow median depression with minor ridges each side. The last loculus shows a faint linear median depression and the usual marginal lines. It resembles in most features, as noted above, Solitosepia mestus, but as well as the lack of the spine, the dorsal surface shows more definite traces of sculpture than is met with in mestus. The species, so far received from Lord Howe Island, are Blandosepia baxteri, Solitosepia mestus, S. plangon, S. rozella, Glyptosepia opipara, G. gemellus, Decori- sepia rex, Amplisepia apama (verreauxi) and Crumenasepia hulliana. Blandosepia bartletti sp. nov. Plate V, Figures 15, 16. At my request the Rev. H. K. Bartlett secured a number of cuttlebones at Misima, and the Conflict Group, both in the Louisiade Archipelago. A number of species was included, but the commonest species was a shell recalling Solitosepia liliana of New South Wales, but lacking any spine. Since its acquisition, a similar bone has been 68 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. described from the Island of Banda in the Moluccan Islands, and given the name of Sepia bandensis (3), but that species seems referable to a different source of evolu- tion. The new species may be described thus: Spineless at all stages of growth; in form oval, with calcareous outer cone; it may be classed under Blandosepia, but this is only a tentative grouping. The type and figured specimen measures 73 mm. in length and 37 mm. in breadth. Other measurements reading 45 by 20, 45 by 24, 50 by 29, 62 by 29, 68 by 33 and 70 by 34 mm. This resembles the preceding in the dorsal aspect, but there is no dorsal sculpture at all visible. The ventral surface has the inner cone similar, but smaller, and the long striated area shows no signs of sulcus or groove, and is more excavate throughout. The last loculus shows a shallow depression medially, and is never more elevated than the margin. This seems to be a spineless representative of Solitosepia liliana, paralleling the previous one and mestus. Mr. Bartlett sent, in addition to the above, some six species, represented by immature and broken bones. Ponderisepia, Crumenasepia, Solitosepia papuensis aff., and a narrower form; also a large square-backed pustulose bone, unlike any other seen by me, but with the posterior end missing; lastly, an elongate, medium- sized bone, also with the posterior end missing, with a faint resemblance to Sepia sulcata, but- otherwise different from any Australian species. As only a few bones were included in the sending, it is suggested that a large and varied Cuttlefish faunula exists in this locality. It is, at present, hoped to receive Cuttle bones from the Torres Strait area, when the distribution of the species will become clearer, as some of the above species may be found in Australian water. A fragment, recalling the square-backed pustulose bone from Misima, has been picked up at Eagle Isiand, North Queensland. Since the above was written, a first consignment has been received from Torres Strait, forwarded by Mr. D. Tranter, of the C.S.I.R.O,, and this shows four expected species: Solitosepia of the papuensis form, Acanthosepion ellipticum, A. pageorum (the narrow form) and Crumenasepia hulliana. Mesembrisepia novaehollandiae Hoyle. This species is involved in a little confusion as it was described (21) from a “bone” collected by Peron at Kangaroo Island, South Australia. The name chosen was australis, and it was apparently figured about the year 1826, but the plate was not issued at that date. Six years afterwards (1832), Quoy and Gaimard described and figured (23) a different species under the name australis from the Cape of Good Hope. This name is valid. However, about 1845, a series of monographs was begun by D’Orbigny, and continuing his 1826 proposal he retained the name australis for the Australian shell and renamed the Cape shell capensis. For years the two “‘australis’’ confused workers, who did not refer to the original data, until Hoyle, recognising the difficulties, introduced the name novaehollandiae (14) for the South Australian species. Apparently, more than one form is being classed under this name, and the original description demands a shell 78 mm. long with the breadth 30% of the length, not 30 mm. as sometimes quoted. This is a narrow shell, and no sexual variation has yet been recorded, though some of the variation noted may be due to this cause. The New South Wales representative, macandrewi (15) is a broader shell, and there is a slight variation, which may be sexual, in the breadth. It has been urged that the female of some species has a broader shell, but this is not apparent in a few specimens, and in connection with the species chirotrema, Berry stated that the body “was relatively much broader and flatter in the male,” indicating the difficulty of noting sexual difference. It would be a valuable contribution to study a series of animals and bones from the type-locality, as Berry’s data on the animals of “‘dannevigi’” (4), which is regarded as the same as novaehollandiae, having been collected at the same place, are very confusing. Cotton (7) illustrated a bone 140 by 50 mm., apparently from Robe, South Australia, and observed: ‘“‘A wide form obtained at Robe is probably the sepion of the female, which is wider across the outer cone and more excavate ventrally.” This may be another species. Mesembrisepia irvingi Meyer. Plate IV, Figures 3, 4. Meyer described (20) this species from Garden Island, Western Australia, under the genus Sepia, and Cotton commented: “This is possibly a variant of Mesembrisepia IREDALE. 69 novaehollandiae Hoyle,” also observing: ““Among hundreds of specimens from South and West Australia, the numerous variants (of novaehollandiae) are not separable into any distinct varieties.” The collections made by Whitley suggest that the Western Australian bones, north of the Swan River, are constant enough, in their narrowness and prominent ventral surface anteriorly, to be admitted as different. Consequently, the western name may be used for these bones until the matter is decided absolutely by study of animals. The measurements of the type read 115 by 41 by 13 mm., indicating a narrow shell with an elevated anterior ventral surface, so that the name is applicable. It should be noted also that Meyer gave the total length of the animal as 170 mm., the dorsal length 120 mm., breadth 75 mm., and figured the tentacular club with small suckers and two rows of larger ones, the illus- tration differing appreciably from that of the tentacular club of dannevigi (- novae- hollandiae) given by Berry. ‘This was described “suckers excessively numerous and minute,” “of practically similar aspect.” The bone figured was collected at Point Cloates, Western Australia, measuring 142 mm. in length, 40 mm. in breadth, and 16 mm. in thickness, and may be regarded as typical. A series from Geraldton ranges from 62 by 20, 78 by 24, 104 by 37 to 130 by 40 mm., while the longest is from Pelsart Island, measuring 173 mm. by 45 mm. Many of these specimens have the anterior ventral elevated, some very, and none, from the smallest, shows a somewhat flattened anterior ventral, seen in ostanes. There is a shallow median ventral sulcus, which in old specimens becomes pro- nounced and deep, and slighter sulci show at the sides towards the posterior end. The last loculus is fairly long, much longer than in ostanes, and the horny margin is more extensive. The outer cone is somewhat restricted, slightly calcified, and the inner cone is narrow, as a strong glaze extending towards the mucronal area, which is slightly separated dorsally by a granulose area. Mesembrisepia ostanes sp. nov. Plate IV, Figs. 5, 6. Mr. G. P. Whitley secured a series from Marrawah and Strahan, West Tasmania, as well as Stanley and Burnie, North-west Tasmania, and these differ very appre- ciably from typical novaehollandiae, so mayhap the animals may differ likewise. The shell shows all the features of the genus, but is broad and with anterior ventral shallow, not elevated. The difference is too marked to be sexual. All these specimens are similar, and the narrowest recall the New South Wales macandrewi, while none is as narrow as novaehollandiae. The broad bone, with all the characters agreeing, is found along the southern coast of Australia, and round the south-west corner of Western Australia as far as Swan River. It is easily separable by the flattened anterior ventral surface, which shows a round depression. The description of the figured type, which measures 140 mm. in length and 50 mm. in breadth, with a thick- ness of 10 mm., from Stanley, Marrawah specimens 128 by 45 mm. and 145 by 50 mm., Burnie, 130 by 48 mm. ‘The type has a large expansive outer cone, prac: tically calcified throughout, a thin horny margin round the edges; the inner cone is seen as a thick glaze extending in front of the siphonal area; the striated area very long and showing a lengthened ventral sulcus which peters off into a circular depres: sion reaching to the last loculus, round the inner edge of which will be seen linear grooving, not parallel with the margin. The dorsal surface is pinkish, the outer cone white, the spine short, stout, straight, with a depression behind, coarsely pustu- lose; the rest of the dorsal surface is very finely granulose, with a broad median triangular area succeeded on each side by a slight flattened band, angularly separated from the rounded sides, which show a slight exposed horny area towards the posterior end. A series of median “bones” from the mainland near Esperance, South-west Australia, show all the differential characters of this species, but are smaller, 90 by 34 mm. to 110 by 37 mm., while among bones collected on the Perth beaches are almost typical bones, one measuring 130 by 46 mm. A large number of bones has been just received from North Tasmania, forwarded by Mr. R. Kershaw, a grandson of the late well-known Director of the National Museum, Melbourne. These prove very interesting; the most numerous species is Decorisepia rex, and there does not appear to be any difference in these from the typical series, measuring 50 by 20 mm., 90 by 30 mm., 111 by 40 mm., 118 by 4o mm. to 123 by 42 mm. A series of Mesembrisepia ranges from 110 by 38 mm., 114 by 42 mm., 130 by 44 mm., 138 by 44 mm., 144 by 45 mm. to 150 by 49 mm., thus 70 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. becoming very near to macandrewi, but not reaching its size. The National Museum, Melbourne, has allowed me to examine the specimens recorded by Chapman from Torquay, Victoria, and the “plesiotype” of latimanus proves it to be a Mesembrisepia as above noted, the measurements, 138 by 47 mm., coming close again to macandrewi. The “plesiotype” of capensis is also Decorisepia rex, as determined, and others from Nelson’s Promontory and Betha River mouth, East Victoria, confirm the non-distinc- tion of the bones from typical rex, measuring 28 by 13 mm., 54 by 22 mm., 57 by 23 mm., 64 by 26 mm., 76 by 29 mm., 105 by 39 mm., 117 by 43 mm. to 124 by 45 mm. Thanks must be given to Mr. R. Kershaw and Miss Macpherson, of the National Museum, for their assistance in the elucidation of these matters. Mesembrisepia macandrewi Iredale. This species has been described and figured (15), but its exact distribution is not yet determined. It reaches Sydney, N.S.W., as drifted shells, but may occur alive with the other species in the trawl along the coast. It may be found on the eastern Victoria coast, and to the north and east of Tasmania, but the bones from north- west and west of Tasmania are broader, and represent a different form. The western Victoria bones may be novaehollandiae, or an intermediate form. The type, from Shellharbour, N.S.W., measured 170 mm. by 56 mm., and this is an average bone. Chapman (5) gave the measurements of a bone, which he named latimanus, but the figure shows it to be of novaehollandiae form, as 138 mm. by 47 mm. by 13.5 mm. were given as measurements. A series from Stanley, north-west Tasmania, collected by Whitley recall this species, but are a little narrower, ranging from 145 by 45 mm., 155 by 49 mm., 171 by 50 mm., 174 by 51 mm. to 183 by 53 mm. : Mesembrisepia chirotrema Berry. This South Australian species was described (4) from dredged specimens off Kangaroo Island, along with other specimens regarded as true novaehollandiae, as they come from the type locality of that species. Had the bones alone been known, there might have been doubt cast, as they resemble those of novaehollandiae, save that they are more elongate and more strongly sculptured. The animals, however, showed valid distinctive features. The bones are not common, so that little can be said about the sexual variation, while the geographical variation is not remarkable. ‘The species has been recorded as far west as Rottnest Island, and Whitley collected bones at Geraldton, and the Abrolhos Group, further north. Little difference can be seen in the bones from these localities when compared with typical bones, but little material has been available. The type bone was imperfect and not measured, but the illustra- tion (reconstructed) of another bone measured 168 mm. by 50 mm., a broader shell than specimens recently measured, Cotton recording from Robe, South Australia, 160 mm. by 42 mm., and the largest from Western Australia 145 mm. by 42.5 mm. A South Australian specimen from Joslin measures 200 mm. by 50 mm. A Western Australian bone from Rottnest Island measured 125 by 40 mm., one from Geraldton 135 by 45 mm. These agree quite closely with South Australian bones, but another from near Cape Leeuwin, measuring 123 mm. by 39 mm., is curious, having more the appearance of novaehollandiae on the dorsal surface, save for the presence of a notable median longitudinal rib, and less pronounced tubercula- tion. The sculpture of the dorsal area is weaker than that of typical chirotrema, and the area between the spine, which is short, and the dorsum is level and not so strongly granulose. The inner cone is broader, as is the outer, while posteriorly the ventral surface is elevated. This is almost paralleled by another bone from Pelsart Island, measuring 100 mm. by 38 mm., in all the distinguishing features, the outer cone being slightly less broad. Amplisepia apama Gray. This was described from South Australia (10), and ranges round the southern coasts as far north as South Queensland and even Lord Howe Island, while westward it reaches south-western Australia, but is displaced by a distinct form in Shark’s Bay. Geographical variation can be seen, and the eastern form has been listed (15) under the name verreauxi (24), but animals must be studied to substantiate the distinction. The Lord Howe Island bones are quite fresh, and of varying sizes, showing that the animal lives there, but three bones are recorded from New Zealand, where so far no animals have been found. These New Zealand records seem doubtful, as Powell IREDALE, 71 has concluded, because the shells are common where the animals live. Sexual variation is not noticeable in the bones examined, varying from minute specimens up to a length of nineteen inches, the breadth being comparatively agreeable to variation in length. Seventeen inches seems to be the average adult size of the bone, but larger have commonly been reported, the largest in hand being nineteen inches, the breadth at that size being nearly seven inches. This huge bone, probably the largest in the world, appears first as a small triangular flattened scrap with little resemblance to the adult, recalling more the Solitosepia species. A little later it develops a spine, and, at about 20 mm. long, it recalls a Solitosepia, but the short spine points ventrally, not dorsally as in that genus. The animal has been well described and figured by McCoy (19), and this is copied in Cotton & Godfrey (8), so it is easily accessible. The shell is elongate, the dorsal surface, almost flat, little rounded, rather smooth, with large chitinous edges showing anteriorly, the anterior portion granulose, pro- longed into a long beak, with the spine missing, but the end thickened and rough. The ventral surface is rather swollen anteriorly, sometimes strongly so, with a short unstriated area; striated area with no deep sulcus, but sometimes a shallow median area. ‘The characteristic difference is the prolonging of the outer cone so that the inner cone appears as an elongated glaze only; the limbs bordering the striated area meet and develop a notable warty thickening forming an inverted V. The variation in sex is not notable, the large bones showing little distinction, and the only feature of interest is the development of the junction of the inner limbs into the quaint warty angle. At first there is no indication, but with growth the reversed V emerges, becoming more warty with age. At the same time the beak elongates at the spinal area, the spine disappearing or leaving an indication only. The spine is sometimes retained until the bone reaches a length of 200 mm., but generally is lacking at a much smaller size. As the beak elongates, the inner cone continues with it, becoming weaker, so that it is only a faint glaze in the largest bones. The eastern bones, known as verreauxi, appear to grow to a much larger size with a narrower inner cone, smaller phragmocone and the more prolonged mucro- nal area. This form ranges into South Queensland and Lord Howe Island as far as bone features are concerned, but the animals may be distinguishable, as Sydney specimens do not agree exactly with the detailed account given by McCoy. Amplisepia palmata Owen. Owen (21a) described a large Cuttlefish, captured off the shore of Norfolk Island, as Sepia palmata, description of bone not very definite, but the illustrations suggest that the bone be referred to Amplisepia, and that it was distinct from apama. The figures are stated to be natural size, and this gives the length of the bone as 118 mm., the breadth 39 mm. At this size the beak is well elongated, measuring about r9 mm. from the junction of the inner limbs to the extremity, while no inner cone is shown, nor is there any incrassation at the juncture of the inner limbs indi- cated. This species so far depends upon the original description, though Brazier added North Coast of Australia, and it is not known what species he had in mind. Nothing like it has been found recently in North Queensland, and the apama form found in South Queensland and Lord Howe Island cannot be confused with Owen’s species from his description and figures. Amplisepia parysatis sp. nov. Plate IV, Figs. 1, 2. The record of floating cuttlebones in Western Australian waters goes back as far as the seventeenth century. W. A. Roosenbergh, near Shark’s Bay, on September 17, 1627, noted. “Close inshore we also saw a quantity of cuttlebone, but the pieces were very small and scattered,” while Dampier added: “At about 30 leagues distance (from the coast of New Holland) we began to see some Scuttle-bones floating on the water; and drawing still nigher the Land we saw great quantities of them.” These remarks may have applied to the present species, but Whitley found floating bones in the Timor Sea which were referable to Crumenasepia. Probably more than one large species occur together. The large Shark’s Bay species was recorded by Meyer (20), without consideration, as latimanus (3), described from Dorey, west New Guinea, and this turns out to be very different, as was anticipated. Whitley brought back a large number of all sizes, and these prove to belong to a distinct species of 72 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. Amplisepia. It is smaller, and at all stages a narrower shell, with the posterior end less developed, and retaining the spine until adult. It was mentioned in connection with the introduction of Mesembrisepia that the development of that genus suggested a relationship with Amplisepia, and the juvenile of the present species is not unlike that of the western species of Mesembrisepia, occurring where the ranges overlap. The general description of the type of Amplisepia applies to this species as follows: Length 195 mm. by 70 mm. in breadth. Other measurements are 160 by 58 mm., 187 by 70 mm., 185 by 62 mm., 192 by 70 mm., and the oldest senile bone measures 215 by 78 mm. In this last mentioned the mucronal area is prolonged but thrust forward almost at right angles, quite unlike the area in apama. Compared with apama, it is a smaller species, notably narrower at every stage of growth, with the striated area less elevated anteriorly and more elevated posteriorly, the last loculus short and depressed. The outer cone is advanced and well calcified, a fairly large horny area being exposed laterally. The spine is always present, and there is no dorsal sculpture nor any ventral sulcus, although sometimes a faint ventral groove may be noticed. Decorisepia rex Iredale. This species was described and figured (15) from Manly, New South Wales, and has a somewhat different distribution from the species described at the same time. It does not range far into Queensland, but has reached Lord Howe Island, but similar shells have been named jaenschi (7) from Western Victoria and South Australia, and another shell from Rottnest Island, Western Australia, cottesloensis (6). This form occurs in northern, southern and western Tasmania also, but there do not seem any tangible differences in the shells so far examined. The most pronounced variation, - geographically, is seen in a series from the Capricorn Group, which includes bones much larger than any seen elsewhere. There is some variation in breadth which may be to some extent sexual, but it has not yet been gauged in the bones. Some specimens have the outer cone developed into a broad hood, with others show the hood comparatively small, but the variation in the shell negatives any separation, as some of these differences are due to early (or even late) mishap to the animal. The type, from Manly Beach, measured 119 mm. by 40 mm., while jaenschi measured 103.5 mm. by 37 mm. by depth 6.7 mm., and cottesloensis, a small specimen, 42.6 mm. by 18.3 mm. by 4.5 mm. Chapman recorded (5) capensis from Torquay, Vic- toria, fortunately giving a figure, so it is recognisable as Decorisepia rex, the measure- ments reading 120 mm. by 42 mm. by 10.5 mm. thick with the spine 6.5 mm. long, The largest New South Wales bones measure 127 mm. by 43 mm., and 124 mm. by 47 mm., but the Capricorn Group bones, which are broken, measure from 140 mm. to 150 mm. with a breadth of 50 mm. Although the inner cone is missing, “coalescing with the edges of the striated area’ in most cases, some bones with favourable lighting show a very narrow inner cone as a slight glaze in old shells, not young ones. The very small bones, as 17 mm. by 9.5 mm., 20 mm. by 10.5 mm., 21mm, by rr mm., and 29 mm. by 13 mm., are recognisable by the adult characters, although the smallest is just starting a spine, and none of these shows the slightest sign of an inner cone. A series collected by Whitley at Stanley, north-west Tasmania, gives very similar measurements throughout, and cannot definitely be separated from rex. As noted under Mesembrisepia macandrewi, bones from North Tasmania and east Victoria agree completely with typical specimens of Decorisepia rex, and at present cannot be separated. Glyptosepia opipara Iredale. This beautiful bone is so far only known from Queensland, drifted bones from New South Wales as far south as Sydney, and Lord Howe Island. It is one of the most brittle of all bones, the majority being broken. It is easily recognisable by its form, its strongly sculptured back and its deep dorsal coloration, with its long spine. Sexual variation is not notable in the bones, and with the restricted distribution no geographical variation can be seen, while the immature show all the adult features. The description and figure (15) are of a specimen measuring 132 mm. by 42 mm., but many larger bones have been secured. Generally they increase regularly from 63 mm. by 19 mm. to 169 mm. by 45 mm., but some broader shells may be noticed as in the case of such measurements as 151 mm. by 45 mm., and 68 mm. by 22 mm., and 56 by 19 mm. IREDALE. 73 Glyptosepia cultrata Hoyle. The story of this species has been given (15), and there is nothing yet to add, but it may be noted that there are some fragments in the Australian Museum regarded as cultrata by E. A. Smith at the British Museum, and they are not gemellus, macilenta or hedleyi. This suggests that, in the confusion of the hauls, there may have been other mistakes, but at present no decision can be made. At any rate, it can be left on the suspense list until the deeper water of the south coast of New South Wales has been fully exploited. Glyptosepia gemellus Iredale. After the study of many specimens of bones from the Manly beaches, two species of Glyptosepia were admitted, one broad and one narrow. The differences seemed too great to regard them as sexual, and the position remains in this stage at present. The broader shell was named gemellus (15), and the narrow form macilenta (15), and it has been shown by Cotton (7) that the South Australia species hedleyi (4) is also a Glyptosepia, and Cotton (6) also recorded this from Western Australia. These records seem to confirm the distinction of the two first named, as the South Australian bones appear to be broad, with the Western Australian ones even broader and larger. The measurements of gemellus from Manly are 96 mm. by 35 mm., which is about the same as Berry’s reconstruction of one of the bones from the Great Australian Bight. Cotton (7) figured a specimen from Robe, South Australia, only 44 mm. by 15 mm., but illustrated (6) a bone from Cottes- loe or Rottnest Island, Western Australia, measuring 107 mm. by 39 mm. by 9 mm., also noting the largest specimen was 120 mm. by 41 mm. by 11.5 mm. thick. Later, Cotton & Godfrey (8) noted the bone was rare on South Australian beaches. Whitley collected bones at Cottesloe and the other Perth beaches, as well as Rott- nest Island, and also Pelsart Island in the Abrolhos, and their measurements read Ir5 mm. by 41 mm., 116 mm. by 39 mm., and 84 mm. by 26 mm. from Rottnest Island, rr0 mm. by 39 mm. from Cottesloe, 106 mm. by 39 mm. from the Perth beaches. It will be noted that all these bones are larger and broader than the broadest eastern shells of gemellus. The largest Manly bone is 104 mm. by 35 mm., others reaching 95 mm. by 34 mm. and 90 mm. by 34 mm. A large bone, measuring 109 mm. by 35 mm., was collected at the Capricorn Group, South Queens- land. No series of measurements is available of South Australian bones, but obviously the Western Australian hedleyi is larger and broader, and can be separated on that account. A series of Glyptosepia sent by the National Museum, Victoria, for examination, collected at the Betka River Mouth, east Victoria, appears referable to gemellus, measuring 64 by 22, 74 by 24, 75 by 25, 76 by 25, 77 by 25, 77 by 28, 78 by 25, 80 by 25, 85 by 31, 85 by 27, 92 by 32, gt by 33, 98 by 33 and 98 by 33 mm., figures agree- ing fairly well with those of a typical series, but also suggesting the later suppression of macilenta. Glyptosepia macilenta Iredale. This species was introduced at the same time as the lastnamed. It agreed in most characters, save proportions, and it might have been suggested it was the male of the broad gemellus. Many collections made since have shown the differ- ences, but no animals have yet been sexed to prove the matter of the sexes. On this subject it may be noted that when hedleyi was proposed on animals, no distinct characters for separating the sexes were indicated, and the broad bone was taken from a male. It should be added that this form approaches nearest the missing cultrata in proportions, but cultrata was almost as narrow, and it was from a female. The type bone of macilenta measured 92 mm. by 28 mm., while the measurements of cultrata were 90 mm. by 29 mm._ Gray had recorded a bone in the British Museum as capensis var.from Sydney, and this was figured and described for comparison, but it was not regarded as cultrata, while it is a good illustration of macilenta, measur- ing 85 mm. by 26 mm. Narrow bones have been secured in South Queensland, as also have gemellus, but no narrow shells have been seen from Tasmania yet. So until animals are well studied it is best to allow cultrata to remain in suspense, and use hedleyi, gemellus, and macilenta, noting the far west hedleyi have larger and broader bones. Measurements of Manly bones referred to macilenta may be recorded 74 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. as varying from 17 by 9 mm. to 60 by 24, 75 by 26, 79 by 26 to 92 by 28 mm., none reaching to 30 mm. in breadth. Nearly all the Queensland bones belong to the broad gemellus, only a couple of solitary bones being referable to macilenta, while a bone from Lord Howe Island is also gemellus. Glyptosepia hendryae Cotton. This is a distinctive bone, described (6) from Rottnest Island, Western Aus- tralia, and though it was placed under Solitosepia it lacks the characteristic inner cone of that group, and its dorsal surface sculpture is also discrepant. Specimens were collected (singly) by Whitley at Princess.Royal Harbour, King George Sound, Pelsart Island in the Abrolhos, and Dirk Hartog Island, as well as at Rottnest Island. These show the anterior end to be formed in the style of that of Glyptosepia, and not of Solitosepia, and the rest of the characters lean to the former genus, so that until animals are closely studied it will be best to refer the species to Glyptosepia. The type measured 77.5 mm. by 22.7 mm. by 6.2 mm. thick, two specimens from Cottesloe measured 51 by 13.5 by 4.2 mm., and 76.5 by 24.2 by 7,3 mm, thick, Whitley's specimens measured: Pelsart Island, 80 by 25 mm.; Princess Royal Har- bour, 88 by 26 mm.; Dirk Hartog Island, 93 by 26 mm.; and Rottnest Island, 92 by 26 mm. Arctosepia braggi Verco. A notable section of the cuttles, as seen in their bones, includes many very narrow lengthened species which are easily separable at sight. It was suggested that in this section two series could be distinguished, and the name Arctosepia was intro- duced for the small forms found on the New South Wales coast. A larger bone has been named Sepia braggi (25) from South Australia, and this larger form is not able to be confused with the typical Arctosepia It has been given a range of Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia and Western Australia, and now I add it to the New South Wales faunula, as Whitley has collected a specimen at Narooma, on the south coast. The complex braggi, as admitted above, may be capable of subdivision, when studied geographically. Cotton (7) has recorded braggi as being common along the coast of South and South-west Australia, the type measur- ing 60 mm. by 4.75 mm. thick, a Cottesloe specimen reaching 64.5 by 11 by 41.7 (sic) [=4.7]. Chapman has recorded (5) that many scores of the bones of braggi were washed up at Torquay, Victoria, at Easter time, 1903, and again at Easter time in 1912, the measurement of the largest specimen being given as 62 mm. by 13 mm. by 5.5 mm., with the spine 2.25 mm. long. North-western Tasmanian bones, collected by Whitley, grow to a larger size, and are named subspecifically A.b.xera, subsp. nov., the type measuring 78 mm. in length and 16 mm. in breadth. This is figured on Plate V, figs. 19, 20, 21. It is obviously larger, and all the specimens agree ranging from 57 by 14 mm., 68 by 15 mm., 73 by 16 mm., 74 by 15 mm. to 80 mm. by 17. A smaller one from Strahan measures 51 mm. by 12 mm., the typical series being from Stanley, North- west Tasmania. Compared with braggi, it is more elongate, with a wider posterior area, which shows a median linear groove its whole length, even on the last loculus The dorsal rib is very faint posteriorly, but well indicated anteriorly, while the horny margin is easily seen throughout its length. The posterior horny hood is small. Arctosepia limata, Iredale. The species of Arctosepia are the smallest of all Cuttlefish bones, and as well as being small, they are quite narrow, and are easily recognisable. This refers to the Australian species, but elsewhere there appears to be two distinct narrow shells, and some are of comparatively large size, and the relationships of these are obscure. It is possible in Cuttlebones that similar bones have developed independently in different areas, and that apparently resembling bones are sometimes not closely related. The dimensions of this small bone are given as 36 mm. by 8 mm., the type (15) from Manly Beach. Hundreds have been collected, but the majority have been broken, as the bones are brittle, while none exceeding these measurements has been collected in the Sydney district, and specimens have been secured on the north coast of New South Wales, and South Queensland. These small bones may IREDALE. 75 occur further north, as they are easily overlooked, and the northern bones might belong to different species. A bone was picked up at Low Isles, but was not secured by me, and its exact identity is unknown. This small species has been listed from Victoria by Macpherson and Chapple (18). Arctosepia versuta, Iredale. Many specimens were secured on Manly Beach, New South Wales, of a bone differing at sight, but not much in measurements, the type giving 33 mm. by 7 mm. (15). It is probable that the animals may show greater distinction than the bones, as varied accounts have appeared about the animals referred to the apparently allied genus Doratosepion. In Southern Australia, large shells (for the group) occur with the name braggi, and it would appear that these small New South Wales shells are degenerate representatives of the larger ones. Thus, Whitley collected a series of braggi-like bones in North-western Tasmania, and while most of these are obviously of the true braggi style, some others are of the versuta form, and appear to be far larger relatives. In order to attract attention this is here named, as it may occur on the Western Victorian and South Australian shores. The northern versuta was separated from limata as being “smaller, the growth lines more closely packed, the posterior end much less rapidly tapering, the anterior ventral more swollen, less excavate posteriorly, and with more numerous striae.” The Tasmanian specimens measure 51 by 10 mm. and 48 by to mm., and are elongate and narrow, the width never increasing rapidly, the ventral surface elevated, the median furrow in one specimen elevated into a rib, in the other normal, the striae rather coarse, the hood small, the spine short and thickened, the dorsal area smoothish, the median rib scarcely indicated. This may have been confused elsewhere with braggi, passing as the male or immature, but it is here named Arctosepia treba sp. nov., from Stanley, North-western Tasmania. It should be noted that bones of the Arctosepia type, referred to Doratosepion, have been taken from animals showing quite distinctive features, so that this may be the case in Australia also. Arctosepia rhoda sp. nov. Plate iv, figs. ro, rx, 12. All southern specimens of Arctosepia have been regarded as braggi, including those from Western Australia, but probably two or three forms are there repre- sented. Meyer (20) received an animal from Garden Island, and figured the bone with the posterior end missing. The remainder measures 35 mm. by 8 mm., suggesting a small specimen. Whitley secured a few bones, but only one is worthy of recognition, as it is definitely not braggi, and is here named as new. It was collected at Point Cloates, Mid-western Australia, and measures 52 mm. long, 12 mm. broad, and 6 mm. in thickness. It will be seen from the figures how dif- ferent this species is, having a comparatively short, broad posterior area, well elevated and showing, instead of a linear groove, a raised rib along the striated area, but the linear groove appears in the last loculus. Practically the whole ventral area, save the extremities, is elevated. The dorsal area is comparatively smooth, with a narrow median elevated rib, and with a large amount of horny margin on the sides exposed. The spine is of the usual rounded style, while the hood is small. Altogether it is unmistakeable. Cotton (6) recorded a Cottesloe specimen of braggi as 64.5 mm. by 11 mm. by 41.7 (sic) mm. [=4.7], and the above is obviously separable from the measure- ments alone. Tenuisepia mira, Cotton. Plate v, figs. 7, 8. This beautiful little bone, described from the Capricorn Group, Queensland (7a), is very fragile, and broken bones have been found as far north as Low Isles, while it has been collected in New South Wales at Trial Bay by Melbourne Ward. So far it has no known relative in the Australian series. The type measured 55 mm. in length, 10.6 mm. in breadth, and 4 mm. in thickness. The specimen, here figured, was collected at Trial Bay, New South Wales, by Mel. Ward, and measures 48 mm. by ro mm. It is small, elongate, five times as long as broad, with the inner cone coincident with the inner limbs; the spine is not keeled, and the dorsal surface is finely pustulose, almost smooth, and there is no ventral sulcus. 76 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. Acanthosepion whitleyanum, Iredale. This tropical species was described (15) from Port Macquarie, New South Wales, but it is not known whether it lives in New South Wales waters. Drifted bones have occurred as far south as Sydney, but it has been commonly found on the Queensland Coast and the Great Barrier Reef. A notable feature of this species is the broad smooth band at each side of the striated area, the broad shallow sulcus of this area occupying more than half its breadth, while there is a very short non-striate area or last loculus. The characters seem to be common to the species of Acanthosepion (sensu lato). The type measured 168 mm. by 56 mm., and in the figure the broad band at the side is not emphasized. Another notable feature is the constant recurving of the spine, which sometimes is seen split on the dry bone, even as in the allied Crumenasepia. Mel. Ward collected a fine series, opposite Bribie Island, Queensland, ranging from the typical measurement to the fine size of 235 mm. by 78 mm. In drying, as noted previously, the horny covering at the base of the spine contracts, and causes the spine to break off, carry- ing the horny hood with it. A series from Michaelmas Cay measured 26 mm. by 10 mm., 30 mm. by 14 mm., 34 mm. by 18 mm., 43 mm, by 20.5 mm., 50 mm, by 21 mm. to 90 mm. by 34 mm., 102 mm. by 41 mm., and 114 mm. by 42 mm. Thence as above from 168 mm. by 56 mm. to 235 mm. by 78 mm. The smallest show the characteristic thickening of the inner cone, but not until over 30 mm. does the chitinous hood appear. Acanthosepion pageorum sp. nov. Pilate iv, figs. 7, 8, 9. When large collections of bones were made at various points in Queensland, on the coast and the Great Barrier Reef. a bone similar in most respects to the preceding one was noted and easily separated, though superficially it agreed in most features. Some shells are notably narrower than others, but whether this is sexual or not is unknown. When a common species is well known it has been found that the sexual variation is small and inconstant, and bones cannot be sepa- rated into male and female. Apparently in the species of Acanthosepion and allied genera there are, however, in many cases, narrow and broad shells, and until animals are studied in series no decision can be made. At the present these are not separated, but regarded as belonging to one species, although this conclusion is open to doubt. Shell medium, elongately oval, anteriorly a little narrowed, more than twice as long as broad, striated area very long, leaving only a short “last loculus,” the striated area being depressed medially into a broad shallow sulcus more than half the whole breadth of the area, which is bounded on each side by a smooth band; the differential feature separating this from whitleyanum is the development of the inner cone into a cup-like, smooth-edged, calcareous rim, which is built up of layers as the shell grows, but is present in the very small bones. The dorsal surface is coarsely pustulose and is scarcely separable from that of whitleyanum, save that a median rib is obsoletely seen; this rib may be noted in small whitleyanum, but is missing in the larger shells; a large chitinous edge is exposed, and the outer cone is covered with a chitinous hood, which does not surround the spine, so that this is not detached in drying. The spine is strongly recurved and round as in whitley- anum. The type, from Keppel Bay, Queensland, measures 135 mm. in length by 50 mm. in breadth; a series from Lindeman Island, Queensland, measuring 58 by 24 mm., 90 by 33 mm., 124 by 42 mm., and 146 by 51 mm. _ The bone collected by Mr. and Mrs. R. Page at Bucasra Beach, near Mackay, Queensland, measured 110 mm. by 43 mm., and is not used as type, as the horny hood is glistening white, and may even represent a different form, for all the others from Queensland, which have been collected at eleven localities, show a yellow hood. As above noted, bones vary in breadth, so that the differentiation into forms must be left to the examination of animal features. Thus, the species has been collected at Melville Island, Northern Territory, Timor Sea, Broome, North-west Australia, Port Cloates, North-west Australia and Shark Bay, the Western speci- mens collected by Whitley. The Timor Sea bone, found floating, is a narrow one, measuring 120 mm. by 39 mm., while the Point Cloates specimen is a broad IREDALE. i 77 one, measuring 140 mm. by 50 mm., an immature from Shark Bay measuring 60 mm. by 25 mm. Acanthosepion ellipticum, Hoyle. Hoyle described (12) this species from “Challenger” Station 188 in the Arafura Sea, but included in Queensland waters. It is a small species for the series, and is remarkable for the formation of the inner cone which produces a cup-like effect, but the outer edge of the cup is thin and almost, as it were, hinged in front. This is so different from the other forms of Acanthosepion that a sub-genus Fiscisepia (16) has been introduced for it. The bones from the Capricorn Group, at the southern end of the Great Barrier Reef, were found to be larger and the dorsal sculpture less pronounced, and as the variation of the form was unknown, were given a sub- specific name adjacens (16). Specimens have been secured at all collecting grounds from Keppel. Bay northward in Queensland as well as in the Pellew Group, Gulf of Carpentaria; Melville. Ieland, Northern Territory, and along the north-west of Australia as far south as Broome. Measurements of the bone of the type specimen were not given, but the figure (13), natural size, measures 72 mm. by 31 mm., while that of adjacens was 105 by 46 mm. Large collections, since received, allow more measurements, the largest of a large series from Melville Island measur- ing from 47 mm. by 20 mm. to 97 by 37 mm., 98 by 42 mm. and gg by 43 mm. A series from Low Island, Queensland, ranged from 49 by 23 mm. to 99 by 45 mm., to ror by 45 mm., and 106 by 44 mm. Three from Broome, Western Australia, measured 68 by 32 mm., 80 by 35 mm., and 80 by 37 mm., thus approaching nearer the measurements of the typical form. ‘ A collection of cuttlebones made recently by Mrs. Joy Kerslake at the Clarence a beaches included a specimen of A. e. adjacens, a new record for New South Wales. Acanthosepion glauerti, Cotton. The description and figure (6) of this species from Rottnest Is., Western Aus- tralia, suggests that it might be an immature of a species of Acanthosepion. The general characters of the genus are displayed in the figures given by Cotton. No specimens have yet been recognised in Whitley's collection, which indicates that it might be a wanderer south only. The type was 50 mm. by 23 mm., and 6 mm. thick. Acanthosepion smithi, Hoyle. This is another of the species described (12) from “Challenger” Station 188 in the Arafura Sea, but this one has not yet been recognised. Adam (3) has made the name a synonym of aculeata, which from the figure and description it certainly is not. These species (of Acanthosepion) do not differ from the juvenile to the adult. The immature of aculeata shows an inner cone cup, as in the adult, but smithi does not show any signs of such a cup in the figure (13). However, the description states that the inner cone is well developed, with a thickened rounded margin, enclosing a deep pit. The type was not measured, but the measurements of another bone were given as 84 mm. by 30 mm. Crumenasepia hulliana, Iredale. The large corneous inner cone was given as the distinctive feature of this group, when the species was described (16) from North Queensland, while it was noted from the Capricorn Group, and the Pellew Group in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Later Cotton added an allied form (6) from Cottesloe, Western Australia, naming it C. ursulae, and specimens have been seen from Geraldton, and also from the Timor Sea, Whitley collecting some floating bones in the lastnamed locality. Mel. Ward also secured it at Melville Island, Northern Territory. The eastern form has been received from Lord Howe Island and New Caledonia. Adam (1) has lumped all the species of Crumenasepia under the name rouxii, given to a bone from Bombay, India, supposing a range from Somaliland to Japan, although differences have been recorded in the animals from various localities, and names proposed by efficient students. The type of hulliana from Howick Island measures: 180mm. by 65. mm., and all 78 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. sizes from 53 by 20 mm., 120 by 39 mm., 120 by 44 mm., reaching over 220 mm. by 75 mm. have been measured. In the very small ones the corneous inner cone is present and recognisable. Whitley collected some very large bones of ursulae at Geraldton measuring 290 mm. by 107 mm. Ponderisepia eclogaria, Iredale. This large shell was decsribed (16) from the Capricorn Group, South Queensland, and noted from North Queensland, New Caledonia, New Hebrides and Fiji. This species has been synonymised with latimanus and hercules by Adam (3), but it does not agree with the description of latimanus, and it is a smaller shell, with minor differences, than hercules, a Japanese species. No long series has been secured from the various localities, but, in the few bones available, the Fiji bone sug- gests separation. The type measured 326 mm. by 128 mm., and is almost the limit so far seen, one reaching 330 by 130 mm., others ranging from 120. by 43, through 130 by 45, 190 by 65, and 240 by 90 mm., in a series collected by Mel. Ward in Queensland. Although Whitley collected extensively in Western Aus- tralia, he did not find any specimens, neither did Mel. Ward in North-western Australia. Metasepia pfefferi, Hoyle. The formation of the bone in this genus is quite unlike that of any other Sepia, being small and diamond-shaped. It was described (12) and figured (13) from Station 188 of the cruise of the “Challenger,” just inside Queensland waters, west of Torres Strait, and the broader shell found at the southern end of the Great Barrier Reef, the Capricorn Group, was given a sub-specific name laxior (16). It has been found at other places along the Queensland coast, at Stradbroke Island, North Keppel Island, Lindeman Island, Michaelmas Cay and Low Isles while Whitley collected specimens at Denham Bay, Shark’s Bay, Western Australia. At the introduction of laxior, it was mentioned that Hoyle’s type measured 45 by 24 mm., while the three laxior were 51 by 32, 36 by 24, 27 by 16 mm.; “also that the largest showed a calcification suggesting formation of a spine.’ The collections abovementioned show the presence of a spine, but it is scarcely calcified, the chito- nous dorsal covering being produced as seen in the figure. This genus is the only one yet known which shows the retention of the chitin, which is seen only at the edges in the rest of the group, uncovered by calcination. In some genera such as Ponderisepia the calcine covering is thick, and can be flaked off, but in others, as Amplisepia, it is so thin that it is almost fused with the chitin. The Denham Bay form, figured on Plate v, figs. 9, 10, 11, may be called M.p. wanda, subsp. nov. The specimen figured is a small one measuring 32 mm, by 20 mm. with 8 mm. in depth. The long horny spine is shown, and there is no calcification present, but a larger one shows a very slight touch, but not as much as in the eastern form. The western one, moreover, shows little calcification of the inner limbs, while in the eastern the inner limbs are well calcified. The ventral surface becomes more swollen with age and size, and a deep median furrow is developed. A larger specimen measured 38 mm. by 23 mm., while a specimen from Stradbroke Island, South Queensland, measured 43 mm. by 27 mm. Sepiella melwardi sp. nov. Plate v, figs 1-6. The bones of the group known as Sepiella are notably different from any of the Sepia bones, and there appears to be a number of species, not one, as claimed by some workers. Species have been named from various places, from the Red Sea to the Moluccas, and the animals have been reviewed by Adam (3). The animals are superficially similar to those of other Cuttlefishes, but the anatomy differs, a superficial character being the existence of a glandular pore at the posterior extremity between the fins. The bone differs at sight in the production of a chitinous fan at the posterior end, and there seems to be a wide difference in the bones, attributed to sexual features. Adam (3) has reviewed the named species, amalgamating some forms irrespective of geographical distribution and then naming a new species, S. weberi from the Moluccas. This was a small species, the male bone measuring 57.5 mm. by 17 mm. by 7 mm. thick, with the IREDALE. 79 last loculus 21 per cent. of the bone, the female bone measuring 67 mm. by 20.5 mm. by 7 mm. thick, with 25.5 per cent. for the Jast loculus. Melbourne Ward collected at Condon Bay, Melville Island, Northern Territory, over fifty bones, mostly broken posteriorly, but all of them, when complete, would be smaller than the above figures They are roughly separable into two series which are here accepted as male and female, the smaller (male) showing a notch in the horny posterior fan, the larger (female) lacking such a notch. The type female measures 53 by 18 mm. by 6.5 mm. thick, and the male 44 mm. by 14 mm. by 6 mm. thick. The figures are explanatory, the dorsal area being medially ribbed, being much more curved in the female, in which the horny fan is more extensive. The female is much wider and proportionately less elevated, the last loculus also varying, being much longer in the female. There is a slight circular depression toward the end of the last loculus in the female, while it is larger and more notable in the male. _ An animal was dredged in 40 fathoms S.E. of Lesueur Island, North-western Australia, and the bone was decalcified by the preservative, but it almost certainly will belong to this species. Rejected Species. Two Indian species have been recorded from Australia, Sepia Indica Orb, and S. rostrata Orb. Neither occurs, the records being based on Acanthosepion- like species. In a note on southern India Sepia, Winckworth recognised three species of the genus as being common, with a new one of which only two speci- mens had been found, while Sepiella was also abundant. Hornell (11) stated that during the months of February-March bones occurred so numerously that ““a woman can collect several hundreds a day.” Winckworth (27) admitted. “Sepia rouxii with three syonyms; Sepia aculeata of which indica had a narrower shell; and Sepia rostrata, which has also two forms.” ‘The new species was named S. prashadi, without comparing it with its apparent congeners. Now Adam (2) has named the “‘rostrata‘‘ shell of Winckworth, as different, calling it winckworthi, but also included smithi as a synonym of aculeata, though the illustrations are nothing much alike. : The African species, capensis, has also figured in connection with Australian bones, but does not occur here. The correct specific name is australis, and while sometimes Glyptosapia bones have been mistaken, at others very unlike bones, as those of Decorisepia rex, have been referred to capensis. The Southern Australian bones sometimes appear from figures to resemble closely South African species, but no close relationship of animals has yet been established. REFERENCES. 1. ADAM, W. (1939).—Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belg., vol. xv, No. 18. 2. ADAM, W. (1939).—Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belg., vol. xv, No. 32. 3. ADAM, W. (1939).—Siboga-Expeditie, livr. 135, pp. 1-122, pls. i-iv, table, and text-figs. 4. BERRY, S. (1918).—Biol. Res. Fishing Exper. “Endeavour,” vol. iv, pt. 5, pp. 258-276, pls. Ixxi-lxxvii, text-figs. 48-61. 5. CHAPMAN, F. (1912).—Victorian Naturalist, vol. xxxix, pp. 23°25, pl. 1. 6. COTTON, B. C. (1929).—Journ. Roy. Soc. W. Austr., vol. xv, pp. 87-94, pls. xiv-xvi. 7. arnt B. C. (1931).—South Australian Naturalist, vol. xii, pp, 39-41, gs. 1-8. ya. COTTON, B. C. (1932).—Rec. S. Austr. Mus., vol. iv, p. 546, figs. 7-9, 8. COTTON, B. C., & GODFREY, F. K. (1940).—Molluscs of South Australia, part ii, pp. 417-442, figs. 406-428. 9. COTTON, B. C., & GODFREY, F. K. (1940).—Malac. Soc. South Austr., publ. No. 2, Syst. List Pelecypoda, etc., Cephalop., pp. 20-21. 80 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. ga. COTTON, B. C. (1946).—South Australian Shells, pl. iii, figs. 48-51 (ani- mals and bones. to. GRAY, J. E. (1849).—Cat. Moll. Ceph. Coll. Brit. Mus. 1, pp. 96-112. rr. HORNELL, J. (1922).—Common Molluscs of South India ‘Gees Fisheries Bull., vol. xiv, pp. 206-208, figs. 59-60). 12. HOYLE, W. (1885).—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. xvi, pp. 189-199. 13. HOYLE, W. (1886).—Challenger Reports, vol. xvi, pp. 1-245, pls. i-xxv, text-figs. 5-6. 14. HOYLE, W. (1909).—Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb., vol. xvii, p. 266. 15. IREDALE, T. (1926)—Australian Zoologist, vol. iv, pp. 186-196, pls. xxi- xxiii, text-figs. 5-6. 16. IREDALE, T. (1926).—Australian Zoologist, vol. iv, pp. 237-240, pl. xxxv. 17 IREDALE, T. (1940).—Australian Zoologist, vol. ix, p. 442. 18. MACPHERSON, H., & CHAPPLE, S. H. (1951).—Mem. Nat. Mee Mel- bourne, No. 17, p. 156. 18a. MAY, W. L. (1923).— Ill. Index Tasmanian Shells, pl. xiii, figs, 1-3. 19. McCOY, F. (188 9).—Prodrom. Zool. Victoria, dec. xix, pls. 188, 189 and 190; text pp. 325-327. 20, MENMERE Wah. (1909).—Fauna Sudwest. Austr., vol. ii, pp. 332-335; figs. 41. 21. ORBIGNY, A. (1848)—Hist. Nat. Cephal. acet. : 21a. OWEN, R. (1881).—Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. xi, p. 134, pls. xxiv-xxv. 22. PFEFFER, G. J. (1884).—Abhandl. Geb. Naturwissen. Ver. Hamburg, vol. - viii, heft ii, pp. 63-90, pls. iviii. 23. QUOY, J. R. C., & GAIMARD, J. P. (1832).—Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., vol. ii, p. 68, pl. ii, figs. 3°11. 24. ROCHEBRUNE,: A. T. (1884).—Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, ser. 7, vol. viii, PP. 74°I12. 25. WERCO, J. (1907).—Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., vol. xxxi, p. 213, pl. RKWii, 1%, 70% 26. VERCO, J., & COTTON, B. C. (142%).—Rec. South Austr. Mus., vol. iv, PPe 1252193: 24. WINCKWORTH, R. (1936).—Proceed. Malac. Soc. (Lond.), vol. xxii, pp. 16-17, pl. iv. EXPLANATION OF PLATES: Plate iv. Length. Breadth. Thick. Figs. 1 & 2—Amplisepia parysatis Iredale .....195 mm. ‘70mm. Type Figs. 3 & 4—Mesembrisepia irvingi Meyer ........ 142mm. 40mm. 16mm. Figs. 5 & 6—Mesembrisepia ostanes Iredale ....... 140mm. 50mm. 1omm. ‘Type Figs. 7, 8, 9—Acanthosepion pageorum Iredale 135mm. 50mm. Type Figs. 10, 11, 12—Arctosepia rhoda Iredale «een 52mm. 12mm. 6mm. _ Type Plate v. Length. Breadth. ~» Thick. Figs. 1, 2, 3—Sepiella melwardi Iredale eessresseme ~ 53mm. 18mm: 6.5immeed ype Figs. 4, 5. 6—Sepiella melwardi Iredale ce ~. 44mm. I4mm. 6mm Figs. 7, 8—Tenwisepia mird Cotton sueemesssessrssse. 48mm. 1omm. Figs. 9, 10, 11—Metasepia pfefferi wanda Iredale 32 mm. 20mm. 8mm. Type Figs, $12.53, pied cra baxteri Iredale .. 83 mm. 37mm. Figs. 15, 16—Blandosepia bartletti Iredale .......... 73mm. 36mm. Type Figs. 17, 18—Solitosepia genista Tredale dessssessn 67mm. 23 mm. Type Figs. 19, 20, 21—Arctosepia braggi xera Iredale "8mm. 16mm. Type Family SEPIIDAE. Solitosepia liliana Ired. 4 ‘IREDALE, CHECK LIST. Class CEPHALOPODA. Sub-class DIBRANCHIA. Order DECACERATA (DECAPODA). 1926.—N.5.W., Q. Solitosepia mestus Gray 1949.—N.S.W., Q., L.H.1: Solitosepia papuensis Hoyle 1885.— N.Q., N.T. Solitosepia submestus Ired. 1926.—Q. Solitosepia lana Ired. 1954.—N.Q. Solitosepia galei Meyer 1909.—M.W.A. Solitosepia occidua Cotton 1929.—S.W.A. Solitosepia genista Ired. 1954—N.W.A. Solitosepia rozella Ired. 1926.—N.S.W. Solitosepia rozella peregrina Ired. 1926.—Q., L.H.I. Solitosepia plangon Gray 1848.—N.S.W., L.H.I. Solitosepia plangon adhaesa Ired. 1926.—Q. Blandosepia baxteri Ired. 1940.—L.H.I. Blandosepia bartletti Ired. Sub-family SOLITOSEPIINAE. 1954—Misima, Louisiade Archipelago. 81 Mesembrisepia novaehollandiae Hoyle 1909=dannévigi Berry 1918.—S.A.. Vic., Tas. Mesembrisepia irvingi Meyer 1909.—S.W.A Mesembrisepia ostanes Ired. Mesembrisepia macandrewi Ired. 1954.—N.W. Tas., RN oe Wee 1926.—S.N.S.W. Mesembrisepia chirotrema Berry 1918.—S.A., S.W.A. Amplisepia apama Gray 1849.—S.A., Vic., Tas., S.W.A. Amplisepia verreauxi Rochebrune 1884.—N.S.W., S$.Q., L.H.1. Amplisepia \parysatis Ired. 1954.—M.W.A. Amplisepia palmata Owen 1881.—Norfolk Island. Decorisepia Decorisepia Decorisepia Glyptosepia Glyptosepia Glyptosepia Glyptosepia Glyptosepia Glyptosepia Arctosepia Arctosepia Arctosepia Arctosepia Arctosepia Arctosepia rex Ired. 1926.—N.S.W., S.Q., E. Tas., EE. jaenschi Cotton 1931.—S.A., Vic. cottesloensis Cotton 1929.—S.W.A., Vic. opipara Ired. 1926.—N.S.W., Q., L.H.I. cultrata Hoyle 1885.—S.N.S.W. hedleyi Berry 1918.—S.A., S.W.A., W. Tas. gemellus Ired. macilenta Ired. 1926.—N.S.W., S$.Q., Vic., 1926.—N.S.W., 8.Q. hendryae Cotton 1929.—S.W.A. Sub-family DORATOSEPIONTINAE. braggi Verco 1901.—S.A., Vic., braggi xera Ired. 1954.—N.W. Tas. limata Ired. 1926.—N.S.W., 8.Q., Vic. versuta Ired. 1926.—N.5S.W. treba Ired. rhoda Ired. 1954.—N.W. Tas. 1954.—M.W.A. Sub-family TENUISEPIINAE. Tenuisepia mira Cotton 1932.—Q., N.N.S.W. Sub-family ACANTHOSEPIONTINAE. Acanthosepion Acanthosepion Acanthosepion Acanthosepion whitleyanum Ired. 1926.—N.S.W., Q. pageorum Ired, glauerti Cotton 1929.—S.W.A. smithi Hoyle 1885.—N. 1954.—Q., N.T., W.A. Q., A. (Fiscisepia) ellipticum Hoyle 1885. VR: Oo UN Wee. A. (Fiscisepia) ellipticum adjacens Ired. 1926.—S.Q., N.N.S.W. Crumenasepia hulliana Ired. 1926.—Q., N.T., L.H.I, Crumenasepia hulliana ursulae Cotton 1929 aati A Ponderisepia eclogaria Ired. 1926.—Q. ER esiase S.N.S.W., N. Tas., LE W.A. 82 CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” AGAIN. Family METASEPIIDAE. Metasepia pfefferi Hoyle 1885.—N.Q. Metasepia ,fejfeii laxior Ired. 1926.—S.Q. Metasepia pfefferi wanda Ired. 1954.—N.T., N.W.A. Family SEPIELLIDAE. Sepiella melwardi Ired. 1954.—N.T., N.W.A. Key to Abbieviations—zx. Tas., eastern Tasmania; L.H.I., Lord Howe Island; M.W.A., mid-western Aust.alia; N.N.S.W., northern New South Wales; N.Q., north Queensland; N.S.W., New South Wales; N.T., Northern Territory; N.W.A., no th weste n Austialia; N.W. Tas., north-western Tasmania; Q., Queensland; S.A., South Austialia; S.N.S.W., southern New South Wales; S.Q., southern Queensland; $.W.A., south-western Australia; Tas., Tasmania; Vic., Victoria; WA,. Western Austialia; and W. las., western Tasmania. All the refe.ences necessary may be traced through the reference list here given The distribut.on of the species in the different States is not yet well known, the number of species recorded being as follows: New South Wales, 17; Queensland, 20; Victoria, 7; Tasmania, 7; South Australia, 7;. Western Austria, srs, and No.the.n ‘lerritory, 5. As Torres Strait and the No:thern Territory have not yet been thoroughly explored for these bones, p.obably most additions will be made from these localities. All the types and series studied are in the Australian Museum, the new names proposed in this paper being Solitosepia lana, S. genista, Blandosepia ba.tletti, Mesembrisepia ostanes, Ampliseia parysatis, Arctosepia braggi xera, A. treba, A. rhoda, Acanthosepion pageo.um,, Metasepia pfefferi wanda, and Sepiella melwardi. BOOK REVIEWS. “General Zoology,” by Tracy I. Storer Second Edition, 1951; pp. 1-832-+xii. Profusely illustrated. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York. Price, £3/4/3. | This second edition of Storer’s “General Zoology” brings up to date and improves a textbook that is already deservedly popular in many countries. The book is arranged in a simple, clear fashion, and is well illustrated, so that it is especially suitable for anyone studying zoology for the first time. Professor Storer uses the classical approach to the subject. In part I he deals in some detail with the frog, as a representative animal, and then passes to a brief but excellent survey of comparative animal biology. This leads naturally to discussion on heredity, genetics, ecology, distribution and evolution. The history of zoology is also dealt with most interestingly, and the first section of the book concludes with a clear account of animal classification and nomenclature. The second and larger section of the book is devoted to a.survey of the animal kingdom, and gives a synopsis of this fascinating subject in a surprisingly small space. The illustrations in this section are excellent and deserve special mention, since they would be such a help to the beginner trying to classify his collection. Some of the obscure and smaller groups, generally omitted from elementary text- books as being too difficult for a beginner, are most clearly explained, so that the conspectus of the animal kingdom is complete. Because of this, the book is an excellent one for the amateur naturalist and a splendid reference book for school and private libraries. It can be recommended for any zoologist from school grade to senior University standard. —E. Pope. ‘Bees of the Portland District.’ By Tarlton Rayment. 8vo. Published by the Portland Field Naturalists’ Club, Victoria, Australia, on the Coronation Day of Queen Elizabeth II, June, 1953; pp. 1-39, 1 pl., 3 figs. This brochure treats with the native bees found in the historic district of Port- land, Victoria. Over twenty new species are described, and sub-species and allo- types of other forms recorded. In addition the author gives interesting notes on the biology of certain species. Among the parasites and commensals the author records a new species of mutillid wasp, Ephutomorpha auricrucis, parasitic on the larvae of Euryglossa maculata Sm., and refers to other species of mutillids which frequent the nests of bees. As references to these, and other insects, are made only in the general description of the bees, they are apt to be overlooked by workers specialising in groups other than the bees themselves. Where insects of other orders or families are thus mentioned, it would be in the best interests of ento- mology for the author to provide a brief précis at the beginning of the paper. —A. Musgrave. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PLATE I. MITES FROM BEES. Tarlton Rayment del. PEATE, TE: THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PLATE III. 1. Eel. 2. Scorpion Fish. 3. Marlin. A. Fraser-Brunner, J. Beeman and G. P. Whitley del. PEATE IV. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PRON Keen yc arenas cates ee = p5cgpied 1 i Nm ome ap Siena ones Wririne — _ ~ : Cuttle-fish “Bones.” G. P. Whitley del “ PLATE V. VOL. cit: OGIST N ZOOL I 4) as = ah of tne * ay & 7°. Weer > So ae ee oe Cuttle-fish “Bones.” ley, del. G. P. Whit ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. MEMBERSHIP. (The Society’s year commences on Ist July.) Fees commencing Ist July, 1953, as follows:— Class. Amount of Subscription. Peete: Marista ie ion aia he ty ania COME blah: (00) 9 aim ena Ordinary Member .. my ute AME COR PA oo gee Ved VET en (Members joining after lst January in any year pay one-half subscription.) Life Associate Member... .. .. .. .. .. ©.. £10 10 0 inonesum ae eee ee ee URAC gE PU IG GLA LRN ap RE A cant ae LENE ale >7'4 Ad I 1 Honorary Member .. | Austral for services to Honorary Associate Member nai ores Rage or Junior Members A Rete ey rE 5 0O per annum TITLES. (Conferred by the Council.) For valuable services Fellow : to the Society or to . Australian Zoology. Associate Benefactor .. For contribution of £100 to the Society’s funds PUPOTAOLOR i 2's! bis Moeta. alaters * it SOOO ie a ne hy . Endowment Member ... _,, Til AE) 0) | a a ie ie PRIVILEGES. Members of all classes may attend all meetings of the Society and its various Sections. Every member (other than an Associate or Life Asso- ciate member) receives a free pass to Taronga Zoological Park and Aquarium, and twelve tickets each year, admitting 12 adults or 24 chil- dren to the Park only. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Royal Zoological Society - of New South Wales, 28 Martin Place, Sydney. PUBLICATIONS. “The Australian Zoologist.” A journal containing papers relating to the Zoology of Australia. Published at irregular intervals. Subscription to ordinary members elected prior to lst July, 1933, ls. per annum; ordinary members elected after 30th June, 1933, and all associate members, 2s. 6d. per annum. | Price Vol. No. Parts. Date. Pages. Plates. (Unbound). Sins I 8 1914-20 256 19 ye ta II 4 1921-22 172 45 12)°'6 III 8 1922-25 362 41 18: 8 IV 6 1925-27 362 49 sR aaa V 4 1927-29 362 41 1.9 VI 4 1929-31 394 32 100 Vil 5 1931-33 398 23 page 6 BN VIII 4 1934-37 346 19 17.6 IX 4 1937-40 454 38 | ba | te x 3 1941-44 334 20 Poo 0 XI 4 1945-51 372 42 Bo XII a, 1954 82 5 42/6 PUBLICATIONS—Continued. PROCEEDINGS. Published annually since 1933-34. Price, 1s. per annum; 3s. per annum from 1951-52. Free to all members and associates. Index to Special Articles in the Proceedings, 1933-43, 6d. post free. NOTE.—Single parts of any volume may be obtained at published c prices, less 20 per cent. to members or associates. Prices may be ascer- tained on application to the Honorary Secretary. ‘Revision of the New South Wales Turridae,” by Charles F. Laseron, F.R.Z.S. Now in the Press, approx. 56 pages, 12 plates with 264 drawings. ae 7s. 6d., plus postage. (Prices less 20% to members and associates.) AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS AND SPECIAL REPRINTS. “Australian Insects,” by Keith C. McKeown, F.R.Z.S., 300 pp., and — over 400 illustrations. Second edition (revised). Price, 1s. 6d. Plus postage. “Bibliography of Australian Entamoleey. 1775-1930,” by Anthony Musgrave, F.E.S. 390+vii pp. Price, 10s. Plus postage. “Basic List of the Land Mollusca of sion aia by Torn Iredale. Reprints, three parts, 5s., post free. “A Check List of the Birds of Paradise and Bower-Birds,’ by Tom Iredale. Reprint, complete in one part. 5s., post free. CONTENTS OF THIS PART. Revision of the Liotiidae of New South Wales, by C. F. Laseron ..... i _ Incidence of Acarid Mites on the Biology of Bees, by T. Rayment ..... Seis IN Three New Land Shells from New South Wales, by C. F.-McLauchlan _..... 39 Land Shells originally Introduced, by C. F. McLauchlan ...... oak See 40 Distribution of the Green Vegetable Bug (Nezara viridula var. smaragdula Fabr.) in 1950. Other Bier Likely to be confused with it, by C. E, Chadwick __..... ag he Litas neh Hs ssw) Si led 41 Remarkable Bees from a Rain alee by T. Rayment ..... Lae RiP tet a nd 46 More New Fish Names and Records, by G. P. Whitley ...... shi va nace Cuttle Fish “Bones” Again, by T. Iredale ..... pul aed pe 63 Batic Reviews wees yo tak ee eae Sota anitabh RTA) cess, Nd ade caabee | OD “THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should be typewritten. Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are de- sired when submitting MS. Twenty-five reprints of any article appearing under a separate title will be supplied gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained on application to tne Hon, Secretary. Wholly set up and printed in Australia for Esquire Press, by Lake & Ashes, 389°391 Sussex Street, Sydney, New South Wales. THE _ AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST @,%.%.20.,% Issued by the ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES re [ A A, \ es 4a 21 1°55 _}} ~ LIBPARY ZB Zaiison Edited by GILBERT WHITLEY, F.R.ZS. Vol. XII — Part 2. © July 18, 1955 (Price 12/6) All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, 28 Martin Place, Sydney. Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post as a periodical. yr A or A HHO HOCH OH OHOHOHOHOH OE OHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOH OHO OHH OHO HOH HOO miettctctctctotetatetctctstctotataterctctcraterctatctctctctotstotetetstctotctotctctcterctoretatetctercnototetetcncnctstetetststt ‘2s —— ‘ ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES Established 1879 REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT 1899 (1917) ey By Patron:.- ; | His Excellency Lieutenant-General Sir John Northcott, K.C.M.G., K.C.V.O., C.B. Vice-Patrons: Sir Philip Woolcott Game, G.C.V.0O., G.B.E., K.C.B., K.C.M.G., D.S.O. The Right Honourable Sir John Greig Latham, G.C.M.G. COUNCIL, 1954-55 President: James Roy Kinghorn, F.R.Z.S., C.M.Z.S., F.C.A.8. Vice-Presidents: Sir Edward Hallstrom, K.B., F.R.Z.S. Garnet Halloran, M.D., B.Sc., F.R.C.S. .(Edin.), F.R.A.C.S., F.R.Z.§;. i Emil Herman Zeck, F.R.Z.S. . ;: Aubrey Halloran, 0.B.E., B.A., LL.B., F.R.Z.S. : Honorary Secretary: Mrs. Leone Harford. Honorary Solicitor: Aubrey Halloran, O.B.E., B.A., LL.B., F.R.Z.S. Honorary Editor: Gilbert. Percy Whitley, F.R.Z.5. Honorary Treasurer: Geoffrey Alan Johnson Members of Council: Lieut.-Colonel Henry Burgh Theodore Cleveland Roughley, B.Sc., Ernest Jeffrey Gadsden SVE RS. Percy Fincham Harvey Ellis Le Geyt Troughton, F.R.Z.S., James Allen Keast, M.Sc. C.M.Z.S. Charles F. Laseron, F.R.Z.S. John Waterhouse. Anthony Irwin Ormsby, LL.B. Leonard Webber. OFFICERS (Non-Councillors) Assistant Honorary Treasurer: R. Murnin. Honorary Auditor: M. 8. Davies, F.C.A. (Aust.). Honorary Librarian: Mrs. P. R. Johnston. Assistant Honorary Secretary: Miss J. M. Coleman. OFFICERS OF SECTIONS Avicultural Section: Chairman: L. Webber Hon. Secretary: P. Harvey Marine Zoological Section: Chairman: F. McCamley Hon. Secretary: L. Walters Budgerigar Section: Chairman: H. Yardley Hon. Secretary: J. MacNamara - Ornithological Section: Chairman: W. R. Moore ~ Hon. Secretary: A. McGill General Section: Chairman: E. J. Gadsden Hon. Secretary: Mrs. H. Gregory THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PLATE XX. The females of the vernal (Sept.) genera- tion are indubitably vir- gins, beautifully colored, with head and thorax of lustrous metallic-green; the abdomen and legs bright apricot. They never leave the parental home because there is no sexual urge driving them forth. They only extend the parental shafts; provision the - cells, and deposit eggs, but none lives to see the progeny emerge. The mid-summer gen- eration (Dec.) is a bi- sexual one of jet-black males and _ females which, after mating, de- part from the parental home to found new colonies. The males die shortly after. The au- tumnal (Mar.) genera- tion are all virgins, but black like their mothers, and their progeny will. hibernate over winter, and emerge in spring as the colorful virgins. Color page printed and denated by The Argus, Melbourne THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST Ole NUL Pare 2. Revision of the New South Wales Eulimoid Shells By CHARLES F. LASERON, F.R.Z.S. Honorary Correspondent, Australian Museum, Sydney (Figures 1-78.) This research has been assisted by a grant from the Science and Industry Endowment Fund. INTRODUCTION. Shells attributed to the family Eulimidae from the Peronian Zoogeographical Province are long overdue for a complete revision. The group has never been studied as a whole, and previous authors have contented themselves with describing some of the numerous species, using a few long established generic names, often in a wide and sometimes in a very loose fashion. A very great number of species occurs in the Australian provinces, in New Zealand, and in the tropics, and the older classifications, adapted from the comparatively few European species, are quite inadequate to cope with the wealth of material elsewhere. Such names for instance as Hulima, Leiostraca, Strombiformis, Melanella and Stilifer have little meaning when applied to Australian forms. This can be seen when different authors have placed the same species sometimes in one, sometimes in others of these genera. Hedley in his Check List used Hulima, Melanella, Strombi- formis and Stilifer for most of the species then described, and May in his Tasmanian list used the same genera, but often differently for the same species. Powell in New Zealand used Balcis and Hulima to cover similar groups, but with quite a different interpretation, and so the whole classifica- tion of the family in southern waters is in a confused state, with no means of checking its possible relationship with the rest of the world. No differentiation is here made between the Eulimidae proper and the Stiliferae, though most conchologists now consider them as distinct families. The critical shell difference between the two families is that the Eulimidae possess an operculum, the Stiliferae do not. Most of the latter appear to be wholly parasitic, and the fact that some of the undoubted Eulimidae are also parasitic has led some authors wrongly to include them with the Stilifers. It is doubtful if any true Stiliferae have yet been found in the Peronian Province. In Hedley’s Check List, the so-called Stilifer brazieri possesses an operculum, and is here considered a true eulimid under the new generic name of Chryseulima. Stilifer lodderae and S. petterdi are of very doubtful classification; they are now given the new name of Stilimella, but their affinity with any other recognized group is unknown. The shell listed by May from Tasmania as Stilifer brazieri is certainly not that species, but has a shell much closer in form to a true Stilifer than any of our species. One or two Flindersian forms may also belong to this family. The deep water species, Hulimoda munita Hedley, has characters which also somewhat approach the Stilifers, and it also generally resembles the Queensland shell which Hedley named Scalenostoma striatum (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1900, p. 507, pl. 36, figs. 15-17). As this species has no operculum, a link with the Stiliferae is suggested. The difficulties of providing an adequate classification are great. The comparative simplicity of the shell affords few prominent characters to separate the different groups of species. It is obvious when studying the SEP 1 6 1058 84 EULIMOID SHELLS species of a particular province that many such groups exist, often numerically small, but so similar that the conclusion is inevitable that there is a common ancestry, and that such groups of species should have a distinctive generic or subgeneric name. Such genera or subgenera may be represented in adjoining provinces, but the farther away from the locus of ancestral origin, the less likely is relationship between shells of even the Same apparent general form. As far as is known the Eulimidae have no free swimming larval stage, and consequently the geographical range of species is comparatively small. Though many species have been considered as common to the Peronian, Maugean (Tasmanian) and Flindersian Provinces, investigation has in nearly every case shown that the original identifications were wrong, and that different species are indicated. A few species may be temporarily retained as common to the different provinces, but further comparison may show that even here there are differences, at least racial if not specific. Though many small groups of closely related species can be recognized, it is more difficult to link these groups into larger units. No one or more characters can be found which will link several groups or divide the whole family into a few recognizable divisions. This means that either one genus is used for the whole, or there must be a great number of genera, each with a few species. Faced with the alternative the latter course, though drastic, seems to be nearer the natural truth, and it should also facilitate further study. Whether the new names be considered generic or subgeneric is immaterial, as neither a genus nor subgenus is a natural unit, the degree of relationship of species which decides their use being merely a matter of personal opinion and convenience. Any hesitation in proposing this new subdivision was removed when Mr. Tom Iredale showed me a classification he had prepared many years before. This so coincided with my own that it was hard to realize they had been prepared independently. Some of the new names used, Curveulima, Stricteulima, Cuspeulima, Hebeulima and ‘“Hulimoda were those Mr. Iredale had originally selected. Of the new genera here proposed, most of the Tasmanian and Southern Australian species will fit within them, though some are not represented south of the Peronian Province. Some definitely extend into Queensland, but in that State, as might be expected, are many others which will need new generic names. A revision of the Queensland forms will be a task of considerable magnitude, for the majority are unnamed, but when in the future this is done, it will be a step towards establishing the relationships and differences of the different provinces of the Australian marine fauna as a whole. One important shell feature of the EHulimidae seems, curiously enough, to have been entirely overlooked by previous authors, and I can find no reference to it in literature. This is the sinuosity of the outer margin of the aperture when viewed laterally. So constant is this feature in all the species examined, that it can probably be taken as a family characteristic. The sinus is never deep nor slitlike as in the Turridae, but the thin margin of the aperture is typically rounded, bending back both anteriorly and posteriorly where it again recurves upwards to make a shallow recess below the suture. There is little difference in the general form of the protoconch throughout the family. The initial whorl is in the form of a flat dome, varying greatly in size, and sometimes a little tilted. No sinusigera protoconchs have been seen, nor any terminated by a varix. Nor has any sinistral coiling, as in the Pyramidellidae, been observed. The mucronate apices of Hypermastus and the tropical Mucrondalia are distinctive, but in the other genera the difference is largely one of size, and the possession of either a blunt or acicular apex is very useful for specific and sometimes for generic separation. Shell texture is also very important. Nearly all the species have thin shells which may be nearly opaque, but which are generally translucent or even quite transparent. Most of the parasitic forms and some of the others have porcellanous shells which are highly polished. Or the texture may be LASERON 85 so vitreous that the shells appear to be formed of clear glass. The colour of many species is a milky white, others may be quite colourless, others again are uniformly yellow or brown, or are spotted or banded with brown. This feature seems very constant in the species, and unless the specimens are old and faded is very useful in identification. The animals and habitats of most of the species are unknown. Only three species in the Peronian Province are known to have a parasitic or commensal existence, and of these one is found on a common starfish, the other two on holothurians. A few other species have been taken alive when dredging, and others in kelp roots or mussel beds, but no observations of their animals have been made. The majority, in fact, have been found in shell sand on the beaches, and many evidently live in the sand below low water on the outer coast. Most of the material used in this research has been collected by my son John and myself over many years, either directly or picked from samples of shell sand procured by our shell collecting friends. In the preparation of the paper itself I am once again under a deep debt of gratitude to Mr. Tom Iredale, formerly conchologist of the Australian Museum. Completed at a time when sickness has prevented me from leaving the house, he has frequently visited me, discussed problems as they arose, helped me from his great experience and knowledge of literature, and looked up types and references at the Australian Museum itself. In my life I have known no other scientist who has so generously, enthusiastically and unselfishly gone out of his way to help another. All the types, as well as specimens illustrated, have been presented to the Australian Museum, where they will be kept intact for future reference. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES EULIAMAUSTRA, gen. nov. Genotype, Hulima proxima Sowerby. Shell elongated, conical and acuminate, whorls numerous and flattened, ‘aperture short, inner margin sometimes slightly reflected. Texture porcel- lanous, translucent, white, and highly polished. In the past this well known genotype has been called Hulima, and various authors have been content to leave it there without comment. Unfortunately Eulima has a long and complicated career in literature, and it has been variously used to include many shells of obviously different relationship. Different authors have even quoted didfferent species as the genotype, but apparently the true Hulima is more akin to vitreous shells with long apertures, some of which are listed in Hedley’s Check List under Strombiformis da Costa. Under the circumstances it seems best to cut the Gordian knot, and propose a new genus for Australian shells with the characters given above. Nothing is known of the animal, but ea aia they live in sand below the limit of low tide. Eulimaustra proxima (Sowerby). Plate AS figs) te2: Eulima proxima Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xv, 1866, pl. 6, fig. 48. The type locality is Port Jackson, and it is a well defined species, not uncommon on the outer beaches, and ranging down onto the continental shelf. The specimen figured came from 30-35 fathoms off Crookhaven, its length 11 mm. and width 3.8 mm. The operculum is brown and thin, but too far retracted for examination. Mature specimens have the body whorl rounded, but in immature individuals it is distinctly angular. The shell is porcellanous and very highly polished, the colour pure white, though some- times appearing brown from the dried animal within. o 86 EULIMOID SHELLS Eulimaustra anomala, sp. nov. Plate), ese 3.4. Shell elongate, conical, acuminate, apex slightly bent, white, translucent, highly polished. Apex slightly bent, with a minute, oblique protoconch of 4+ whorls. Mature whorls ten, regular, flattened, sutures not distinct, body whorl rather long, rounded anteriorly. Aperture short, pyriform, acuminate posteriorly, not produced anteriorly, outer margin straight, viewed laterally with a slight curve, rather flattened anteriorly and slightly angled with the inner, margin which is slightly recurved. Length 5.5 mm., width approxi- mately 1.7 mm. Locality: —One mature and one juvenile found crawling on a holothurian at Woolgoolga. Remarks:—It is with some doubt that this is placed in Hulimaustra, as its association with a holothurian suggests those species dealt with later under Chryseulima. It lacks however, the rounded whorls, and indented sutures of those species. The short but rather elongate aperture also suggests other relationship than with Hulimaustra. Its inclusion here can be considered provisional. Its nearest relation is probably the Tasmanian species Hulima mayii Tate to which it bears close resemblance. ; Genus HYPERMASTUS Pilsbry. Genotype, Hypermastus coxi Pilsbry. Shell like Hulimaustra, white porcellanous, highly polished and with flat whorls and short aperture, but more cylindrical with a convex spire and a peg-like protoconch. Habitat unknown, but generally found in shell sand in deeper water. This is a well defined group easily recognized by the convex spire and protoconch. Amongst species from beyond Australia I should say that pervegrandis Powell from New Zealand undoubtedly comes here. Hypermastus coxi Pilsbry. Plate 1, figs. 6, 7, 8. Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1899, p. 258, pl. 11, f. 3-4. This is not a common species, but a good series was obtained from a sandy bottom, 6-9 fathoms, Sow & Pigs, Reef, Port Jackson. It is rather variable in width and a few specimens have the spire slightly bent, but it is otherwise constant. The specimen illustrated is slenderer than many others, its length 12 mm., and width 2.8 mm. Hypermastus mucronatus (Sowerby). Plates nes. 910) ak: Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xv, 1866, pl. 6, f. 42. This species is not uncommon in shell sand on the outer beaches, and a good series was obtained from the Ocean Beach, Manly, the specimen figured being 4.7 mm. in length and 1.5 mm. wide. Like H. cozi, its range extends to Tasmania, and there seems no difference in specimens from that State. It is very close to H. cozi but is less than half the length and relatively much broader. Hypermastus (2) spp. Plate 1 fss. 2) le. Two minute specimens, each 1.5 mm. in length were sorted from shell sand at Port Stephens; they are of such distinctive appearance that they are here illustrated for future reference. The peg-like apex is of about the same size as and matches that of Hypermastus and it is possible that they may be juveniles of two species of that genus. The next two whorls, LASERON 87 however, are rounded with an indented suture and do not quite match the smooth summits of either the two species coxi or mucronatus. If they are mature then they represent two different species of a quite new genus, but much more material must be available before this question can be determined. CHRYSEULIMA, gen. nov. Genotype, Stilifer brazieri Angas. Chryseulima is here used tentatively for one of the groups of Eulimidae which are either parasitic or have a commensal association with echinoderms, but excluding Stilifer which has no operculum. The bulk of such species are tropical, and the limited data available from the Peronian Province are insufficient to attempt any full revision here. This particular genetic problem needs a much wider field. For instance in northern Australian waters are many molluscs which may belong to the EHulimidae but more likely to the separate family of the Stilifers, and which are completely parasitic within echinoderms particularly the holothurians. These probably have complicated life histories, for it is known that in development towards maturity, such degeneration sometimes takes place that not only the shell virtually disappears but many of the anatomical features of the gasteropod also. This problem is practically untouched, and provides a wide field for future specialized research. It is probable, however, that each species of parasitic mollusc is associated with one species only of asteroid, echinoid or holothurian. From the tectonic point of view the shell of Chryseulima as here used is like that of Hulimaustra, white, porcellanous, and highly polished, but is relatively broader, the whorls are rounded and inflated, and the sutures indented. The operculum is thin, almost transparent and pale yellow. The animal has the long anterior extension of the foot characteristic of the EKulimidae, and when crawling the head is kept within the shell, through which the eyes are clearly visible. Slight varices may be present on the Shell, extending continuously up the spire. In southern Australia several species are probably congeneric with Chryseulima. Of these one is listed in May’s Tasmanian Check List as EHulima munita Hedley, and is described as living attached to sea-urchins. It is certainly not Hedley’s species which is discussed later in this paper as HEulimoda munita, but is apparently an unnamed species of Chryseulima. Some of the Queensland species will belong to the same genus; others are of such varied shell-characters that new generic names will be necessary. Mucronalia Adams is available for one distinctive group. These range from the Indian Ocean over North Australia, and my son John Laseron has collected undescribed species from Thursday Island and Bowen in Queens- land. Mucronalia has a very inflated shell and a mucronate apex. Chryseulima brazieri (Angas). Plate 1, figs. 14, 15. Stilifer brazieri, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. 173, pl. 26, f. 12. This is the only local species definitely associated with starfish, and it is quite common, crawling on the ventral surface or even quite within the mouth of the common Cosinasterias catimaria. When removed from its host the animal remained alive and active in a jar of seawater for upwards of 24 hours. The specimen figured came from Long Reef, its length being 6.8 mm. and width 2.7 mm. From Shark Island, Port Jackson, in addition to specimens found on Cosinasterias a single specimen was found crawling on a brittle star, but this is probably an accidental association. The species is apparently truly parasitic, and feeds on the secretions of its host. In Queensland allied species are found actually encysted in the arms of starfish. It is probable that they find access through an accidental wound or abrasion and then feed on the tissue of the starfish which by further growth com- pletely encloses them. 88 EULIMOID SHELLS The shell of brazieri is perfectly smooth, lustrous, and sometimes has a slight bend in the spire. The species also appears on the Tasmanian Check List (May 999), as from deep water, but the specimen figured is quite a different shell, and is more akin to the shell of a true Stilifer. Chryseulima solitaria sp. nov. Plate 1, figs. 16, 17. Shell small, broadly conical, white, porcellanous, translucent, highly polished. Apex acicular, at a slight angle, of 33 whorls. Remaining whorls six, short, rounded, a very slight shelf below the sutures, body whorl inflated, sutures indented. Aperture short, prolonged anteriorly, outer margin rounded, flattening a little anteriorly, when viewed laterally round, and very slightly sinuate below the suture. Inner margin nearly straight, reflected. Length 5.5 mm., width 2.2 mm. Locality: —Crawling on a holothurian, Long Reef (type collected by Mr. D. McAlpine). Remarks:—This is very close to C. brazieri, but apart from living on a different host, it is a shorter, broader shell, the whorls are shorter, slightly flattened, the aperture is slightly a different shape, and the apex is much more acuminate. Unfortunately the specific identity of the host was not noted, but it gives some confirmation to the expectation that each species of echinoderm will harbour its particular species of parasitic mollusc. Genus CURVEULIMA gen. nov. Genotype Curveulima cornuta Laseron. Curveulima is here proposed for a well defined group of Australian and Antarctic shells which have been formerly placed under Melanella Bowdich. Melanella was proposed as long ago as 1822, preceding Hulima by four years, and in a broad sense can be applied to most of the EKuropean species which are called Hulima. In 1889 Dall (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xviii, p. 376) suggested the use of Melanella for eulimids with bent spires. It is very doubtful if the Australian shells have any real relationship with the Huropean forms, and the loose usage of Melanella can be very deceptive, suggesting as it does a world-wide distribution and possible relationships which do not really exist. The characters of Curveulima as here used are as follows. All the species are small, more or less conical, vitreous and transparent, white to colourless, with bent and twisted spires. The apertures are short and exert, the outer margin thin and viewed laterally rounded and sinuate below the suture. The inner margin is generally slightly reflected. The habitat is not known, but they probably live in sand below the limit of low tide. The form suggests that they might be parasitic, but as they are quite common in shell sand on the outer beaches, and have never been noticed in association with any other organism, this is unlikely. One specimen which was dredged alive shows what is apparently a thin operculum, but it was too far retracted for examination. Separation into species has not been easy, owing mainly to individual variation. Very little work has been done previously. Two or three species have been described from Tasmania and South Australia, and subsequent authors have been content to give these names to Peronian species without critical examination. Thus the Tasmanian species petterdi was identified by Hedley from the “Thetis” Expedition, while commensalis and petterdi were identified by Tate from Port Stephens. These two species were included in Hedley’s Check List in 1917. Examination of long series collected from the ocean beaches shows, how- ever, that many more species exist. Seven have so far been sorted out, and as none of these can be identified either with petterdi or commensalis all are proposed as new. In order to clarify the identification of commensalis I wrote to Mr. B. C. Cotton of the South Australian Museum, and he kindly sent me typical specimens of Tate’s species for comparison. These were LASERON 89 commensal or parasitic on echinoids. These resemble the species I have called litoris but are broader at the base and have a much deeper sinus in the margin of the aperture. I am satisfied the true commensalis has not been found in-New South Wales. (See figs. 76, 77). Though there is some degree of variation within each species, there are certain characters, not always obvious, which are constant enough to be definitely specific. The chief of these characters is the apex, which may be very broad and rounded as in obtusa, intermediate in two other species, or acuminate in three more. The relative length of the body whorl and aperture, the rotundity or otherwise of the whorls, and the texture are other useful features for recognition. The following key will give a guide to the N.S.W. species. A. Aperture and body whorl long. 1. cornuta B. Aperture and body whorl short. a. Apex very blunt. 2. obtusa b. Apex intermediate. Shell broad and pyramidal. 3. lata Shell narrow, flattened whorls. 4. subobtusa c. Apex acuminate. Medium width, rounded aperture. 5. litoris Narrow, aperture flattened anteriorly. 6. abrupta Slender, colourless and transparent. 7. manifesta Another character shown in the drawings is important and constant, that is the relative curvature of the aperture when viewed laterally and the depth of the subsutural sinus. It is probable that Curveulima is confined to southern waters. Outside Australia at least one species occurs off the Antarctic continent, Melanella laseroni having been described by Hedley. Curveulima cornuta, sp. nov. Plate 1, figs. 18, 19. Shell of average size for the genus, conical with the spire strongly and regularly curved, white to nearly colourless, vitreous and quite transparent. Apex rounded, and of intermediate obtuseness. Whorls eight, flattened, sutures not impressed and sometimes hardly visible. Body whorl very long, about half the total length, evenly rounded to the base. Aperture long and lunate, not produced anteriorly, outer margin regularly curved and arcuate, making a sharp angle with the nearly straight inner margin, which is only very slightly reflected. Outer margin laterally evenly curved with a narrow sinus below the suture. Length 4.5 mm., width 1.5 mm. approximately. Localities: —Ocean Beach, Manly (type); common also on other ocean beaches, Port Stephens, Cronulla, etc. Remarks:—This is apparently the species previously identified with petterdi which has the same long body whorl and aperture. The true Tasmanian petterdi has, however, a slenderer and more elongate shell with a greater number of whorls. Curveulima obtusa, sp. nov. Plate 1, figs. 20, 21. Shell of average size for the group, conical, with bent spire, white, texture vitreous and shining, translucent. Apex blunt, the protoconch a single, broad, dome-shaped whorl. Remaining whorls seven, generally slightly rounded but occasionally nearly flat, sutures slightly indented, body whorl rounded. Aperture short, slightly produced anteriorly, outer margin rounded, laterally only slightly rounded and very slightly sinuate below the suture. Inner margin curved and slightly reflected. Length 4.5 mm., width 1.7 mm. approximately. Localities: —Ocean Beach, Manly (type); Port Stephens and other beaches (fairly common). 90 EULIMOID SHELLS Remarks:—The very blunt apex at once distinguishes this from all other local species. It is somewhat variable, particularly in width, and some specimens have the whorls flatter and the sutures less indented than others. Curveulima lata, sp. nov. Plate 1, fig. 22. Shell broadly conical, spire curved, white, semi-porcellanous, translucent. Apex blunt, but not so much as in C. obtusa, the protoconch a single, dome- shaped whorl. Remainder of whorls seven, short, slightly rounded, sutures slightly indented. Body whorl large, inflated, slightly angled at the base. Aperture short and wide, extended anteriorly, outer margin rounded, inner margin curved and slightly reflected. Length 3.6 mm., width 1.6 mm. approximately. Locality: —14 fathoms off Long Reef. Remarks:—This most resembles C. obtusa, but the apex is not so blunt, the shell is much wider, the body whorl is slightly angled at the base, and the texture is rather heavier and not so transparent. Curveulima subobtusa, sp. nov. Plate 1, fig. 23. Shell comparatively large, conical, narrow, spire regularly curved, white, translucent. Apex rounded, obtuse but not broadly so. Whorls eight, short, nearly flat, sutures faintly impressed but distinct. Body whorl short, flat to the periphery, sub-angled and curved to the base. Aperture ovate, broad, short, slightly produced anteriorly. Outer, anterior and inner margins rounded, the latter slightly reflected. Outer margin of type slightly imperfect, but apparently laterally sinuate. Length 3.9 mm., width 1.3 mm. approximately. Locality: —From seaweed washings, Long Reef. Remarks:—With C. lata this species forms a group within the genus with moderately blunt apices. It differs from lata mainly by being much narrower, and by having more and flatter whorls. The aperture is also rather different in shape, and less rounded. Curveulima litoris, sp. nov. Plate 1, figs. 24, 25. Shell small, conical, spire bent, white, vitreous and transparent. Apex acuminate with a small dome-shaped protoconch. Remaining whorls 9, slightly rounded with slightly indented sutures, but this character is variable as some specimens have the whorls nearly flat. Body whorl inflated, rounded. Aperture short, not extended anteriorly, expanded, outer margin rounded, laterally very rounded with a short sub-sutural sinus. Inner margin rather straight, slightly reflected. Length 3.5 mm., width 1.3 mm. approximately. Locality:—Manly Beach, fairly common. Remarks:—Though somewhat variable both in width and in the rotundity of the whorls, the acute apex at once distinguishes this from C. obtusa, which it generally resembles in form. This is probably the species previously identified as the South Australian Hulima commensalis Tate, but comparison with specimens of typical commensalis show that it is not that species. Curveulima abrupta, sp. nov. Plate Dies Zoey v2: Shell small, slender, pale white, vitreous and transparent. Spire curved. Apex acuminate with a single-whorled dome-shaped protoconch. Remaining whorls nine, nearly flat, sutures hardly indented. Body whorl not inflated, flat and rounded on the base. Aperture short, extended anteriorly, rather narrow, outer margin rounded but flattened anteriorly, making nearly a right LASERON 91 angle with the straight, slightly reflected inner margin. Outer margin laterally rounded, sinuate below the suture. Length 2.9 mm., width .8 mm. approximately. Locality: —Ocean Beach, Manly. Remarks:—This is the second species with an acuminate apex, and at the same time it is the narrowest of the species discussed. The form of the aperture also differs from the other species. Curveulima manifesta, sp. nov. Plate 1, figs. 28, 29. Shell small, very thin, elongate, spire curved, colourless and quite trans- parent. Animal brown, showing through the shell, and with apparently a thin brown operculum, but too far retracted for examination. Apex acuminate, protoconch as in the other species. Mature whorls nine, slightly curved, sutures indented. Body whorl rounded and slightly inflated. Aper- ture oval, extended anteriorly, outer margin rounded, rounded anteriorly, inner margin also rounded and slightly reflected. Outer margin viewed laterally strongly rounded and bent back towards the sub-sutural sinus. Length 3.3 mm., width 1 mm. approximately. Locality: —30-35 fathoms off Crookhaven. Remarks:—This is another slender, acuminate species, but it differs from abrupta in the form of the aperture, and from this and all the other species by its very thin shell and vitreous, colourless and quite transparent texture. STICTEULIMA, gen. nov. Genotype Sticteulima cameroni Laseron. Shell sub-porcellanous, translucent, form like Curveulima with a bent spire, but of irregular growth and irregularly spotted with chestnut. Inner margin strongly reflected and a layer of callus on the body whorl. This forms a small natural group of species akin probably to Curveulima. There is a species from the Hope Islands, Queensland; the genotype is from northern New South Wales, and other species are found in the Indian Ocean. Sticteulima cameroni, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 30, 31. Shell slenderly conical, of irregular growth, spire bent, sub-porcellanous, tranuslucent, white, irregularly covered with chestnut dots. The disposition of the coloured spots varies in individual shells, they are sometimes isolated, at other times segregated into irregular patches, or they may be partially confluent in lines. Apex rather acuminate, whorls nine, their curvature varying in the one specimen, of irregular growth, the overlap of previous whorls varying considerably, body whorl rather long, extended anteriorly, moderately inflated. Aperture rather long, outer margin curved, inner margin strongly reflected, a thin layer of callus on the body whorl. Outer margin viewed laterally curved with a shallow wide sinus below the suture. Length 5.5 mm., width approximately 1.9 mm. Localities: —Angowrie, Clarence River (type collected by Mr. A. Cameron) ; shell sand, Port Stephens. Remarks:—This comes very close to S. piperita Hedley from the Hope Islands, Queensland, but is more than twice the size, is relatively slenderer, and has the inner margin of the aperture more strongly reflected. It is possible that the difference is racial and not specific. CUSPEULIMA, gen. nov. Genotype Leiostraca acutissima Sowerby. Elongate slender shells with flattened whorls, sutures not indented, body whorls long, apices acicular, apertures long narrow and acutely angled posteriorly, outer margins with a shallow sub-sutural sinus. The texture 92 EULIMOID SHELLS is vitreous, generally quite transparent and colourless, but sometimes coloured yellow and rarely with pale brown bands. Surface smooth. Species of Cuspeulima have generally been attributed to either Strombi- formis da Costa, Leiostraca H. & A. Adams, Hulima Risso or even to Stilifer Broderip. With none of these do they seem to have anything in common. Within the Peronian Province six species so far form a fairly natural group conforming to the above definition with the exception of iredalei which has a shorter aperture and may have dfferent Once: A key for their identification is as follows. A. Shell relatively large, up to 15 mm., very slender. acutissima B. Medium size, 6-9 mm. 1. Very slender, yellow or banded. lodderae 2. Slightly stouter, yellow. sobrina 3. Shorter aperture, yellow. iredalet C. Very small, 2-3 mm. 1. Sutures indented, contracted at the summit. portensis 2. Whorls flat, apex exceeding acuminate. incidenta Cuspeulima acutissima (Sowerby). Plate 2, figs; 32; 332. Leiostraca acutissima Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xv, 1866, pl. 2, f. 10. The type is in the British Museum and came from Port Jackson. Angas described L. lesbia also from Port Jackson, but Hedley, who examined the types in London, considers that lesbia is merely a half grown acutissima. The name acutissima has also been wrongly applied to species from outside Australia. In a recent paper by Jean Risbec (Bull. Mus. Nat. D’Hist. Nat., Paris, xxvi, 1954, p. 109), the anatomy of Hulima acutissima Sowerby is described in detail, but the published figure shows this to be of quite a different species, more akin to Hulimaustra as here defined. The species is not uncommon in shell sand on the outer beaches, and the specimen illustrated is one of a good series obtained from a sandy bottom 6-9 fathoms, Sow and Pigs Reef, Port Jackson. Its length is 15.5 mm., and width 2.7 mm. It can be easily recognized not only by being by far the largest of the group, but by its very slender form and colourless transparent shell. Another feature to be noticed is that the outer margin of the aperture is not laterally nearly so sinuate as in most of the family. It is nearly straight, but the sub-sutural sinus, though very shallow, is visible. The aperture is also twisted anteriorly. Cuspeulima lodderae (Hedley). Plate 2, fig. 34 (after Hedley) Leiostraca lodderae, Hedley, Mem. Aust. Mus., iv, 1903, p. 360, fig. 82. The type locality is 41-50 fathoms off Cape Three Points, and it has also been recorded from North Queensland (this may be another species) and from Tasmania. Apparently H. vitrea is a synonym. The dimensions given by Hedley are length 7.7 mm., width 1.2 mm. In form this is almost exactly like C. acutissima, of which it may well be the deep water representative. It is however less than half the length and is generally coloured pale yellow, and some specimens are not as transparent as others and may have two bands of pale orange on the body whorl, one on the others. A specimen from 30-35 fathoms off Crookhaven lacks these bands and is just over 8 mm. in length . Cuspeulima sobrina, sp. nov. Plate 2, fies) 35; 36. Shell small, elongate, acicular, vitreous and transparent, colour pale honey. Apex acuminate, the initial whorl dome-shaped. Mature whorls nine, flat- tened, sutures hardly impressed but distinct. Body whorl long, nearly half the total length, evenly rounded to the base. Aperture long, acuminate LASERON 93 posteriorly, not extended anteriorly. Outer margin thin, rounded anteriorly, the inner margin nearly straight and reflected. Outer margin laterally slightly curved with a wide, very shallow sinus below the suture. Length 5.5 mm., width 1.6 mm. Localities:—Shell sand, Port Stephens (type), common: also common on the Manly ocean beach and other beaches on the coast; and from dredgings from a sandy bottom within Port Jackson. Remarks:—This is the species that has generally been known as Stilifer aciculus Gould, appearing in Hedley’s Check List as Strombiformis aciculus. Gould’s species, however, collected by the Wilkes U.S. Exploring Expedition, came from Fiji, and though described without a figure, is obviously different from the New South Wales one. C. sobrina is a very distinctive species, about half the size of C. acutissima, and relatively broader, and it can easily be picked out by its pale honey colour. Cuspeulima iredalei, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 37, 38. Shell of medium size, conical, elongate, acicular, vitreous and transparent, buff, apex and spire in some specimens slightly bent. Apex fine but rounded, the initial whorl dome-shaped, followed by 11 mature whorls, short, nearly flat, sutures hardly indented but distinct, body whorl comparatively short for the genus, not inflated, evenly rounded at the base. Surface smooth and shining. Aperture pyriform, extended anteriorly, comparatively short, narrowed posteriorly. Outer margin thin, rounded, sub-angular with the inner margin, which is nearly straight and reflected. Outer margin laterally slightly curved, sloping back anteriorly, with a very slight sub-sutural sinus. Length 8 mm., width 2.2 mm. Locality:—-Shell sand, Point Halliday (type), a number of specimens; The Spit, Port Jackson. Remarks:—This species in texture, colour and form is close to ©. sobrina but it is larger, with more numerous and shorter whorls, and the body whorl and aperture are relatively much shorter. The species is named after Mr. Tom Iredale, who has helped me so much with this and other papers. Cuspeulima portensis, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 39, 40, 41. Shell minute, conical, spire contracted towards the acuminate apex, yellow but many specimens faded to milky white, apex acuminate, proto- conch of 14 whorls, the next 3 whorls increasing rapidly, the remaining 5 whorls regular, very slightly curved, sutures distinct, body whorl long, slightly inflated, rounded evenly to the base. Aperture pyriform, well extended anteriorly, outer and anterior margins rounded, inner margin curved and reflected. Outer margin laterally regularly curved, sloping anteriorly and also posteriorly to a very small sinus below the suture. Length 2 mm., width .6 mm. approximately. Localities:—South-west Arm, Port Hacking (type collected by Mr. J. Kitchen); also fairly abundant in Port Jackson from 6-9 fathoms, Sow & Pigs Reef and from reclamations at The Spit. Remarks:—tThis is probably the species called Strombiformis perexiguus Tate in Hedley’s Check List, No. 1066. Unfortunately the specimen so labelled in the Australian Museum has deteriorated and is unidentifiable. It is doubtful, however, if the Tasmanian species is actually found in New South Wales, and therefore the question whether the name minutissima Tenison Woods should be restored in place of that of Tate need not be discussed here. The small size, and the curious contraction of the spire at the apex make this species easily recognized. 94 EULIMOID SHELLS Cuspeulima incidenta, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 42, 43. Shell minute, conical, apex exceedingly acuminate, white to yellowish, texture vitreous and transparent. Protoconch minute, a microscopic tilted nucleus followed by a long slightly rounded whorl. Mature whorls eight, flattened, sutures hardly impressed, body whorl long, flat, sub-angled at the periphery. Aperture pyriform, fairly long, extended anteriorly, rather wide. Outer and anterior margins rounded, angled with the curved and slightly reflected inner margin. Outer margin viewed laterally regularly curved, with a shallow but distinct sub-sutural sinus. Length 2.8 mm., width .8 mm. approximately. Locality: —Weed washings, 2-3 fathoms, North Harbour, Port Jackson. Remarks:—This species was at first taken for C. portensis, and it was only when they were placed beneath the microscope together that the differences were apparent. C. incidenta has an even more acicular apex, the whorls are flatter, the spire is not contracted towards the summit, the body whorl is shorter and angular at the periphery, and the aperture is wider. Two specimens of a still smaller shell were obtained from Pittwater which are identical in shape with incidenta and may be that species or still another new one. The main difference noted is the lustrous vitreous shell which is quite transparent. Further material is needed to decide this question. EULIMITRA, gen. nov. Genotype Eulimitra vittata Laseron. Shell minute, allied to Cuspeulima, transparent and vitreous, with coloured bands, aciculate, with flattened whorls, long aperture acutely angled posteriorly, but relatively much broader, with fewer whorls, the body whorls more than half the total length. The aperture has the inner margin slightly _reflected, and laterally is curved with a broad shallow sinus below the suture. The species so far known have been found living in kelp roots or on seaweeds in shallow water. Eulimitra vittata, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 44, 45. Shell minute, broadly conical, sub-aciculate, texture vitreous, thin and transparent, colourless except for three narrow chocolate bands on the body whorl and two on the penultimate whorl. Apex fine but not acicular, the protoconch of a single dome-shaped whorl. Remaining whorls five, regular, flattened, sutures hardly impressed, body whorl very long, over half the total length, evenly rounded to the base. Aperture long, ovate, narrowed and acute posteriorly, rather broad and not extended anteriorly. Outer margin thin and rounded, laterally sinuate, the sub-sutural sinus broad and shallow. Inner margin nearly straight and slightly reflected. Length 1.8 mm., width .7 mm. approximately. Locality:—In kelp roots, North Harbour, Port Jackson. Remarks:—The small size, broad form and chocolate bands should make future recognition easy. Hulimitra waltersi, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 46, 47. Shell minute, conical, finely acicular, vitreous, transparent, colourless but with traces of a brown band. Protoconch of 14 whorls, nucleus tilted. Mature whorls five, regular, flattened, sutures distinct but not indented. Body whorl long, more than half the total length, curving evenly to the base. Aperture long, not extended anteriorly, narrowed and acute posteriorly. Outer margin slightly curved, bending sharply posteriorly and sub-angular with the inner margin which is curved and slightly reflected. Outer margin laterally rounded with a broad shallow sinus below the suture. Length 2.3 mm., width .6 mm. approximately. LASERON 95 Locality: —Washings from seaweed, four fathoms, Woollahra Point, Port Jackson (type collected by Mr. A. C. Walters). Remarks:—Compared with LH. vittata this species is narrower, has a more acicular apex, flatter whorls, and a differently shaped body whorl and aperture. FUSCEULIMA, gen. nov. Genotype, Fusceulima jacksonensis Laseron. Shell minute, conical with small taper, apex broad and domed, few whorled, the whorls nearly flat with the sutures slightly impressed, body whorl long, more than half the total length, apertures short and wide, the outer margin laterally curved and with a wide shallow sinus below the suture. Texture vitreous and transparent, coloured yellow or brown, often with a white band below the suture. In Peronian waters three closely related species form a small but natural group, each with a different habitat. The littoral species was taken alive in mussel beds between tide marks; another is from 40-50 fathoms on the continental shelf and the third just off the north coast in from 8-10 fathoms. Fortunately the number of specimens is sufficient to show that the differences though small are constant, but it is possible that geographical races are indicated rather than full species. 4 Fusceulima jacksonensis, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 48, 49. Shell minute, conical with blunt apex, vitreous and translucent, shining, brown with lighter band below the suture, and lighter patch on the base. Apex broad and dome-shaped, mature whorls four, regular, slightly curved, sutures slightly indented. Body whorl more than half the total length, slightly inflated, regularly curved to the base. Aperture large, ovate, acute posteriorly, extended anteriorly. Outer margin rounded, the anterior margin acutely bent to the rounded inner margin which is slightly reflected. Outer margin laterally rounded with a broad shallow sinus below the suture. Length 2.5 mm., width 1 mm. approximately. Localities:—North Harbour, Port Jackson (type living in beds of the common mussel between tide marks); also from weed washings and beneath rocks in the same locality. Remarks:—This is the first of the three species which are very closely related, so close indeed that it might be held that the differences are racial rather than specific. Ff. flava from the continental shelf is pale yellow and not brown in colour, slightly narrower and with flatter whorls and the apex is even broader. F. sucina from 10 fathoms on the north coast is about the same size and shape, but is also yellow in colour, has an extra whorl, and the body whorl is not quite so long. Fusceulima flava, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 50, 51. Shell minute, broadly conical with very blunt apex, vitreous transparent, shining, pale yellow, darker below the suture, below which is a lighter band. Apex very broad and domed, mature whorls four, flattened, sutures very slightly indented, body whorl long, more than half the total length, not so inflated as in F.. jacksonensis. The aperture is also relatively smaller, ovate, well produced anteriorly. Outer margin rounded, anterior margin bent sharply to join the inner margin which is curved and slightly reflected. Outer margin laterally as in F.. jacksonensis, rounded, with a wide shallow sinus below the suture. Length 2.5 mm., width .8 mm. approximately. Locality :—40-50 fathoms off Twofold Bay, 11 specimens. Remarks:—The number of specimens show that this species is quite constant. Only for the colour it could easily be taken for F. jacksonensis and it is only by comparing them side by side beneath the microscope that the differences become apparent. 96 EULIMOID SHELLS Fusceulima sucina, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 52, 53. Shell minute, broadly conical, apex broad, texture vitreous and translucent, colour yellow to amber brown, with a pale band below the periphery. Apex broad and domed, mature whorls five, regular, flattened, sutures very slightly impressed. Body whorl about half the total length, flattened to the periphery, below which it is rounded to the base. Aperture ovate, relatively short, well extended anteriorly. Outer margin nearly straight, rounded anteriorly, and bent sharply to the inner margin which is curved and reflected. Outer margin laterally curved with a shallow sinus below the suture. Length 2.5 mm., width .8 mm. approximately. Lacality :—8-10 fathoms off Point Halliday. Remarks:—This is the third of the three closely related species, its main difference being the extra whorl, and the relatively shorter body whorl. EULITOMA, gen. nov. Genotype Hulitoma nitens Laseron. Shell elongated, many whorled, the spire even and flat, apex blunt and dome shaped, body whorl long, aperture pyriform, relatively short and expanded beyond the line of the spire, laterally rounded with a wide shallow sinus below the sutures. Texture subvitreous and translucent, colour white, surface highly polished. The highly polished surface and long smooth spire resemble Hulimaustra, but the long body whorl, blunt apex and expansion of the aperture beyond the line of the spire give a very distinctive facies. Hulitoma nitens, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 54, 55. Shell of medium size, conical, elongated, sub-vitreous, translucent, smooth, white and highly polished. Apex blunt, with a rounded, dome-shaped proto- conch. Mature whorls seven, even, flattened, sutures not impressed. Body whorl long, evenly rounded to the base. Aperture relatively short, pyriform, not extended anteriorly, but expanded laterally beyond the line of the spire. Cuter and anterior margins rounded, the latter bent sharply to join the inner margin which is slightly reflected. Outer margin laterally rounded with a broad shallow sinus below the suture. Length 4.2 mm., width 1.1 mm. approximately. Localities: —6-9 fathoms, Sow & Pigs Reef (type); dredged Pittwater; shell sand, Port Stephens. Remarks:—This species is very distinctive, and does not closely resemble any other from New South Wales. In southern waters also, no species seems even congeneric, but there are undescribed species in Queensland which will probably come in the same group. Hulitoma castanea, sp. nov. Plate 2, figs. 56, 57. Shell of medium size, conical, elongate, of even growth, texture sub- porcellanous and slightly translucent, colour bright yellow brown with a darker band below the sutures. Apex blunt and dome-shaped. Mature whorls seven, regular, very slightly rounded, sutures faintly impressed but distinct, body whorl regularly rounded to the base. Aperture pyriform, comparatively short, extended anteriorly. Outer, anterior and inner margins rounded, the last reflected. Outer margin laterally rounded with the usual shallow sinus below the suture. The aperture is not extended beyond the line of the spire. Length 5 mm., width 1.3 mm. approximately. Localities: —Dredged between heads, Port Jackson, 15 fathoms (type); 15 fathoms off Clarence River; Twofold Bay, 15-25 fathoms. Remarks:—In general form this is close to H. nitens, but it can be readily separated by its colour, and shorter body whorl. The position of the aperture which does not extend beyond the line of the spire also gives it a quite different facies, and it may indeed have little relationship, and ultimately need generic revision, LASERON 97 HEBEULIMA, gen. nov. Genotype Leiostraca inusta Hedley. Cylindrical to conical shells, elongated, many whorled, of irregular growth, the early whorls sometimes distorted, and the penultimate whorl often swollen. Whorls rounded, sutures impressed. Body whorl moderately long, and aperture ovate and relatively short. Apex blunt and sometimes mamillate. Texture vitreous to sub-vitreous and transparent to nearly opaque. Colourless or white, or yellowish with brown on the base. Size generally from 4-6 mm. The group of species placed here have sufficient characters in common to link them together under the above fairly broad definition, but have individual differences which suggest they may not be very closely related. Further comparison with species both from northern and southern Australia will probably show that more than one group will be found to justify still more generic names. Amongst the Tasmanian species, Hulima columnaria May, Strombiformis kilcundae Gatliff & Gabriel, and S. perexiguus Tate & May tentatively may be included. Hebeulima inusta (Hedley). Plate 3, figs. 58, 59. Leiostraca inusta Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 1906, p. 525, pl. ao, tie: 43. The type came from Manly Beach, but the species is actually fairly common and well distributed. The specimen illustrated is from 8-10 fathoms off Point Halliday, its length 3.6 mm., and width .9 mm. approximately. Ready recognition points are the long narrow spire, the long swollen penultimate whorl, the yellow colour and brown base Hebeulima tumere, sp. nov. Plate 3, figs. 60, 61. Shell small, cylindro-conical, vitreous, transparent, white but almost colourless. Apex blunt, dome-shaped. Mature whorls five, long, penultimate whorl swollen, rounded, sutures impressed. Body whorl long, about half the total length, evenly rounded to the base, and slightly swollen below the aperture. Aperture ovate, fairly long, not produced anteriorly. Outer and anterior margins rounded and curved to join the inner margin which is curved and slightly reflected. Outer margin laterally broadly rounded, with a narrow, fairly deep sinus below the suture. Length 3.5 mm., width 1 mm. approximately. Localities:—Shell sand, Port Stephens, a number of specimens (type); Manly Ocean Beach. Remarks:—In general form this resembles H. inusta, but it differs in cclour, in having fewer whorls and a longer body whorl, in being relatively slightly broader and in the details of the aperture. Hebeulima fricata (Hedley). Plate 3, fig. 62 (after Hedley). EHulima fricata Hedley, Rec. Aust. Mus., vi, 1907, p. 290, pl. 55, fig. 14. I have not seen this species which came from 80 fathoms off Narrabeen, but in general characters it comes within the definition of Hebeulima and may tentatively be retained there. The dimensions given by Hedley are length 4.25 mm., width 1.15, and it is thus relatively broader than the last two species, the spire has hardly any taper, the apex is broader, and the penul- timate whorl not so swollen. Hebeulima crassiceps, s.p nov. Plate 3, figs. 63, 64. Shell of medium size, elongated, sub-vitreous, white and shining, trans- lucent. Apex swollen, protoconch of 13 whorls, the first dome-shaped and tilted. Remaining whorls seven, of rather irregular growth, particularly the early whorls, the penultimate whorl slightly swollen, remainder slightly o 98 EULIMOID SHELLS rounded, the sutures slightly impressed. Body whorl relatively not as long as in the previous species, regularly curved to the base. Aperture ovate, comparatively short, slightly produced anteriorly. Outer, anterior and inner margins rounded, the last very slightly reflected. Outer margin laterally rounded with a broad shallow sinus below the suture. Length 5.4 mm., width 1.3 mm. approximately. Locality:—8-10 fathoms, Point Halliday. Remarks:—The tumid apex affords a ready recognition point. Though fitting into the broad definition of Hebeulima, some of the characters suggest other relationship, and its position may later have to be reviewed. PICTOBALCIS, gen. nov. Genoype, Hulima articulata Sowerby. Shell very large for the group, conical, elongate, many whorled, whorls flattened, aperture short. The texture is porcellanous, but unlike Hulimaustra and others of the family it is opaque and not highly polished, the shell itself is massive and the coloration is yellowish with brown patches. The large, heavy shell, and its opacity, at once differentiate this genus, and beyond the general form it probably has little relationship with the rest of the family. Pictobalcis articulata (Sowerby). Plate 3, fig. 65. Eulima articulata Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1834, p. 8, and Conch. Illustr., Leake The type locality is given as Australia, and it probably came from Moreton Bay. Fortunately there can be little doubt of the species, as it is easily recognized by its large size, coloration and solid opaque shell. It is not common on the New South Wales coast, but more or less worn specimens are occasionally found on the outer beaches. The specimen figured came from Shellharbour; its length is 21 mm., and width 5.8 mm. EULIMODA, gen. nov. Genotype, Hulima munita Hedley. Shell comparatively large, pyramidal with a broad base, acuminate, whorls short and numerous with irregular varices, flattened, contracted at the suture and angled at the base. Aperture subquadrate, oblique, laterally sinuate, a broad callus on the inner margin. Shell texture thin, translucent and glossy, colour white, tinted orange from the animal within. The oblique subquadrate aperture and broad pyramidal form at once separate this from all other genera in the family. In general form it recalls Scalenostoma strictum Hedley from Queensland, and may be nearer the true Stiliferae than the Eulimidae. Eulimoda munita (Hedley). Plate 3, figs. 66, 67 (after Hedley). Eulima munita Hedley, Mem. Aust. Mus., iv, 1903, p. 358, text fig. 81. I have not seen this species, which was collected alive by the ‘Thetis” Expedition from two stations on the continental shelf, the type coming from 41-50 fathoms off Cape Three Points, the dimensions given being length 8 mm., width 3.75 mm. The characters given above in the generic description should make its recognition easy. Genus MENON Hedley 1900. Genotype Menon anceps Hedley. Menon is quite unlike any of the normal Eulimidae, though it resembles the true Leiostraca in having the shell compressed from back to front and in having strong varices on either side continuous up the spire. It also LASERON 99 has the typical eulimid sinus on the outer margin of the aperture. It has, however, a solid opaque shell, is umbilicate, and has an extraordinary apex which is planulate and fits like a cap on the summit of the spire. Hedley thought this apex may be a plug formed after the shedding of earlier whorls. In the same year as he proposed Menon, Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1900, p. 505) withdrew the name on Professor Tate's suggestion in favour of Chileutomia Tate & Cossman, a Tertiary fossil from Muddy Creek, Victoria. Though the two have many features in common, in view of the great differ- ence in time, the other differences particularly in the protoconch, are I think sufficient to justify the retention of Menon as a genus, and it is here restored to literature. Menon anceps Hedley. Plate 3, figs. 68, 69, 70. Menon anceps Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1900, p. 90, plate 3, figs. ee E: The type locality is from shell sand at Little Coogee Beach, near Sydney. It is not a very common shell, but we have it from several of the outer beaches. The specimen illustrated came from 14 fathoms off Long Reef; its length is 6 mm. and width 2 mm. approximately. Its characters are so distinctive that it cannot be confused readily with any other species on the coast. Genus STILAPEX Iredale. Genotype Stilapex lactarius Iredale. Generic characteristics which may be selected from Iredale’s description, are the globose shell of vitreous texture, with rounded whorls, the body whorl about two thirds of the total length, and the acuminate apex. The operculum is thin, horny and paucispiral, the outer margin of the aperture is also slightly sinuate posteriorly. Fig. 78: Stilapex lactarius Iredale. 100 EULIMOID SHELLS Stilapex lactarius Iredale. Text figure 78 (after Iredale). Rec. Aust. Mus., xiv, 1925, p. 270, pl. xliii, fig. 20. The type locality is 70 fathoms, 20 miles east of Babel Island, the dimen- sions given being length 8 mm., width 5 mm. This species is unlike any other on the New South Wales coast, but resembles that called Stilifer brazieri in May’s Illustrated Check List of Tasmanian Shells. It may well be congeneric with that species, which however is not brazieri of Angas, and is at present undescribed. SPECIES OF DOUBTFUL CLASSIFICATION. SYNTHARELLA, gen. nov. Genotype, Eulima topaziaca Hedley. Shell minute, broadly conical, apex blunt, few whorls, body whorl iong, more than half the total length, aperture pyriform, acutely angled posteriorly, sometimes slightly separating from the body whorl, peristome complete, outer margin rounded, laterally quite straight with no trace of a sinus. Texture sub-porcellanous, shining, opaque to sub-translucent, smooth, slight traces of growth lines. ; Though placed in Hulima by Hedley, he at the time expressed doubts of its systematic position and suggested it might belong to the Rissoidae. The complete peristome and entire absence of a sinus separates it at once from the typical Eulimidae, but there is also no genus in the Rissoidae with which it can be appropriately linked. It is included here provisionally, but its correct classification is still in abeyance. Syntharella topaziaca (Hedley). Plate 3, fig. 71. Eulima topaziaca Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxiii, 1908, p. 470, pl. x, fig. 29. The type is a single specimen from Middle Harbour, Port Jackson, but we have it in abundance from reclamations at The Spit in the same locality. The specimen figured came from there; its length is 3 mm., and width 1.2 mm. approximately. A number of specimens were also found in mud clinging to an anchor in Eden on the south coast, and a single specimen was found in 30-35 fathoms off Crookhaven. The characters given in the generic description make it very easy of recognition. STILIMELLA, gen. nov. Genotype, Stilifer lodderae Petterd, Jour. of Conch., iv, 1884, p. 140. Stilimella is here proposed for a curious group of shells whose systematic position is still obscure. It is certain that they cannot be called Stilifer even within the widest application of that genus. Unfortunately specimens are not common, and are only found on the outer beaches at rare intervals, generally in a more or less damaged condition and with the apices missing. They are comparatively large, from 9 mm. to 12 mm. in length, thin, vitreous and translucent, white in colour, conical with concave finely tapering spires. Growth is, however, very erratic, and one specimen here illustrated (fig. 74) has the two whorls before the body whorl greatly swollen to as much as the diameter of the body whorl itself. Both spiral and transverse sculpture is present, but is not apparent except with a lens. It then gives the surface of the shell a facetted appearance. The aperture is rhomboidal, the lip thin, the columella straight and reflected. A Of seven specimens examined, none is quite perfect, and the variation is such that no two are exactly alike. Whether more than one species is present it is at present impossible to say, but the general facies is so similar that it is probable that all are one species which is extremely variable. This suggests that the living mollusc is either nesting in habitat, commensal or parasitic. It is difficult to suggest the relationship of Stilimella with any other genus, either Australian or foreign. It may constitute a new family near the Eulimidae, but this is purely conjectural. Comparison may also be LASERON 101 made with the Atlantic family Aclidae which include many shells with somewhat similar characters. Stilimella, however, fits none of the genera of that family, which was monographed by Paul Bartsch (Smithsonian © Mise. Collections, Vol. 106, Number 20, 1947). Stilimella lodderae (Petterd). Plate 3, figs. 72, 73, 74. Stilifer lodderae Petterd, Jour. of Conch., iv, 1884, p. 140. May in his Check List of Tasmanian shells lists Stilifer lodderae Petterd and S. petterdi Tate & May, and synonymizes S. crotaphis Watson under lodderae. Both lodderae and petterdi have been recorded from the New South Wales coast from single worn specimens, and it is stated that the species differ in that petterdi is larger and much broader than lodderae. Whether one, two or more species occur is, however, still very doubtful, and until more and better material is available, it is wise I think to consider them under one name, and to use that of a Tasmanian species until such time as separate identity can or cannot be established. S. lodderae is there- fore chosen as the oldest available name, and by selecting it as the genotype it will avoid any confusion and possibility of synonymy. The three shells illustrated represent the extremes in variation. Fig. 72 and fig. 73 came from Huskisson, the former having a length of 9 mm. and a width of 3.5 mm., the latter being 9.5 mm. long and 4.5 mm. wide. Fig. 74 came from Long Reef and is an obvious abnormality. Its length is 11 mm., and width both of the penultimate and body whorls, 3.5 mm. MACERTEXTA, gen. nov. Genotype, Macertexta ovitesta Laseron. Small white, many whorled shells, broadly conical, thin, opaque with rather a matte texture. The whorls are rounded, the sutures deeply impressed, the apex acuminate, with a very small initial whorl. Aperture thin and rounded, not laterally sinuate but straight, inner margin straight, raised and reflected, a layer of callus on the body whorl. Though of the general form of the Eulimidae, the lack of a sinus on the outer margin of the aperture and the texture of the shell suggest other relationship, possibly even with the Rissoidae and such a genus as Diala. Pending knowledge of the animal the exact systematic position must be left in abeyance. Macertexta ovitesta, sp. nov. Plate soe iets: Description mainly as given for the genus. Whorls seven excluding the minute apical whorl, the body whorl fairly long. Aperture nearly round, short, extended anteriorly, the inner margin raised above the body whorl and reflected, the layer of callus on the body whorl broad and continuous to meet the posterior end of the outer margin. Laterally the outer margin is straight and there is no trace of a sinus. Length 7 mm., midth 3 mm. Localities: —North Harbour, Port Jackson (type); also common from the reclamations at The Spit, in dredgings from 6-9 fathoms, Sow & Pigs Reef, and from reclamation at Bay View, Pittwater. In general form this is very close to Chryseulima brazieri, but has quite a different texture, and of course the lack of a sinus in the outer margin of the aperture at once separates it. REFERENCHES. Hedley, C. (1918).—A Check List of the Marine Fauna of New South Wales. Part I. Jour. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales li, 1917, Suppl., pp. M. 1-M. 120. May, W. L. (1921).—A Check List of the Mollusca of Tasmania (Govt. Printer, Hobart), pp. 1-114. May, W. L. (1923).—W. L. May’s Illustrated Index of Tasmanian Shells (Govt. Printer, Hobart), pls. i-xlvii. New genera here proposed:—Hulimaustra, Chryseulima, Curveulima, Sticteulima, Cuspeulima, EHulimitra, Fusceulima, Eulitoma, Hebeulima, Pictobalicis, Eulimoda, Syntharella, Stilimella, Macertezxta. 102 Fi WoOoNn or tobe _ ge EULIMOID SHELLS Plate 1. . Hulimaustra proxima Sowerby. . Eulimaustra proxima Sowerby, Profile. . Hulimaustra anomala Laseron. Eulimaustra anomala Laseron, Profile. Eulimaustra anomala Laseron, Apex. Hypermastus coxi Pilsbry. Hypermastus coxi Pilsbry, Profile. . Hypermastus coxi Pilsbry, Apex. . Hypermastus mucronata Sowerby. . Hypermastus mucronata Sowerby, Profile. . Hypermastus mucronata Sowerby, Apex. . Hypermastus sp. ? juvenile. . Hypermastus sp. ? juvenile. . Chryseulima brazieri Angas. . Chryseulima brazieri Angas, Profile. . Chryseulima solitaria Laseron. . Chryseulima solitaria Laseron, Profile. . Curveulima cornuta Laseron. . Curvelima cornuta Laseron, Profile. . Curevulima obtusa Laseron. . Curveulima obtusa Laseron, Profile. . Curvelima lata Laseron. . Curveulima subobtusa Laseron. . Curveulima litoris Laseron. . Curveulima litoris Laseron, Profile. . Curveulima abrupta Laseron. . Curveulima abrupta Laseron, Profile. . Curveulima manifesta Laseron. - . Curveulima manifesta Laseron, Profile. LASERON Figs. 1-29: Eulimoid shells of New South Wales. C. F. Laseron del. 104 Fig. 30. ole 32. 338% 34. 35. 36. Bile 38. 3). 40. 41. 42. 43. 44, 45. 46. AT. 48. 49, Sticteulima Sticteulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima Cuspeulima EULIMOID SHELLS Plate 2. cameroni Laseron. cameroni Laseron, Profile. acutissima Sowerby. acutissima Sowerby, Profile. lodderae Hedley. sobrina Laseron. sobrina Laseron, Profile. iredalei Laseron. iredalei Laseron, Profile. portensis Laseron. portensis Laseron, Profile. portensis Laseron, Apex. incidenta Laseron. incidenta Laseron, Profile. Eulimitra vittata Laseron. Eulimitra vittata Laseron, Profile. Eulimitra waltersi Laseron. Hulimitra waltersi Laseron, Profile. Fusceulima jacksonensis Laseron. Fusceulima jacksonensis Laseron, Profile. Fusceulima flava Laseron. Fusceulima flava Laseron, Profile. Fusceulima sucina Laseron. Fusceulima sucina Laseron, Profile. Eulitoma nitens Laseron. Eulitoma nitens Laseron, Profile. EKulitoma castanea Laseron. EHulitoma castanea Laseron, Profile. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 5d. 56. 57. LASERON Figs. 30-57: Eulimoid shells of New South Wales. C. F. Laseron del. 106 EULIMOID SHELLS Plate 3. 58. Hebeulima inusta Hedley. 59. Hebeulima inusta Hedley, Profile. 60. Hebeulima tumere Laseron. 61. Hebeulima tumere Laseron, Profile. 62. Hebeulima fricata Hedley. 63. Hebeulima crassiceps Laseron. 64. Hebeulima crassiceps Laseron, Profile. 65. Pictobalcis articulata Sowerby. 66. Hulimoda munita Hedley. 67 Hulimoda munita Hedley, Profile. 68. Menon anceps Hedley. 69. Menon anceps Hedley, Profile. 70. Menon anceps Hedley, Apex. 71. Syntharella topaziaca Hedley. 72. Stilimella lodderae Petterd. 73. Stilimella lodderae Petterd, Variation. 74. Stilimella lodderae Petterd, Abnormality. 75. Macertexta ovitesta Laseron. 76. Curveulima commensalis Tate (S. Aust.). 77. Curveulima commensalis Tate, Profile. 78 (in text). Stilapex lactarius Iredale (after Iredale). LASERON Figs. 58-77: Eulimoid shells of New South Wales. C. F. Laseron del. 108 A New Subspecies of Scallop from Byron Bay, New South Wales By C. A. FLEMING, New Zealand Geological Survey. The inequivalve scallops that inhabit the shores of Australia and New Zealand have long been known from paleontological evidence to be com- parative newcomers (Tate, 1887). They are members of two Mediterranean Tertiary groups which spread across the Indian Ocean probably in the early Pleistocene, to colonize southern waters that had previously lacked scallops ot this type (Fleming, 1951). They left only fragmentary evidence of their migration paths. The group of Pecten benedictus Lk. (a Mediterranean fossil), contains the Red Sea erythraeensis Sow., the Australian fumatus Rve. and albus Tate, and the New Zealand fossil marwicki (Fin.). The other group of scallops that came to Australasia consists of relatives of Pecten jacobaeus, the St. James’ scallop of the Mediterranean. Colonising stocks of this group gave rise to the Tasmanian meridionalis Tate, to the New Zealand fossil toi Flem. and a succession of later forms leading to the living novaezelandiae Rve. Evolution in isolation together with some hybridisation due to changes of distribution controlied by Pleistocene climatic changes (see, e.g., Hodge Smith and Iredale, 1924) led to the present distribution of the half dozen Australian and New Zealand forms that have been distinguished taxonomically. Judged by the characters of the New Zealand fossil Pecten toi (Fleming, 1951, figs. 2, 5), the early Australasian population of the Pecten jacobaeus group resembled the parent Mediterranean form very closely. Living scallops from Byron Bay, New South Wales, described below are so similar to Pecten jacobaeus that they may be ranked as a subspecies of the Mediterranean shell. Wide-ranging species, consisting of subspecies thousands of miles apart, are rare among shallow-water animals of south temperate seas. They have been recognised among tropical mollusca (Schilder, 1938) and echinoids (Mayr, 1954) and probably occur in other groups with long lived pelagic larvae. Genus Pecten Muller 1776. Pecten maximus (L.), type species of Pecten, is so closely related to P. jacobaeus and derivative forms that use of Finlay’s genus Notovola for the Australasian scallops can no longer be justified. Pecten jacobaeus byronensis subsp. nov. Fig. 1. Right valve similar in all essential characters to P. j. jacobaeus, differing in its smaller size, weak pigmentation, slightly higher shell and narrower angle between dorsal valve-margins. Ribs 19 (including lesser ones on the flanks), square-cut, high, separated by flat-bottomed interspaces a little more than half their width, each bearing 2 to 4 spaced secondary threads, beginning about 15 mm. from beaks. Concentric sculpture of prominent lamellae, conspicuous in intercostal spaces but also extending across the secondary interspaces and threads of the main ribs. Ears relatively large, bearing fine radiating threadlets, crossed by incremental lamellae. Left valve not seen. Length 35 mm.; height 33 mm. (holotype). Locality: —Byron Bay, New South Wales. Holotype and two paratypes in the Australian Museum, Sydney (C. 5243), collected and presented by C. Hedley. FLEMING 109 Fig. 1. Pecten jacobaeus byronensis Fleming. Holotype, Byron Bay, N.S.W. (Aust. Mus. C5243). X2. Judged by its rarity in collections, this form is restricted in distribution. It is probably a relict population surviving from a period before Pecten Jumatus colonised New South Wales. Its presence may help to explain the variation in New South Wales scallops generally classed as fumatus. Typical fumatus (like Reeve’s types, with high beaks, rounded ribs, and no inter- costal lamellae) is rather rare, occurring at Port Jackson and Jervis Bay (Thetis Station 54). Many other east Australian samples have squarish ribs and intercostal lamellae, at least on the flanks, characters that may be due to past or present gene flow from byronensis into the nearby population of fumatus. ACKNOWLEDGMENT. I am grateful to Miss Joyce Allan for facilities to examine collections in 1952 and to Dr. A. B. Walkom and Mr. D. F. McMichael for lending the type specimens for description. REFERENCES. Fleming, C. A. (1951) —J. de Conch., XC: 276-82. Hodge Smith, T., and Iredale, T. (1924).—J. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., LVIII: 157-68. Mayr, E. (1954).—Geographic Speciation in Tropical Echinoids. Evolution, VERE CCH): 9-18. Schilder, F. A. and M. (1938).—Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., XXIII (3): 119-80. Tate, R. (1887).—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1886; 113-6. 110 NEW ZEALAND FISHES Sidelights on New Zealand Ichthyology By GILBERT WHITLEY, F.R.Z.S. (Contribution from the Australian Museum, Sydney.) (Plate vi.) Anyone studying Australian fishes, particularly the southern temperate species, soon finds that the fishes of New Zealand have to be taken into con- sideration as well. Not only are the species closely related, but many are identical, and some of them were discovered by Cook and other early visitors to New Zealand before they were found in Australia. For many years, there- fore, I have been interested in New Zealand ichthyology, have analysed all the literature on the subject, compiled in manuscript a check-list which is being submitted for publication elsewhere, have identified specimens, sometimes in consultation with colleagues, and have visited New Zealand for field work. There is a great deal to be placed on record about the fishes of New Zealand and adjacent seas. The purpose of the present paper is to shed a little light on some obscure taxonomic aspects; it is divided into two parts: (1) New names and synonyms, and (2) Steindachner’s New Zealand Fishes. (1) NEW NAMES AND SYNONYMS. Family RETROPINNIDAR. STOKELLIA, gen. nov. Orthotype, Retropinna anisodon Stokell (Rec. Canterb. Mus. iv, 7, Sept. 10, 1941, p. 371, pl. lv, fig. 2 and text-fig. 1, from Waiau River) — Stokeilia anisodon. The characteristic long premaxillary underlying four-fifths of the toothless maxillary separates Stokell’s species so markedly from the others in the genus that a new generic name seems advisable. Family MURAENICHTHYIDAE. Genus MURAENICHTHYS Bleeker, 1864. MURAENICHTHYS BREVICEPS HALITUNA, subsp. nov. The Worm Eel from Tasman Bay, Nelson, described and figured as Muraenichthys breviceps by Griffin (Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. liii, Aug. 31, 1921, p. 351, pl. liv, fig. 1) differs from the Tasmanian type of Gunther (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii, May 1, 1876, p. 401) as follows: Length of head about one-half of the distance from the gill-opening to the vent, or one-tenth total length; teeth in a triple series on the palate and uniserially on jaws. Griffin’s fish may be subspecifically named halituna, nov. Family SYNGNATHIDAE. NOVACAMPUS, gen. nov. Orthotype, Syngnathus norae Waite (Proc. N. Zeal. Inst. 1910, i, p. 25 and Ree. Canvterb. Mus. i, 3, 1911, p. 173, pl. xxvii, fig. 1, from Stewart Island to Pegasus Bay) — Novacampus norae. Snout long, sloping gently into interorbital. Orbits not prominent. Opercular keel reduced, with radial lines, or absent. Superior ridges of trunk and tail discontinuous below dorsal fin. Inferior ridges of trunk and tail continuous. Median ridge of trunk continuous with superior ridge of tail, thus the arrangement accords with No. 7 of Duncker’s scheme. Brood- peuch subcaudal, one-fifth of tail. A median ventral carina. Dorsal, anal, pectoral and caudal fins present. Base of dorsal fin not elevated, situated mostly over tail. Caudal fin shorter than postorbital. D. 37 to 40; P. 12 to 13. Rings 18 to 20 plus 48 to 51; subdorsal 10 to 11. Differs from acus, the type-species of Syngnathus, in having the opercular keel reduced or absent, the median ridge of the trunk continuous with the superior one of the tail, much smaller size, and more numerous tail-rings (48 or more instead of less than 47). WHITLEY 111 Family MULLIDAE. Genus UPENEICHTHYS Bleeker, 1855. _UPENEICHTHYS POROSUS (Cuv. & Val.). Atahua clarki Phillipps (Proc. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. Ixxi, Dec. 1941, p. 243, pl. xli, fig. 5, from Hawke Bay) is apparently synonymous with Upeneus porosus Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss. iii, April 1829, p. 455 from the River Kiddi Kiddi, Bay of Islands). Family GIRELLIDAE. Genus GIRELLA Gray, 1835. GIRELLA TRICUSPIDATA (Quoy & Gaimard). Sparus hamiltoni Phillipps (Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. lviii, Aug. 15, 1927, p. 130, pl. v, fig. 4, from Hauraki Gulf and Poor Knights Islands) is not a Sparid but should be added to the synonymy of Boops tricuspidatus Quoy & Gaimard (Voy. Uranie Physic., Zool., 1824, p. 296) which was said, probably erroneously, to have come from Shark’s Bay, Western Australia, where I have never seen the species. Family LABRIDAE. TIRICORIS, gen. nov. Orthotype, Cymolutes sandeyeri Hector (Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. xvi, May, 1884, p. 323, from Tiritiri Island, Auckland; name emended to sandageri by Sandager in 1888 and Phillips in 1927) — Tiricoris sandeyeri. The type-species, with its indirect synonym Coris rex Ramsay & Ogilby, 1886, differs from the genera with which it has been associated as follows: A. Lateral line continuous. B. Hind canines obsolete. Sc. less than 70. Dark blue or black with a humped head in fullgrown specimens. CAUUMALCOMEAVE, Ae nics ta sae acid cma eectere ele eee gid ae Coris (aygula). BB. Hind canines developed. Sc. c. 100. Variously coloured body banded. No hump on head. Caudal subtruncate, Tiricoris, nov. AA. Lateral line interrupted. Sc. c. 80. No hind canines. Grey to greenish, often with oblique bars on head, body and fins .. Cymolutes. Family ACANTHOCLINIDARE. Genus ACANTHOCLINUS Jenyns, 1841. TAUMAKOIDES, subgen. nov. Orthotype, Acanthoclinus trilineatus Griffin (Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. Ixiii, June 1933, p. 330, pl. xxxiv & text-fig. 2, from Bay of Islands and Great Barrier Is.) — Taumakoides trilineatus. Differs from typical Acanthoclinus in having the lowermost lateral line on each side simple, not anteriorly bifurcated. Family ALEUTERIDAE. PARIKA, gen. nov. Orthotype, Balistes scaber Bloch & Schneider (Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 477, from Queen Charlotte Sound, type-locality by present designation) — Parika scabra. The type-species of this new genus comes down to the group of genera numbered 8 to 10 in Fraser-Brunner’s key (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (11) viii, 1941, p. 177), being nearest Navodon. Characteristics: Gill-opening below eye. Dorsum gently convex. The outwardly directed postero-lateral barbs of the slightly compressed dorsal spine are larger than the obsolescent ones on its anterior face; the spine depressible into a groove. Dorsal and anal fins not elevated anteriorly, their bases about opposite. Ventral flap little developed, supported by pelvic projection. Caudal peduncle without bristles or hooks. 112 NEW ZEALAND FISHES (2) STEINDACHNER’S NEW ZEALAND FISHES. Ichthyologists in New Zealand have been hampered through not having access to an important paper by Franz Steindachner, published many years ago in Vienna, which dealt with a number of fishes from New Zealand and the Chatham Islands, some of which were named as new species. The full title of the work, which I have translated from the German, is:— Steindachner, Dr. Franz “Wische aus dem Stillen Ocean. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific (Schauinsland 1896-97).” It appeared in Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Math.— Naturw. Classe (Wien), Ixx, 1900 (1901), pp. 483-522, pls. i-vi. Or, in English: “Fishes from the Pacific Ocean. Results of a voyage to the Pacific (Schauinsland 1896-97).”’ By Dr. Franz Steindachner, Active Member of the Royal Academy of Science (with 6 plates). Placed before the meeting of 21 June 1900. The paper dealt with fishes collected by Schauinsland in various parts of the Pacific, so I translate merely the Introductory remarks of Steindachner and only his accounts of fishes from New Zealand, and the Chatham Islands. I comment in footnotes on a few obvious errors in the original. He commences (p. 483) as follows:— The ichthyological collection forwarded to me for revision by the Museum in Bremen, which I allow myself to report upon here, was made by the Director himself, Professor Schauinsland, during a voyage to the South Seas in the years 1896 and 1897. It contains about 160 species of fishes, of which by far the greater part—117 species—came from the coasts of the Sandwich Islands (Oahu and Laysan), the latter a small uninhabited coral island, about 800 nautical miles north-west of Honolulu. Although the Sandwich Islands have several times been investigated in connection with ichthyology, particularly by Garrett, Professor Schauins- land’s collection contained a by no means insignificant number of new and rare forms, for example one specimen each of Apogon maculiferus Garr. and Chilodactylus vittatus Garr. of which the types have probably been lost, and it is therefore not to be underrated from a faunistic standpoint. The remain- ing species cited in the present paper were collected from the coasts of the Samoan Islands and the Chatham Islands (about 560 nautical miles eastward of New Zealand) as well as in New Zealand itself; of these, two, if not three, species are new to science. Finally there are five already well-known species from Bare Island near Vancouver, of which an example of Xiphidium mucosum Girard of unusual size (40.1 cm. long) lies before me. p. 487. Haplodactylus schauinslandii n. sp. Plate i, fig. i [Plate vi, fig. 1 of present paper]. Br. 5. D. 16/1/7.* A. 3/7. P. 16 (9+7). L. 1. 99-100. The greatest depth of the body is contained about 434 times in the total length and a little more than 4-4/5 times in the length of the body, the length of the head goes about 5 times in the total length, the length of the snout nearly 3 times, the diameter of the eyes 5-4/5 times, and the breadth across the flat forehead 4 times in the length of the head. The snout is concave in profile above the lower nostrils, however, the forehead swells into a weak pad; it then dips very slightly before the but very slightly straightened profile line of the nape and shoulder ascends to the dorsal. The horizontally situated mouth-opening is overtopped ¥y the bluntly ovally rounded end of the snout. In the upper as well as the lower jaw there are twenty-two teeth in an external row; they end in three cusps, of which the middle one is longer and stronger than the laterals. * Should be 1/17.—G.P.W. WHITLEY 113 The hinder end of the upper jaw lies under the vertical of the anterior border of the hinder nostril. Both nostrils are of moderate size, circular; the lower pair carry a high flap on the hinder margin. p. 488. The hind and under skinny margins of the preoperculum form a regularly rounded, wide arch. A broad skinny flap fringes the concave upper margin and the tip of the opercular spine. There is not the slightest perceptible development of a second opercular spine. Cheeks, opercle and interopercle covered with very small scales. Snout with the inclusion of the preorbital, forehead and forward part of the nuchal region naked. The pectoral fin is just a trifle longer than the head; the six* lowermost rays are not split, they are thickened and the uppermost of them is a little shorter than the preceding split ray. The fifth [and] highest spine of the first dorsal fin, as well as the highest third and fourth articulated rays of the second dorsal are a little shorter than the head, excluding the snout. The second dorsal spine is scarcely half as long as the fifth, the first is about 24 times shorter than the second spine and about two-thirds of the diameter of the eye. The origin of the dorsal is situated vertically over the tip of the skinny opercular flap. The two dorsal fins are [more or less] separated from one another by a deep notch. The caudal fin is weakly concave at its hinder border, but shorter than the head and thickly covered all over with scales which, with the exception of those lying over the smallest anterior third of the length of the fin, are extremely small. In the pectoral fin there is only an arched excision in about the basal third of the fin’s extent, and it is likewise covered with only very small scales indeed. The anal fin ends in a downward point. The third spine goes about 24 times in the length of the head, whereas the second hardly equals the diameter of the eye. The third, highest, articulated ray of the fin is equal to Z of the length of the head. A thick, densely scaled fold of skin overlies the base of the spinous first dorsal, the anterior third of the second dorsal and the anal. Towards the middle of the proximal parts of both these fins they disappear by degrees in the nature of a fold. The scales of the anterior part of the flanks are small, further back to about the end of the middle third of the length of the body they increase but little, finally but perceptibly suddenly becoming large towards the caudal. The scales on the abdominal part of the body are much smaller than those of the flanks and the scales of the thoracic region hardly noticeably larger than those scales which cover the operculum. A little larger, finally, are the scales of the abdomen between the ventrals and the anal. The head, flanks and all the fins are deep violet and spangled with orange- yellow spots; the ventral surface of the body is orange-yellow with some brownish dots thereon, and unspotted between the ventrals and the anal. The yellow spots increase in size on the sides of the body down below the lateral line and the spots of the undermost rows unite themselves here and there into large blotches with darker violet spottings or into a more or less long band. The breast is indistinct violet, etcetera, wavy, streaked, and spotted upon the dirty bright-golden-brown ground colour. Three narrow violet cross-bars are situated on the under surface of the head. One example 30.5 cm. long from New Zealand. p. 490. Chilodactylus macropterus (Forst.) Gthr. 2 Examples, about 25 and 25.8 cm. long, from New Zealand. p. 491. Latris ciliaris Forst. 1 Example, 26.7 cm. long, from New Zealand. * Six in the text, but seven in the figure; but this might vary on two sides of the same fish.—G.P.W. 114 NEW ZEALAND FISHES D. 16/42. A. 3/34. L. 1. 90 (as far as caudal). Pectoral with eight simple rays. Length of the head contained 43 times in the total length. 7 Sebastes percoides (Sol.) Richards. 2 Examples, 25.9 and 26.3 cm. long, from New Zealand. p. 496. Anema monopterygium (Bl. Schn.) Gthr. 1 Example, 29 cm. long, from New Zealand. p. 497. Percis nictymera C.V. Two specimens, 23 and 30.1 cm. long, from New Zealand. Length of head about 3%, depth of body 5-1/3 times in the total length. Diameter of eye contained 54 times, length of snout nearly 24, interorbital 4, length of-the pectoral slightly more than 13 times, and that of the ventrals about 1-1/3 times in the length of the head. Vomer toothed. The short dorsal spines increase in height to the last and are united with the soft rays into one fin. The ventrals, with the exception of their innermost rays, thickly integumented, reach back just a little past the anal orifice. Scales lying partly isolated on the hinder part of the cheeks, lacking on the anterior portion of the cheeks. Ten scales between the first dorsal spine and the lateral line. P. 20. D. 5/20. A. 16. p. 498. Trigla kumoides, N. Sp. (near Trigla kumu, Var.). Plate 1. Figs. 2, 2a [Plate vi, fig. 2 of present paper]. One example, 38.5 cm. long, from New Zealand. D2 0/6; AS 15. Po ae. Body scales small, scales of the lateral line smooth-edged. Length of the head contained somewhat more than 4 times, length of the pectoral 34 times (in Trigla kumu about 3 times), that of the ventrals rather more than 5 times (in Trigla kumu 4% times) in the total length; length of the snout contained 2-1/5 times, of the eye 4-3/5 times (in Trigla kumu 5 times) in the length of the head, and mean interorbital width a little more than 14 times in the diameter of the eye. Preorbital broad at the anterior margin, obtusely rounded, not surpassing the anterior border of the interoperculum and without projecting serrations. Ridges absent along the preorbitals and on the cheek-region, as in Tvrigla kumu. Interorbital concave. Two short pointed spines at the anterior end of the supraorbital margin. The pectoral, whose hind margin is broadly rounded [according] to that of the description of the example lying [before me is] on the left side of the body a little longer than on the right since it reaches back on the left side to the fifth, on the right side to the second ray of the second dorsal, or left to the third anal ray, and on the right side to the beginning of the anal fin. Pectoral without blackish spot on the inner side (there also sometimes missing in Trigla kumu) yet with one or two bright, very small dots on the sixth ray of the right pectoral fin. Inner side of the fin deep bluish violet, with the exception of the two lowermost rays, which are tinged whitish; outer side of the same fin lead-coloured nearest the base, thence- forth darker grey-violet. S Without inspecting a greater number of equal-sized specimens of Trigla kumu, I had hardly dared to separate it here specifically as the representa- tive of a questionable new species from the described example Trigla kumu, since the relationship of both species is doubtless very close, yet I find in Trigla kumu the pectoral, which is ovally rounded at the hinder margin, is always longer, the eye considerably smaller, the preorbital more strongly ovally rounded at its anterior end and somewhat more extensively over- hanging the mouth-opening than in Jrigla kumoides. WHITLEY 115 p. 499. Tripterygium medium Gthr. Many specimens up to 7.6 cm. long, from the Chatham Islands, Maunganui, Teone (Red Blufl) also from French Pass (Waikawa, Flemming) in fresh water. Brown marbled with darker. Upper margin of eyes without tentacle; the hinder end of the upper jaw often reaches backwards in the older specimens to under the middle of the eyes. The teeth of the lower jaw increase a little in length in the outer rows towards the anterior ones and those farthest forward are sometimes pro- pertionally strikingly large, caniniform and curved. D. 4/15-16/12-13. A. 20, 21 (seldom 22-23). P. 9-10/6 (unsplit). L. 1. 45-46. De O00: Acanthoclinus littoreus (Forst.) Gthr. Many specimens from D’Urville Islands and French Pass, 3.1-12 cm. long D. 20/4-5. A. 9/5-4. L. Lat. above 76-85+3. L. lat. middle 90-97. L. lat. inferior 107-116. Very indistinct, blurred, yellow brown, rounded spots on the body, on a dirty dark violet ground. A darker spot on the operculum, two dark stripes start from the eye and slope obliquely backwards. Lepidopus caudatus (Huph.) White. One example, 62.7 cm. long, from New Zealand. Length of head 7 times in that of the body, eye-diameter contained some- what more than 54 times in the length of the head, twice in that of the snout, the latter a little more than 24 times in the length of the head. Interorbital about 7-2/5 times, depth of body rather more than twice in the head. Length of head 8.55 cm., eye-diameter 1.5 cm., length of snout measured from the tip of the lower jaw nearly 3.5 cm., depth of the body over the anal origin 4.5 cm. GO DOL: Diprocrepis puniceus (Richrds.) Gthr. Many specimens from the Chatham Islands, D’Urville Islands and French Pass. p. 503. Pseudolabrus cossyphoides, n. sp. Plate II, fig. 1 [Plate vi, fig. 3 of present paper]. Snout produced, triangular. Cheeks with 6-7 rows of small _ scales. Opercular scales large. Rest of head naked. A strong well-developed canine tooth next to the corner of the mouth on each side of the symphysis. Anterior canines [in the upper jaw] at the symphysis stronger and longer than in the lower jaw. Dorsal with numerous dot-like violet spots in oblique rows. Anal immacu- late. A moderately broad dark brown cross-band at the hinder part of the caudal peduncle, for the most part encroaching upon the base of the caudal fin. A row of very small scales extends a little way onto the bases of the soft parts of the dorsal and anal fins. Lateral line [scales] strongly ramified. DD o/ik. A. 3/10. P. 12: Li. Lat. 26+1 Gon the caudal): L. tr. 24/1/8 (to ventral). In the form of the head this species approaches more the species of the genus Cossyphus rather than those of Pseudolabrus. The upper profile of the head is weakly concave, the snout acutely produced. p. 503. The length of the head inclusive of the broad dermal flaps at the opercular margins is a little more than three times in the length of the body, about 3-2/3 times in the total length, the greatest depth of the body somewhat less than 34 times in the total length, the length of the snout contained nearly 2-4/5 times in that of the head, the diameter of the eyes 116 NEW ZEALAND FISHES twice in the length of the snout, the length of the pectoral about 1-1/3 times, of the ventrals about 24, and the length of the caudal very slightly more than 14 in the length of the head. Upper lip with numerous oblique folds on the inner side; under-lip-ever- hanging laterally, anteriorly crumbling below. The corner of the mouth falls vertically under the anterior nostrils. Nasal openings small. The spines of the dorsal fin increase in length to the last, the articulated rays up to the penultimate gradually increase in height; the stiff part of the last, ninth, spine is about 1-1/3 times shorter than the last ray. Dorsal and anal pointed at their hinder ends. The caudal is weakly concave at its posterior margin, the marginal rays, above and below, surpass but slightly the hinder limits of the [dorsal and anal] fins. p. 504. The smaller anterior portion of the caudal fin is scaly, the squama- tion reaches further back only on the upper and lower rays. Head and body in life considered to be rosy coloured; dorsal and anal said to be yellow. Band at the base of the tail and upper and lower margin of the caudal brown-violet. 1 Specimen, 24.5 cm. long. Locality, New Zealand. [I have already demonstrated in my “Studies of Ichthyology, No .7,” published in Rec. Austr. Mus. xix, 1, Aug. 2, 1933, p. 86, that Pseudolabrus cessyphoides is a synonym of Pseudolabrus (Lunolabrus) miles Bloch and Schneider.—G.P.W.] Pseudolabrus bothryocosmus (Richrd.) Gill. (Labrichthys bothryocosmus Gthr.) Many examples, 13.9 to 18 cm. long, from New Zealand. Pseudolabrus celidota (Forst.) Gill. (Labrichthys celidota Gthr.) One example, 17.6 cm. long, from New Zealand. Six rows of scales on the cheeks. A dark blotch under the last spine and first ray of the dorsal fin. A darker transverse mark at the base of each scale on the body. A curved streak runs from the snout to the eye and beyond that to the posterior margin of the operculum. DEO tals AL 3/10 ose p. 509. Coridodax pullus (Forst.) Gthr. One example, 37.4 cm. long, from New Zealand. D. 14/20, A. 3/12. L. lat. 80+2 on the caudal. L. tr. 12/1/25 to ventrals. Lotella grandis Rams. (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vol. v, p. 462.) Two specimens, 31 and 34.2 cm. long, from New Zealand. Length of the head 3-2/3 to 3-5/12 times in the length of the body, about 3-5/6 to 4 times in the total length. Diameter of the eyes contained 5 to 54 times in the length of the head snout 3-2/5 to somewhat more than 3-4/5 times, interorbital 3-3/5 to 34 times, length of mouth-opening about twice, length of the pectorals somewhat less or exactly twice, and length of the ventrals 14 to a little more than 1-2/3 times in the length of the head. The greatest breadth of the head equals one-half, and the maximum height of the head almost goes 5/7 in the length of the head in the larger example; the greatest depth of the body attains nearly 1/5 of the total length, 2/9 of the length of the body, or about $ of the length of the head. The upper profile of the head rises as a rounded obtuse oval, moderately projecting over the border of the mouth to the symmetrical end of the snout, without noteworthy curvature to origin of the first dorsal, and is even in the region of the snout very weakly concave. p. 510. The posterior end of the mouth-opening falls quite an insignificant distance behind the vertical of the eye. The lower jaw is overhung in front by the symphysis of the upper jaw. The teeth in the jaws are delicate, brush-like, very numerous. The band of teeth in the upper jaw is broader WHITLEY 117 than that of the lower jaw and attains, at its most anterior portion, to the width of about one-quarter of an eye-diameter. There are no larger or stronger teeth in the outer rows of the bands of teeth in the jaws. Barbel on the chin about as long as the diameter of the eye. The two outer ventral rays are moderately thickened, the second longest, contained about 14 to 1-2/3 times in the length of the head, the first ray less than 2 to 2-1/9 times in same. The tip of the ventral falls about a length of the snout before the origin of the anal or about under the end of the first fourth of the length of the pectorals. Head and body dull golden brown; scaleless part of the dorsal, caudal, and anal blackish blue-grey. A darker stripe, not distinctly demarcated superiorly, along the under margin of the sides of the snout to the corner of the mouth. D. 9/56-57. A. 53-58. Scales above the lateral line about 134. Lotella rhacinus (Forst.) Gthr. One example, 26.1 cm. long, from New Zealand. ID), GyAT VANS Se WW Dusky brownish violet. : Length of head a little more than four times in that of the body, contained 44 times in the total length; greates height of the body about 5 times in the total length, snout hardly less than 34 times, length of eye about 5-2/5 times, interorbital space more than 4-1/3 times, length of the pectorals about 1-3/5 times, length of the second threadlike produced ventral rays nearly twice, and length of the median caudal rays contained about 2-3/5 times in the length of the head. Snout rounded obtusely ovally anteriorly, projecting like a nose over the margin of the lower jaw. The hinder end of the upper jaw falls, when the mouth is closed, under a vertical from between the centre of the eye and the hinder ocular margin. The moderately thick barbel on the chin is about as long as the eye, the inner ventral ray is half as long as the second and longest ray. About 244 scales lie along the upper part of the lateral line as far as the base of the middle caudal rays and about 19-20 between the base of the first dorsal fin and the lateral line. The tip of the adpressed pectoral falls vertically over the anal origin, caudal ovally rounded. Ventrals with finer delicate rays; both the outer ones are moderately produced, not thickened; the first ray is about half an eye-diameter shorter than the second, longer, ray of the fin. Dail, Galaxias fasciatus Gray. Many examples from Waikawa, French Pass, New Zealand; 16-21.1 cm. long. Galaxias attenuatus (Jen.) C.V. Many specimens, juveniles, from French Pass. ro, Ful3s. Scopelus (Myctophum) novae seelandiae n. sp. One example, about 5.6 cm. long, from New Zealand. DUA toils, AL about 1S.V.-s: i. lat. 40) i. tr. 23/1/22 (to the ventrals). Height of the body somewhat more than 4 times, length of the head contained 3-2/5 times in that of the body, eye-diameter about 3 times, length of the mouth-opening about 1-2/3 in that of the head. Snout very short, steeply sloping in an arc to the mouth-opening. Mouth-opening moderately ascending anteriorly; the hinder end of the upper jaw which is not widened reaches back almost to the angle of the preoperculum. The interorbital width is about 2/3; the length of the snout 1/3 of the eye-diameter. 118 NEW ZEALAND FISHES The origin of the dorsal falls about more than one eye-diameter nearer to the anterior end of the head than to the base of the caudal; the origin of the anal is removed quite as far from the hinder ocular margin as from the base of the caudal. The jointed part of the ventral is situated below the vertical of the dorsal origin. The length of the caudal peduncle, measured from the end of the adipose dorsal fin, is contained about 3-3/5 times in the length of the body and the minimum height of the peduncle about four times in the maximum height of the body. Scales with entire margins, lateral line projecting like a keel. A row of photophores on each side of the ventral margin, 5 as far as the ventrals, 4 between the latter and the origin of the anal, next come 9-10 above the base of the anal to the caudal. Two or three photophores next to the shoulder-girdle up to the beginning of the lateral line, 1 between the ventral and the lateral line and 3 in an obliquely placed row between the tip of the adpressed ventral and the lateral line (the uppermost of this row lies on the lower part of the eighteenth scale of the lateral line). The scales lying above the scale-row of the lateral line are almost com- pletely absent in the example under examination; also the pectorals are only partly preserved. : p. 514. Anguilla aucklandit Richds. One example, 45 cm. long, from New Zealand. Length of the tail 24.4 cm., head 7.85 cm., distance between the gill-opening and the anal orifice 13.3 cm., distance of the gill-opening from the origin of the dorsal 7.9 cm., consequently about equal to the length of the head. Some quite young specimens from freshwater at Waikawa (French Pass) probably also belong to the same species. Muraena thyrsoidea Richds. One large example (skin) from the South Sea, French Pass. p. 516. Stigmatophora gracilis Macleay. One example, young, about 10 cm. long (end of tail missing to the extent of 1 mm.) from French Pass. D. about 63-64. Scutes 20+85 to 90. End of tail filiform. Head 14 mm., snout 9 mm. A very delicate longitudinal ridge, running backwards somewhat over the middle of the height of the operculum. The whole body is of a golden brown ground-colour, seen under the lens to be thickly dotted with blackish. At the Vienna Museum are preserved three large examples, male and female, of this same species, up to about 20.7 cm. long, in which the tail comprises 70-75 rings and the dorsal fin 63-70 rays. Snout twice as long as the rest of the head. Locality: —New South Wales to New Zealand. Solenognathus spinosissimus Gthr. One dried specimen, with a damaged snout, otherwise about 40 cm. long, from the Chatham Islands. D. 35. P. 24. Osseous scutes 26-+55. Deeply. Monacanthus rudis Rehds. Three examples, 26, 26.5, and 28.7 cm. long, from New Zealand. D. 33-34. A. 33-34. Dp: 519. Scyllium chilense Guich. One example, female, 81 cm. long, from French Pass. Bdellostoma cirrhatum (Bl. Schn.) Gthr. Many examples, 51 to 60 cm. long, from New Zealand. Seven gill-openings. > WHET EEY 119 The modern names for Steindachner’s species are as follows:— Haplodactylus schawinslandii is now Dactylosargus arctidens (Richardson). Chilodactylus macropterus is now Nemadactylus macropterus. Latris ciliaris is now Latridopsis ciliaris. Sebastes percoides is now Helicolenus papillosus (Bl. Schn.). Anema monopterygium is now Genyagnus monopterygius. Percis nictymera is now Parapercichthys colias (Bl. Schn.). Trigla kumoides is now Currupiscis kumu (Cuv & Val.). Tripterygium medium is now Helcogramma medium. Acanthoclinus littoreus is now Acanthoclinus quadridactylus (Bl. Schn.). Lepidopus caudatus is now Lepidopus lex Phillipps. Diprocrepis puniceus is now Diplocrepis puniceus. Pseudolabrus cossyphoides is now P. (Lunolabrus) miles (Bl. Schn.). Pseudolabrus bothryocosmus is now P. (Lunolabrus) celidotus (Bl. Schn.). Pseudolabrus celidota is now P. (Lunolabrus) celidotus (Bl. Schn.). Coridodax pullus stands. Lotella grandis is now Physiculus barbatus (Gunther). Lotella rhacinus stands. Galaxias fasciatus stands. Galaxias attenuatus is now Austrocobitis attenuatus. Scopelus (Myctophum) novaeseelandiae is apparently a Myctophum. Anguilla aucklandii is now Anguilla dieffenbachii Gray. Muraena thyrsoidea is now Lycodontis thyrsoidea. Stigmatophora gracilis is now Stigmatophora longirostris Hutton. Solenognathus spinosissimus is now Solegnathus spinosissimus. Monacanthus rudis is now Navodon australis (Donovan). Scyllium chilense probably refers to Cephaloscyllium isabella (Bonn.). Bdellostoma cirrhatum is now Eptatretus cirrhatus. Most of the types of Steindachner’s new species, which were first described in Anzeig. Akad. Wiss. Wien xvi, 28 June 1900, pp. 174-178 (a work not available to me), survived the two World Wars and are in the Ubersee- Museum, Bremen, Germany, having been recently catalogued by Gerd von Wahlert (Veroff. Ubersee Museum Bremen, A, ii, 5, 1955, pp. 323-326, figs. 1-2). He says the type of Scopelus (Myctophum) novaeseelandiae is unfortunately lost and that the whereabouts of the type of Pseudolabrus cossyphoides is unknown. 120 Dr. James Stuart: Artist Naturalist By A. MUSGRAVE, F.R.Z.S., F.R.E.S. (Plates vii-xviii. ) James Stuart, Surgeon, is one of those artist-naturalists who has done so much to depict Australian zoology, but whose work has hitherto remained largely in obscurity, though his fine drawings in colour are housed in the Linnean Society of New South Wales. Very little has been known of this worker’s biography, apart from the information given by the late J. J. Fletcher, formerly Secretary to the Linnean Society of New South Wales. This information is contained in the following references, viz. (1) Notes and Exhibits. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1896, xxi (4) May 31, 1897: 585, referring to an occasion on which the Stuart drawings were exhibited to the members of the Society, and (2) in his Presidential Address: The Society’s Heritage from the Macleays, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, xlv (4) 7 March, 1921: 609-611, in which he traces the history of the drawings. These original drawings, the fruits of Dr. Stuart’s labours in New South Wales and Norfolk Island, were bequeathed to William Sharp Macleay, and, upon his death, his brother, George Macleay, inherited them and presented them to William Macleay in 1887. Sir William Macleay presented them to the Linnean Society and here they have remained. Fletcher (p. 611) lists the drawings, but this list is not strictly accurate. He says that there was only one plate of insects, whereas there are four, viz. No. 192, Caterpillar of a Hawk Moth. No. 194, Grasshoppers. No. 195, Mantids, Tenodera australasiae. March 13, 1836. No. 196, Larva and pupa of the Case Moth Metura elongata. Fletcher is unable to tell us much of the biography of Stuart, and he writes, “I have not been able to learn anything more about this worthy man than is given by W. S. Macleay himself, in the following extracts,’ which are taken from the paper by W. S. Macleay, Notice of a new genus of Mammalia discovered by J. Stuart, Esq., in New South Wales, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., viii (51) Dec. 1841, 241-248, pl. vii. This paper is a description of Antechinus Stuartii from Spring Cove, Port Jackson. To quote, “J. Stuart, Hsq., is a surgeon in the army, who has been frequently employed by the Colonial Government in superintending the quarantine to which vessels arriving unhealthy in Port Jackson are subjected. On entering the heads of this noble frith, every vessel is boarded by the medical officers, and if found to be in a sickly state, instead of sailing up to Sydney, a distance of apout seven miles, she is carried off to the right, and enters Spring Cove, where the passengers are landed at a Lazaretto, established on the north shore. Here they remain under the care of a surgeon for the necessary period; and Mr. Stuart, who has often undertaken this painful charge, has, by means oi his admirable skill in drawing objects of natural history and his powers of accurate observation, been enabled to employ to the advantage of every department of science those spare hours, which otherwise, in the midst of contagion and disease, would have proved so dreary.” Brief reference to Dr. Stuart has also been made by Mr. G. P. Whitley, Karly Naturalists and Collectors in Australia, Journal and Proceedings Royal Australian Historical Society, xix (5), 1933: 323, and Prof. J. Burton Cleland, The Archibald Watson Memorial Lecture. The Naturalist in Medicine with particular reference to Australia, Medical Journal of Australia, vol. i, 37th year, No. 17, April 29, 1950; 563. THEH SEARCH. It was necessary, therefore, to try to discover if any additional informa- tion about this surgeon-naturalist might be hidden in books in the Mitchell and Public Libraries, Sydney, and it was in the former Library that search brought to light much of Dr. Stuart’s official history. In this library are kept MUSGRAVE 121 the early records of the State and in the “Colony of New South Wales” a beautifully compiled MS. list of the officials of the State, their positions and salaries, an equivalent of the Public Service Lists of the present day, we find important records of all who entered the service of the Crown. There are two distinct sets of this work in the Mitchell Library, one marked “Office Copy,” the other printed on the cover ‘Duplicate,’ though the pagination is different in the two sets. Here, too, as a result of diligent combing of the newspapers published during the period when Dr. Stuart was active in Australia and Norfolk Island, I have been able, with the assistance of Mr. G. P. Whitley, who was the first to direct my attention to the Stuart paintings, to fill up many of the gaps in our knowledge of this surgeon’s biography, so far as his Australian career is concerned. Mr. Tom Iredale has also been able to glean much information from the drawings themselves, the dates on the pictures providing valuable clues as to the whereabouts of the artist at the time of their execution. In 1833 he was at Kevin’s Hospital, New Street, Dublin, and in Liverpool the same year. In the Mitchell Library too are kept many official documents of historic interest, and thanks to the efforts of one of the Staff, my attention was directed to two letters relating to the Superintendent of Convict's Office written by Mr. John Ryan Brenan, then Acting Superintendent of Convicts at Sydney, and the second of these gave the clue to the date of Dr. Stuart’s arrival at Sydney. These letters I have been:permitted to cite herewith. The writer points out (1) that Dr. Stuart had attended him “on the voyage to the Colony,” and (2) that Dr. Stuart had “not commenced the practice of his profession” since his arrival in Sydney. It was therefore necessary to find only the date of Mr. Brenan’s arrival, as previous search had failed to find that of Dr. Stuart’s. Fortunately this was easily procured from the official MS. volumes of ‘‘Vessels Arrived 1834, volume 1.” It appeared that Mr. Brenan, his wife and two sons had arrived in Sydney on the barque Jessie (314 tons), Captain James Troup, from Liverpool, whence they had sailed on 24 December, 1833, &&. No mention of Surgeon Stuart, however, appeared among the lists of passengers. The newspapers of the day, however, came to our assistance and in The Colonist, and Van Diemen’s Land Commercial and Agricultural Advertiser, Hobart Town, vol. iii (100) Tuesday, June 3, 1834, p. [2], col. 1, we read, “Ship News. Hobart Town May 23.—Arrived barque Jessie, 314 tons Captain James Trow [sic], from Liverpool, which she left the 25th November [?], Falmouth 29th January, Cape of Good Hope, 8th April.—Passengers, . . . Surgeon Stewart [sic], Mr. Brennand [sic], wife and two children,” &c. The Sydney Herald, iv (274) Thursday, June 12, 1834, p. 2 , col. 1, also records the vessel’s arrival for the previous day, mentions the Brennans [sic], but does not refer to Surgeon Stuart. Other Sydney papers likewise failed to mention his arrival. We have thus the testimony of Mr. Brenan and The Colonist that he was on the vessel and we may, I think, safely assume that he continued with the vessel from Hobart Town to Sydney. This view is substantiated by the date on a drawing of Petaurus, 26 June, 1834, which shows that he was in Sydney in the same month as the Brenans’ arrival, and that already he was absorbed in the natural history of this continent. SYDNEY: THE YEARS 1834-1836. History is silent as to his activities during his first six months in the Colony, but reference to the ‘Colony of New South Wales, 1835,” shows that a James Stuart was appointed a clerk in the Principal Superintendent of Convict’s Office, on 20 January, 1835. The suggestion that a Surgeon should be so reduced in circumstances as to be compelled to accept so subordinate a position might seem out of place, were it not for a letter signed ‘‘Medicus”’ written to the Lancet, vol. i, 1838, pp. 716-717, and cited by Drs. J. H. L. Cumpston and F. McCallum in their work, The History of the Intestinal Infections (and Typhus Fever) in Australia, 1788-1923. Commonwealth of Australia. Dept. of Health Serv. Publ., No. 36, Melbourne, 1927: 82-83, in which it is stated inter alia: 122 JAMES STUART “However, let no man go as a surgeon without ample remuneration, bargaining also to be brought back. If he do not this, he must become a clerk or a cattle-driver or he must starve.” We learn that Dr. Stuart was first employed at a salary of £100 per annum, but from 1 February, 1836 to 26 July 1836, it was increased to £130 per annum. It was during this period that the correspondence referred to was written by his Chief, Mr. Brenan. Here, perhaps, we may digress for a moment to consider the fortunes of Surgeon Stuart’s fellow-passenger on the Jessie. John Ryan Brenan, solicitor, was appointed Sydney Coroner on the 13 February, 1835, to succeed Charles J. Smeathman (who had died on 15 January, 1835) at £100 per annum.(1) On the 1 January, 1836, he became Acting Principal Superintendent of Convicts and, when Mr. Frederick A. Hely, who had held the post of Principal Superintendent of Convicts for many years died on 8 September, 1836, Mr. Brenan became Principal on the following day at a salary of £600 per annum having prior to that date received only half that amount per annum.(2) His rise was thus meteoric in comparison with that of his clerk (ci-devant surgeon) James Stuart. The value of the official records will be realized when one compares them with ~ The New South Wales Calendar and General Post Office Directory—1836, which gives only Brenan’s position as Coroner (p. 317), and in the Directory section he is cited as a Solicitor and Coroner for the district of Sydney with his private residence in Kent Street and his office in George Street, Sydney. It was about four months after he had become Acting Superintendent ot Convicts that he acquired the malaise which lied to the writing of the correspondence previously mentioned and which, it will be seen, was the outcome of his furnishing a medical certificate supplied by James Stuart, Surgeon. These letters were addressed to The Hon. The Colonial Secretary, Alexander Macleay, who held that office from 1825-1836, and it is interesting to note that it was to his son, William Sharp Macleay, that the Stuart drawings were ultimately bequeathed. COPY. Kent Street, Ap. 18th 1836. Sir Having laboured under a severe cold for the last three weeks, my medical attendant has recommended me change of air, to recruit my health, and beg leave to enclose his certificate to that effect. I do myself the honor to request you wil! have the goodness to obtain his Excellency’s sanction for my absence from my official duties for ten days from Wednesday next, to enable me to proceed into the country for the restoration of my health. I have the honor to be Sir Your most obedient servant. Sed. Jno. Ryan Brenan. To The Honorable The Col. Secretary. MEDICAL CERTIFICATE. Castlereagh Street. I hereby certify that Mr. Ryan Brenan is not in a fit state of health to continue in the prosecution of his official duties at the present. I wouid strongly recommend him to go into the country for 10 or twelve days, as the best means of recruiting his strength and getting rid of his complaint. Sed. James Stuart Surgeon. Sydney 18th April 1836. (1) “Colony of New South Wales, 1835,” p. 55, 100. (2) “Colony of New South Wales, 18386,” p. 73, 132. MUSGRAVE 125 OFFICIAL COMMENT. Leave of absence allowed. The certificate however from a clerk in the Superintendents office is certainly not regular, and it has now become necessary to intimate to Mr. Stuart that he must make his election between Govt. employment and the practise of his profession. April 19. ? initials. Pr. Sup. of Convicts Office. Ap. 20th 1836. To The Honorable The Col. Secretary. Sir, In reply to your letter of this day communicating to me His Excellency’s permission to be absent for ten days, I beg to say the state of the weather did not permit of my leaving town, but hope tomorrow may be more favorable. With reference to His Excellency’s directions to point out to me that a medical certificate from a clerk in my office is by no means regular:—I do myself the honor to acquaint you for the information of His Excellency, that I was induced to have Mr. Stuart’s advice from his knowledge of my constitution, having attended me on the voyage to the Colony—his attendance on me did not interfere with office hours:—under these circumstances I did consider his certificate the most regular I could transmit, not having in the early stage of my attack contemplated any such necessity, and more especially in the absence of any other medical attendant. I have communicated to Mr. Stuart as desired relative to his election between employment in the service of Govt. and the practice of his profession. I have the honor to report that Mr. Stuart informs me he has not com- menced the practice of his profession and that should circumstances arise to induce him so to do, he will resign his situation as clerk in my office, and he requested mé to add that he did not consider his attendance on me sufficient to be construed into the practice of his profession. I have the honor to be Sir Your most obedient servant. Sed. Jno. Ryan Brenan. On 26 July, 1836 Dr. Stuart resigned his clerical position in the Principal Superintendent of Convicts Office, having thus served about 18 months in that capacity, and two days later, 28 July, 1836, he became an assistant to the apothecary at a reduced salary of £91/10/- per annum and quarters. However, on 5 December, 1836, he was appointed assistant-surgeon at £136/17/6 with quarters and rations for himself and one servant (Colony oi N.S.W. 1836), though in another place his salary is given at £137/5/-. COLONIAL ASSISTANT-SURGEON, 1836-1842. The following year, 1837, was full of incident for him and we gather from the Press of that day that he was acting as a medical officer at the Quarantine Ground. We read in The Colonist, Sydney, iii (114) Thursday, March 2, 1837, p. 72, under “Domestic Intelligence. Typhus Fever,’ that the female emigrant ship, Lady Macnaughten, lost 56 passengers on the voyage out to Australia, and 90, including Dr. Hawkins, the surgeon of the vessel, were on the sick list. This doctor subsequently died. When within a few days’ sail of Port Jackson they fell in with H.M.S. Rattlesnake, and the Assistant Surgeon, Dr. Bowler, hearing that the emigrants were without medical assistance, volunteered his services to go on board. In the Sydney Herald, 20 March, 1837, we read, “Domestic Intelligence. The Fever Ship. The accounts from the Quarantine Ground are anything but favourable. Dr. Stuart and Capt. Hustwick have been seized with the infection during the last week.’ Later we learn in the Sydney Herald, 23 March, 1837, that oa JAMES STUART “Captain Hustwick, Mrs. Hustwick and Dr. Stewart (sic) are fast recover- ing.” On 11 May, 1837, the Lady McNaughten was released from quarantine. Prior to the release of the vessel occurred a small incident which adds a note of comedy to relieve the gloom of the Press accounts of the “Fever Ship,’ but it must first be appreciated that the newspapers of those days were always very acrimonious towards one another. And so we read in The Sydney Times, 22 April, 1837, that a number of the female immigrants who had been passengers on the Lady McNaughten after they had been liberated from quarantine, addressed a letter to the Colonial Secretary, “thanking him in the warmest terms of gratitude for the kindness shown to them since their arrival in harbour.’ This, The Sydney Times goes on to say, “has elicited remarks from several of our contemporaries. The Herald, as might be expected, is very severe upon what it terms misplaced adulation.” In the Historical Records of Australia (1) xviii, July, 1835-June 1837 (1923), 726-727, there is recorded a Dispatch from Sir Richard Bourke to Lord Glenelg, written at Government House, Sydney, on 10 April, 1837, in which is given a report on the Sickness on the Lady MacNaughten, and pointing out that 10 adults and 44 children died on the passage out, and four adults and nine children since arrival. The need for having experienced surgeons on emigrant ships was emphasized. In a later dispatch from Sir Richard Bourke to Lord Glenelg, dated 11 May, 1837 (op. cit., pp. 758-759), thanks are expressed to the surgeons employed at the Quarantine Ground and recommendations are made for promotion and reward. Cn 23 January, 1838, the ship Minerva arrived at Sydney with emigrants and was found to be affected with that old scourge of the past, “ship fever’ or typhus, and was duly quarantined. A report on this typhus-ship’s patients was made by Dr. Stuart, in which it is pointed out that 86 were attacked by the disease and of this number 24 died. This report is referred to in the Enclosures with the Dispatches from Acting Governor Snodgrass to Lord Glenelg (dated 22 February, 1838) and is cited in the Hist. Rec. Austr., (1) xix, July 1837-Jan. 1839 (1923): 288-289. The original report is filed in the Mitchell Library, Sydney, 1218, pp. 173-174, 179-180. References to the Lady MacNaughten and the Minerva will also be found in the work by Cumpston and McCallum previously cited (pp. 137-143). NORFOLK ISLAND. In 1838 in the Colony of N.S.W. list for that year, pp. 105 and 220, we read under ‘“‘Medical Establishments,’ that Dr. Stuart was still at Sydney, but that he was transferred to Liverpool [New South Wales] 1 September, 1838, and to Norfolk Island, 1 November, 1838. Dr. Stuart was on Norfolk Island during its Second period of occupation as a penal settlement, 1825-1856, and therefore must have served under four administrators, viz. 1. Major James Anderson (17 April, 1834). 2. Major Thomas Bunbury (3 April, 1839). 3. Major Ryan (27 September, 1839). 4. Captain Alexander Maconochie (1 March, 1840). These took charge of the settlement on the dates which follow their names according to the Australian Encyclopaedia, ii, M-Z, 1926, p. 211. It was during this period that Dr. Stuart made so many of his fish and bird drawings. He remained on the Island as Assistant Surgeon until 1841 and arrived back in Sydney on the brig, Governor Phillip, on January 10th. VALE.. The following year, 1842, writes “finis’” to Dr. Stuart's colonial activities. While on a visit to Major Innes at Lake Innes, Port Macquarie, he died, the aftermath, we are informed, of two attacks of typhus which had undermined his constitution during that period 1837-1838, when he had caught the infection while tending his patients. Most of the newspapers of June, 1842, printed the following in their ‘Deaths’ notices: “At Lake Innes, Port Macquarie, on the 26th ultimo, James Stuart, Esq., Colonial Assistant Surgeon, deeply regretted by a large circle of friends.” MUSGRAVE 125 Some newspapers, however, printed small obituaries (two of them virtually the same, viz. those in the Sydney Herald, June 3, and the Australasian Chronicle. June 4, 1842). The Australian, June 2, 1842, p. [2], col. 2, gives the following: “Port Macquarie.—It is with deep regret we announce the death of Dr. Stuart, Colonial Surgeon, which took place at Lake Innes, on the 26th ult. Dr. Stuart had only arrived here on a visit to Major Innes, having obtained leave of absence from Sydney, in the hope of recruiting his health. This distinguished surgeon may be said to have fallen a martyr to his zeal for his profession, his death being entirely attributable to the effects of two severe attacks of typhus fever, caught during his attendance on the immi- grants at the Quarantine Ground. His career as a Colonial Surgeon reflects high honour on his memory, whilst his accomplishments as a scholar, and his attainments as an artist, have long ranked highly in the estimation of the scientific and literary world. In his beautiful ornithological and botanical illustrations of Australia, the elegance and vigour of his genius were con- spicuous; and his many scientific papers on various subjects of colonial interest are of much value. His death will be deeply lamented by the public, and by his numerous friends.—Communicated.” The Sydney Herald, June 3, 1842, p. [2], col. 7, printed the following: “The Late Doctor Stuart.—It is our painful duty to announce in this day’s Herald the death of James Stuart, Esq., Colonial Assistant Surgeon, which occurred at the residence of Major Innes, Port Macquarie, where he had been on a visit for the benefit of his health. The Colony has lost in Doctor Stuart one of the most talented members of its Society, whether he be regarded as an anatomist, a naturalist, or an artist. For the last five years he has sedulously devoted himself to the pursuit of natural history connected with Norfolk Island and this Colony, and his drawings on the subject, particularly those of the fishes of Norfolk Island and Port Jackson, are considered by the best judges as the most splendid and accurate of any which have yet appeared. We understand he has bequeathed them, with descriptive notes, &c., to William Sharp M‘Leay, Esquire, who not only has the ability but the power to bring them before the world in a proper manner, which we hope he will do at some future period.” The Australasian Chronicle, in addition to printing the above, concludes by saying, “Dr. Stuart also published in the columns of this journal some very humane, talented, and philosophical letters on the subject of prison discipline.” Later in the year The Sydney Herald, June 14, 1842, p. [2], cols. 3-5, under the title of “Notitiae Australasianae,’ gives an account of the paper by W. S. Macleay on Antechinus Stuartii, earlier referred to, and quotes Macleay’s remarks about Stuart’s work and his “skill in depicting objects of natural history.” Unfortunately this animal is now known by the name ot Antechinus flavipes Waterhouse, 1838, or more popularly as the Yellow- footed Marsupial Mouse, Waterhouse’s earlier name antedating that of Macleay; the specific name of stuartii being known only as a synonym to mammalogists. A sequel to this biography is found in the Historical Records of Australia, (1) xxii, April 1842-June 1843 (1924): 593-594, in which is given a letter from Lord Stanley to Sir George Gipps, an enquiry from Capt. Thomas Stuart, R.N., of Combermere, Cork, dated March 18, 1843, about the death of his brother, Colonial Assistant Surgeon James Stuart at Sydney, with an Enclosure from Capt. Stuart to Under Secretary Hope. Later we find the reply by Sir George Gipps to Lord Stanley (op. cit., (1) xiii: 161), in which the solicitor, Mr. P. Harnett, replies pointing out that Dr. Ellis and himself were the executors and that the necessary information had been forwarded. From a record of the burials in the Parish of St. Thomas in the County of Macquarie, New South Wales, in the year 1842, and kept at the Registrar- General's Office, Sydney, we learn that he was buried in the churchyard of St. Thomas, the ceremony being performed by the Rev. John Cross, on the 27th May, 1842, and that he was 40 at the time of his death. 126 JAMES STUART Earlier it was pointed out that W. S. Macleay had referred to him as an Army Surgeon but, search in the Army Lists of the years 1833-1842 failed to reveal any evidence of our James Stuart being in the Army. There is a danger of confusing Dr. James Stuart with Dr. Peter Stuart, assistant surgeon to the 17th Regiment which was stationed here from 1830-1836. Dr. P. Stuart arrived in Sydney on the Hive (483 tons) on the 9th or 11th June, 1834, about the same time as the Jessie. The complete biography of Dr. Stuart is not yet known to us (Messrs. Iredale, Whitley and myself), but it is hoped that these notes may be the means of attracting the attention of someone who may be in a better position to supply further details concerning his life in Ireland, England, or in the Colony which he so faithfully served. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. In conclusion I would point out that the compilation and collating of this material has not been achieved without considerable assistance from many people, so that I would here express my indebtedness to, and appreciation of, the services rendered by the following: the Staffs of the Mitchell and Public Libraries; The Hon. T. D. A. Mutch, Trustee of the Mitchell Library, who drew my attention to information about Dr. Stuart previously overlooked; Miss Jean Tigh (Public Health Library), Miss Rolleston (B.M.A. Library) ; Mr. R. Gannon (R.Z.S. N.S.W.); to Australian Museum friends, and particu- larly to the Council of the Linnean Society of New South Wales for permis- sion to reproduce here a selection from the Stuart drawings. THE STUART PAINTINGS. On 30th June 1948, an illustrated symposium on James Stuart and his paintings was held at the rooms of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. The late Dr. Frank Marshall, C.M.G., had prepared kodachrome trans- parencies from a number of the paintings, which were exhibited; the writer gave an account of the artist’s life, and Messrs. Tom Iredale and G. P. Whitley discussed various aspects of the drawings from the standpoints of ornithology and ichthyology respectively. To give a complete catalogue of the drawings is impracticable as they would all have to be classified by experts, but the following preliminary list of the 216 items will, it is hoped, stimulate further study later. This list is followed by comments on the birds and fishes by my colleagues, Iredale and Whitley. Drawings Nos. 1-54. Birds (see Plates vii-xi and T. Iredale remarks, injra). 35-63. Mammals (a monstrous filly, wallabies, koala, bats, etc. One of Antechinus was reproduced by W. S. Macleay, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii, 1841, pl. vii). 64-66. Turtles. 67-72. Mammals. 73-80. Crustacea. 81-97. Mollusca, etc. A Sea Hare (No. 95) was reproduced from this series by Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales xlvili, 1923, p. 314, pl. O. OO IiNlp 98-186. Fishes (see Whitley’s catalogue, infra). 187-189. Cetacea (Northern Hemisphere species). 190-191. Fishes. 192. Caterpillar of a Hawk Moth. 193. Starfish. Table Bay. 194-196. Insects (see supra). 197-204. Reptiles and miscellaneous dissections, etc. 205. Hel. 206-209. Amphibia. 210-216. Miscellaneous (dissected organs and mammal skulls). JAMES STUART — ORNITHOLOGIST By TOM IREDALE. The preceding article by A. Musgrave must be read in conjunction with this note, as he has given a general sketch of the short life of this great naturalist ‘who lived and died comparatively unknown, save to the small public of Sydney at that time, over one hundred years ago. As a naturalist- painter, he ranks with the best of all time, remembering that Audubon and Mrs. Gould were contemporaries, but it is almost certain that he never saw any of their work, or if he had, could not have learned much from either of them. His early life is at present quite unknown, the earliest date being 1829 when, according to the scant obituary notices at his death in 1842, where his age is given as about forty, he would be in his late twenties. He may have been interested in birds and paintings all his life as his drawings of some British birds are finished artistic paintings and further some pencil sketches of the same period are delightful miniatures with exquisite truthful details. Unlike the famous Audubon and Gould, he did not restrict his natural history paintings to birds (with perhaps the flowers and plants they _ frequent) but painted any subject with equal facility, covering nearly every group. In the 200 odd paintings preserved, about half are of Fishes, a quarter of Birds, the remainder showing, Mammals, Reptiles, Crustacea, Mollusca, Insects and Worms. Each one of them is an artistic production, associated with accurate scientific detail. This note has been delayed for some years because of the probability that all the subjects were as completely described, but the MS. has not been found, if it be still in existence, and it is thought that it may have perished in the Garden Palace fire in 1882. Many of the paintings are signed and dated, the signature and date being generally hidden in the picture, and only seen through careful examination. Through these dates a little can be gleaned of his life, which has been confirmed by Musgrave’s research detailed above. Stuart was a doctor in Dublin from 1829 to 1833, leaving for Liverpool in that year. He left for Australia early in 1834, arriving at Sydney, where he Pencil drawing by James Stuart of a male Turkey displaying. 128 JAMES STUART immediately painted a Flying Squirrel in June. He had made pencil sketches of an albatross, of the head of a mollymawk, and one of the head of the Sooty Albatross on the voyage out. Only one bird, a Leatherhead, is dated 1835, but a number of Finches are dated 1836, there being none dated 1837, through his severe illness that year as reported by Musgrave. In 1838, however, he was again painting, Honey Eaters and a Cuckoo Shrike being so dated. It may be observed that the latter had been described many years previously, but that all the Finches save one were only described by Gould at the same time (1837) in England. For some unknown reason, he painted the “Digestive organs of the Swamp Pheasant, from nature, by J. Stuart, Sept. 10, 1835, Sydney, N. S. Wales” (see Plate xi, upper fig.), but not the bird itself. He later remedied this by a painting dated Nov. 29, 1840. Of chief interest is the glorious series of paintings made at Norfolk Island. He was transferred there in 1838 and returned late in 1840. Apparently Stuart here saw an opportunity to enlarge his ideas of painting and endeavoured to depict family groups of birds, not merely single birds. He began in January 1839 with groups of sea-birds with their eggs and young and continued with the mainland birds, ignoring some of the commoner species until he was able to secure groups. Thus there is no painting of the — Triller, and only pencil sketches of the Whistler and Parakeet, but finished paintings of the Owl, Long-tailed Cuckoo, Rail and Knot, as he probably realized that there was little chance of anything further in connection with these lastnamed. The Norfolk Island birds painted are here listed: Tropic Bird (Scaeophaethon rubricauda roseotincta), nestling, Jan. 17, 1839. Gannet (Parasula dactylatra personata), adult, juvenile, and downy young, Feb. 26, 1839. Gannet (Parasula dactylatra personata), naked nestling, Jan. 5, 1839. Noddy (Anous stolidus antelius), adult, nestling and egg, Jan. 2, 1839. Wideawake (Onychoprion fuscatus serratus), adult, nestling and egg. Knot (Calidris canatus rogersi), adult only. Rail (Porzanoidea plumbea tenebrosa), adult only. Owl (Spiloglaux undulata), adult only, Nov. 23, 1839. Kingfisher (Sauwropatis sancta norfolkensis), male and female. Parrakeet (Cyanoramphus novaezelandiae verticalis), pencil sketch only. Long-tailed Cuckoo (Urodynamis taitensis), adult. Young Cuckoo in Flycatcher’s nest, Oct. 16, 1839. Blackbird (Turdus poliocephalus), male, female, nest and egg (see Plate vii). Blackbird (Turdus poliocephalus), nestling, Oct. 27, 1839. Robin (Petroica multicolor), male, female, nest and eggs (Plate viii). Fantail (Rhipidura flabellifera peizelni), adult, nest and eggs, Jan. 5, 1840. Flyeater (Gerygone (Royigerygone) modesta), adult, nest and egg. Whistler (Pachycephala xanthoprocta), pencil sketch only. Silver Eye (Neozosterops albogularis), adult, nest and eggs. Starling or Doctor Bird (Aplornis fuscus), male, female, nest and eggs, Jan. 7, 1840 (Plate ix). When he returned to Sydney, Stuart continued painting, but not in the complete style of the above, probably on account of stress of official duties. He was at Windsor at some time and it was probably there that he painted the most intriguing of his mainland birds, the Lotus Bird (lrediparra gallinacea novaehollandiae)—see Plate x—a bird with a history. The painting was made in 1841-42, the bird being at that time unknown from Australia, let alone New South Wales. The species had been described from Celebes in 1828 and was reported from-Port Essington, Northern Australia, in 1843, and refound at Windsor, New South Wales, in the 1930’s, almost a century after Stuart had painted it. The illustrations of his artistic ability here reproduced without colour will give some idea of Stuart’s craftsmanship, but it must be remembered that his colouring is excellent. It might well be a recommendation for some Commonwealth literary or publishing Fund to endow science with the means of publishing in colour an unrivalled work of art and zoology, a folio of the paintings of James Stuart. 129 JAMES STUART — ICHTHYOLOGIST By GILBERT WHITLEY. The paintings of natural history subjects by James Stuart in the library of the Linnean Society of New South Wales have interested and delighted me for about a quarter of a century. My friends, A. Musgrave and T. Iredale have discussed his life and work in the foregoing pages. In the 1930’s, about 100 years after the paintings were made, I listed the fishes represented and I still look forward to the day when these glorious drawings may be reproduced in colour, an impracticability at present because of the great expense involved. At the time they were drawn, many of the commonest fishes were not known to science, often not even generically named—e.g. the common Bream-—yet no better figures of them have been published to this day. In fact, apart perhaps from the work of Ferdinand Bauer or of that “Raphael of natural history,’ LeSueur, which I have seen in England and Europe, there are no comparable paintings of fishes anywhere, to my knowledge. The details are meticulously painted and shaded (with what skill and beauty has Stuart solved problems of light, and with what magic do sombre minutiae loom from his shadows!): not only every fin-ray must have been counted but every articulation or branching of each ray, striation of each scale is faithfully shown. I think he must have worked quickly as, in spite of the wealth of detail, each fish looks as fresh as it was when first caught: no sunken eyes, but lifelike ones without conventional highlights, and no broken fins mar his matchless illustrations. Manuscript scientific names were evidently written at a later date on these drawings, doubtless by Macleay, but these are not listed here as they would be stillborn nomina nuda or else obsolete names. Modern scientific names only are given below and I accept responsibility for the identifica- tions; in the case of some unfinished or purely anatomical drawings exact determinations have not been possible. In a very few cases, drawings not by Stuart but of later dates and artists seem to have been mixed with Stuart’s by Macleay, e.g. a drawing of a pig-footed Bandicoot by G. Krefft amongst the mammals and a black marlin swordfish (caught in 1854), “Stuart” drawing No. 173. The localities are not stipulated, but must have been Norfolk Island or Sydney. 98. Acanthopagrus australis Gunther. 99. Pelates sexlineatus Quoy & Gaimard. 100. Amphacanthus nebulosus Quoy & Gaimard. 101. Chironemus microlepis Waite. 102. Pseudolabrus inscriptus Richardson. 103. Choerodon ? 104. Epinephelus dameli Gunther. 105. Centrépogon australis White. 106. Thalassoma lunare Linne. 107. Trachypoma macracanthus Gunther. 108. Monodactylus argenteus Linne. 109. Enoplosus armatus White. 110. Parma microlepis Gunther. 111. Ophthalmolepis lineolatus Cuv. & Val. 112. Parapercis sp. 113. Pleuranacanthus sp. 114. Canthigaster sp. 115. Chaetodon tricinctus Waite. 116. Microcanthus joyceae Whitley. 117. Saurida sp. 118. Lovamia fasciata White. 119. Reporhamphus australis Steindachner. 120. Lhotskia macleayana Ogilby. 121. Scobinichthys granulatus White. 122. Meuschenia skottowei Whitley, with parasitic fish-lice. 123. Brachaleuteres baueri Richardson, and deilcate drawing of its skeleton. JAMES STUART . Parma polylepis Gunther, adult. . Moolgarda argentea Quoy & Gaimard. . Arripis trutta Bloch & Schneider. . Acanthopagrus australis Gunther. . Girella tricuspidata Quoy & Gaimard. . Chrysophrys guttulatus Cuv. & Val. (A young Snapper). . Syngnathus sp. (dated 1831, so may be European species). . Belone sp. (dated 1831, so may be European species). . Exocoetus volitans Linne. . Batrachomoeus dubius White, viewed from below. . Batrachomoeus dubius White, viewed from above. . Plotosus flavolineatus (Stuart, MS.) Whitley. . Thalassoma quadricolor Lesson. . Bathystethus cultratus Bloch & Schneider. . Pomatomus pedica Whitley. . Usacaranz nobilis Macleay. . Pseudolabrus gymnogenis Gunther. . Aleuterus ? Sp. . Nelusetta vittata Richardson. . Lycodontis undulatus Lacepede ? . Lycodontis ? sp. . Scorpis lineolatus Kner. . Meuschenia skottowei Whitley. . Lethrinus chrysostomus Richardson ? . Latropiscis milesti Cuv. & Val. Adult male, Aug. 21, 1841. . Cnidoglanis macrocephalus Cuv. & Val. . Sarda australis Macleay. . Nemadactylus morwong Ramsay & Ogilby. . Zeus australis Richardson. . Nelusetta vittata Richardson. . Echeneis naucrates Linne. . Monacanthus macrolepis Fraser-Brunner. . Dicotylichthys myersi Ogilby. . Scorpis violaceus Hutton. . Hologymnosus semidiscus Lacepede. . Epinephelus dameli Gunther. . Paraplesiops bleekeri Gunther. . Iredalella cyanea Macleay. . Ruboralga cookii Gunther. . Verreo unimaculatus Gunther. . Thalassoma quadricolor Lesson. . Regificola grandis Castelnau. . Centroberyx affinis Gunther. . Ophthalmolepis lineolatus Cuv. & Val. . Acanthistius serratus Cuv. & Val., banded colour-variety. . Tiricoris sandeyeri Hutton. . Acanthistius serratus Cuv. & Val., spotted colour-variety. . Decapterus ? sp. . Aplodactylus etheridgii Ogilby. . Istiompax australis Wall. Pencil drawing of a marlin. [Not a Stuart drawing but of a fish from Broken Bay, 1854.] . Arripis ? Unfinished pencil drawing. . Kyphosus ? Unfinished pencil drawing. . Meuschenia sp. Unfinished pencil drawing. . Fistularia immaculata Cuvier. . Coris cyanea Macleay. . Achoerodus gouldii Richardson. . Planiprora fusca Cuv. & Val. ? . Brachaelurus waddi Bloch & Schneider (shark). . Pleuranacanthus sceleratus Gmelin ? . Regificola grandis Castelnau ? Painting of portion of intestines. . Heterodontus portusjacksoni Meyer. (Port Jackson Shark.) WHITLEY (| 185. Brachaelurus waddi Bloch & Schneider. Ventral surface of shark’s head. 186. Achoerodus gouldii Richardson. Intestines. 187-189. Cetacea—not fishes. 190. Lethrinus chrysostomus Richardson? Intestines. 191. Unfinished pencil drawings of two fishes, Epinephelus and an Aleuterid. 205. Malvoliophis (Cyclophichthys) cyclorhinus. By courtesy of the Council of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, some of the Stuart drawings of fishes are here reproduced for the first time (plates xii-xviii). Others have been published in the Australian Museum Magazine, as follows: Australian Museum Magazine Drawing No. Genus. vol. part. year. page. Sai Belone ix 5 1947 170 135. Plotosus vii 9 1941 311 149. Cnidoglanis vii 9 1941 310 180. Planiprora x 8 1951 248 Biology of Two Hunting Wasps The Specific Descriptions of a New Species and one allotype of Sericophorus, and a new Blowfly Pollenia. By TARLTON RAYMENT, F.R.Z.S. Honorary Associate in Entomology, National Museum of Victoria. (Plate XIX and figures 1, 2.) INTRODUCTION. For more than seven years the author has had several extensive and populous colonies of sericophorine wasps under daily observation, and the results of that investigation in the taxonomy, morphology, and biology of the genus Sericophorus Sw. et Shuck, are contained in a large monograph. Since 1930, the author had had in his possession a unique female wasp, collected near Portland, by an old and respected member of the Victorian ~ Field Naturalists Club, the late J. E. Dixon, but the collector could not add to the datum, “taken on the flowers of a tea-tree, Leptospermum sp. ?.” As the research progressed, it became advisable to study, if at all possible, the unknown male, and the author invited Clifford W. Beauglehole, Portland Field Naturalists Club, to co-operate by searching the district of Gorae West, some 9 miles from Portland, in an effort to discover the other sex. This correspondent, fortunately, was most successful in the field, and collected not only the desired male, but also both sexes of two other species, the descriptions of which are included in the author’s monograph. With the utmost enthusiasm he then essayed the more difficult task of discovering the “nesting” sites, and the shafts in the ground. As the result of his conscientious work over three seasons, 1951-52-53, it is now possible to give a detailed account of the biology of two more species and their predatory habits. The architecture and behaviour, and indeed, the prey itself, showed remarkable deviations from the typical pattern studied by the author at Sandringham and Cheltenham, Victoria; by Norman W. Rodd, at Tallong, New South Wales; and by Rica Hrickson, at Bolgart, Western - Australia. The careful observations and patient collecting of these several correspon- dents amply confirmed the author’s contention that the sericophorine wasps are of prime economic importance to the pastoral industry, and probably are man’s most efficient allies in the battle to control the pest blowfly by biological agents. The author proposed a scheme for their conservation and protection in his monograph, and there is little need to repeat the details here. The activities of the wasps resulted in the discovery of a new blowfly, the specific description of which is appended. Although no work had been done on the taxonomy for some eighty years, the author’s researches increased the number of species from five to nearly 50, and the biology of several has been exhaustively investigated. The species are in the genus Sericophorus Swainson and Shuckard (Hist. Ins., 1840, p. 181), Family NYSSONIDABE, Subfamily SERICOPHORINAB, and the obscure taxonomy is dealt with at length in the monograph. However, since all the MS., and the numerous plates and text-figures, had already been completed for the press, and are awaiting publication in the Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria, the inclusion of the new material in that medium presented insuperable difficulties. The new observa- tions are considered to be of such a valuable contribution to our knowledge of these beneficial wasps, that it was ultimately decided to publish them separately as a nota previa, although they naturally constitute an addendum to the monograph which may or may not appear before this paper is published. RAYMENT 133 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The author was able to study the many sericophorine wasps in the collec- tions of the State institutions by the courtesy of the Directors, and he is indebted to the several collectors for many specimens taken in the field. The author extends his thanks to his friends, Mr. R. T. M. Prescott, the director, and his colleagues, Mr. A. N. Burns, and Miss Elizabeth Matheson, all of the National Museum, for library facilities and helpful co-operation. The author is also indebted to the courtesy of Dr. A. J. Nicholson, the chief, and Dr. F. J. Paramonov, Dipterist, of the Entomological Division, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra, for his determinations of the flies captured by the wasps. The author’s researches in the Australian Hymenoptera are assisted with a grant from the Trustees of the Commonwealth Science and Industry Endowment Fund. Sericophorus sculpturatus, sp. nov. Type, Male:—Length, 5 mm. approx. Peacock-blue, with fulvous legs and flagellum; hair white. Head almost circular from the front, sericeous; face with long white hair beyond the scapes, and black laterally; frons with a short thick keel, and scattered piliferous punctures; clypeus almost circular and convex on disc, black, but laterally deeply depressed, uneven puncturing and tessellation producing a rough sculpture on the disc, anterior margin with two small teeth and a raised rim; supraclypeal area bluer, rising to a keel; vertex with depressed areas about the ocelli; compound eyes with anterior margins parallel; genae sericeous, with a few white hairs; labrum reddish; mandi- bulae arcuate, amber, black basally, red apically, a large outer tooth; antennae with blue scapes, and dark second segment, other segments fulvous, and wider than long, and progressively stouter, apical segment darker. Prothorax blue, a few white hairs laterally, appressed; tubercles blackish, with a white fringe; mesothorax sericeous, blue with a metallic-green lustre, scattered shallow piliferous punctures each with a microscopic dark hair; scutellum bluer, concave, with the large compressed tubercle black; post- scutellum blue, but very small; metathorax large, shining blue, the shaft - of the cruciform feature lacking the transverse rugae, the ‘arms’ lacking any rim, several longitudinal carinae laterally, with a few white hairs; abdominal dorsal segments blue, shining, a subobsolete tesselation, scattered piliferous punctures and a dusting of white hair laterally, caudal plate black; ventral segments similar. Legs bluish, flushed with a reddish sheen, femora apically and all tibiae fulvous, with five strong spiculae, a few white hairs; tarsi fulvous, long, anterior with five long spines; claws fulvous, the pulvillus large and black; hind calcar very long, fulvous, finely serrated; tegulae piceous; wings hyaline, very iridescent; nervures dark-sepia, first recurrent entering the first cubital cell a long way short of the second cubital cell, which is almost triangular, and receiving the second recurrent at its end; pterostigma sepia, with a darker margin; humuli about nine. Locality:—Busselton, W.A., 6th Ap., 1954, leg. Alfred Snell. Type in the collection of the author. Allies: The new male falls between S. claviger (Kohl) which has “knotted” antennal segments, and apical segments of abdomen red; S. minutus Raym. which has no teeth on clypeal margin, and flagellar segments dark above. S. niveifrons Raym. and S. spryi Raym. are related, but the latter has a black head. The new wasp is a small, but very handsome species, and was obtained by the collector when sweeping over the flowers of a hedge of “potato creeper?’ The small blooms were remarkably abundant, and several speci- mens of a small form of S. relucens Sm. were collected together with several hundreds of minute bees. The season was notable for the lack of other flowers, and the nectar-loving insects were concentrated on the garden hedge of a dwelling. The wasp had a number of straw-coloured spherical pollen-grains entangled in the hairs of the metathorax. The plant was later identified as Boussingaultia baselloides, or “madeira vine,’ introduced to Australia. 134 HUNTING WASPS Sericophorus victoriensis Raym. Allotype, Male:—Length, 8 mm. approx. Bluish-green, red legs entirely sericeous. Head almost circular from front, dull, with white and black hair; face with considerable white hair on lower portion (on upper portion in S. sculpturatus); frons with vestigial line reaching ocellus, prominent; clypeus of similar colour, with two teeth on margin; some white hair; supraclypeal area with a short raised line; vertex with the black and white hair intermixed; compound eyes with anterior margins practically parallel; genae with a few white hairs; labrum reddish; mandibulae reddish, black apically, somewhat arcuate; antennae with scape and first segment of flagellum dark, other segments apricot, a black spot apically. Prothorax not so closely appressed as in other species; tubercles blackish, with a fringe of white hair; mesothorax with the small piliferous punctures not so close as in S. chalybaeus, some black hair, four short deeply impressed lines anteriorly; posteriorly two short inconspicuous lines of white hair; scutellum of similar sculpture, but with a conspicuous black compressed tubercle; postscutellum rougher; metathorax bluer, brighter, with the cruci- form structure very clearly defined, numerous white hairs, dorsum closely — punctured, six or so lateral carinae on the declivity; abdominal dorsal segments sericeous, bluer; a dusting of fine white hair, basal tergum elevated to a tubercle, hind margins depressed; ventral segments similar. Legs bluish, the femora on the apical half and all tibiae apricot-red; tarsi of similar colour, with six spiculae on anterior basitarsus; claws red, the webbed pulvillus very large and beautiful; hind calcar finely serrated, red, one much larger than the other; tegulae dull, and greenish; wings subhyaline, but very iridescent; nervures light-brown, the first recurrent entering the first cubital cell far distant from the first intercubitus; second cubital cell almost a trapezium; pterostigma amber, wih a dark margin; hamuli twelve, strong. Locality:—Cape Nelson Road, Portland, Victoria, 20th Jan., 1953, Clifford ~ Beauglehole. Type in the collection of the author. Allies:—Clearly closely related to S. chalybaeus Sm. which is bluer, and duller. In my key it falls between this and S. sydneyi Raym. The type female was taken by J. HK. Dixon at Portland, Victoria. It was taken by the collector together with a long series of typical females dug up out of shafts in the ground, and notes on the biology of these valuable wasps are included here. The eggs of this species are devoured by two species of small parasitic wasps, Nysson portlandensis Raym., and N. hentyi Raym. The morphology oi Nysson is illustrated with a Plate, and the biology is described in Vic- torian Naturalist, pp. 123-127, November, 1953. A NEW BLOW-FLY. Family CALLIPHORIDAE. Subfamily CALLIPHORINAE. Genus Pollenia Robineau-Desvoidy, 1830. Pollenia tragica, sp. nov. Type, male:—Length, 10 mm. approx. Blackish-bronze. Head: eyes sub-holoptic, bare, facets uniform throughout; face concave, black on lower half, silvery above, anterior margin pallid; frontal stripe well-developed, with a curved striate sculpture laterally on the frons; parafacialia rather wide, with a few straw-coloured hairs; genae excessively small; buccae with many long golden hairs; antennae black, dull, the third segment very large, silvery, of typical form; arista black, plumose on median third, thickened at base; palpi black, with whitish hair. Thorax: mesonotum with a dull bronze-green sheen, and a few long white hairs among the scattered black ones; pleural region has much conspicuous long light-golden hair; scutellum posteriorly has a tringe of long golden hair; metanotum not quite hidden in the middle under the fringe of the scutellum. RAYMENT 135 Abdomen: metallic-black, with a bronze sheen, covered with many long fine black hairs, and many strong black bristles; first visible segment with much long black hair, but no marginal macrochaetae; second segment with six pairs of marginal bristles; third and fourth segments with many long black macrochaetae spread over the dorsal surface; the tip of the abdomen truncate; laterally and apically there are many golden hairs among the black ones; the sternal plates bear much long straw-coloured loose hair (a few of these are scattered over the dorsal surface). Legs: slender, black; posterior coxae with a tuft of long golden hair; anterior and posterior femora with a fringe of golden hair; posterior tibiae with eight long black bristles; tarsi black, with black hair; claws black, pulvillus large and pallid. Wings: hyaline; neuration typical of the CALLIPHORINAH; very irides- cent; the fourth longitudinal vein practically straight; stem vein hardly heavier than the others; third longitudinal vein does not turn forward on the costa; upper marginal cross-vein concave; costal bristle inconspicuous; halteres amber, very small, squama pale-amber, large. Chaetotaxy: parafrontals 7; parafacials 7; ocellars 3; vibrissae 1; apical scutellar bristles 2; a subappical bristle; a lateral scutellar bristle; a basal scutella bristle; and three median bristles on the dorsal surface; acrosti- chals 2:3; dorso-centrals 2:3; intra-alars 1:3; supra-alars 4; post-alars 2; notopleurals 2; numerals 4; post-numerals 3; praesuturals 7; prostigmatic bristle present; sternopleurals 3; mesopleurals 5. Locality: —Cape Nelson Road, Portland, Victoria, Jan. 1953, leg. Clifford Beauglehole. Type is in the collection of the author. The specimen was taken, along with several other victims, from a cell in the ground, and which had been provisioned by the hunting wasp, Serico- phorus victoriensis Raym. Notes on the biology of this wasp are appended. Many pollen-grains were entangled in the long golden hairs of the pleural region, and at least three botanical families were represented, probably EPACRIDACEAEH, LEGUMINOSAE, and MYRTACEHAHE, and these suggest that the wasp had attacked and captured the fly whilst it was visiting flowers. BIOLOGY. Sericophorus victoriensis Raym. In 1950, at the request of the author, Clifford Beauglehole, of Gorae West, began to search his district for the nesting sites of sericophorine wasps. From 1950-53 he had steadily collected a number of specimens, including S. chalybaeus Sm., S. cliffordi Raym. and S. victoriensis Raym. The locality where he found the first specimens is a typical open one of heathy land, carrying Hucalyptus baxteri; E. viminalis var. huberiana; EH. vitrea; E. ovata, and there are extensive areas of Leptospermum scoparium, and Melaleuca squarrosa. These myrtaceous plants were in bloom, consequently there was no lack of either nectar or pollen for the wasps. Since S. victoriensis seemed to be more numerous than the others, the author sent an outline of the probable situation of the shafts, and after three years, on the 10th January, 1953, the collector was successful in discovering an extensive colony in an area of loose white sand at the side of the Cape Nelson road. It was established in a strip six feet wide, which separated the road from a small bank some three to four feet high. Loose sand continually slides down, and the wasps appear to avoid this instability, consequently, they keep to the firmer level ground. The observer found that wind often blew loose sand over the shafts, and so masked the entrances. However, the wasps flew to and fro over the site, and each one apparently had no difficulty in returning to its own home. He ccunted 30 shafts, and suggested that many more were present, but had been covered by loose sand, so that probably more than 50 shafts were in the colony. “But new ones are being continually opened up.” 136 HUNTING WASPS The much smaller species, S. cliffordi Raym., nests in the same area, but it preys on a small black fly Musca vetustissima Walk [now M. sorbens Wied.] and it certainly would not be equal to attacking the large blowfly. Many larvae were excavated, and their gross morphology was similar to that of S. teliferopodus Raym.; the six lateral tubercles being equally conspicuous. There are no specific characters to separate them from the larvae of other species. \\ ia TRRLTON RAYMENT Fig. 1: Details of new Blowfly. 1. Lateral view of head-capsule of male fly, Pollenia tragica Raym. 2. Antenna and arista much enlarged. 3. Portion of wing showing its fine hairs. 4. Wing of the male. 5. Costal spine is inconspicuous. 6. Diagram to show macrochaetae of thorax. 7. Squama and haltere are pale-amber in colour. 8. The striate sculpture of the frons is distinctive. 9. Pollen-grains removed from the thoracic hairs of the fly. 10. The ocellar triangle, or platform, much enlarged. 11. Frontal view of head-capsule. 12. A scar remains to indicate the position of any bristle that may be broken off. 13. Margin of squama more highly magnified. At 9.30 a.m. there was considerable activity at the colony; many females were digging vigorously, and others were returning with their prey which were later identified as male flies in four genera. The hunting is continued throughout the day. To test whether or not the prey is killed outright at the initial attack, the observer captured several wasps bearing their victims, and took the flies away. Clifford Beauglehole had no means of determining whether they were dead or merely in a coma, but the blowflies did not move for three RAYMENT 137 days, and as they did not decay, it would appear that the poison injected by the sting has a preservative effect, keeping the meat “fresh” sufficiently long to enable the larva of the wasp to consume it in a wholesome condition. It was evident that the “season” for the wasps must have opened several weeks previously, for this was demonstrated when 20 cells were excavated, and the gravid cocoons carefully removed. Of 14 cocoons removed, 10 con- tained female larvae and 4 male; the cocoons of the females measured 12.5 mm. at the long axis, and 5.5 mm. at the short; those of the males 10 mm. and 4.5 mm. The shafts went down in the loose sand for an inch or two, then turned at a slight angle for six inches, and finally, as the harder subsoil was approached, the shafts took on a circular turn before the cells were finally eonstructed at 12 inches down. Since the red subsoil is used for the short hard turret, the entrance always forms a conspicuous splotch of dark colour on the white sand. There is conclusive evidence that, in certain circumstances, two or more wasps will use the same shaft, and this is in marked contrast to the habit of S. teliferopodus Raym., where the rule is strictly one female to each shaft, although it will be remembered that Rica Hrickson observed two or more shafts often close together. The observer says—‘There were several cells or cradles in the first shaft that I excavated. I am sure of this because I selected a lone shaft, so as not to confuse the contents with cells of other shafts. Altogether, I saw 20 cradles at a depth of about a foot, and of these, 14 had completed cocoons, and the others were almost finished. I’m not certain about the branching of the shafts, but will try to check this later. “T certainly saw one wasp enter a shaft with a fly, and 10 minutes later, another wasp returned and entered with a fly. I have also seen a wasp enter with a fly, and almost immediately after, another wasp, without any prey, descend the same shaft.” It will be observed that the hunting of the prey by S. victoriensis is done much later than the early hour favoured by the Sandringham species, 5-6 a.m. “T excavated a shaft which was in constant use, although it was very close to another, and I found seven cradles at the bottom; they contained 36 blowflies and 2 strangers.’ The prey was distributed as follows:— No. 1. 6 large blowflies—plus one strange fly (see Pollenid). large blowflies—probably incomplete provision. only large blowflies, but cell was incomplete. large blowflies—plus one strange fly. large blowflies—but no strange fly. large blowflies—but no strange fly. 5 large blowflies—but no strange fly. Z . a) TPT wh wb oo°1mn cw be The two species of blowflies were identified as Calliphora stygia Fabr. and Pollenia tragica Raym., and it will be observed that the average number of flies stored in each cell is probably 5. The egg is deposited on the first fly captured, and this is the habit of all the other wasps studied by the author. The egg is laid on the under surface of the thorax; on the left side in six cases out of the seven. It is attached near the articulation of the front leg, and it would seem that, in some cases, the leg of the fly is lifted up by the wasp, thus permitting her to place the egg exactly where she wishes. 138 HUNTING WASPS OL ee oT Mth inh wet EE I 3in. 3in ae if cues Seta al nner atthe : 1 4 TARLTON RayMENT Fig. 2: Details of Sericophorus. 1. Nest of the wasp Sericophorus chalybaeus Sm. with six cells radiating from the main shaft. The small figures indicate the length in inches of the galleries, filled so perfectly by the female that they could not be identified. (Drawn from a sketch by Clifford Beauglehole.) 2. a. Cocoon of S. chalybaeus Sm.; b. S. victoriensis Raym.; c. S. cliffordi Raym. 3. Ventral view of fly, Musca scorbens showing the anterior leg raised by the wasp, S. cliffordi Raym., to place her egg (see arrow) at the articulation of the coxa. 4. Anterio-ventral view of head of larva. 5. Hge of Sericophorus. 6. Typical dichotomous shaft of S. teliferopodus Raym. with its two cells at the end of short galleries. 7. Tumulus of sand at the entrance to the shaft. 8. Black wad of excremental debris at base of cocoon. 9. Young larva of S. chalybaeus. Beauglehole was fortunate in collecting several mutilids that haunted the vicinity of the shafts, and there is little doubt some of these at least are parasitic on the larvae of the wasps. His most interesting discovery was two wasps of another genus, and which he thought might deposit its egg on the young larva. This observer posed the following question. ‘“‘Do you know of any parasitic wasp which lays its eggs in the sericophorine nests? There is one here which appears to be parasitic. I watched her actions for an hour or so, and it immediately followed down a sericophorine that had just descended with her fly. “A few minutes later, the parasite ? emerged from the shaft, and waited at the top, facing the entrance, and every now and then she looked down the shaft, as though expecting something to happen. RAYMENT 139 “The sericophorine came up out of the shaft after a few minutes, drawing the front legs over the jaws and face and while she was engaged in cleaning her eyes, the parasite moved back out of sight behind the mound at the entrance. “After the sericophorine wasp had flown away, the parasite went to the entrance again, and was about to descend, when it was disturbed by a passing automobile. However, I was successful in obtaining two specimens for you.’ These proved to be new, and were described as Nysson hentyi Raym., and N. portlandensis Raym. The morphology and biology were published in Victorian Naturalist, pp. 123-127, Nov., 1953. During January, 1953, Beauglehole found that for some obscure reason, the supply of golden-haired blowflies failed, and S. victoriensis then directed her attacks to another species not so large as the usual chubby blowfly. The “new” prey is not related to the common golden-haired blowfly, and the specific description is included here. Other “strangers” were present in cells 1 and 4, Calliphora hilli Patt. and Heliora caerulescens Stein. There was no means of determining whether or not the scarcity was due to the activity of the wasps. The observer concluded that it was, but it may have been due to adverse weather conditions, or even a normal cycle in the biology of the blowfly. However, the observer wrote—‘It would seem that these valuable wasps have so reducell the brown blowfly that they are forced to take another species. Each cell that I excavated now contained 8 smaller black flies, and out of 38 flies recovered from the cells, only one was a brown blowfly.” The smallest black flies averaged 8 mm. in length. The head is small, and the face silvery; the black arista plumose; mesothorax finely mottled with grey; each abdominal segment bears an ivory patch; the long slender legs are black; the wings subhyaline. They were identified as Musca vetustissima Walck (now regarded as Musca sorbens Wied). The larger grey fly is not so numerous, and is taken only occasionally, and has been determined as a new one (see specific description). Both species are extremely hairy, with numerous strong black bristles. A black spider-hunting wasp, Pseudagenia sp., is often found making use of the sericophorine shafts, and these will be described in a separate paper. A CHANGE IN HABIT. Biology of Sericophorus chalybaeus Smith. Clifford Beauglehole, while collecting for the author, reported that he had observed two females of S. victoriensis using the same shaft. When he excavated the “nest” he then found that several cells were present. As this was a matter of some importance, since such a habit was contrary to what had been observed at Sandringham of S. teliferopodus, the author stressed the possibility of his having been confused by the close proximity of the cells. Where several shafts are excavated close together, the wider dichotomous branches at the bases are thus necessarily practically contiguous, since they are approximately at the same level. The naturalists uncovering such a group would very naturally conclude that the cells had been built as one cluster. This state is frequently experienced when investigating fossorial bees such as Nomia and Halictus. In February, 1953, the collector had the good fortune to discover half a dozen shafts of S. chalybaeus on the roadside close to his homestead. These could be kept under observation more conveniently, and for longer periods, since it was no longer necessary to travel to the Cape Nelson Road. However, there was a possibility that the collector may have discovered an interesting departure from the typical architecture of two cells, therefore, on the author’s advice, Beauglehole sought out one shaft far distant from any others, and excavated it. His report is included here. 140 HUNTING WASPS “No traces of other moundlets of soil were to be seen, and the shaft was definitely isolated from all the others. Only one wasp occupied the shaft, and during the two hours that I was digging out the “nest,” no other wasp arrived to search over the site.” The cells must originally have been excavated at a greater depth than that indicated here, because a mechanical bulldozer had already stripped several inches of topsoil from the roadside when clearing the way for a telegraph line. Just how many inches had been taken off could not be ascertained with any degree of accuracy; probably not less than 14 inches were scooped away. There was the usual tumulus of loose sand, about + inch high, round the shaft, which did not descend vertically, but rather on a low curve. The entrance was still open, and the collector had little difficulty in following it down to the cells. He found six cells in all at the following levels:— Nos. 1 and 2 were at 34 inches. Nos. 3 and 4 were at 4 inches. Nos. 5 and 6 were at 4+ inches. “The cells were at various distances from the main shaft, but it was impossible to identify the several tunnels leading to Nos. 1-5 because the wasp had filled them to seal the cells, and she did it so perfectly that all traces of the original tunnels had vanished.” “The six cells now appeared to be clearly separated. No. 1 was 1} inches distant, with 6 flies. (5) Pollenia tragica Raym. No. 2 was 2% inches distant, with 5 flies. (5) Calliphora stygia Fab. No. 3 was 3 inches distant, with 8 flies. (5) Musca sorbens Wied. No. 4 was 2? inches distant, with 8 flies. (1) Musca sorbens Wied. No. 5 was 4% inches distant, lustrous, 7 flies. (—) Heliora caerulescens Stein. ‘ No. 6 was 42 inches distant, bluish green, 1 fly with egg. “It was evident that the wasp was engaged in storing the sixth cell. which was at the bottom of the open shaft, and I caught her when she returned with another fly. Cells 1, 2, 5 and 6 were parallel with the main shaft, but 3 and 4 were built at a right-angle. Of the 35 flies removed from the completed cells, only 16 were golden-haired blow-flies, and the number in each are included in brackets in the above table; two blow-flies in cells 3 and 4 had an egg on each. “No. 5 cell contained seven small bluish-green flies, but the rest were like small house flies. Each of the 5 flies had the eggs attached to the right side, but in the Nelson Road cells of S. victoriensis the majority of the victims had it on the left side.” This is strong evidence that one species, S. chalybaeus at least, departs from the family habit, and constructs more than two cells, radiating from the main shaft. It is amply demonstrated that while S. teliferopodus takes only the golden-haired blow-fly, S. chalybaeus will attack and capture at least four species of flies. It will also be observed that S. chalybaeus prefers the right side of the ventral surface for the egg, while S. victoriensis prefers the left. The egg does not differ from that of the other species investigated, neither does the larva, and the cocoons are identical with those of S. teliferopodus Raym. There are no valuable specific characters in the larvae to separate one species from another, such as one finds in the reed-bees Exoneura. The behaviour pattern is, however, very different indeed from that of S. victoriensis and S. teliferopodus. The wasp will attack several different species of flies, an appetite which she shares with S. victoriensis. A long series of cocoons are under daily observation, but so far there is no material difference from those of S. teliferopodus, and the larvae, too, are indistinguishable from those of the other species. RAYMENT 141 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Nos. 1-12. Sericophorus sculpturatus, sp. nov. 1. Adult male (type) wasp. 2. Front view of head-capsule. 3. Dorsum of metathorax, scutella, etc.; inset “a,” sculpture of the dorsum more highly magnified. 4. Fifth abdominal sternum: note gradulus, and compare with No. 16. 5-6. Apical sternum and tergum of male abdomen. 7. Dorsal view of male genitalia. 8. Serrated margin more highly magnified. 9. Hamuli of posterior wing. 10. Basitarsus of anterior leg. 11. Glossa and palpi of male. 12. The calcariae of the posterior legs. Nos. 13-25. S. victoriensis Raym. 13. Clypeal teeth of male (allotype); outer one is larger. 14. Serrated margin more highly magnified. 15-16-18-19. Apical sterna of male abdomen. 17. Apical tergum of male abdomen. 20. Dorsum ot metathorax, scutella, etc.; inset ‘a,’ sculpture of the dorsum more highly magnified. (The amount of mesothorax included is a criterion of the size of the wasps). 21. Basitarsus of the anterior leg. 22. A myrtaceous pollen-grain from the “face.” 23. Clypeal teeth of male S. victoriensis Raym.; the inner one is larger. 24. Lateral view of genitalia of male. 25. Strigilis of anterior leg; even the small velum is serrated. 26. One of the pollen-grains of the “potato-hedge”’ plant. (Figures are at various magnifications, but all corresponding parts are drawn at the same magnification. Allowance must be made for distortion due to pressure of the cover-glass.) 142 Dimorphism and Parthenogenesis in Halictine Bees By TARLTON RAYMENT, F.R.Z.S. (Plates xx-xxii, figs. 1-6.) The phenomenon of virgin birth, parthenogenesis, has always held a peculiar attraction, not only for the biologist, but even more so for the layman, but owing to the difficulties surrounding the study, the latter seldom has an opportunity to observe it in living material. He is, therefore, compelled to accept, though it must be admitted not without certain mental reservations, the carefully acquired evidence presented by the zoologists. Perhaps in no other natural group can the investigator find more intresting material for study than the fossorial gregarious bees in the genus Halictus. But again the technical difficulties are so formidable that the research is confined to a few workers with a highly specialised knowledge of the HYMENOPTERA. The late Professor W. M. Wheeler (1933) regarded halictine bees aS an extremely difficult Family to investigate. The author has had several hundreds of halictine colonies under observa- tion during many years of research, and the “nests” of one species, Halictus dimorphus Raym., was under daily observation for two years by one of his assistants, Lynette Young; a sustained watch that must surely constitute a record in the literature of the apoidea. Since much of the evidence accumulated during that long period is often in direct conflict with the findings published by European Hymenopterists— there have been no other investigators in Australia—the author deems it advisable to present the established facts for the consideration of zoologists throughout the world. . It was the practice of the early systematists to divide the ApormpEA into two great classes, OBTUSILINGUES, With a short wide glossa, and ACUTILINGUES with a longer pointed glossa. That classification had, however, to be aban- doned when it was demonstrated that the two forms of glossa co-exist in the Australian genus Meroglossa, the female organ being obtuse, that of the male acute. It would have given a clearer picture of the phylogeny by dividing the Families according to the period required for larval development; those which take a year, such as Paracolletes, Hylaeus and Megachile, and those whose larvae develop in three or four months, i.e. Halictus, Hxoneura, Trigona. It is a strange law of the AporpEA that the higher the evolutionary status, the shorter the larval period. For example, the highest group of all, the hive-bee Apis, requires only three weeks, while the sole perfect female, the “queen,” matures in about sixteen days. All halictine bees have an acute glossa; in some it is long; in others short, but a constant generic character is seen in the caudal rima or furrow, a groove on the apical segment of the female abdomen. The dorsum of the metanotum or metathorax, is invariably sculptured with rugae, more or less resembling ranges of microscopic mountains, and the structure of this part is a stable specific character. The hind calcar of the female, with few exceptions, bears a number of coarse teeth, and these, too, provide a specific character. The wings are hyaline, richly iridescent, with three cubital cells, which may be identified from the drawings. The nervures are somewhat subject to mutation. All bees have at least some forked hairs, but Halictus is not specially endowed, and most of the hairs are present on the posterior legs. In the group of metallic-coloured Halicti. in the subgenus Chloralictus, the gaster often bears a light scopa of curled hairs, but the bulk of the pollen is carried on the femora and tibiae. RAYMENT 143 Chloralictine bees are smaller, 7 mm. or so, but Halictus, sensu stricto, are generally larger, up to 14 mm., black, and not at all metallic, with much more white or golden hair, often in bands across the abdomen. There are in both groups surprising departures from the 3-brood sequence. Halictus leucorhinus Ckll., the largest of the Australian species, has only ohe generation for the season; a bisexual one, emerging in midsummer. The bees are a-wing for a mere month, and then disappear. H. goraeensis Raym., another large species, has three discrete broods, yet H. lanarius Sm., although closely related in structure, has a very different sequence; females and males hibernating over the winter in their natal cells. The nesting site may be in volcanic loam, but clay, and even pure sand, are favoured by others, and the bees experience no difficulty in excavating in any type of soil. The chief digging implements are primarily the dentate hind calear, or digging-spur, and secondarily the bidentate mandibulae. The teeth of the calcar are thrust downwards, paring off the soil. Small pebbles are often wedged between the teeth, and rarely one is broken off. OO i" i GOO WOW UL WN ZINTA aay ap VW ON tS VFEMCLET SWE NS CONG N/E NI Wa o- @® § BD) z Co) & o O18 © : Cy) ay ann ° OF ae My Olas ae 6 2G ey > LOCALITY showing \e © a6; eo QS Shatts a DANOENONG ia © © 11 K hen ia UN Wwe VEEN MANGA Ca IE ee Fie UE ZZAWS PAX ANWR LEE SSN Sicre Mt Niece (Ss a C iG S mG S Pek io ae Sy} 2 Fig. 1: Plan of site at Dandenong, Victoria, occupied by Halictus dimorphus Raym. The six “nests” of the season 1948 are indicated by black centres; those of 1949 white, and represent the increase of 13 colonies. The loose periphery of the ‘“pit-mouth’ would soon collapse under the busy traffic if it were not reinforced with a rim of cement. This material is plastered down quite smooth with the caudal plate of the abdomen, and dries extremely hard. The biology of Halictus (Chloralictus) dimorphus Raym., will be described in detail, and the habits of several other Australian species will be compared with it. If the season be followed, rather than the calendar, then the cycle begins at the end of August, early spring, when the first signs of halictine life will be a blackish-green head suddenly popping out of the earthen debris blocking the mouth of the shaft. 144 BEES PLAN of BEES FLIGHT @” : my cP ORIENTATING ¢ eS the NEST » @® om TARLTON FAYIVEN T & a & Z GP op, UA f : a ; CP YA , oe town | Ca AW GUAADVA PEG ZA CP E Fig. 2: Flight of red Primarius female, Halictus dimorphus when orientating the ‘“‘nest.”’ Thereafter the shaft is seldom left unattended. A female’s head usually closes the “doorway,” and when one sister leaves for the harvest-field, another female comes up from below to close the aperture, and there awaits her turn to depart. The “watch” is assuredly maintained as a co-operative operation. Should the investigator move ever so cautiously, the bee will instantly drop out of sight. She can do this simply by holding the legs ‘‘akimbo,”’ and bringing the patellae or knee-plates to bear against the walls of the shaft; on the principle used in man’s safety-chocks on city elevators. During cold and windy ‘‘weather,’’ which may contlnue over several days, the mouth of the shaft is sealed with a plug of cement; three or four arcs are first attached to the periphery, and then the central aperture is finally closed with a single pellet. The cement is composed of saliva and the finest particles of soil removed during the construction of the cells. Only once, during many years, was a pebble observed to close the shaft. When the sun is bright enough, a female will emerge, bask in the warmth for a minute or two, and then take wing on a circular flight of orientation; always with her head towards the shaft, which is approximately 3 milli- metres in diameter, and level with the ground. During this initial flight she will plot the land-marks of the locality. If any one of these be moved during her absence, she will experience some difficulty on her return in locating her own particular shaft. In H. emeraldensis Raym., the shafts are often only a few millimetres apart, and a dozen or more lie within a square foot, yet the bees will not be confused until some change in the “landscape” is effected by man or other agent. A number of females, eight or so, emerge from each natal shaft, and continue to use it as the main “gang-way” to the numerous brood-cells RAYMENT 145 situated some 13 centimetres below. Microscopical examination of several hundreds of bees in the vernal brood demonstrated that all were virgin females. Not one male was present. This virgin brood of spring is also present in H. emeraldensis Raym.; H. raymenti Ckll.; H. demissus Ckll., and H. cyclurus Ckll. It is probably true of AH. leai Ckll.; H. peraustralis Ckll. and H. goraeensis Raym. It does not exist in H. lanariuws Sm., where both males and females hibernate in their natal cells over winter, and both sexes emerge in early spring. H. seductus Ckll. has the same sequence. Nevertheless, in spite of this divergence from the typical pattern, there are yet two forms of females in AH. lanarius Sm. Armbruster (1916) and Legewie (1922) agree on the three discrete generations tor the European H. malarchurus, .but maintain that the over-wintering generation is bisexual. This is true of the Australian H. lanarius, but it is certainly not the case in H. dimorphus. The vernal virgins have a blackish-green head; a lighter metallic-green thorax, and the abdomen is of a clear apricot-colour. Excavation of over 100 shafts demonstrated that each vernal virgin had merely extended a tunnel from her natal cell, and had constructed for herself a group of eight or so Cells. The cluster of cells built by H. cyclurus Ckll. is much more compact, and may be lifted out in one lump, with the cells more or less contiguous and cemented together. The cluster of mud cells is even tighter, and arranged in the more orderly design of the Nomiine bee, Nomia australica Sm. The subearthen colony may now contain over 60 cells in various stages of construction, but all the females will continue to use the main shaft. There is not any “mother” bee present as Fabre maintained, for not one individual field-bee of the autumnal brood survives the winter. This state ice a ape sai : ye. oS 1 TARLTON RAM™MEANT - SG aN eS Fig. 3: Graphic section of “nest” of colony of Halictus dimorphus with brood at all stages. 146 BEES also persists in the seven species mentioned above. In H. leucorhinus CkI1., and H. eboracensis Ckll. there is only one generation, of both sexes, which emerge in midsummer; the smaller males a few days before the females, as in all bees. Each oval cell measures 7 mm. approx. at the long axis, and 3.5 mm. at - the short, and there is an impalpable thin lining of a colloidal silvery skin, a secretion of the salivary glands of the mother. When provisioned and supplied with an egg, each cell is sealed off from the tunnel with a wad or plug of masticated “mud.” The cell-walls are made of the finest pebbles cemented together with the salivary secretion. At a casual examination, they would be said to consist of refined mud. There is not a trace of the thick white porcelain described by Fabre. The subearthen cells and galleries are maintained in a perfect sanitary condition, for every scrap of biological debris is quickly disposed of by a horde of milk-white acarine mites in the genus Caloglyphus. The mites literally cover the walls, and when a bee dies the symbiotes soon attack the body. They eject a drop of clear liquid onto the material, which is dissolved and then ingested. The mites have not been observed on the field-bees, which could not, oi course, be a factor in dispersal, since the female bee returns to the one colony. The mites have, however, been observed to cluster about the apical, segments of female mutillid wasps, which are parasitic on the bees, and consequently haunt many shafts when seeking a suitable host to receive an egg. The parasitic mutillids, and not the bees, are the chief agents in the dispersal of the mites. The store of food for the larval bee is a perfectly smooth sphere of pollen, 3 mm. in diameter, and the colour varies according to the botanical source of the grains, and ranges from ivory-colour to olive; from russet to brightest orange, for halictine bees are polylectic, visiting many botanical species. The exterior of the pudding contains the largest proportion of nectar, but the interior is much drier, almost powdery. There is, too, a small propor- tion of a biological substance secreted by the pharyngeal glands of the head. When first gathered by bees, the nectar of flowers is, of course, very thin, and liable to subsequent fermentation unless ripened in some way. The halictine female evaporates the excess water in an interesting manner. Sitting on the petals of a flower, exposed to the warm sun, she extrudes the nectar, which is supported by the upcurved glossa, and is held on either side by the galeae and maxillary palpi. The mouth-parts then maintain a rapid up and down “beating” movement. They are able to effect this owing to the hinge-like attachment of the submentum to the lorae and the cardines. The globule of nectar is thus alternately drawn out into a thread, and then contracted again into a globule. The nectar can be seen to thicken rapidly during the operation. The elongate-oval centrolecithal egg is typical of all bees, and the chorion is sculptured with a more or less pentagonal pattern, the imprint of the follicle cells lining the ovariole. It measured 250 microns at the short axis and 450 microns at the long, and is attached to the pollen-pudding by a clear agglutinative secreted by the mucous glands in the female abdomen. Stockhert (1923) maintains that in the European species the brood-cells are invariably sealed with a plug of mud immediately after oviposition. That is established for all the Australian species studied by the author. There is, however, certainly no progressive feeding of the larvae. There is a copious feeding of secretion for up to as long as 20 days in Hxroneura, an Australian genus of a simple social habit. On about the fourth day the chorion of the egg splits at the cephalic pole, and the young larva soon begins to feed on the pudding, which it does by sweeping its head to and fro as the mandibles pare off thin slices clear across the store. The larval mandibles have a molar area for the grinding RAYMENT 147 TARI-TON RAYAVENT Fig. 4: Details of Halictus cyclurus and leai Cockerell. 1. A group of the small earthen cells of Halictus cyclurus Ckll. 2. A section of the cell showing a larva feeding on the pollen-store. 3. The old pollen-mat of H. leai Ckll. breaks down into a number of salivary flakes, and reveals the method of construction. 4. The tiny chimney-stack over the entrance to the shaft. of the pollen-grains, and some eight to ten days are spent in consuming the “pudding.” The soft exterior containing more nectar is not consumed first as described by Fabre for his French species. Hymenopterists are almost unanimous in agreeing that the larval food of wild-bees consists solely of pollen and honey, but that is mere opinion, unsupported by either experiment or analytical chemistry. Indeed, Snodgrass (1925) goes so far as to assert that only the hive-bee Apis secretes the predigested “pap” that is fed to the larvae. The author (1951) was able to demonstrate that HExoneura continues the progressive feeding of pap for weeks longer than the hive-bee. In all the genera investigated by the author, the six rectal glands are excessively large in species, such as Halictus, that supply only a pollen-ball for the larvae, but they are exceedingly small in other species, such as Trigona and Apis, which continues with progressive feeding of the larvae with the pharyngeal secretion over a lengthy period. Pavlovsky and Zarin (1922) concluded that the function of the glands is production of a catalase with oxidising action. In any case, the halictine glands are covered with a close network of tracheal tubules to supply oxygen. The fully grown halictine larva measures 5 mm. in length, but when the compound eyes begin to colour, about 11 weeks later, the length is reduced to 4.5 mm. The white crystaline pupa has a very large head and thorax, and a somewhat “prickly” appearance, due to numbers of nodes on various parts of the body, but chiefly in rows round the abdominal segments. The pollen residues are retained in the mesenteron until its junction with the proctodaeum is effected. The faeces are then voided, just prior to the onset of metamorphosis as a series of moniliform ‘‘threads.” 148 BEES The fifth and final ecdysis occurs about 36 hours before the adult is completely coloured, and ready to emerge from its natal cell. The larva makes no attempt to spin a cocoon of any kind, and remains naked in the cell. Fabre concluded that the thick white porcelain lining of the cell rendered the cocoon superfiuous, but this cannot be true of the Australian Halicti. The progeny of the vernal virgins emerges in midsummer, about the end of December, and both males and females are present, but both sexes are jet-black; the males being considerably smaller than the females. The longest period taken by the larvae to reach full development was three months, but in summer, when the temperatures are higher, the period is shortened. There is, consequently, three months, covering the winter, when no bees are a-wing, but a generation of coloured virgins is hibernating below. The mating may take place on the flowers, or even in the air over the shafts, and copulation is only momentary. Vision must supersede scent on occasions, for a black male, H. raymenti Ckll., was observed to attempt copulation with an ant that was carrying a piece of yellow leaf, and so had the semblance of a yellow-bodied female. None of the species studied was observed to copulate in the burrows as described by Fabre. After mating, the black females of the midsummer brood do not return to the natal shaft, but depart for another site to form a new colony. The damp “spoil” is pushed up backwards in pellets by the posterior legs, and at first forms a tiny tumulus, or mound, at the entrance; later, some of it will be built into a short rough-cast turret a few millimetres tall. It is, however, soon dispersed by rain and wind, and only a discoloured patch of subsoil remains to indicate the position. This foundation of a new colony by a lone mated female has been observed Over many years, and was confirmed in 1952 by Clifford Beauglehole, of Portland, Victoria, who was co-operating with the author in the study of H. cyclurus Ckll. and H. demissus Ckll. It can be assumed, then, that the sexual urge is the determining factor in driving forth the mated female from the parental home to found a new colony. The virgin Halicti, lacking such an urge, merely extend the natal TRALTON HAVENT Fig. 5: Details of Halictus emeraldensis Rayment and H. leat Cockerell. | Earthen cells of Halictus emeraldensis Raym. . Exterior wall highly magnified to show the grains of sand. Seale or mat of H. leai to receive the pollen-pudding. . The earthen plug for closing the cell. . Streaks of pollen regurgitated by the larva. . Interior wall of cell showing the strands of silk. . Pollen-mat, with pudding and egg of H. leai Ckll. NAT wONDeH ~ RAYMENT 149 cells and remain at home. This concept is supported by the behaviour of worker-bees of the hive for, as undeveloped females, they remain inside the hive for 14 or more days before they venture to issue from the hive, whereas the true female, the ‘queen,’ flies forth in four or five days and will produce only drones, or males, if prevented from doing so. Fully sexed females in many other genera of bees and wasps die quickly when restrained from emerging to the nuptial flight. Virgins have, however, survived long confinement, up to 8 weeks, by the author. Numerous “nests” of the mated midsummer females have been excavated in January, and without exception, only one black mother has been present, together with six or eight cells in various stages of construction. This observation was confirmed by Beauglehole in 1952 in the case of H. cyclurus Ckll. and H. demissus Ckll. The author succeeded in establishing new colonies of H. dimorphus Raym. at a distance of 22 miles from the parent shafts. Hibernating virgin females were dug out of the cells in late winter; at the end of July. Knitting-needles 3 mm. in diameter were thrust down for 12 centimetres into similar soil. Two females were held over each shaft and they hastily descended, for at that stage the bees are positively geotropic. The shaft was then closed with a pellet of clay. However, after the bees have once flown, there is a change of tropism, for then the bees are heliotropic, and will refuse to descend, but simply fly off and are lost. These introduced virgin females did not depart in any way from the typical behaviour pattern. The progeny of the black bisexual generation of midsummer emerges in autumn, and is comprised exclusively of jet-black virgins. Several hundreds of shafts have been investigated, and five others were under daily observa-— tion from 2nd Aug. 1948 to 25th Mar. 1950, and not one male was taken in spring throughout that long period. Stockhert (1923) concluded that the old females of the autumnal genera- tion of H. malachurus survive through the following spring and summer. That is most certainly not the case in any Australian Halictus studied by the author. Not one female lived to see her daughters emerge. The progeny of the black autumnal virgins are fully developed before the winter, but the individuals will all be green, with the abdomen of a lively apricot-colour. They do not come out to fly, but semi-hibernate in their natal cells throughout the winter entirely without food; they are neverthe- less strong enough on the wing when they emerge in spring. There are critical differences in the gross morphology and anatomy of the vernal, summer and autumnal halictines, but they are all microscopic in character. The results of a long series of micrometer measurements are equally interesting, but are beyond the ambit of this nota previa. The triangular appendage of the labrum differs in the three females, not only in H. dimorphus. but in several other species having three discrete broods. In the author's collection the specimens are distinguished by green labels for the vernal (primarius) virgins; yellow for the bisexual or summer (secondarius) brood, and blue for the autumnal (tertianus) virgins. It has been demonstrated, then, that the new colony is undoubtedly founded by the mated female of midsummer and the population is then at its lowest ebb, but her six or eight virgin daughters of the autumn may rear 36 or more red virgins, consequently the colonies are most populous during spring and autumn. An investigation of the chromosomes is in progress, in the hope that some light will be shed on the genetical mechanism controlling the phenomenon, but it teems with difficulties—the small size; the mere finding of such minute cells; the problem of determining to which brood the larvae belong, since the latest of any one brood may overlap the earliest of the succeeding one— the difficulties encountered in tracing any individual of a populous colony in a subearthen “nest’’ are almost insuperable. 150 BEES Fig. 6: The biological associates of Halictus dimorphus Rayment. if . A small mutillid parasite, Ephutomorpha gondennda, Raym. 2. The pyriform sculpture of the mesothorax. 3. Minute larva of a beetle. 4. The white pupa of a beetle, sp. unknown, measures only 2 mm. in length. 5. A small immature beetle. 6. A small white segmented worm has a number of chaetae, and many had a “cocoon” or egg-case (Oligochaeta). 7. The largest beetle, Oephronistus australicus Bl., measured 5.5 mm. approx. in length. 8. Tibia of anterior leg more highly magnified. 9. Setae of mouth-parts more highly magnified. The author’s researches confirm the claim of Armbruster (1916) and Legewie (1922) that there are in certain Halicti three discrete broods and that the virgins produce both males and females; the males appearing in only one of the three broods. Prof. W. M. Wheeler (1933) concluded: “If Armbruster’s and Legewie’s interpretation is correct, then the Dzierzon rule has been ‘shot to pieces’.” Translocation of Genes ? The discovery in 1954 by Clifford Beauglehole of a large colony of the bee, Halictus (Chloralictus) erythrurus Ckll. at Gorae West, via Portland, Victoria, enabled the author to shed additional light on the genetical inheritance of these remarkable bees. The collector estimated that the colony contained over 1,000 shafts. Excavating portion of the sub-earthen colony at crucial intervals revealed three discrete generations similar to those of H. dimorphus Raym., but with one fundamental departure. There is a like vernal (September) brood of virgin females (Primarius), with green head and thorax, and apricot-coloured abdomen. ! RAYMENT 151 Then there is a bisexual mid-summer (December) brood, the Secondarius females of which are coloured exactly like the vernal virgins, although the males with which they mate are again jet-black. The progeny of these mated pairs are all virgin (Tertianus) females of green and apricot colour, emerging about the end of March. It is the over- wintered progeny of these Tertianus females that emerges in September. Since the males are invariably jet-black throughout the chloralictine cluster studied in this research, the author postulates that the metallic colours are sex-linked with femaleness, so that the unique black Secondarius females of H. dimorphus Raym. present a tantalizing problem to the investi- gator. The males of ten or so species are all small, jet-black, and exceedingly difficult for the taxonomist to determine. The mid-summer or bisexual brood contained a number of extraordinary mutations of black males with monstrous heads, and often with only the stubs of wings, suggesting those of certain mutations obtained by Morgan in his experiments with Drosophila melanogaster. The huge heads at once suggest parallels with Wheeler’s dinergates in ants. The author has already described (Victorian Naturalist, Ap. 1950, pp. 233- 238), a number of mutations in bees, and which appear to be parallels with many of those recorded by Morgan for fruit-flies; there were white-eyed, and even totally blind drones. It would appear, then, that if the difficulties of obtaining authentic larvae from specific females were not insuperable, the genetical investigation of the chromosomes of halictine bees would produce results even more startling than those presented by the flies. Notwith- standing the difficulties involved, investigation of the larvae is being con- tinued at every available opportunity. The author postulates that the widest distribution connotes the oldest species, and since H. erythrurus Ckll. ranges down the coastal areas from Queensland to Western Australia, and even to Tasmania, he suggests that it is probably the original root from which so many of the chloralictine bees have branched. A graphic comparison of the extraordinary and the normal head is presented by the drawings, but the insects were carefully measured, and comparisons are given below in microns. HEAD. Length of Width of Thickness of Normal male .. ae 1,300 1,500 700 Mutation male we 2,000 1,900 1,500 COMPOUND EYES. 900 400 800 200 MANDIBULAE. 1,000 450 at base 1,500 700 : Mutation Male:—Length 5.5 mm. Polished black, some amber colour on egs. 152 BEES Head almost hairless; supraclypeal area fused with amber clypeus, which has two lateral teeth on anterior margin; mandibles large, with a con- spicuous tooth on the lower margin near base; antenna filiform, black above, ferruginous beneath; labrum ferruginous; two large red maculae laterad of insertion of scapes; articles of the flagellum bear an amber flange. The basal segment of the labial palpus is expanded and dark; genae largely red, and excessively developed, thus creating a huge fossa. Prothorax laterally reddish; scutellum smooth, dull, impunctate; abdomen broad and robust; the sterna with only dark lateral patches suffused with black (they are almost wholly suffused in the allotype, and partly so in male of H. paradimorphus Raym.). Legs, especially anterior coxae, trochanters, femora and tibiae are yellow, and very large and robust (see No. 7 in Plate XXII). Wings exceedingly short, and in some specimens, reduced to mere stubs. It is impossible to include in this nota previa the complete account of the anatomy and biology of these remarkable bees, but they are dealt with exhaustively in the author’s large monograph of the subgenus which is awaiting publication. ; REFERENCES. Armbruster, L.—Zur Phylogenie der Geochlechts-bestimmungsweise bei Bienen. Zool Jahrb. Abt. Syst., 40: pp. 323-386. 1916. Legewie, H.—Beitrage zur Biologie der Bienengattung Halictus. Mitteil, Badisch. Landesver, F. Naturk. U. Natur-schutz in Freiburg, i, B. I, Oy, Barns IA Pavlovsky, E. N. and Zarin, EK. J. Quart. Journ. Micro. Sc. new ser. p. 15-17, 1922. Rayment, Tarlton:—A Cluster of Bees, pp. 236-333, 1935. Rayment, Tarlton.—Australian Zoologist, xi, 4, pp. 285-313, 1951. Rayment, Tarlton.—Bees of the Portland District, p. 13-26, 1953 . Snodgrass, R. H.—Anatomy and Physiology of the Honeybee, pp. 171-173, 1925. Stockhert, E.—Ueber Entwicklung und Lebensweise der Bienengattung Halictus und ihrer Schmarotzer zugleich ein Beitrag zur Stammesge- schichte des Bienenstaates, Konowia, 2, 1923. Wheeler, W. M.—Colony-Founding Among Ants, pp. 121-145, 1933. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XxX. The colourful females of the spring brood are all virgins; the males and mated females of the summer brood are entirely black (see plate for details). [The grateful thanks of the President and members of the Society are tendered to the “Argus” newspaper, Melbourne, for generously supplying, free of cost, the coloured plate which illustrates this paper.—Ed.]| RAYMENT 153 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI. 1. Tumulus and crater of “spoil’’ from shaft is soon dispersed by the wind. 2. The mound “heaves” and tumbles as fresh material is thrust up from below. 3. A pebble is sometimes used to close the aperture. 4. A fillet of “cement” is first attached to one side of the pit-mouth. 5. A second fillet is added. 6. A third is joined to the periphery. 7. The fourth leaves only an opening in the centre. 8. A final pellet closes the aperture. 9. Pellets of “cement” are brought up in the bee’s mandibles, and built round the aperture to make the friable rim hard enough to resist the wear of traffic. 10. A pebble wedged in the calcar of a Primarius female. 11. The cement rim of the periphery is finally smoothed with the tip of the abdomen. 12. The dentate hind calcar is used to pare off the “spoil’ by a thrust downwards. 13. Patella or kKnee-plate (basitibial plate) of female. 14. The position of the bee descending the goes with the patellae pressed against the wall. 15. The finely serrated calcar is used to ane the pollen-sacs of the flowers, and pollen-grains often fill the serrations. 16. Some of the black Secondarius females have tridentate mandibles. 17. When a “chimney” impinged on a leaf of Hypochaeris, the bees cut a neat round entrance through the leaf. 18. The abdomen of the female often has a few pebbles attached to the tip after she has completed the cementing of the rim about the “door.” EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII. Nos. 1-10.—Mutation male, Halictus erythrurus Ckll. Nos. 11-18.—Allotype male. Nos. 19-26.—Secondarius female H. erythrurus Ckll. 1. Front view of the large quadrate head of mutation. (Hairs not included in any diagram.) 2. Lateral view showing excessive development of the genae to a tooth. 3. Clypeus with its dentate margin viewed by transmitted light. 4. Genitalia at same magnification as No. 16. 5. Mandible, with tooth, at same magnification as No. 13. 6. Labrum. 7. Anterior leg at same magnification as No. 18. 8. Strigilis of anterior leg is alike in both males. 9-10. Two abdominal sterna at same magnification as Nos. 11 and 12. 11-12. Corresponding abdominal sterna of allotype. 13. Acute mandible. 14. Front view of head-capsule of allotype. 15. Lateral view. 16. Genitalia of allotype male. 17. Labrum. 18. Anterior leg; compare with No. 7. 19. Anterior coxae of female with prioperceptive pore-organs—Marked with an arrow. 20. Bidentate mandible of female. 21. Ventral view of prosternum of female at articulation of anterior coxae. 22. Hind calcar has one large tooth. 23. Anterior wing of Secondarius female. 24. Punctation of mesothorax is alike in both males. 25. Labial palpus of mutation with its enlarged dark basal segment. 26. Appendage of labrum of female. 27. Four apical segments of flagellum of mutation. 154 Opus CCC By GILBERT WHITLEY, F.R.Z.S. (Contribution from the Australian Museum, Sydney) (Figures 1-7.) Family GALAXIIDAE. Genus GALAXIAS Cuvier, 1816. GALAXIAS ORNATUS Castelnau. (Figure 1.) Galaxias ornatus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Vict. ii, May 10, 1873, p. 153. Cardinia Creek, Victoria. Holotype in Paris Museum. Id. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales vi, 1881, p. 237; Descr. Cat. Austr. Fish. ii- 1882, p. 173. Id. Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (2) ii, 1890, p. 36 (listed). — Id. Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1905, ii (1906), p. 381. Type redescribed. Id. Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xx, 1939, p. 268 (wrongly regards G. pusillus as a synonym). Jd. Butcher, Freshwater Fish. Vict., 1946, p. 9 (listed). I am grateful to Mademoiselle Gisele Mauger for the accompanying illus- tration of the unique holotype of Castelnau’s species, which is No. A.5225 in the Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris. The specimen is said to be “en aussi mauvais etat,” is 95 mm. in standard length and has D. 9; A. 10; P. 15; V. 7 and 16 principal caudal rays. This formula differs slightly from those given by Castelnau and Regan. — ee \SesnSee WEE Figure 1.—Mountain Trout, Galaxrias ornatus. Holotype from Victoria. Mlle. Gisele Mauger del. GALAXIAS OCONNORI Ogilby. (Figure 2.) Galaxias oconnori Ogilby, Mem. Qld. Mus. i, 1912, p. 33. Lyra, south Queens- land. Id. McCulloch & Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus. viii, 1925, p. 133 (listed). Id. Duhig, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld. xlii, 1931, p. xvi (melanosis & trematode). Id. Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xix, 1933, p. 61, pl. xii, fig. 3 (holotype figured. ) Lyragalaxias oconnori Whitley, Vict. Nat. lii, 1935, pl. iii, fig. 5. Seven specimens (Austr. Mus. regd. Nos. 1.13459, IB.756 and IB.3278) from Rawdon, Rylstone, Cudgegong River, 18 Dec. 1911, and two (1IB.755) from the junction of the Namoi and Barwon Rivers were received many years ago from Mr. D. G. Stead. The largest (65 mm. in standard length, No. IB.3278 from Rylstone), figured here, has the ventral origin nearer tip WHITLEY 1 ie) | 1) oi snout than base of caudal, which is the case in three other specimens, but another example has the ventral origin equidistant from those two points, and the majority have the ventrals nearer base of caudal than tip of snout as in typical oconnori. New record for New South Wales. : ANY N Ss S&S Figure 2.—Native Trout, Galarias oconnori, from New South Wales. G. P. Whitley del. Family SYNGNATHIDAH. Genus HISTIOGAMPHELUS McCulloch, 1914. HISTIOGAMPHELUS MERACULUS Whitley. (Figure 3.) Histiogamphelus meraculus Whitley, Austr. Zool. xi, 3, Feb. 11, 1948 p. 271. City Beach, near Perth, Western Australia. Here figured for the first time from the holotype, kindly lent for the purpose of illustration by Mr. L. Glauert, Director of the Western Australian Museum, Perth. Oa! M i ) WA Wy} TH AMS, ANY yas ( Pre.) ng tg iO i} NaOs N ny ey NS YO), e We } hat, A &¢){ ME Figure 3.—Pipefish, Histiogamphelus meraculus. Holotype from Western Australia. G. P. Whitley del. Family SOLENICHTHYIDAE. Genus SOLENICHTHYS Bleeker, 1865. Solenichthys Bleeker, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. ii, 1865, p. 183. Logotype, Solenostoma paradozus Lacepede — Fistularia paradoza Pallas. Id. Whitley, Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales 1951-2 (1953), p. 30 (refs., Synonymy and list of species). 156 OPUS CCC SOLENICHTHYS RACEKI, sp. nov. (Figure 4.) Head (38 mm.) 2.4, depth of body (18) 5.2, of caudal peduncle (6) 15.6 in standard length (94), or 3, 6, and 20 in total length respectively. Eye (4) 9.5, interorbital (4) 9.5, snout (27) 1.4 in head. Depth of snout (9) 3 in its length. Length of caudal peduncle less than one-third of base of soft dorsal. Predorsal length 54 mm.; length of pectoral, 3.5; of ventral, 26; longest anal ray, 4; anal base, 9. Head and body strongly compressed, widest at interorbital. Belly cultrate behind anal fin. Jaws toothless, premaxillaries ending in two spines superiorly. Maxillary (5 mm.) greater than interorbital, with concave posterior margin. Upper part of snout (especially mesethmoid) and lower sides of head elevated into papery crests; most of head-bones sculptured and with serrated ridges. Nostrils large, with about 15 exposed radiating laminae. Three main opercular keels radiate from behind eye. Gill-openings wide; isthmus very narrow. A median scute behind isthmus and two keeled rings just before ventral fins; a bony pre-dorsal ridge. Rings on body 29 between head and tail fin; of these, 5 are before first dorsal, 5 in a mediolateral row between first dorsal and level of vent (with 11 or 12 scutes above and below them), and about 14 from vent to beginning of caudal fin. First dorsal over 134 scutes, second dorsal over about 8; anal under 5 plates. D/A cE eZ eV AOE IC ao: Dorsal base elevated. Fifth dorsal spine longest: however, the dorsal fins appear to be abnormal (probably injured and healed), the ends of the spines -being curled and much of the second dorsal missing. Second dorsal and anal about as high as eye-diameter. Ventrals not united to one another or to abdomen, only their upper and lower rays simple. Ventrals, caudal and snout subequal in length. Figure 4.—Ghost Pipefish, Solenichthys raceki. Holotype from New South Wales. Dorsal fins restored where lines are dotted. G. P. Whitley del. Colour green in life with dark blotches on head, body and fins (except pectorals, second dorsal and anal which are plain). After death and preser- vation, brownish yellow with brown to blackish markings as figured, the dark blotches being largest and most conspicuous on first dorsal and caudal fins. Eye reddish. Pink edges to first dorsal fin, upper and lower surfaces of caudal peduncle, ventral and caudal fins. Pink barbel-like tags below snout and caudal peduncle. WHITLEY 157 Described and figured from the holotype, a specimen 120 mm. or 4? inches in total length. Australian Museum regd. No. IB.3300. Loc.—Off Broken Bay, New South Wales; hiding amongst weed from daytime prawn-trawl, 5 to 7 fathoms, 27 January 1955. Collected by Dr. A. A. Racek of the State Fisheries Branch, Chief Secretary’s Dept., Sydney. The new species is distinguished from its congeners by its coloration, very deep snout, the W-shaped ridges down pectoral base, the deep caudal peduncle, ventrals equalling snout in length, the ten ventral rays, and in the disposition of the scutes on the body. It is evidently closest to S. paegnius Jordan & Thompson (Mem. Carneg. Mus. vi, 4, Sept. 1914, p. 235, as Solenostomus) from Japan, differing in proportions and fin-counts, thus: A. Length of caudal peduncle, measured from last anal ray to middle caudal rays, 4.75 in head. Ventral rays eight ............ paegnius AA. Caudal peduncle 3.5 in head. Ventral rays ten ........ raceki, sp. nov. From all other species (paradoxus, cyanopterus, brachyurus, armatus, bleekeri, laciniatus, phantasticus and leptosomus) the deep snout separates raceki. The male ‘“‘Solenostomus cyanopterus” beautifully figured by Jungersen (D. Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 7 Raekke, viii, 5, p. 310, pl. III, figs. 10-11; pl. vi, figs. 2-3 and 6-9; and pl. vii, figs. 3-6) from Japan is evidently Solenichthys paegnius. It has caudal peduncle 5 in head, ventral rays seven and a deep snout. My specimen most resembles his female E in numerical characters. I am grateful to the Royal Society of South Australia for a loan of the volume in which Jungersen’s paper was published. Family GERRIDAE. Genus PAROCHUSUS Whitley, 1930. PAROCHUSUS CHEVERTI (Alleyne & Macleay). Gerres cheverti Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales i, Feb. 1877, p. 272, pl. vii, fig. 1. Cape Grenville, Queensland. One specimen, 64 inches long, from Darwin (Austr. Mus. regd. No. IB.3366). New record for the Northern Territory. Family ACANTHURIDAE. Genus CYPHOMYCTER Fowler & Bean, 1929. CYPHOMYCTER TUBEROSUS (Lacepede). Naso tuberosus Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iii, 1802, pp. 105 & 111, pl. vii, fig. 38. Mauritius. Naseus johnstonei Ramsay, Austr. Mus. Rept. 1875 (1876), p. 4. N.n. Naso (Cyphomycter) tuberosus Fowler & Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 100, viii, 1929, p. 2738, fig. 19 (refs. & synon.). Id. Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus. Koo pe LS. Dr. R. Catala sent me a kodachrome photograph of a specimen from the reef off Noumea, Feb. 1955; new record for New Caledonia. Apart from specimens from Mauritius and New Guinea in the Australian Museum, there is a photograph of the chirotype (an adult female) of Naseus johnstonei Ramsay, a hitherto unrecorded synonym of this species; it was 214 inches long, has a humped back, and came from Port Moresby, Papua. Family SEMIONOTIDAE. LEI, gen. nov. Orthotype, Leiolepis kohlmanni Heller (Geol. Bl. NO.—Bayern ii, 1, 1952, p. 25, pl. ii) — Lei kohlmanni. A new name, ot masculine gender, to replace Leiolepis Heller, loc. cit., which is preoccupied by Leiolepis Cuvier (Regne Anim. ed. 2, ii, 1829, p. 37) and of several later authors in Reptiles and Fishes. 158 OPUS CCC Family CHAETODONTIDAE. Genus CHELMON Cloquet, 1817. CHELMON ROSTRATUS (Linne). (Figure 5.) The Beaked Coral Fish, Chelmon rostratus (or, less likely its relative, Forcipiger longirostris) appears to be the species of fish represented on an interesting aboriginal shield in Mr. Melbourne Ward’s Gallery of Natural History and Native Art, Medlow Bath, where he kindly allowed me to prepare the accompanying figure when I was his guest on a brief visit to the Blue Mountains. It is registered No. H.1414 and came from Raffles Bay, Northern Territory. The shield is 2 feet long, 54 inches wide, nearly 2 inches in depth, slightly curved from end to end (the inner side, with sunken hand-grip, here shown being concave) and the outer sides are Figure 5.—Aboriginal shield from the Northern Territory with Beaked Coral Fish, Starfish, etc. in design. G. P. Whitley del. strongly convex. Mr. Frederick McCarthy, anthropologist at the Australian Museum, says the shield is of a type not native to the Northern Territory but more like certain Kimberley (W.A.) forms, but the decoration is unlike any in the Australian Museum and might be due to non-aboriginal influence. The outlines are incised and white as shown in the diagram, stippled areas are red and black ones black, the design and execution showing a fine degree of craftsmanship. The reversal of one fish might indicate its habit of swimming upside-down, as Forcipiger sometimes does. Besides the fish and boomerang-shaped waves (?) there are two starfish (Oreaster nodosus). These are not greatly conventionalized, but on the other side of the shield there are two hammerhead sharks (Sphyrna) which are ornamented with scrolls and not naturally drawn. Altogether a unique piece of native art. The same species of beaked coral fish is represented in a wood carving made at Goulburn Island, Arnhem Land, and illustrated by Axel Poignant (Sydney Morning Herald newspaper, May 28, 1955, p. 10, fig.). Family ATHERINIDAE Genus ATHERINOSOMA Castelnau, 1872. ATHERINOSOMA LINCOLNENSIS Whitley. (Figure 6.) Atherinosoma microstoma lincolnensis Whitley, Austr. Zool. x, 1941, p. 17. Port Lincoln, South Australia. The holotype (Austr. Mus. regd. No. IB. 662) is here figured for the first time; it was collected before May 1941, but whether in fresh or salt water I have been unable to ascertain. The large eye is characteristic, also the shallow caudal peduncle and slender form, apart from the fin and scale- counts. 2 WHITLEY 159 M/k VA OG = — LG EMO OMAP ONO OS He) HUH Ie {[_(aDU[UDVUAV"”"”4 Si . ———— SEAS SR Aaa! LOI ) —a G.PW. Fig. 6: Hardyhead, Atherinosoma lincolnensis. Holotype from South Australia. ATHERINOSOMA TROPICALIS Whitley. (Figure 7.) Atherinosoma (Taeniomembras) tropicalis Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xxii, 1948, p. 87. Whitsunday Passage, Queensland. For comparative purposes, I offer here an original figure of the holotype (Austr. Mus. regd. No. IA. 1553) of this north Queensland species. This has a robust body, with more than 40 lateral scales; pectoral rays 17 and 20 predorsal scales. Fig. 7: Hardyhead, Atherinosoma tropicalis. Holotype from Queensland. Genus CRATEROCEPHALUS McCulloch, 1912. CRATEROCEPHALUS ANTICANUS, sp. nov. New name for Craterocephalus edelensis Whitley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales Ixviii, 1943, p. 135, description only not synonymy or figure), not Atherinichthys edelensis Castelnau, 1873, which is as now restricted a freshwater species from the Swan River system. A Western Australian marine atherine from the North-west Cape to Abrolhos area in which the vent is situated almost as far forward as the bases of the ventral fins. A useful diagnostic feature is a dark streak along each side of chin. The premaxillary processes are slender and longer than pupil; there are large scales below pectoral base, 34 scales from there to chest; the body-cavity ends bluntly just in front of anal origin, not entering first haemal arch; none of haemal spines or hypophyses broadened. Holotype (Austr. Mus. regd. No. IB.282) from Shark’s Bay and a number of paratypes in the Australian and West Australian Museums. Nearest C. capreoli Rendahl but with vent farther forward and slightly different proportions. anticanus, from Latin anticus, forward, and anus, vent. 160 Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Furneaux Islands, Bass Strait By ROY D. MACKAY. Very few lists of reptiles from restricted geographical areas have been published in Australia. Papers of this type by Kinghorn(1) and Loveridge(2) have proved of immense value to herpetologists in plotting the distribution of various species and in the study of ecological preferences. The present paper is a contribution to the knowledge of the reptiles found on the Furneaux Islands. These islands are of volcanic origin and attained their present position after a series of submergences and upheavals of a land bridge connecting Tasmania and Victoria in the Tertiary Period some twenty to fifty million years ago. Many granite surfaces have been exfoliated by fluctuations in diurnal and seasonal temperatures. These exfoliations provide cover for many reptiles and their insect prey. The smaller islands are for the most part covered with tussock grass beneath which Mutton- birds (Puffinus tenuirostris) dig their nesting burrows. These burrows average three feet in length and form the main shelter for most of- the reptiles found on the smaller islands. Steep and rugged mountains occur >A (OWE miles Flinders Island Bass a Whitemark ae Dios Ts Is. Siilarsianya Cha | Is ie Vansittort Tin etTle ~) SS Wels S ro) 3 @ . phy ee SM Munrae ~ [a i‘ SS le Cape Barren Island Locality map. MACKAY 161 on the largest islands, Flinders Island and Cape Barron Island, the highest being Mt. Strzelecki, 2550 ft. on the southwestern end of Flinders island. Several small islands are frequented by either the Black Tiger Snake (Notechis scutatus) or the Copperhead (Denisonia superba) but apparently both species are not found together except on the largest islands where there is a greater diversity of habitat. Black Tiger Snakes are very common on Chappell, Cat, Babel and Forsyth Islands; Copperheads are found on Big Dog and Little Green Islands. Both species occur on Flinders Island. Melanism is prevalent to a greater or less degree in almost all the reptiles seen on these islands. Its greatest effect is seen in the Tiger snakes most of which are jet black above and yellow or blue-black below. Copper- heads are affected almost to the same extent. The young of the Tiger snakes are also very dark but show the typical pattern of the species. This pattern usually disappears as the snake matures though a few adults still show faint banding. A complete list of the reptiles and amphibians collected is given below with notes on significant variations. AMPHIBIA. Family CERATOPHRIIDAE. CRINIA TASMANIENSIS (Gunther). Pterophrynus tasmaniensis, Gunther, 1864, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 48, pl. vii, fig. 3, Tasmania. One specimen, a female, was found on 19-3-55 under a log in a fallow paddock on Mr. F. Langley’s property, eight miles north-west of Lady Barron, Flinders Island. This property is situated at the base of the Strzelecki Peaks. The nearest water was about eighty yards away, a tributary of the Samphire River. This specimen was brightly marbled with black and white on the ventral surface and measured 30 mm. in length. Family HYtlipAr. HYLA JERVISIENSIS Dumeril & Bibron. Hyla jervisiensis Dumeril & Bibron, 1841, Erpet. Gen. 8, p. 580. Jervis Bay, N.S.W. Three specimens, all females, were found in the same paddock as the preceding species and under similar conditions. The hinder thigh colour was bright yellow. The specimens measured 31, 35 and 35 mm. respectively. LACERTILIA. Family SCINCIDAE. EGERNIA WHITIIT (Lacepede). Scincus whitii, Lacepede, 1804, Ann. Mus. Paris, 4, p. 209. Australia. Only one specimen, a juvenile, was collected. It was found on a granite slope of a ridge leading up the eastern side of the Strzelecki Peaks on Flinders Island. Many family groups and individuals were seen, all of which possessed the typical pattern of dorsal stripes and ocelli, though in the adults this pattern was almost obscured by melanin pigment. No Egernia whitii were observed on the smaller islands though it is quite likely they do occur on them. Diagnosis:—Scale rows 33, lamellae under fourth toe 23/24, six supraciliaries. Total length 95 mm., tail length 55 mm. Ratio Total length 1.73 Tail length 7 162 REPTILES FROM FURNEAUX ISLANDS TILIQUA NIGROLUTEA (Quoy & Gaimard). Scincus nigroluteus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie Physic., Zool., 1824, p. 176, pl. xli. Blue Mountains, N. S. Wales. — Six specimens were collected on Babel Island off the east coast of Flinders Island. All specimens were heavily pigmented with melanin. The head of each specimen was pale orange in colour and the dorsal blotches varied in size and shape in different specimens or on each side of the one specimen. These lizards were all found in the open and when approached they attempted to run into a Mutton-bird burrow. Numerous sloughs and a few dead specimens were seen on the island. One slough was found on Big Dog Island. The lizards are noticeably smaller than known New South Wales specimens. Diagnosis:—Six specimens from Babel Island 12/16-3-55. Scale rows 27 to 33, lamellae beneath fourth toe 7 or 8, five supraciliaries. Largest scink Total length 385 mm. Ratio of Tail length — 3.00 to 3.44. LEIOLOPISMA TRILINEATUM (Gray). Tiliqua trilineata Gray, 1839, Ann. Nat. Hist., 2, p. 291, Australia. This species was found commonly on all islands visited. The lizards were collected from under slabs of granite and from the sandy ground around the Mutton-bird burrows. The young are usually very pale and may lack the central dorsal stripe. As they mature they become much darker in colour. Aged specimens are so dark that the dorsal and lateral markings are often totally obscured. Nineteen specimens were collected. 6 from Little Dog Island, 8-3-55. 3 from Big Dog Island, 9-3-55. 5 from Babel Island, 12/16-3-55. 5 from Flinders Island, 19/20-3-55. Diagnosis:—Scales in 24 to 27 rows, lamellae under fourth toe 18 to 23, 6 to 8 supraciliaries. The longest scink measured 149 mm. Total length Tail length to six acute Keels. Ratio of — 1.63 to 1.89. Each of the dorsal scales has three LEIOLOPISMA ENTRECASTEAUXIT Dumeril & Bibron. Lygosoma entrecasteauxii, Dumeril & Bibron, 1839, Erpet. Gen., 5, p. 717, Australia. Although this lizard was seen frequently on several of the islands only one specimen was collected and that on Fisher Island, on 17-3-55. Diagnosis:—Scales in 28 rows, lamellae under fourth toe 18/19, 5 supra- ciliaries. Total length 118 mm. Total length ERO aS aegi 1S: LEIOLOPISMA OCELLATA (Gray). Mocoa ocellata Gray, 1845. List Lizards Brit. Mus., p. 81 (June 28); Zool. Erebus & Terror, Rept. p. 8, pl. vii, fiz. 3; Australia. Several specimens were seen on the exposed rocky areas of a ridge approaching Strzelecki Peaks, eight miles north-west of Lady Barron, Flinders Island. Only two specimens were collected, an adult and a juvenile. “iagnosis:—Scales in 52 to 53 rows, lamellae under fourth toe 22. Both specimens possessed six supraciliaries on the left side and seven on the right. The larger specimen measured 149 mm., including a regenerated tail 70 mm. long. MACKAY 163 RHODONA BOUGAINVILLII (Gray). Riopa bougainvillii Gray, 1839, Ann. Nat. Hist., 2, p. 332. Australia. One specimen was collected from loose sand at the entrance of an old Mutton-bird burrow on the north-west slopes of Babel Island on 14-3-55. Babel Island is connected to Flinders Island by a sandspit. This spit was broken by the sea about one-third of the way from Babel Island during my visit. This specimen is apparently the most southern record for the species and appears to be a new record for the Tasmanian region. Diagnosis:—Scales in 20 rows, lamellae under fourth toe 17, six supra- ciliaries. Total length 82 mm. Tail length 12 mm. (regenerated). OPHIDIA. Family ELAPIDAE. DENISONIA CORONOIDES (Gunther). Hoplocephalus coronoides Gunther, 1858, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 215, Tasmania and Swan River, W.A. Pseudelaps minutus Fry, 1915, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., 27, p. 93, fig. 7. Wilde’s Meadow, nr. Moss Vale, Colo Vale, Tamworth, or Guntawang, all in N.S.W. Four specimens were collected on Babel Island on 15/16-3-55 and one juvenile from Flinders Island on 19-3-55. I also have a specimen from Fisher Island collected on 26-11-48 and passed on to me by Dr. D. L. Serventy and Mr. K. Hindwood. These specimens are similar to Tasmanian specimens but differ greatly in colour and proportion from those occurring in N.S.W. Diagnosis:—Scales in 15 rows, ventrals in 132 to 147, anal single, subcaudals 46 to 56. It should be noted that the two lowest ventral and subcaudal counts (132, 139—46, 47) belong to the only female specimens in the series. Nasal single, in contact with the single preocular, two postoculars, tem- porals 2:2, 2:3 or 3:3. Number of teeth behind fang, one. Number of functional palatine teeth, four. Number of functional pterygoid teeth, eight or nine. Longest snake measures 495 mm., tail 112 mm. Total length Tail length varies from 4.27 to 5.25. Ratio of DENISONIA SUPERBA (Gunther). Hoplocephalus superbus Gunther (part), 1858, Cat. Sn. Brit. Mus., p. 217. Australia and Tasmania. No specimens were collected but a preserved specimen was passed on to me for the Australian Museum collection. It was collected on Fisher Island on 6-12-52. It is believed to be found commonly on Little Green Island and Big Dog Island and is actually quite common on Flinders Island. The pre- served specimen is much darker than mainland (Victorian) specimens but otherwise the scalation, as given below, falls within the known range of variation. Its colour is uniform blue-black above and blue-grey below. Diagnosis:—Scales in 15 rows, ventrals 154, anal single, subcaudals 46. Number of teeth behind fang, seven on left side, eight on right, four palatine teeth and six pterygoid teeth. Total length 740 mm. Total length Tail length NOTECHIS SCUTATUS (Peters). Naja (Hamadryas) scutata Peters, 1861, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 690, “Java.” The Black Tiger Snake is extremely common on Chappell Island, Cat, Babel, and Forsyth Islands, and is fairly common on Flinders Island. This may be due to abundance of the food—namely rats, (Rattus and Hydromys). Ratio of ee ole 164 REPTILES FROM FURNEAUX ISLANDS An abundance of these latter animals on the smaller islands might prevent population increase among mice and frogs and so hinder the establishment of a population of the other large snake found on the islands, the Copperhead (Denisonia superba). Frogs and mice are known to be the principal source of food supply of the Copperhead. In such a case as the Chappell Island population of Black Tiger Snakes any major changes of food supply or habitat might quickly upset the natural balance and could cause the total extinction of the species from the area. For instance, if the rats were destroyed and livestock were allowed to trample in the Mutton-bird burrows, the snakes would lack food and have very little cover and so would soon die out. Evidently Black Tiger Snakes are not so plentiful at present as formerly. This situation can be accounted for by ‘“‘mutton-birders,’’ while collecting young birds, having killed all the snakes they encountered. It is interesting to note that most of the Black Tiger snakes live on the higher ground where the young Muttonbirds are collected only when the flats near the shore have become exhausted of young birds. One male and two females were collected from Chappell Island on 11-3-55. One juvenile and one adult, both unsexed, were collected from Babel Island on 14/15-3-55. : Diagnosis:—Scales in 17 rows, ventrals 161 to 175, anal single, subcaudals 34 to 52. Number of teeth behind fang, two. Five to seven palatine teeth and eight to fourteen pterygoid teeth. Longest specimen 1388 mm., a female. Total length Tail length contained eleven young in an advanced state of development. The colour of these specimens is black above with or without faint bands showing. The ventral surface is yellow or blue-black. The above data suggest a need for a revision of Kinghorn’s description (3) of Notechis scutatus niger, as the colour and details of scalation of this series overlap the distinguishing characters of typical Notechis scutatus and WN. s. niger. Ratio of varies from 6.76 to 6.94. A female 1320 mm. long (1). Kinghorn, J. R., 1945, The Simpson Desert Expedition, 1939, Trans. Roy. SOG Se AUst. 769) (De 2k (2) Loveridge, A., 1949, On Some Reptiles and Amphibians from the Northern Territory, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 72, (2); 208. (3) Kinghorn, J. R., 1921, Studies in Australian Reptiles, No. 2. Rec. Austr. Mus. 13, 4, p. 148, pl. xxvi, figs. 6-8. 165 Teaching Zoology I. STUDENT ATTITUDE TO UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGY. By G. R. MEYER, B.A., M.Ed., B.Sc. Zoology Department, University of Sydney. (Figures 1-4.) (i) INTRODUCTION In 1952 the University of Sydney taught Zoology I to all first year students of Medicine and Veterinary Science, all second year students of Agriculture, and to students of Science and Arts who selected the course. Classes were divided into two groups, one medical and one non-medical, each with its own course of lectures and practical work. Observations of student behaviour in lecture-room and laboratory during 1952 showed that different faculty groups seemed to have different attitudes towards Zoology; some groups having extremely unfavourable opinions of the course as a whole. A scale was constructed to measure the general attitude of each group and attitudes towards special aspects of the course, such as study and reading in Zoology, dissections, subject preference, the use of the course and lectures on evolution‘ These measurements were made to find the students’ opinion of the course and to give some direction to the design of a new Zoology syllabus. (ii) METHOD. An attitude scale was constructed by the method described by Thurstone and Chave (1929) and by Jordan (1941). Sixty statements about first year courses in Zoology were written on separate cards. In writing each state- ment, Wang’s (1932) rules were followed as closely as possible. Ten people who had taught the students then independently sorted these statements into eleven groups ranging from highly favourable (Group 1) through neutral (Group 6) to highly unfavourable (Group 11). The sorters were asked to prevent personal opinions influencing their decisions. The results of the examiners’ sorting were presented in a frequency distribution table and a table of accumulative proportions was made out for each statement. The scale value of each statement was then determined graphically. (See Jordan for details of method.) Each statement was tested for ambiguity by determining ‘“‘Q” values as described by Jordan. Ten statements with ‘‘Q’’ values in excess of 3.0 were rejected, leaving 50 statements with an average “Q” value of 1.7. These fifty statements were built into a questionnaire. The questionnaire was presented to all non-medical students and to 51 per cent of medical students during the last week of the academic year 1952. Students were asked to place a tick in a column headed “yes” if they fully agreed with a statement and in a column under “No” if they did not fully agree with a statement. All questionnaires were filled in anonymously. Attitude values did not appear on this questionnaire. The attitude score of each student was determined by calculating the mean scale value of all the statements which he answered in the affirmative. The higher the score the more unfavourable the attitude. A frequency distribu- tion of attitude scores was plotted for each faculty group, and the per- centages of affirmative answers to certain statements on the questionnaire were calculated. (ii) THE QUESTIONNAIRE Attitude Statement Scale Value 1. I listen regularly to broadcast talks on zoological topics .. 2.0 2. I would like to see more Zoology taught to first year students a at ne ae ae ve Aes se 2.0 3. The course should deal only with vertebrates—especially mammals te ak ote aa Phe ai: 6.5 166 sy Coee tS Co TEACHING ZOOLOGY Zoology has only interested me slightly; but I prefer it to several other university courses that I have attended Animals interest me very much .. I have read nothing in Zoology apart esna sae heceure nore I enjoy finding out how animals “work” I spend the bulk of my study-time on Zoology Those I find it very interesting 2 sie ine Zoology is a “dead” subject ‘and I ‘greatly dislike it mi I spend study-time in Zoology only because I want to pass an examination and not because I am very interested in the subject ‘ Only the fact that Zanes - was “compalgnas senile me and I think that Zoology I has been a complete waste of time and I regret having undertaken the course I have read nothing in Zoology and do not intend io mead anything zoological at any time this year I hope to become a professional Zoologist after eraduation Invertebrate animals are very ea and we should study more of them : I have only a slight eres in eae : Zoology interests me because it lets one see the eraied structure of many types of animals I enjoy dissecting animals and think that we should do more dissections Zoology will be of no aracrical saline fon me in the ee but I have enjoyed the course .. : I can’t dissect animals and don’t aire to aes Zoology will ayes aa be of some value in my postgraduate career Books and ati cigiiee on Wooloes will a) ES amtercen me Bur I'll only read them very occasionally after I finish the course The course in Zoology is far too long but the sana matter is fairly interesting : é ae Theory of evolution is dull and oafinemaerine : Zoological articles in scientific or popular magazines or books have never attracted me I feel that Zoology I will help me rol oyulasstenal courses which I will take in later undergraduate years I hope to major in Zoology and will use it to svanlecnend another field (e.g. Physiology, Biochemistry, etc.) Zoology bores me so much that I can’t force myself to de any study in it If I happen to tune in to a Pe talk on a ae eh cel! SERS I usually remain tuned in to that station I do a lot of reading in Zoology to supplement the saypleeeall given in lectures and text-books ae ahs Zoology I should be a compulsory course in all eaiaee es Dissections interest me but I find them difficult If I happen to tune into a radio talk on any eae of Zoology I quickly tune into another station I plan to keep in touch with Zoology through a fain fanart of individual reading after I have completed the course I have read my lecture notes thoroughly but have made little use of a text-book ake I do a great deal of aaa in Zoglons outside pile scone of the course .. The Theory of Bain is yee aapereutitie sae ree ented up new fields of thought for me hve an 10.4 MEYER 167 38. I have not read any of my lecture notes or text-books in Zoology but will have done so before the examinations .. 8.5 39. Evolution is the most interesting concept I have studied at the University .. 2.0 40. Of all the courses I’ve attended. at the University 1 ane enjoyed Zoology the most .. AG ay 41. The Theory of Evolution is too sqeulenne. Ane fae nee interested me very much .. ts 42. I do very little study in Zoolozy. feeaiae I And ie subject matter so dull and uninteresting oe, 10.2 43. I greatly dislike Zoology and would ee ot las on a preference list of courses I have attended le she os 10.3 44. Animals don’t interest me ae Ate ae ss ie 10.3 45. Zoology is dry and uninteresting OY LOGS 46. While the course of lectures has been Sah anee urns I srachia t like to take a first year course which covered any more ground 4.7 47. Too much eel fee een Covenued be pe course fe allow full appreciation a ne ae a 5.0 48. Cutting up dead animals Taees me sick. ; 8.0 49. I hope never to have to read anything connected: an a Zoological topic again av 10.4 50. Zoology I should be withdrawn ones ‘he Pecuirements of my faculty ae ve ue ae A AG oN ane 10.4 (iv) RELIABILITY OF THE TEST The reliability of the test was estimated by the odd-even or split-half technique. A random sample of fifty test answer papers was used. The reliability was 0.81. (v) RESULTS 1. General Attitude Towards the Course in Zoology. Only students of Agricultural Science (Fig. 2) and Medicine (Fig. 4) had any marked dislike for the subject. More than 50 per cent of Agricul- ture were indifferent to the course and only 32 per cent favourable to it. Agriculture had a mean score (5.35) well within the neutral range (4-8) of the scale. Of the other groups only Medicine, with a mean score of 3.97, tended towards a neutral attitude; all others having mean scores within the favourable region of the scale. The spread of attitude score was greatest with Agriculture and Medicine, and least with Arts and Veterinary Science. Science had a fairly wide spread, ranging from 2.0 to 6.5, but in fact only 10 per cent of these students had scores greater than 5.0. Standard Faculty Number Mean Median Deviation Range Agriculture a. hk 22 5.35 5.38 2.04 2.4—9.3 Medicine... oe ay 162 3.97 3.74 1.36 2.0—8.1 Science AN a 2 60 3.42 2.98 11'S: 2.0—6.5 Arts eye 10 3.40 3.50 1.02 2.1—5.5 Veterinary Science shy 19 3.34 3.63 1.03 2.2—5.2 All Faculties sik a 273 3.90 3.58 1.43 2.0—9.3 Arts (Fig. 2) and Science (Fig. 3) students had extremely favourable attitudes, 40 per cent of Arts and 52 per cent of Science being within the range 2 to 3. The upper limits of the distributions were well within the neutral range of the scale but did not approach the unfavourable scores. Medicine (Fig. 4) and Veterinary Science (Fig. 3) were groups with large numbers of people with indifferent attitudes, almost no one with unfavour- able attitudes, and nearly 60 per cent in the favourable range. 168 TEACHING ZOOLOGY Percentage of Students With With With Favourable Neutral Unfavourable Attitudes Attitudes Attitudes Faculty Scores 1-4 Scores 4-8 Scores 8-11 Agriculture tits ae 32 54 14 Medicine Ms ee a 56 43 if Veterinary Science ane 58 42 0 Science i its tes 70 30 0 Arts Lee oe Sen 80 20 0 All Faculties fe se 58 40 2 These results give a measure of attitude in each faculty group. Some explanation of the measured differences can be given as a result of close observation of student attitude in lecture-room and laboratory throughout the 1952 academic year. Students were observed in the course of their practical work and all students were questioned about their work. Teachers concluded that any differences in attitude could be explained by the freedom or otherwise of students to elect their courses of study, and by a student's concept of the use of Zoology to his future career. In other words, attitude was determined not so much by whether the student enjoyed the course, as by his estimate of its immediate and future value to a previously selected vocation. Agriculture. The Faculty of Agriculture required all students to take Zoology I as a course in the second year. Most Agriculture students were irritated by Zoology and had a “superior,” antagonistic view. They resented being placed in a class of first year students from other faculties, and adopted a contemptuous “beneath our dignity” attitude. Because of this resentment, few students made any attempt to search for value in the subject. To most it was studied under compulsion and not from any choice. Many would have liked the subject withdrawn from the requirements of the faculty. For instance, in first year, entomology appeared as nothing but a study of the anatomy of the cockroach; animal physiology as a study of such details as the digestive enzymes of the frog, and nothing more. To these students, Zoology was remote, academic and useless. Medicine. Students of Medicine and Veterinary Science had to take first courses in Botany, Zoology, Physics and Chemistry. Medical students found Zoology the most bearable of this series of barely tolerable subjects which they were compelled to pass before proceeding to the more interesting senior years. Zoology, with studies in anatomy, physiology, parasitology, embryology and genetics, was perhaps closer to medical study than any other first year subject. However, large numbers of medical students were indifferent to Zoology. To them the subject was a necessary evil, to be passed over as quickly as possible. These students studied Zoology only because they had to pass an examination and not because of any real interest. Some application of Zoology to future studies was seen by most medical students, but only the most obvious values were seen. Students were aware that skill in dissection would help them in later years, they saw the application of much detailed content such as studies of human parasites, the anatomy of the mammal, and vertebrate physiology, but most failed to see the application of general principles and skills to later studies. Nearly 40 per cent of medical students believed that Zoology would be of no practical value in their future training, and post-graduate careers. Veterinary Science. This small group of enthusiastic students saw Zoology as a preliminary training for later studies in veterinary anatomy and physiology. But the Veterinary Science student had little interest in aspects of the work that were not immediately and obviously related to his future studies. Hence few had any positive attitude towards the lectures on evolution, while all were keenly interested in dissections. Animals such as Obelia, sea-star, crayfish and snail, which had no immediate significance in later work, were studied indifferently with little genuine MEYER 169 ALL FACULTIES % FREQUENCY ATTITUDE SCORE Fig. 1: The distribution of attitude scores of students in all faculties. The higher the score the more unfavourable the attitude. S °FACULTY OF ARTS eFACULTY OF AGRICULTURE 4 FREQUENCY ATTITUDE SCORE Fig. 2: The distribution of attitude scores of students in the faculties of Arts and Agriculture. The higher the score the more unfavourable the attitude. 0 TEACHING ZOOLOGY ° ¢ FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE 2 ° FACULTY OF SCIENCE % FREQUENCY ATTITUDE SCORE Fig. 3: The distribution of attitude scores of students in the faculties of Veterinary Science and Science. The higher the score the more unfavourable the attitude. FACULTY OF MEDICINE % FREQUENCY ATTITUDE SCORE Fig. 4: The distribution of attitude scores of students in the Faculty of Medicine. The higher the score the more unfavourable the attitude. MEYER 171 interest. However, veterinary students were hard, steady workers, intensely interested in their future careers and prepared to work hard to gain their objectives, even where immediate interest was not necessarily high. The Veterinary Science student, just as the Medical or Agricultural student, rarely saw beyond the similarity of content to the basic similarities of principle and method that would have been of more value to him. However, because Zoology I had so much factual material that would be useful in later years, the veterinary student was keen and interested in the course. Arts and Science. Students of these faculties elected to take Zoology. Arts students had a very wide range of subjects from which to select and could undertake the course at any level of their undergraduate career. First year Science students selected Zoology. as one of four subjects from a more limited range. This free choice meant that students came to the course already favourably disposed towards Zoology. Even those Science students who had selected Zoology as their fourth subject and were primarily interested in Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics, at least preferred it to, say, Botany, Geology, Geography or a subject from the Faculty of Arts. Because of the even wider choice available to them, Arts students generally came to Zoology with more favourable attitudes than the Science students. In these groups, vocational ambition had less influence on attitude than in the applied faculties. In many cases, students had no specific aims and had not planned beyond the first year examinations. They desired to graduate in Arts or Science and then think about employment. These students evaluated Zoology on its own merits, and while not looking for extensions and applications of study to later courses, had some time to think about general principles. Hence they had highly favourable atittudes towards lectures on evolution, and were less interested in dissections than the Veterinary and Medical students. They approached all aspects of the practical work with equal interest, and did not protest that they found the course too academic. 2. Attitudes to Special Aspects of the Course. The statements on the attitude scale were written by selecting certain aspects of the course, such as reading, study, lectures on evolution, practical dissections etc., and constructing four or five statements about each so that they ranged from favourable through neutral to unfavourable. The question- naire was built by random shuffling of all these statements. Thus by once more drawing together those statements about a given aspect and calculating the percentages of affirmative answers to each, some measure of attitude could be obtained towards a given aspect of the course. ATTITUDE TO DISSECTIONS Percentage of Affirmative Answers in Scale each Faculty Statement Value Arts Agriculture Medicine Science Vet. Sc. uy 2.1 80.0 40.9 73.5 eee 100.0 18 a8 70.0 Papal | 65.5 55.0 94.4 ay 4.4 70.0 40.9 42.0 65.0 61.1 48 8.0 10.0 13.6 OLD 3.0 0.0 20 10.1 10.0 18.2 5.0 0.0 0.0 Science and Arts students were interested in dissection more as an instrument of investigation than as an end in itself, hence the different percentages for statements 17 and 18. They were aware that dissecting ability would help them to understand Zoology. Medical students on the other hand were interested in dissecting for its own sake. They wished to train for the dissections to come in the later years of human anatomy, and hence over 65 per cent agreed with statement 18. Only 42 per cent of medical students admitted that they liked dissections and found them difficult, whereas 65 per cent of Science students were prepared to admit that they found them hard. 172 TEACHING ZOOLOGY Veterinary Science students had an extremely favourable attitude to dissections because of direct application to their under-graduate and post- graduate careers. They also had the more academic interest of the science student, and unlike most potential medicos, were interested in finding out details of animal structure. Students of Agriculture were particularly unfavourably disposed towards dissections, and regarded dissecting skill as something quite irrelevant to their studies. ATTITUDE TO LECTURES ON EVOLUTION Percentage of Affirmative Answers in Scale each Faculty Statement Value Arts Agriculture Medicine Science Vet. Se. orl 1.3 100 45.5 61.0 81.7 55.6 39 Pas 30 4.5 19.5 Bone ialeal 41 83 0 36.4 15.0 a7 22.2 24 8.7 0 PAA 13.5 10.0 27.8 Students in the ‘applied’ faculties—Agriculture, Veterinary Science and Medicine—had less favourable attitudes to lectures on evolution than -Arts and Science students. Lack of appreciation of the value of the principles of evolution was particularly noticeable with agricultural and veterinary students. Statement 39 gave a fair measure of faculty differences. Over 33 per cent of Science, 30 per cent of Arts, 20 per cent of Medicine, 11 per cent of Veterinary Science and 4 per cent of Agriculture agreed that the theory of evolution was the most interesting concept they had studied at the University. The Zoology course had failed to give the trainee agriculturalist and veterinarian any appreciation of the practical value of a knowledge of the principles of evolution. ATTITUDE TO SUBJECT PREFERENCE Percentage of Affirmative Answers in Scale each Faculty Statement Value Arts Agriculture Medicine Science Vet. se: 40 1.7 50.0 0.0 60.0 35.0 55.6 31 2.5 30.0 9.9 11.0 JLT 5.6 4 6.7 50.0 22.7 36.0 13.3 44.4 43 10.3 0.0 18.2 4.0 3.3 0.0 50 10.4 0.0 31.8 6.5 0.0 0.0 Zoology was the least popular University subject with 18 per cent of students in Agriculture, 4 per cent in Medicine, 3 per cent in Science and no one in Arts or Veterinary Science; and the most popular with 60 per cent of students in Medicine, 56 per cent in Veterinary Science, 50 per cent in Arts, 35 per cent in Science and no one in Agriculture. Agriculture students had studied twelve courses in two years, and many believed Zoology to be the least relevant of the twelve. Science students usually selected Zoology as their fourth subject, and were chiefly interested in other subjects such as Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics. This prefer- ence was probably related to previous school training; most were boys and had had no training in Biology. Arts students also had primary interests elsewhere—with the humanities—but the group was interested in Zoology largely because of school training in Biology. Nearly all Arts students in Zoology were girls, and secondary school Biology at this time was almost entirely confined to girls’ schools. First preference was given to Zoology by 50 per cent of these Arts pupils. A large percentage of Veterinary Science and Medical students gave Zoology first preference because it was the most immediately relevant of the four subjects they were compelled to attend. MEYER 173 ATTITUDE TO READING AND STUDY IN ZOOLOGY Attitude to Reading Percentage of Affirmative Answers in Scale each Faculty Statement Value Arts Agriculture Medicine Science Vet. Sc 36 1.3 10.0 0.0 20.0 8.3 16.7 35 6.8 10.0 4.5 Rees 5.0 0.0 6 Ceti 20.0 27.3 ee 8.3 5.6 38 8.5 20.0 18. Bs) ees 5.6 ibe 10.5 0.0 9. 6.0 7 0.0 Attitude to Study Percentage of Affirmative Answers in Scale each Faculty Statement Value Arts Agriculture Medicine Science Vet. Sc. 8 1.5 10.0 4.5 25.5 10.0 16.7 10 9.5 20.0 5 Ooh 30.0 LR Ee Sa-3 42 10.2 0.0 18.2 3.0 Use 0.0 28 10.4 0.0 9.9 1.5 IAT 0.0 In general, the above tables show that a great many students did little reading and study in Zoology until just prior to the examinations. Some faculty groups were more conscientious than others, and once again it was the Agriculture group which had the least favourable attitude. Ten per cent of Agriculture admitted to having read nothing in Zoology at any time during the year, and were so bored by the subject that they couldn't force themselves to study. No one in Agriculture had read outside the scope of the course. Remembering that the questionnaire was issued in the last week of third term, it was disturbing that over 18 per cent of Agriculture had left all intended. preparation until one week before the examinations, and that another 10 per cent did not intend to prepare for the examination at all. Other faculties were indifferent, and none showed adequate interest in reading and studying the subject. Even the more favourably disposed groups were cautious in their response. Only 17 per cent of Veterinary Science, 10 per cent of Arts, and 10 per cent of Science agreed that they spent most of their study time in Zoology. Medical students studied hard, 20 per cent claiming that they spent more study time in Zoology than other subjects and 30 per cent that they studied Zoology because they wanted to pass the examination and not because of interest in the subject as such. This interest in study was commonly due to a fear of failure in the final examination. This fear was very real to the medical student. His faculty imposed a much more severe and restrictive system of granting deferred examinations than other faculties. ATTITUDE TO THE PRACTICAL VALUE OF THE ZOOLOGY COURSE Percentage of Affirmative Answers in Scale each Faculty Statement Value Arts Agriculture Medicine Science Vet. Sc. 14 0.7 10.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 5.6 27 Me 20.0 4.5 27.5 15.0 goto 19 4.0 50.0 18.2 39.0 45.0 39.0 21 eo 70.0 SOE 66.0 60.0 88.9 12) 10.5 0.0 27.3 2.0 0.0 0.0 Only Agriculture and Medicine had students with completely unfavourable attitudes, 27 per cent of Agriculture and 2 per cent of Medicine agreeing that the course had been a complete waste of time. Most students believed the subject would be of some value in their post- graduate careers; even 50 per cent of Agriculture believed this. A small number of people wished to major in Zoology; those in the applied faculties probably in specialised aspects of the subject, agricultural entomology. such as parasitology or 174 TEACHING ZOOLOGY Very few students desired to become professional Zoologists. The 6 per cent of Veterinary students probably aimed at research work in applied zoology. Only one Arts and three Science students had any ambition to make careers of Zoology. This lack of trainee zoologists was probably due to student ignorance of the economic possibilities of the subject, and a lack of employer publicity. This problem has been discussed in some detail by Murray (1954). (vi) CONCLUSIONS It is possible to draw up a type of “balance sheet’ of attitude. The following trends were obvious:— “Credit” “Debit” 1. An appreciation of factual 1. A lack of appreciation of basic material that would be useful biological principles, particu- in later years. Especially in the larly noticeable in attitude to- applied faculties. wards the lectures on evolution. 2. An interest in discovering how 2. A general apathy towards study. animals function. Too many people read only to ensure examination success. 3. Arts and Science students were 3. Resistance to classical methods interested to learn the elements ; of descriptive morphology. Many of Biology for general interest students found anatomy dull, or as background to _ other uninteresting and lacking appli- sciences. cation to future needs. 4. A disastrous absence of an ambition to make a career of Zoology, either directly or in- directly. These conclusions give some direction to the design of syllabuses for elementary tertiary Zoology. If such courses are to hold student interest and create favourable attitudes, their design and administration should be carefully prescribed. 1. Lecure and practical courses should teach only sufficient factual informa- tion for an understanding of basic zoological principles and methods. Masses of factual detail, taught as “facts for facts’ sake’ should not be introduced. 2. The course should be dynamic. The frontiers of advancing research should be made known to students and some basic research problems dis- cussed in detail. 3. The various prevocational groups should be given a basic course. There should be no vocational specialisation at this elementary level. The varied vocational interests should be brought together in an understanding of basic principles and methods rather than separated by different emphases on factual detail. 4, Hxperimental work should be a major feature of an elementary course in Zoology. Dissection skill for instance has more value if acquired as the result of solving some definite problem. Dissections undertaken as a means ot solving some precise problem in physiology or behaviour have more significance than dissections for “their own sake.” 5. Whenever possible living or freshly killed animals should be used in the laboratory. Preserved specimens should Age 2 only when the fresh material is absolutely unobtainable. An obvious extension is to make a feature of field work. 6. There should be a system of term examinations to evaluate teaching efficiency. These examinations should include tests of attitude and under- standing of basic principles rather than the ability to memorise factual detail. 7. The course should be administered so that reading and study are essential features of the programme. Thus most of the work should be presented in the form of projects. 8. The course should be made real by an emphasis on the role of Zoology in our society, its place in the economy of the country and its contributions to human welfare. MEYER 175 REFERENCES Jordan, D.—‘“‘The Attitude of Central School Pupils to certain school subjects, and the correlation between attitude and attainment.’ Brit. J. Educ. Psychol., 1941, Vol. II, pt. 1, pp. 28-44. McNemar, Q.—‘“‘Opinion Attitude Methodology.” Psychol. Bull., 1946, Vol. 43, pp. 289-374. Murray, P. D. F.—‘“The Position of Biological Science in School and Univer- sity.” Forum of Education, 1954, Vol. 12, pp. 121-124. Thurstone, L. L., Chave, E. J—The Measurement of Attitude, 1929, Chicago: University Press. Thurstone, L. L.—‘‘Theory of Attitude Measurement.” Psychol. Rev., 1929, Vol. 36, pp. 222-241. Wang, C. K. A.—‘Suggested Criteria for Writing Attitude Statements,” J. Soc. Psychol., Aug., 1932, pp. 367-373. Froriep and Lamarck By TOM IREDALRE. Reference to the Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London (Vol. XII, pp. 79-84, 1916) will show some notes on Dumeril’s Zoologie Analytique, and a German translation by Froriep, which seemed important on account of some emendations. Long after the Proceedings were published, I noticed in an advertisement in Froriep’s Notizen for 1831, an advertisement of a translation by Froriep of Lamarck’s Systeme, which has apparently been overlooked by most commentators. It was not in the British Museum (Natural History) Library Catalogue, and not recorded by Sherborn. Over twenty years passed before I was able to secure a copy, and therefrom record its unimportance. Lamarck first issued a list of Molluscan genera with descriptions and examples in a paper in 1799, and later followed with a slightly enlarged edition, as a book, with the title “Systeme des Animaux sans Vertebres” in 1801, of which there are two or three prints, fide Sherborn. This book, with an opening essay, ran into 8+432 pages. Fortunately Froriep’s translation is a very short account of some of the genera only. The title reads “J. B. Lamarck’s ...Neues System der Conchyliologie. Aus dem Franzosischen von Dr. L. F. Froriep, Professor zu Halle. Mit einer Kupfertafel. Weimar. 1807.” It contains only 10+52 pages, and after a brief introduction, numbers the genera included, by Lamarck, only of the shelled forms, including Foraminifera, Brachiopods and Barnacles. There does not appear to be anything novel in it, except the incorporation of genera proposed by Lamarck after the publication of the Systeme, such as Delphinula, Phasianella and Amphibulima. 5 ist asi a co PLATE XIII. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLCGIST, VOL. XII. ‘ZL ‘ON Suljured qAIenjSs sowmer “ApOd S.YsSY oY} OJUL SUIMOLING Uses OG OS[TR Uk YOIUM OSNoT-Ysy UBIIBISNIO OY} JO SMOTA [VIJUIA PUB [BSLOP YIM “TFST “§ “AON pojured ‘AoupAg Jo Joyoelaoy}VaT VOYSos1opF, UL, THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PEATE XIV. Upper figure: A Leatherjacket from Sydney, 1841. James Stuart painting No. 121. Lower figure: Silver Bream from New South Wales; Feb. 24, 1842. James Stuart painting No. 127. PLATE XV. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. eacicistsas sarees. | SFT ‘ON Surjured yarenys sower ‘TP8T ‘Tz jsnsny ‘AsupdAs ‘Iaeyeg JUvOSIOG o[eUI WUpPV 7? i) ‘C9L ‘ON suljuled jlenis sower “6E8T “9G AVIN - PURIST YOJION wWoly pop yooy pey PLATE XVI. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLCGIST, VOL. XII. PLATE XVII. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLCGIST, VOL. XII. ‘OLT ‘ON Sutjuted jlenjyg somes ‘AoupAG woay ATqeqodid ‘YRIIIAA 9} JO AjoIIvA poj}0ds ou THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PLATE XVIII. Upper figure: Pacific Perch from Norfolk Island; Feb. 17, 1839. James Stuart painting No. 107. Lower figure: Snake Eel from Norfolk Island; May 3, 1839. James Stuart painting No. 205. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PLATH XTX: TARETON RAYMENT Details of Sericophorus wasps. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PLATE XXI. TARITON RayvymMENT Halictus dimorphus Rayment. THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XII. PLATE XXil. @ TRALTON IinvmMent oar hae eee AL 3 Details of male and mutation of Halictus erythrurus Cockerell. o4 ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES MEMBERSHIP. (The Society's rats commences on Ist July) Fees commencing Ist July, 1952, as follows: Cluss Amount of Subscription Associate Member .. re 33 f Wy on arg M Q per annum Ordinary Member .. — th AR le a 5 INE ts (Members joining after Ist January in any “year pay one- half subscription.) Life Associate Member .. be ee eee va .. £10 10 O in one sum Life Member oft oo pes oA cv a: ee DO 8 Nak Honorary Member | Elected for services ; i a ve ne Aad EOE Be 7 Honorary Associate Member... .. ait te eh n oa he seee Junior Members (aged 16 or under) .. A a af 5 0 per annum TITLES. (Conferred by the Council) { For valuable services Fellow qe Ae 4s ie a a3 ¥ ..4 to the Society or to : Australian Zoolog Associate Benefactor .. .. For contribution of £100 to the Society’s funds Benefactor ft “i 4s A » £500 ,, 5, » » Endowment Member ci > Pea OND si, Wing 3 " PRIVILEGES. Members of all classes may attend all meeiings of the Society and its various Sections. Every member (other than an Associate or Life Associate member) receives a free pass to Taronga’ Zoological Park and Aquarium, and_ twelve tickets each year, admitting 12 adults or 24 children to the Park only. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, 28 Martin Place, Sydney. PUBLICATIONS “The Australian Zoologist” A Journal containing papers relating to the Zoology of Australia. Published at irregular intervals. Subscription to ordinary members elected prior to Ist July, 1933, Is. per annum; ordinary members elected after 30th June, 1933, and all associate members, 2s. 6d. per annum. Price Vol. No. Parts Date Pages Plates (Unbound) ap EASA PC I 8 1914-20 256 19 Oe II 4 1921-22 172 45 12 6 III 8 1922-25 362 41 10:0 IV 6 1925-27 362 49 Oye Vv 4 1927-29 362 4] EX O70 VI 4 1929-31 394 32 1 0 0 Vil 5 1931-33 398 25 1 0 0 VIII 4 1934-37 346 19 17 G IX 4 1937-40 454 38 Ee OQ Xx 3 1941-44 334 20 1 0 0 XI 4 1945- oe 372 42 CoN RA XII 2 1954-5 175 22 i Fis OM NOTE.—Single parts of any Mee may be obtained at published prices, less 20 per cent. to members or associates. Prices may be ascertained on application to the Honorary Secretary. PUBLICATIONS (continued) PROCEEDINGS. Published annually since 1933-34. Price, 1s. per annum; 3s. per annum from 1951-52; 4s. per annum from 1953-54. Free to all members and associates. Index to Special Articles in the Proceedings, 1933-43, 6d., post free. AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS AND SPECIAL REPRINTS. “Bibliography of Australian Entomology, 1775-1930,” by Anthony Musgrave, — F.E.S. 390-+-vii pp. Price, 10s. Plus postage. “Basic List of the Land of Mollusca of Australia,’ by Tom Iredale. Reprints, . three parts, 5s., post free. “A Check List of the Birds of Paradise and Bower-Birds,” by Tom ee) Reprint, complete in one part, 5s., post free. “Revision of the New South Wales Turridae,” by C. F. Laseron, F.R.Z. S. 56 pages, 12 plates with 264 figures. Price 7s. 6d., plus postage. (Prices less 20 per cent. to members and associates.) CONTENTS OF THIS PART Revision of the New South Wales Eulimoid Shells, by C. F. Laseron EAMG A New Subspecies of Scallop, by C. A. Fleming .. Ms Se Be, BS 108. Sidelights on New Zealand Ichthyology, by G. P. Whitley .. aK oo: Dr, James Stuart: Artist Naturalist, by A. Musgrave : sere nee -- 120 James Stuart—Ornithologist, by T. Iredale .. si . y rah James Stuart—Ichthyologist, by G. P. Whitley oe Ss Et vain aes Biology of Two Hunting Wasps, by T. Rayment oh oe me Nay ee Dimorphism and Parthenogenesis in Halictine Bees, by T. Rayment .. 142 Opus CCC, by G. P. Whitley .. ke Syke he ai us on ane Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians, by R. D. Mackay sha 3 ae Teaching Zoology, by G. R. Meyer .. tie ah hae fs a Se Froriep and Lamarck, by T. Iredale is ea i fe om ci “THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST” Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should be type- written. Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when submitting MS. Twenty-five reprints of any article appearing under a separate title will be supplied gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained on application to the Hon. Secretary. Authors alone are responsible for the facts and opinions contained in their papers. , Wholly set up and printed in Australia for Esquire Press, by E. J. Miller, 28 Baldwin Street, Erskineville, New South Wales. SRE at EEE EDDC SHEARER AIOE ORE TIRE IEE IO EE é Oe 9 6 05 0 9 8g 8 Og Oe On 05 On O58 0 8 Og Ou 8g 05 0 Og 05 Og 0 OO O58 Oe O59 0 05 06 Oe 05 Oe Oe 88 rer": s grate, ° ie ¢ _ 4 iol THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST Issued by the ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES Edited by GILBERT P. WHITLEY, F.R.ZS. Vol. XII — Part 3 August 29, 1956 hice Jae All communications to be addressed-to the Hon. Secretary, Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, 28 Martin Place, Sydney. Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post as a periodical ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES Kstablished 1879 REGISTERED UNDER THE —-——. COMPANIES ACT 1899 (1917) Patron: His Excellency Lietuttenant-General Sir John Northcott, K.C.M.G., KCN OF CB. Vice-Patrons: Sir Philip Woolcott Game, G.C.V.O., G.B.H., K.C.B., K.C.M.G., D.S.O, The Right Honourable Sir John Greig Latham, G.C.M.G. COUNCIL, 1955-56 President: James Roy Kingho rm, F.R.Z.S., C.M.Z.S., F.C.A.S8. Vice-Presidents: Sir Edward Hallst rom, K.B., F.R.Z.S. Garnet Halloran, M.D., B.Sc., F.R.C.S. (Edin.), HRACS., F.R.Z.S. Emil Herman Zeck, F.R.Z.S. Aubrey Halloran, O.B.E., B.A., LL.B., F.R.Z.S. Honorary Secretary: Mrs. Leone Harford. Honorary Solicitor: Aubrey Halloran, O.B.H., B.A., LL.B., F.R.Z.S. Honorary Hditor: Gilbert Percy Whitley, F.R.Z.S. Honorary Treasurer: Geoffrey Alan Johnson. Members of Council: Lieut.-Col. Henry Burgh Ernest Jeffrey Gadsden Percy Fincham Harvey James Allen Keast, M.Sc., M.A., Ph.D. Anthony Irwin Ormsby, LL.B. 5 OFFICERS (N John Hallstrom Ellis Le Geyt Troughton, F.R.Z.S., C.M.Z.S. John David Waterhouse Leonard Webber on-Councillors). Acting Honorary Treasurer: R. Murnin. Honorary Auditor: M. S. Davies, F.C.A. (Aust.). Honorary Librarian: Mrs. P. R. Johnston. Assistant Honorary Secretary: Miss J. M. Coleman. OFFICERS: OF SECTIONS Avicultural Section: Chairman: L. Webber Hon. Secretary: P. Harvey Budgerigar Section: Chairman: W. Hastings Hon. Secretary: J. L. Bright General Chairman: Miss E. Pope, Marine Zoological Section: Chairman: Miss G. Thornley Hon. Secretary: Mrs. O. Wills Ornithological Section: Chairman: EH. J. Gadsden Hon. Secretary: A. R. McGill, F.R.Z.S. - Section: ) M.Sc¢., F.R.Z.S., C.M.Z.S. Hon. Secretary: Miss B. Dew, B.A. 7 Bees i EG oe ae eae Laisa ty. a ahs u nis ve wf if i § oer aed +, — t ' a 3 Raf a gl Ge 5 i i Ms rma ee ey Pat gs BR Fie 22" ee Nh ee, th a Tee Bs is i a Bs At ‘ Me ae a Orn mad vi 3 neat ay ewe)" d 4! 7” Wee: ‘s t ’ . are re oy, i. * mle on ne ny. rat's i i is yh vey tt in . i Mr i! aos ley ee | a ae ys + : Pe sf ani heey A Oe ogy ee Pe i. Pa a ah Pes ; i; " ce ae a “ah ae ERIM irc) Ors We) AE fee lo us SR SS on ee rr ‘an Peasy mu aay. | Pa Ae Reet: Tut Varian aa Nie GN tok ane ; OMe ites. nip. | gg ara) Ee at Pee | es eer ye ‘ei 7 a ld a vA Ug oy ere vir iii ee io i "te eed ee ac age. | ee ee ei piece OD ORE be Ok 1G rly MEO Laing i De) ee . Pane) Mave ih ae se eat. gmetad 5 ville seed Sirs eins | tanh Pog Tesh Wy ee Sie ee ee on % " Site A Maar ae Tate 4p.) i> Wer MiG a the ne ada ee BgARIL swish PaO is ui aivtn val wh gd de? oe ie ae ; A TY Rt eee Ly be » ay, “ce al n Ridin bas Spek, THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST Vol cue Part 3. The Nomia australica Sm. Complex Its Taxonomy, Morphology and Biology With the Description of a New Mutillid Wasp By TARLTON RAYMENT, F.R.Z.S. Hon. Associate in Research, National Museum, Melbourne, Victoria. (Plates xxiii-xxvi and Text-figures 1-6.) The nomiine bees of Australia have been known to science for over 100 years, for the first species was described by Fred Smith, British Museum, in 1854, and he published 8 more descriptions in 1875, his best year of achievement. Subsequently T. D. A. Cockerell (1866-1948), Colorado Univer- sity, U.S.A., added 36 species; Friese, circa 1909, described another 7, and the present author 6 more, so that the total number of species and subspecies is now 58. Only one species, Nomia submoerens Ckll. has so far been recorded from Tasmania, and the genus must have reached the island before its separation from the mainland by the waters of Bass Strait, which now constitute an effective barrier to progress farther south. However, a close relative, N. moerens ulongensis Ckll. is found at Portland, Victoria, which looks over Bass Strait. The genus Nomia Latr. is not endemic to Australia, for it is widely distributed over the Old World, but sensu stricto did not reach the New World, i.e. America. Michener(1) (1944) states that the American species resemble those of Australia, which “are as yet unplaced subgenerically in the curvature of the basal abscissa of vein M of the fore wing.’ In Nomia, sensu stricto, the basal vein is not arcuate, but in Halictus it is strongly arched. It appears to have its origin in Asia, for the Malay Archipelago is rich in species, consequently, several of the nomiine bees of Northern Australia, such as N. pulchribalteata austrovagans Ckll. are close to N. westwoodii Grib., described from Bengal; also N. formosa Sm. from Celebes, and there is little doubt that this distribution indicates the New Guinea Passage by which the coloured species at least penetrated to Australia. As recognised by present day systematists, the genus undoubtedly con- tains several diverse elements, and fourteen subgenera have been proposed for the Old World species. The present author would separate those Aus- tralian species having a fish-tailed process on the postscutellum, but defers the task until he is able to monograph the whole of the Subfamily. A reference to Plate XXIII will show considerable differences in the form and the size of the posterior tibia and femur of the males, but as the sternal plates and genitalia in all of them do not have any distinctive characters, the author concludes that it is less confusing to regard N. australica as a highly variable species rather than separate an excessive Classification of Bees. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 82, p. 251, 1944. RAYMENT 177 Although there had been considerable research in the taxonomy of nomiine bees, yet no student had studied the biology of any Australian nomiine species until the present author published in the magazine Walkabout, his account of a strange little bee, N. halictella Ckll., from Northern Queensland, and which has the aspect of a small black and gold Halictus. The morphology and architecture of the very much larger metallic N. australica Sm. are very different, and that alone is sufficient warrant for publication. The author’s observations of these bees extend over 20 years, but as the bees are fossorial in habit, investigation is not easy, and opportunities are few when the colonies are so far distant. Many specimens, and some observations, have been received from Owen Dawson, Ciyde, Gippsland. Clifford Beauglehole, Gorae, Western Victoria, was most enthusiastic in his endeavours to confirm the observations of Dawson and the author. This correspondent is a member of the Portland Field Naturalists’ Club, and has made many valuable contributions to our knowledge of the fauna and flora of his historic district. The author’s researches in the Hymenoptera of Australia are assisted with a small grant from the Trustees of the Commonwealth Science and Industry Endowment Fund. The high costs of printing have delayed the publication of this paper for several years. TAXONOMIC POSITION DIVISION ANDRENIFORMES Family ANDRENIDAE Subfamily NOMIINAE Genus Nomia Latr. CHist.. Nat... xiii, mp. 5369, 1805.) Nomia australica Sm. (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 60, 1875.) Nomia australica Ckll. (Bees of Australia, Aust. Zool., Vol. vii, p. 46, 1931.) Sub. regis Ckll. (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxxvi, p. 221, 1910.) Sub. reginae Ckll. (Entomologist, p. 221, 1905.) Nomia australica Raym. (A Cluster of Bees, p. 230, 1935.) Nomia miranda Raym. (Aust. Zool., Vol. xii, Part I, p. 55, Mar., 1954.) GROSS MORPHOLOGY N. australica Sm. and the several allies discussed in this paper are beautiful robust hairy bees, about 12 mm. in length, with a shining black head and thorax, and abdomen of dull metallic blue or shining bright-green ornamented with two or three broad faciae of yellow, reddish-gold or even white hair. The small head-capsule is almost circular from the front, and unlike that of Megachile, does not bear any characters of much specific value. The sculpture of the face is usually masked by much hair, and in typical specimens of N. australica, the tegument of the anterior half of the clypeus, and also the entire slender scapes, are amber-coloured. These portions are black in the subspecies reginae. The flagellum in all is submoniliform; longer in the males with thirteen segments. Mandibulae bidentate in females, but acute in males. The glossa is dagger-shaped; there are four segments in the labial palpus and six in the maxillary; the pharyngeal pores are only of medium development; labrum a long narrow oval with a fringe of stiff setae. NOV 2 0 1856 178 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX Prothorax small and closely adapted to the mesothorax, which carries few specific characters apart from the vestiture and sculpture of the integu- ment; tegulae large, and the postscutellum of certain nomiine bees bears a long bifid process, or even a pair of spines, and those species may be referred to the subgenus Hoplonomia Ashmead. The metathorax is shorter than Halictus, and has a number of coarse rugae much shorter than Halictus. The abdomen is rarely clavate, and apart from the sculpture of the integument and faciae, possesses few specific characters in females, but the apical sterna of males are often of such remarkable structure as almost to defeat intelligible description. The abdominal faciae show considerable variation in number and colour. In Croydon, Victoria, specimens (identified by Prof. Cockerell as typical) the bands are bright ferruginious, and three in number. Meningie, S.A., | females have two only of golden colour; Katherine, N.T., three of pale-straw colour; Gunbower, Victoria, has a scanty white fringe on segments one and two; three, four and five with straw-colour faciae; Gorae, Victoria, has three faciae of golden-yellow with much white hair laterally, which extends to the bands on segments one and two; type of subsp. regis has the white abdominal faciae slightly tinted with yellow. The legs are usually stout in females, and bear dense scopae on the posterior trochanters, femora, tibiae and tarsi; the posterior femora and tibiae of the males are often crassate and angulated, and so form good specific characters. The form of the strigilis of the anterior leg is of generic, but not specific value the subquadrate velum being large and developed to an acute angle apically; the malus has a number of coarse teeth; the posterior calcar, too, has several coarse serrations, which are not so large as those of Halictus. The scutellar sutures on Clyde bees are quite nude, but on others there is a line of white hair extending as two maculae onto the mesothorax, with the postscutellum entirely covered; on certain others the postscutellum has yellow hair. N Low Lend Sy wamp 17 Winter SKETCH PLAN Ff Locality ar Clyde Victoria ARLTON BAVYMENT DUNE Fig. 1: Sketch Plan of Locality of nomiine colony at Clyde, Victoria. RAYMENT 179 SITE of the NomMINE COLONY arf CLYDE VICTORIA DIMENSIONS IN FEET 36° SAL 15° eek a iy cal Fig. 2: Plan of the nomiine colony at Clyde showing concentration of the shafts. The venation of the wings is of generic, but slight specific value, with three cubital cells, the first and third subequal, the second small and quad- rate; radial cell obstusely rounded on the costa, and the basal nervure arcuate in many species, but straight in Nomia sensu stricto. Hamuli 12 or so, well-developed. DISTRIBUTION The type of Nomia australica Sm. was described from Adelaide, S. Australia, but the species is widely distributed, for it has been recorded from Brisbane, Townsville, Stradbroke and Bribie Islands, and Mackay, Q.; Melbourne, V.; Swan River, W.A. Microscopical dissection of 200 males and females, collected in several states, placed the systematist in the difficult position of having either to separate large numbers of subspecies—and even races—or else conclude that Nomia australica is a highly variable species. The author finally adopted the latter concept. The student might at first feel inclined to refer all females with a black clypeus and antennae, and much white hair, to Cockerell’s subspecies reginae, and the present author would have agreed had he not found both forms present in a colony at Clyde, Victoria; one, however, burrows in sand, the other in marl. Mutation is, perhaps, the explanation of this phenomenon. Typical specimens of the species have the anterior half of the clypeus, and also the scapes, yellowish-amber, with the face covered with much fox-red hair, but numerous individuals from other localities are annectant between these two forms; some having the amber clypeus but much white hair on the face; others have red hair and a black clypeus; a few have the clypeus practically nude. Cockerell had noted the black clypeus on certain bees but did not comment on it. The blue-bodied specimens from Gunbower, Victoria, with pale-coloured hair on the face would have been referred to the subspecies regis Ckll. had not the author found other males and females with a black clypeus and antennae in the same colony. 180 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX Difference in the sterna and genitalia are more marked in N. miranda Raym. and this has, perhaps, the best claims for separation. The tibia and femora of other males vary considerably in form and size, as will be seen from Piate XXIII, but despite these differences, the author believes it is less confusing to have one variable species rather than a multitude of subspecies. NEW RECORDS Two females, typical in all characters. Alexandra, Victoria, leg. J. Urquart. One female, not typical, but approaching reginae Ckll. Glen Wills, Victoria, 21 Feb. 1952, leg A. N. Burns, per Nat. Mus. Vic. One female, typical in all characters. Croydon, Victoria, 1909, leg. Fulton. A series of females with one male, but typical in all characters. Croydon, Victoria, Jan. 1933, leg. Rayment. On flowers of Leptospermum scoparium. : One female, not typical, having white hair on face, but half of clypeus and basal half of scapes reddish. This specimen HUE NGS the subspecies reginae Ckll. Ferntree Gully, Victoria, leg. J. E. Dixon. A series of blue males and females, not typical, nevane black scapes. Gunbower, Victoria, 10th Feb., 1933, leg. Rayment and E. Ferris. Two males approaching reginae having white hair on face, but anterior margins of clypeus amber, scapes black, but other specimens have fulvous scapes, with black posterior margins on the abdominal terga. Meningie, S.A., leg. Hans Minchin. One female, not typical, having a purple abdomen and white hair on face; clypeus red and scapes black. Bolgart, W. Australia, 12th Jan. 1950, leg. Rica Erickson. Females, two, not typical, face being practically nude; scapes and clypeus black, but flagellum light-red beneath. Donnybrook, W.A., Jan., leg. L. J. Newman. Females, a long series from ‘nests,’ having black clypeus and scapes, but much red hair on face. Another long series of females, with red clypeus and scapes, mesothorax more shining, with fewer punctures. Clyde, Victoria, 12th Nov. 1944 and 10th Dec. 1944-45, leg. Owen Dawson. One female, typical in all characters. Sutherland, N.S.W., 16th Dec. 1951, leg. Alex. Holmes. Taken on flowers of Angophora cordifolia. One temale, typical in all characters. Wannon, Victoria, Z0th Oct. 1949, leg. “B.G.” per A. N. Burns. One female, typical in all characters. Kangaroo Is., S.A., 4th Dec. 1945, leg. “F.A.” per A. N. Burns. A long series of both males and females not quite typical in all characters. Bats Ridges, Portland, Victoria, 10th Feb. 1951, leg. C. Beauglehole. Taken on flowers of Leucopogon parvifolius, and Eucalyptus viminalis, 19th Nov. 1952. z One female, approaching N. australica regis. Portland, Victoria, Jan. 1950-51, leg. C. Beauglehole. A series of females; with only two abdominal faciae of dull colour as in regis. Bunbury, W.A., 18th Feb., 1954, leg. A. Snell. Taken on flowers of Eucalyptus calophylla. A more robust female, with much white hair on face, head not so wide, clypeus with a reddish suffusion, and carina more evident; fulvous RAYMENT 181 hair on postscutellum; first recurrent nervure meeting second intercubitus. Bolgart, W.A., 12th Jan., 1950, leg. Rica Erickson. Three larger, more robust females, approaching reginae Ckll. Compared with the Bolgart specimens, these have wider “faces,” black clypeus, and white hair on postscutellum; first recurrent nervure received well inside the second cubital cell. Kangaroo Is., S. Australia, 1954, leg. George A. Lonzar, Ranger. (At “nests” in the ground.) Two females, indistinguishable from S.A. specimens above; they approach the subspecies regis Ckll. Donnybrook and Dowerin, W.A., leg. L. J. Newman. A long series of typical females. Donnybrook, W.A., 21st May 1954, leg. Alfred Snell. One typical female. National Park, Perth, W.A., 10th Nov. 1954, leg. “A.B.” per W.A. Museum. One male, with peculiar sternal structures. Type of Nomia miranda Raym. Jamberoo, N.S.W., leg. Norman Rodd. One not typical male (from a high altitude). Mt. Donnabuang, Victoria, 5th Feb., 1955, leg. A. Neeboice. One male, not typical, having large sternal teeth. Gunbower, Victoria, 3rd March, 1933, leg. Rayment. One male typical. Harvey, W.A., leg. L. J. Newman. A series of males conforming with the description of regis, but with two white maculae of hair on scutellar suture. Katherine, Northern Territory, 10th Mar. 1946, leg. Corp. Shimmin, A.1.F. One very large robust female. Alexandra, Victoria, 6th Dec. 1954, leg. A. Neeboice. One female, much brighter in colour than type. Bunbury, S.W. Corner, W.A., leg. W. A. Snell. One female, only base of scape red, clypeus black, abdomen blue. Gunbower, Victoria, 10th Feb. 1933, leg. Rayment. On flowers of Melaleuca pallida. Cne male, typical in all characters. Cherrypool, Victoria, 24th Feb. 1948, leg. N. Walters. A series of both sexes from the Murray River have only two coppery faciae, hair of face straw-colour, abdomen blue. Gunbower, Victoria, 11th Nov. 1935, leg. Rayment. A series of nine males, not typical. Glen Wills, Victoria, 21st Feb. 1952, leg. A. N. Burns. Cne female, typical in all characters. Victoria Valley, Victoria, 26th Feb. 1949, leg. “B.G.” per A. N. Burns. Two females, typical in all characters. Kerang, Victoria, 2nd April, 1948, leg. “E.T.” per A. N. Burns. Cne female, typical in all characters. Moe, Victoria, 27th April, 1948, leg. F. E. Wilson. Several males, not typical, being more slender, with three abdominal faciae, but tergites broadly ferruginous apically; clypeus black; scape black at base, and flagellum ferruginous; conforms with description of subspecies regis. Edungalba, Queensland, 5th Nov. 1940, leg. E. E. Adams. Taken on flowers of Plectronia attenuata. A long series of males and females, not typical, having very dark-red hair on face; more shining on mesothorax; males with stouter red scapes and clypeus. Lismore, N.S.W., 19th Jan. 1941, leg. Dudley Townley. A series of females and males typical in all characters. Inverell, N.S.W., Nov. 1935, leg. Clive Stephens. Taken on flowers of Carduus sp. 182 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX A long series of typical males and females. Busselton, W.A., 2nd April, 1954., leg. Alfred Snell. Three males, larger and more robust than type. Western Midlands, W.A., 1st April 1950; lez. “J: Me peri Wwe Museural One male, not typical in all characters, the tibiae and femur modified. Jindabyne, N.S.W., March 1889, leg. R. Helms. 21 WPakeGibgioi Ne ala hisVAaiNiss Fig. 3: Pollen grains. 1-4. Pollen-grains from myrtaceous species; Hucalyptus, Melaleuca, Lepto- spermum, etc. 5-6. From gum-tree Hucalyptus pauciflora, which grows about the sunklands of Western Port. 8-9. Were growing pollen-tubules, but could not be identified. 10. A tetrad, unidentified species. 11. Tetrad of a heath Epacridaceae. 12. Probably Leguminosae. 13. Unidentified species. 14. Unidentified species. 15. Unidentified species. 16. Garden rose (dry). 17. Same pollen-grain mounted in glycerine. 18. Unidentified species. 19. Leguminosae—probably Pia ObEnA Sp. 20. Oxylobium ellipticum var. angustifolium. 21. Unidentified species. 22. Composite species. 23. Leguminosae—Acacia (wattle). 24. Pollen-grains removed from stomodeum of a larva showed the nucleus clearly without staining. RAYMENT 183 SITES OF THE COLONIES BATS RIDGES—The vegetation differs very conspicuously on the areas favoured by Nomia for the establishment of its very extensive colonies. In the west of the State, at Bats Ridges,(2) the site is located in a veritable wild-flower garden, surrounded by a forest growing on limestone (Miocene) ridges which are buried under a stratum of fine reddish sand, except where the stone outcrops on the surface. The forest trees are brown stringybark, Hucalyptus baxteri; Gippsland mallee, #. kitsoniana; peppermint, FE. vitrea, and manna gum, #H. viminalis; with wattles, Acacia sophorae, and A. melanoxylon, and silver banksia, Banksia marginata Throughout the forest are limited areas more or less clear of trees, but which nevertheless support a luxuriant growth of native plants, transform- ing such areas into wild-flower gardens of delightful beauty at the apex of the inflorescence. There are several epacrids, Acrotriche affinis, and in swampy areas, Sprengelia incarnata; common heath, Epacris impressa, and EL, lanuginosa; manuka, Leptospermum scoparium; Bossiaea cinerea; Correa reflexa; the coast beard-heath, Leucopogon parviflorus; Astroloma humifusum; silky guinea-flower, Hibbertia sericea; noon-flower or pig-face Carpobrotus aequi- laterale; pink fairies, Caladenia latifolia; austral bugle, Ajuga australis; scented sundew, Drosera whittakeri; fan flower, Scaevola microcarpa var. pallida; Exocarpus cupressiformis; Meuhlenbeckia adpressa; Clematis micro- phylla; and Helichrysum apiculatum. In addition to the above list, Clifford Beauglehole collected over 30 other species of very small plants growing in the luxuriant garden. All are diminutive, being only a few inches tall, but every one was in flower on 3rd October, 1954, and it will readily be appreciated that there is an ample supply of honey and pollen to support the extremely populous colony of bees. A moss, Breutelia pendula, common throughout the area is, of course, ot no value to bees. CLYDE, GIPPSLAND—The vegetation on this eastern site is very different from that on the west, and not nearly so luxuriant. The most con- spicuous species is Hucalyptus viminalis, but which does not reach any great stature. Another eucalypt E. pauciflora which, belying its name, bears a wealth of nectariferous cream-coloured flowers. There are swampy areas of paper-barks, Melaleuca ericifolia and M. squarosa, while tea-tree thickets, Leptospermum, dominate the landscape. There are several terrestrial orchids, and in spring the golden flowers of Oxylobium ellipticum furnish a mass of vivid colour; several heaths are present, also a few smaller plants in the genera Platylobium and Daviesia. There is wild parsnip, Trachymene anisocarpa, and in spring, the ubiquitous capeweed, Crytostemma calendulaceum, wanders over any grassy clearings; also several species of coarse spiny Hakea. GUNBOWER ISLAND—An irrigation settlement on the River Murray, northern Victoria. The deep soil is the well-known fine red alluvial silt so typical of the great riverine valley, and which supports an extensive dairying industry allied with the cultivation of field lucerne, Medicago sativa. The vegetation is not remarkable for the richness of its species, but is certainly renowned for its copious secretion of nectar. Along the waterways is the inevitable river red gum, Hucalyptus camouldensis-rosirata, and much grey box, H. hemiphloia. The few red sandhills are crowned with groups of Symmetrical murray pines, Callitris calcarata, but these are, however, of little value to bees. On the lower levels are small but dense thickets of Melaleuca and Callistemon. The cultivated fields often carry many weeds, and also the indigenous grey germander Teucrium racemosum sought by bees. The valley is much warmer than the two southern districts, but the bees thrive equally well in all. (2) The name is due to the presence of a large colony of bats which inhabit the caves. There are several hundreds of the animals which form dark clusters, many feet in diameter, when at rest on the ceilings. 184 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX ARCHITECTURE The damp earth is pared off by the serrated posterior calcar, and brought up to be heaved out carelessly on the surface, so that a tumulus forms about the mouth of the shaft. The moundlets are most evident at new shafts, but the “spoil” soon dries, and then is quickly dispersed by wind Fig. 4: The “Chimney pots’ of Nomia halictella Ckll. are built among the grass and sugar cane of Queensland. and rain. The old shafts may be recognised by the mere clean hole at ground level. The shafts usually have an “ante-room”’ excavated at about the 5 cm. level, and the “guard” bee on duty at the door retires into it when the shaft has to be cleared for the descent of another bee. This habit is very marked in all halictine bees. There are frequently two shafts leading down to one “nest” in the marl, but in the sand, one shaft is the rule. The cells in marl are sometimes encountered at only 8 cm. down, but those in the sand generally are at deeper levels. Since the cells in a group are open contemporaneously during the early phases, it is certain that all the excavating is finished before any provisioning is attempted. There may, of course, be some other reason, for it is well-known among apiarists that the honey-bee Apis mellifera will sometimes delay the sealing of its cells containing well-developed larvae. It has been suggested that, as this phenomenon occurs always in hot weather, the delay is determined in some way by the temperature of the hive. However, the reason for the bees’ unusual behaviour has not yet been adequately explained. The shafts appeared to be plastered with a thin coating of marl to bind the sand. Many shafts in the extensive colonies are separated by only 2 or 3 cm., while others may be as much as a metre or two distant, nevertheless the flight of bees over the site, on a warm clear day, is spectacular. Many of the old cells are used over and over again, and a colony has been known to occupy the original site for several years. When the shafts were closed in December, the top of the earthen plug was level with the surface of the ground, but concave on the lower surface, forming a neat dome over the shaft, since the plug was constructed from below. Before the cells are used again for brood the wad of excremental debris, and cast larval skins in the base, are meticulously cleaned out, and this habit, too, has survived in the hive-bee. RAYMENT 185 BUILDING IN SAND At Bats Ridges, Western Victoria, the geology is very different from that at Clyde, Gippsland, in the east. The low elevations are miocene lime- stone, forming a few caves which are frequented by numerous bats. Over the limestone lies a fine sandy soil of reddish-ochre colour and very friable character, breaking down readily when handled. This material is more easily excavated than the marl, but the architectural design presents a few unusual features. The individual cells conform to the typical pattern, but measure 20 mm. at the long axis, and 8.5 mm. at the short. They are contracted slightly at the mouth, and are a trifle smaller than those in the marl. The interior is trowelled with the mandibles to a smooth finish, and then lined out with a white colloidal skin, slightly thicker than that in the marl. There is a like compact group of cradles, from 14 to 17 in number, but over the cluster the dome is supported by three or four earthen piers, the bases of which rest between the cells. There are usually four or so much larger apertures among each group, and at first these could be mistaken for incipient large storage cells. A closer investigation, however, revealed that these larger chambers lead down to more or less vertical extensions forming shafts some 5 cm. in depth. The extensions would have been very difficult to explain if the author had not already investigated the exceedingly deep central shaft of a much smaller Queensland species, Nomia halictella Ckll., which disposes its cells at various levels. N. australica still retains the vestiges of the instinct to dig a deep central shaft, but its large cluster of 17 cells taxes the ability of one mother to excavate, build and provision, and the construction of a second group, at a lower level, is not accomplished without the co-operation of another sister or sisters. These deeper unfinished shafts, however, often serve a strange purpose, for they are used as mating chambers, and two bees, a male and a female, in copula, were often present in one when “nests” were excavated. WN. halic- tella constructs a series of cells at fairly regular intervals down its exceed- ingly deep shaft. This Queensland species, in a much drier climate, finds it essential to dig deeper to attain and maintain the proper degree of humidity to preclude the dessication of the larvae. In winter the extensions serve as hibernacula in which the females shelter. Cockerell (1931) states that typical specimens of WN. australica have scapes and anterior margin of clypeus amber, but noted that others have these parts all black. The Clyde bees building in the marl have the latter characteristics, with the mesothorax more polished, and excessively minutely punctured, so that they approach the subspecies reginae. The “spoil’ is brought up the shaft by the bee’s hind legs and the mandibles, and tipped out at the entrance, where it forms a tumulus. The main shaft has a diameter of 8 mm., approx., and goes down vertically for about 22 cm. before the main cluster of cells is reached. The group of cells does not break down readily, for the marl is tough; the overall length of the groups was about 7.5 cm. and 3.5 cm. in width. In each cluster were about 17 cells, each separated by a wall approximately 4 mm. thick, the grains of sand being large and sharp. The larger cells measured 19 mm. in length at the long axis, and 8 mm. at the short, with the mouth contracted to about 6 mm.; these are for the females. Those for the males are slightly smaller, 18 mm. and 7.5 mm. respectively. The dividing walls between the cells vary somewhat in thickness, from 4 mm. to 7 mm., but whether thick or thin, the interval between the cells is invariably rounded over very smoothly and neatly, and as a rule, slightly below the level of the cell-mouths. When excavating the ‘nests’ it was observed that the composition of shafts below the cluster of cells is much more friable, as though it had less bonding in its composition, whereas the cells are more solidly constructed. 186 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX The interior is trowelled by the mandibles to a smooth finish, and then a thin white colloidal membrane, a secretion from the thoracic glands, is licked on by the acute glossa. The skin is very thin, but it may, with care, be separated from the marl in small pieces. Under the microscope it is seen to be laid down as a silky thread which fuses immediately when it touches another. Over the entire group is a low dome, so that the mother has easy access to all the chambers. There were no piers supporting the domes, for marl does not require them, but such supports are very necessary in sand. The cells are sealed with a slightly concave plug of marl, 6.5 mm. in diameter, very smooth on the outside, but roughly cast on the interior; the cap is 3 mm. approx. in thickness, and of course, entirely lacking in membranous lining. BUILDING IN MARL Numerous colonies of Australian nomiine bees were excavated at critical periods during this research, at widely separated localities. The original one was at Clyde, some 40 miles east of Melbourne, and another was at Bats Ridges, 240 miles west of Melbourne, a third was near the Murray River. It will be evident from the brief sketches of the localities that the environment of two sites is very different, and the geology, too, is equally diverse. At Clyde, the colony consisted of many hundreds of shafts of Nomia australica Sm. At Bats Ridges there were several thousands. The contours are few at Clyde, for the district lies within an ancient sunkland, but here and there are low ridges, 20 or so feet high, the remnants of old sand dunes in which are strata of harder material known as “marl”; a combination of sand and clay stained red with oxide of iron. Many years ago, a municipal contractor had opened up a small area to quarry a kind of ironstone. During the removal of the “overburden,” a coarse sandy loam was scooped off in a series of channels some six feet in width. At approximately three feet down a tough red ‘marl’ was exposed; in this way two very different types of ground are available as nesting sites for the bees. At no great depth is a kind of dark gravel, which stratum is avoided by the bees. In the sand Nomia often constructs two, rarely three, groups of cells, one above the other, but in the much more difficult “country,” the marl, the bees are sometimes able to construct only one cluster which rests on the gravel. The marl was in strong demand for road making in the early days of settlement about Port Phillip and Western Port, and the harder strata uncovered by the roadmakers run east and west; they are, therefore, drier and warmer than the surrounding lower lands, which are often swampy, with areas of black peat. These rather lengthy details are included to permit the student to visualise the peculiar conditions governing the excavating, for it is a singular fact that the bees delving in the marl are somewhat different from those sinking their shafts in softer sand, since they have black scapes. It is postulated that mutation is involved here; the change in behaviour being more conspicuous than differences in the morphology. It is readily admitted that mutations cannot be entirely ruled out in Nomia, for all the bees are closely related to the fossorial genus Halictus. However, since the biology of only two species of Nomia has been investigated, and nothing is known of the numerous others, there are insufficient data available to the student to enable him to solve the problem. The aggregation of cells into a firm compact cluster that can be lifted out of the soil without damage, follows the architectural design favoured by a quite unrelated bee, Callomelitta anomala Raym., which is, however, endowed with a higher technical skill, for her slightly smaller cells are of a more delicate construction which the author illustrated in a “Cluster of Bees,” 1935, p. 100. RAYMENT 187 It will be noted that N. halictella Ckll. which is not a typical Nomia, has evolved a very different design, and although she is a much smaller bee, yet she excavates a deeper main shaft; probably to assure the desired degree of moisture for the larvae, since Queensland experiences much higher temperatures. R35. “Spe ee = << ester Let) Leve} Benne ayewy ict eens Fig. 5: Graphic section of “nests” of Nomia halictella Ckll. 1. Diagrammatic view showing cells between the 62 cm. and the 80 cm. level. ; 2. Enlarged view of top of shaft with its cylindrical plug of mud. 3. Enlarged view of cell and gallery, 24 cm. long, and which also is plugged solidly with mud. 4. The fully grown larva of Nomia has prominent ridges like those of Halictus. PLANTS VISITED BY NOMIA It will be concluded, from the plants listed below, that the bees are strongly polylectic, for they have been observed to visit several botanical species during one excursion to the fields. The pollen-grains illustrated in text-figure 3 were all taken by the author from pollen stored in cells. Of the 25 species of plants recorded below, 13 are in the Family Myrtaceae; but one only in Epacridaceae; 4 belong to Leguminosae; 2 to Compositae; 3 to Rosaceae; one only in Brunoniaceae. All the above plants are, with four exceptions, endemic to Australia. This preference in food is in marked contrast to the choice of the blue-banded bees, Anthophora, which seek introduced plants rather than the endemic ones, and it is postulated that Anthophora is a comparatively recent arrival in Australia. Nomia also is an Asiatic genus, but probably a very much older emigrant to our shores, for one species has been recorded from Tasmania, whereas Anthophora has never reached that island State. 188 Family Brun. Myrt. NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX Species Brunonia australis Angophora cordifolia. Melaleuca sp. _ Leptospermum sp. Date Nov. 1947 16th Dec. 1951 10th Feb. 1951. 4th Dec. 1954 Locality Clyde, Victoria Sutherland, N.S.W. Gunbower Is., V.__.. Kangaroo Is., S.A. a Leptospermum juniperinum 16th Jan. 1954 Bats Ridges, V. 3 Callistemon pallidus Feb. 1932 Gunbower Is., V. z. Eucalyptus viminalis Dec. 1944 Tooradin, V. 20th Dec. 1951 Gorae West, V. E. baxteri 15th Feb. 1952 Bats Ridges, V. a E. australiana Nov. 1951 Clyde, V. ‘. E. cladocalyz Dec. 1950 Clyde, V. ~ E. botryoides Jan. Many localities - E. Calophylla 18th Feb. 1954 Many localities ia E. ficifolia Feb. Many localities a E. pauciflora Jan. Many localities Comp. Hypochaeris radicata (Intro. ) Many localities ‘4 Carduus sp. 10th Nov. 1945 Inverell, N.S.W. Legum. Daviesia ? Nov. 1954 Gorae West, .V. af Acacia sophorae Oct. 1953 Portland, V. ts A. decurrens Dec. 1944 Clyde, V. A Acacia sp. Nov. Clyde, V. Epac. Leucopogon parviflorus 12th Sept. 1950 Gorae West, V. Rosa. Rubus fruticosus (Intro.) 20th Dec. 1932 Emerald, V. Be Roses (garden) (Intro.) 7th Dec. 1947 Clyde, V. ui Plectronia attenuata 5th Nov. 1940 Edungalba, Q. ‘ Rosa rubiginosa 7th Dec. 1947 Clyde, V. COMPOSITION OF POLLEN-STORES Twelve completed pollen-puddings were removed from the bees’ cells and examined microscopically. The percentage of each plant species is listed below. No. of Pudding. Leguminosae Myrtaceae Rosaceae Compositae Unident. % % % % 7 1. Clyde. 60 30 Z 8 2. Gorae. 3 80 3 8 6 3. Clyde. 60 AQ) 4. Cranbourne 98 2 5. Gorae. 98 2 6. Clyde. 60 30 10 FR 80 10 10 8. Gorae. 29 70 it 9. Gorae. 90 8 2 10. Gorae. 70 20 10 11. Gorae. 45 45 10 12. Gorae. 45 45 10 13. Clyde. Eucalyptus pauciflora (incomplete). 14. Clyde. Ozylobium ellipticum (incomplete). The Legume from Gorae (16.1.1955) is certainly Acacia species, but that from Clyde is probably Oxylobium ellipticum var. angustifolium. Some of the unidentified species may have been due to accidental contamination, but tetrads (Epacris ?) Rubus ? and Daviesia ? appear to be represented. * No. 7 was extracted from the mesenteron of a fully developed larva from Clyde. RAYMENT 189 LARVAL FOOD Pollen from a large number of botanical species is harvested by the female bees, and carried mainly on the posterior legs, femora, tibiae and tarsi, where there are dense scopae of long forked hairs; there are slender curled hairs even on the trochanters. The grains are raked off the anthers very efficiently by the anterior tibiae and tarsi, which are frequently moistened by the glossa with a secre- tion, probably from the pharyngeal glands; the pollen then becomes a trifle darker, and coheres better. The pollen-pudding is definitely more than a crude mixture of honey and pollen, for it not only alters in colour, but is also different in composi- tion, and this can be demonstrated experimentally. A pudding removed from the cells quickly dries quite hard, but a crude mixture of honey and pollen, gathered by hand from the flowers, remains moist owing to the hygroscopic character of the former substance. Moreover, the author reared several generations of minute beetles, Brachypeplus, on crude pollen gathered by hand, and another brood on pollen stored in the bees’ cells. The crude mixture produced very much smaller beétles, but on the stored pollen the beetles attained their normal stature. These beetles are invariably symbiotic in the nests of the minute native bee J'rigona, and normally feed on the stores and pollen debris. The pudding of Nomia is not spherical, like that of Halictus, but a thick flattish cake, about 6.5 mm. in diameter and 4.5 mm. thick. The general aspect is that of a sphere slightly compressed on two sides. The colour ranges from orange-russet to dull olive-green, according to the species of pollen harvested. The composite Hypochaeris results in bright-orange; Acacia somewhat yellowish; and the myrtaceous species, which frequently predominate, give a full olive-green colour, although when in the flowers the pollen is cream-coloured. Acacia pollen appears to contain a considerable percentage of yellowish oil, The pudding is somewhat drier in the middle, like that of Halictus, and this may be due to the exterior receiving a more liberal supply of secretion during the formation of the pudding, which is placed in the centre of the cell, standing upright firmly, wheel-like. In a number of the nests excavated every one of the cells was open, and since larvae in several stages of development could be seen, it might be concluded that the mother practices extended nursing of her babies, but actually progressive feeding does not appear to be involved. The fact that the mother bee constructs a dome over each cluster, a feature that allows her to have direct access to all the cells, might be interpreted to indicate that progressive feeding is the rule, but it was found that other cells, containing only an egg or else a very young larva on the pudding, were permanently sealed with an earthen plug. The honey-bee will, on occasion, open the wax capping of her brood-cells, but the reason for her behaviour is not clear. Considerable co-operative labour takes place in the colony for two, or rarely three, females occupy the majority of the old shafts. Only one mother is present in the much smaller, newly established, “nests.” Just why certain females depart from the parental home to found a new colony could not be established, but it is very evident that the old cells are used over and over again by successive generations, which remodel them and clear away the excremental pellets of the previous brood. The author has a record of a nomiine colony occupying the same site for many successive years. LARVAL DEVELOPMENT The slightly bowed centrolecithal egg of Nomia australica Sm. is milky white, semi-translucent, a trifle larger at the cephalic pole, with the caudal end firmly attached to the side of the pollen-pudding by a clear agglutinative secretion from a gland at the apex of the female abdomen. It has been demonstrated(3) that the eggs of other bees increase a trifle in length just before hatching, and the author found that to be the case in (3) Australian Zoologist, xi, p. 295, July, 1951, Rayment. 190 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX Nomia. An egg which was removed from its pudding on 16th January, 1955, and almost due to hatch, measured 2.5 mm. in length, and almost 1 mm. in diameter at its widest part. Hggs of the honey-bee average about 1.60 mm. in length. The sculpture of the chorion (egg shell) is inconspicuous, and when the egg is crushed under a cover-glass, and stained, it is seen to consists of the cytoplasm, the nucleus, and a large mass of granular deutoplasm or “yolk” for the sustenance of the developing embryo. Limitations over which the author had no control, precluded his being able to determine accurately just how long the egg takes to hatch, but it would appear to be about 85 hours; the period being somewhat influenced by temperature, cold appearing to retard development, and warmth hastening it. A few hours before hatching, it is possible to discern segmentation in the young embryo within, for it is then of a milky-white opacity, while the agglutinative at the caudal pole remains perfectly clear, but not brittle, so that the egg may be bent over without snapping off at its base. Commercial apiarists frequently claim that worker-bees will transport an egg from one cell to another, indeed, from one comb to another, but it is no easy matter to remove an egg from its base without breaking the shel!, and damaging the contents. Moreover, there is no known way of applying the agglutinative to the caudal pole other than the process which accom- panies its original deposition. Attachment at the caudal pole appears to be a sine qua non for the successful issue of the larvae. When the chorion splits at the cephalic pole, the young larva rests for a while before it begins to feed, which it does by sweeping its head to and fro across the pudding, taking off a layer of food with its dentate mandibles which are modified for the purpose. The larval mandibulae are of course microscopic in size, truncate and notched apically, where they are somewhat chitinized. The buccal parts seem to ‘“mouthe” the food like a toothless human ingesting porridge. The feeding is punctuated by intervals of rest, when the larva remains quiescent, adhering by its caudal segments to the pudding. About 8 days later, the larva is fully developed, and the whole of the pudding store has been consumed. The larva then measured 12 mm. in length, and was slightly curved, with three incipient thoracic segments raised dorsally to conspicuous bituberculate ridges. The curved posture is main- tained until the junction of the stomodeum (anterior invagination) and the proctodeum (posterior invagination) is effected to complete the alimentary canal. Soon after the junction is effective, the larva straightens, and the excremental debris is then voided as a series of moniliform black strings. This gross waste is ultimately compressed into a dark wad, and encased between the cast larval skins in the base of the cell, where it cannot con- taminate the crysal whiteness of the larva. A faint pale-slate colour soon appears to dull the pearly whiteness of the larva, and against this increasingly darker tint, masses of large creamy- coloured oenocytes, floating free in the body-fluid, are very conspicuous. PUPAL DEVELOPMENT At first, the pupae are immaculate, white and crystalline, and ornamented with a number of tubercles and spines on various parts of the body after the manner of halictine larvae. The tubercles are disposed as follows—There are three on the vertex of the head; .two minute ones on the apex of the Scape, and a microscopic one on the base of the mandibles; two large prominent ones on the scutellum, and two smaller on the postscutellum, also a minute sharp one on the tegula; two on the labrum; one on the coxae, another on the anterior tibiae for the strigilis, and yet another for the calcar. Kach segment of the abdomen, except the basal one, has a row of 15 tubercles on each side, that is, 30 for each tergite, but they are minute, long and acute, so that under low magnification, the tergites appear to be ciliated. Each article of the flagellum is tuberculate, but these are rapidly absorbed before pigmentation sets in. RAYMENT 19] A few of the last of the pupae were taken from their natal cells at Bats Ridges as late as the 26th of February, 1955, when they were rapidly approaching maturity, measuring 11 mm. in length, and 6 mm. at the broadest part; robust “chubby” pupae. When viewed by transmitted light, even at that early stage, inside the bulbous apical tarsal segments may be seen the clear dark forms of the claws, and in the wing-pads the neuration is clearly outlined in slaty grey. The head and thorax soon acquired the same pale slaty colour, and there were still numbers of large free creamy- coloured oenocytes plainly visible under the skin, now becoming dull and flaccid. Through the skin could be seen clusters of long dark hairs pressed down flat. The abdomen, however, was of a rich burnt-sienna brown colour, which also suffused the anterior half of the clypeus, the immature mandibles, and the flagellum, but the scapes remained white until later. The wing-pads, and the legs, with the exception of the coxae, also the mouth-parts, were all pale straw-colour. The median and parapsidal lines formed very conspicuous deep furrows. The tubercles were now almost completely absorbed, and the final skin flaccid, soon to be sloughed to reveal the moist imagine. If, from any cause, the humidity within the cell falls to a degree where the skin, at the final ecdysis, loses its moisture, the struggling imagine is unable to slough its skin, which then dries about the body, and so restricts its movements that the insect dies, more or less encased in its mummy-like shroud—a condition more often present in the laboratory than in the bee’s natural environment. ONE BISEXUAL GENERATION It will be seen from the calendar that the shafts are opened early in November, and the first eggs were found about 12 days later. By the 25th of December there was brood in all stages, and the first pupa was recorded. By the middle of January pupae were abundant in all nests, but by the 9th of February there was only an odd sealed cell. The time required for develop- ment is thus approximately 3 months; i.e. November, December, January. It is clearly evident that only one bisexual brood is reared each season, the pairs mating in the autumn. The fecundated females semihibernate over the winter in the galleries below the group of cells, and the latest of the males accompany them. BEHAVIOUR OF THE INDIVIDUAL The fully-developed adult bee has little difficulty in tearing down the plug of sand that seals her in her natal cradle, and is still damp when she reaches the surface of the shaft. There she rests, sunning herself until her wings are quite dry. She preens herself between whiles, giving a flick or two of her wings now and then, and cleans her antennae. She may even re-enter the shaft for a few minutes, and appears to rest there, but not for long. Soon she reappears, walking about the entrance as though surveying all its details, and then tries her wings on a short flight of half a metre or so. This exercise appears to increase the insect’s confidence, and she extends the range of her flight in ever widening circles, but always with her head directed to the aperture in the ground. At length she is out of sight, but soon returns, and after one or two such excursions, during which she orientates the locality, disappears in search of food. Dissection reveals that her honey-sac is empty when she departs, and on her first flight she voids a droplet or two of white liquid, probably urates and calcium. On her return the honey-sac contains a little clear thin nectar. Indeed, she may even alight on a grass-stalk nearby, and extrude a droplet of nectar on her glossa. She “beats” the liquid, as it were, until it grows visibly thicker, and then returns to the shaft and descends to the cells. The visits to the flowers for her own sustenance are punctuated by spells of excavating down below; the “spoil’ being brought up by the mandibles and the powerful hind legs. The bee just tumbles it out in loose masses until a rough tumulus forms about the “pit-mouth.” Her carelessness with the “spoil” is in marked contrast to the careful utilisation of it by the 192 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX Queensland bee, Nomia halictella, which builds over the entrance a heat chimney, some 7.5 cm. tall, with the exterior revealing the individual pellets of mud; the interior being trowelled to a smooth surface. It is quite clear that the whole of the digging of the numerous cells is completed before any provisioning with pollen is attempted. At Clyde, on a warm day, the females returned to the colony at the rate of one every 15 seconds, and each was laden with a full load of cream-coloured pollen. The female performs a peculiar action during the loading of the scopae of the hind legs, for she dextrously curls herself almost into a sphere, and pushes or packs the pollen onto the posterior legs, employing the mandibles in conjunction with the anterior legs, and whilst so engaged, emits a con- tinuous low murmuring sound, but just how she manages to effect this is not at all clear. The return flight is very fast and direct, until at last the female hovers tor a moment over the aperture at a height of about 5 cm. and then suddenly dives down the shaft, which has been ‘“‘cleared for traffic’ ‘y the watcher at the door retreating to the security of the “anteroom.” There is usually, but not invariably, a “guard” on duty at the entrance, closing the aperture with her circular head. After flight for the day has ceased, say about 7 o’clock p.m., the entrance is closed, not with a bee’s-red face, but with the metallic green of the apical tergites of her stern. Since the colonies are haunted by wolf-spiders, Lycosa ramosa ?, the hard curved abdominal plates offer the best defence, for there is no part for the spider to grasp, whereas the antennae of the head could be seized immediately, and the bee dragged forth. In “nests” excavated at Clyde on the 15th October, 1947, there were many males and females present, ready to fly, and at that early date, both sexes must have overwintered in their natal cells. Dissection of a number revealed that the stomachs of all were empty, and the untattered wings demonstrated that the insects had not yet flown abroad. In conformity with a law that runs throughout the bee-world, the males issue first, and form the first guards for the “pit-mouth,’ but later, when the females are excavating and harvesting, the males disappear, and the door- watching duty is undertaken in rotation by the females. When only one female is in residence, there is of necessity no guard during her absence. At Clyde, between 9 a.m. and 12 noon, on the 1st April, 1945, 25 guard- bees were captured at the pit-mouths, and of that number 7 proved to be males. Their presence would seem to suggest that as the season nears its close, the males either return to shelter in the burrows, or else those present are young ones which have not yet flown. The hundreds of males from an entire colony will assemble at dusk, in summer, and form giant clusters for “mutual warmth and protection” throughout the night. These nocturnal aggregations of males may contain several thousands of individuals. Similar clusters of males have been observed by the author in other genera, Paracolletes, Halictus, Parasphecodes and Lysicolletes, and there is no doubt that such gatherings are the rudiments of the swarming cluster which reaches its zenith in the hive- or honey bee, Apis. However, Henry Hacker published the following note in the Journal of the Queensland Entomological Society, Nov. 1927:— “Towards the end of January, male bees of Nomia australica Sm. assembled every evening for several weeks on long grass-stalks in my garden (Brisbane, Q.). About 20 males settled on each stalk, and their weight bent the grass right over. Before settling down they were very restless, changing their position several times.” Several Nomiua in Java have males that assemble at night on plant-stems, and this habit is very strongly developed in the genera Anthophora, Asaropoda, Halictus, Paracolletes and Parasphecodes.. The males grip the stalk with their mandibles, and prop themselves with their legs. Nomia is not at all irascible in temperament, for the observer can sit down in the middle of a populous colony, and even excavate its shafts, but neither individual nor coucerted attack is ever offered by the bees. The RAYMENT 193 presence of a human intruder is utterly ignored by all. When a female bee is unearthed, during excavation of the nest, she rarely takes wing, but endeavours to disappear from sight by digging vigorously in the soft sand; a task which is quickly accomplished. Early in April 1945 many shafts in marl were excavated at Clyde, and in several, a pair of bees, a male and a female, were present in the extension shafts below the main group of cells, and they appeared to be copulating. However, since no one has yet observed the mating of Nomia in the air, it is possible that, as in the case of Anthophora, copulation takes place in the auxiliary shafts. The position of the pairs is peculiar, for they stand erect, venter to venter, held together by the legs. The present author has observed the queen and drone of the hive-bee assume a similar position in the air when copulating, and his observations have been borne out by two commer- cial apiarists, the Messrs. Rush Brothers, Black Rock, Victoria. Indeed, one of the author’s correspondents in Queensland, observing a large “swarm” of Nomia australica bees, promptly hived it in a bee-box, and was very disappointed indeed when the bees gradually deserted his hive, and disappeared, probably to reform their nightly cluster on another tree. Bats Ridges CALENDAR Weather: dull, but warm. Timé: 2-3 p.m. 26th Sept. Not one of the thousands of shafts open, but all sealed per- 1954. manently at ground level. Bats Ridges Weather: clear and hot. Time: 11 a.m.-2 p.m. 3rd Oct. All shafts still sealed, but two ‘nests’? were excavated. Only 1954. adult bees, but no larvae, present. No. 1 had 17 cells, all polished, with excreta removed. Two adult females were present, one on the top of the cells, and the other at the base in an extension. Clyde Many shafts were opening, with both sexes a-wing. Females 14th Nov. had stocked the first cells with a pudding of pollen. Both 1947. sexes must have overwintered in their natal cells. Clyde Weather: clear and warm. Time: 7 a.m. 24th Nov. Excavated several burrows, and each had 3 females in resi- 1944. dence. Clusters in marl contained 15 cells, those in sand 16 Bats Ridges cells. One female was digging at base, the second on guard duty, and the third inside a cell. Weather: clear and hot. Time: 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 5th Dec. Thousands of shafts open. A dozen ‘nests’ were excavated. 1954. All had 2 cells in each group with puddings and an egg or larva. Few moundlets of spoil visible as no excavating was in progress. One or two tumuli were excavated, and the new nests contained only a few cells. Clyde Weather: hot. Time: noon. 7th Dec. All shafts open, and approximately 50 per cent active, but no 1947. guards posted at entrance to others. Clyde Weather: Bright and hot. Time: 2 p.m. 25th Dec. Considerable flight of bees over the colony. 12 shafts were 1944. excavated, and cells contained brood in all stages, puddings; Bats Ridges eggs; young and old larvae; all of which were in sealed cells. Adult females were present in all shafts. One matured male was present in a group of old cells, and two males were found in other cells. One cell contained. an older pupa with eyes just beginning to darken. This would be the earliest of the midsummer brood. Weather: clear and hot. Time: 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. 28th Dec. Three nests were excavated, and each contained one female— 1954, others could have been absent in the field, for the flight was heavy. No. 1: 1 male pupa; 1 female pupa with numbers of mites over the body; attached. one large larva; one pudding with egg 194 Bats Ridges 16th Jan. 1955. Bats Ridges 23rd Jan. 1955. Bats Ridges 27th Jan. 1955. Bats Ridges 9th Feb. 1955: NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX No. 2: 2 male pupae, one heavily infested with mites; a large larva; 1 pudding with egg attached. No. 3: Only three new cells had been constructed. Weather: clear and hot. Time: 10 a.m. to 6.30 p.m. Six ‘nests’ were excavated. Mites and collembola present in — many cells, and many mites on one male pupa. On several occasions two females were seen to enter the same shaft. Numbers of females laden with pollen were returning to the nests, but probably only 25 per cent of the shafts were working. No. 1: 3 adult females with 4 sealed cells; 2 cells with larva fully developed; 2 cells with puddings and eggs attached. No. 2: 2 adult females; 4 sealed cells; 1 female pupa, and 1 male pupa; 2 puddings with eggs attached. No. 3: 2 adult females; 2 sealed cells; 1 female pupa; 1 pudding and egg. No. 4: 1 adult female; 1 sealed cell; 1 pudding with egg attached. No. 5: 1 adult female; 2 sealed cells; 1 female pupa; 1 male pupa. No. 6: 1 adult female, 1 sealed cell; and a fully-developed female ready to emerge. These are undoubtedly the progeny of the overwintered females. ; Weather: Clear and hot. Time: 11 a.m. to 4 p.m. Scene of great activity in colony. Laden females on Eucalyptus viminalis and EH. baxteri. Apparently only one female working from each shaft. Weather: dull; rained later. Time 11 a.m. to 3 p.m. Hight “‘nests’” were excavated. One male, chilled by rain, hung dejectedly down a twig of Lepidosperma semiteres. No. 1: No adult females; old excreta pads in two cells. No. 2: 3 adult females; 1 larva fully developed; 1 larva; 4 of a pudding with egg; 1 black female pupa. No. 3: 2 adult females; 1 pudding with egg; 1 black female pupa. No. 4: 1 adult female; 1 dead adult female in open cell. No. 5: 1 adult female; 1 pudding with egg. No. 6: 1 adult female; 1 male dark pupa; 2 female pupae (1 dark, 1 light). No. 7: 2 adult females; no closed cells. No. 8: 2 adult females; 1 larva; 1 male black pupa; 1 female black pupa with numerous mites attached. The dead female had a fungal growth on it—pin-like fruiting bodies yellow in colour. Weather: dull, warm. Time: 11 a.m. to 3 p.m. Numerous fresh moundlets of red sand each up to 7 cm. across. All entrances now blocked by rain which had fallen again, but eight shafts were dug out with the results tabled below. No. 1: 1 adult female; no sealed cells. All new season’s brood of males and females. No. 2: 3 adult females; no sealed cells. All new season’s brood of males and females. No. 3: 3 adult females; no sealed cells. All new season's brood of males and females. No. 4: 2 adult females; no sealed cells. All new season’s brood of males and females. No. 5: 3 adult females; 2 larva with mites; 1 male pupa— light; 1 female pupa—black. No. 6: 2 adult females; 2 larvae. No. 7: 2 adult females; 1 larva. No. 8: 2 adult females; 1 larva; 1 male pupa still white. RAYMENT 195 Clyde Weather: hot. Time: 11 a.m. to 3 p.m. 20th Feb. Hundreds of shafts open, and a heavy traffic of laden females, 1947. but no mating of the sexes was observed. Clyde Weather: warm and clear. Time: noon. 10th Mar. A large number of shafts closed, but a few still active. 1945. Clyde Weather: dull, with mild breeze. Time: 9.30 a.m. to 12 noon. Ist April This colony was first observed in the spring of 1939. Only two 1945. females observed in flight over the entire colony. 75 per cent Bats Ridges of the shafts were still open, 50 per cent of which had no guards. 12 groups of cells were excavated, but neither pud- dings nor larvae were present; only 2 immature bees, which were nearly due to emerge. Occupants varied in number, from 1 to 6 females in each shaft. Weather: cool and cloudy. Time: 11 a.m. to 2 p.m. llth April 99 per cent of the shafts sealed permanently. It is evident 1955. that the active season is about to end. Bats Ridges Weather: Light drizzle of rain. Time: 11 a.m. to 3 p.m. 20th May No activity above ground, but one dozen shafts were excavated, 1955. and it was plain that the active season had terminated for the colony. No. 1: One female. No. 7: Three females. No. 2: One female. No. 8: Four females. No. 3: One female. No. 9: Six females. No. 4: One female. No.-10: Three females. No. 5: Two females. No. 11: Three females. No. 6: Two females. No. 12: Five females. Neither pollen, nor eggs, or larvae were present in any cells. SYMBIOTES, COMMENSALS AND PARASITES The colonies of Nomia australica Sm. shelter a huge population of other animals, the most numerous, of course, being acarine mites, for they are present in untold numbers. They are, however, not parasites, but true symbiotes, for the walls of certain galleries and shafts are literally covered with the minute white creatures. The author has already described how the mites function as cleaners in halictine colonies, maintaining them in a sanitary condition by consuming all the biological debris, such as moulds, dead bees and enemies, cast larval skins, excreta and, indeed, any other matter that would soon accumulate in a subearthen “nest.” Similar behaviour has been observed in the nomiine colonies, where the mites consumed even the colloidal lining of the cell-walls. A mite exudes a droplet of clear liquid on the skin, which it then dissolved and ingested by sucking, for the mites possess no biting apparatus. Since each bee remains constant to its own group of cells, it is therefore not a reliable agent in the dispersal of the mites, consequently the symbiotes must utilise some vehicle other than the bees. A very efficient one is, how- ever, ready at hand in a species of mutillid wasp. This insect is a true parasite on the bee, descending any unguarded shaft, and depositing its egg on the larva. At that auspicious moment, several mites cling about the region of the ovipositor, and are thus transported to new “territory,” for the female mutillids are constantly ranging over the nests. The author(4) has already recorded that he had found in halictine colonies a curious segregation of the sexes of the symbiotes. In certain galleries and shafts all the mites will be males, but in others only females will be present. This strange condition is present also in nomiine “nests,” but the author is unable to advance any reason for the segregation. (4) Rayment, Arbeiten uber physiologische und angewandte Entomologie, Band 3, p. 289, Mar. 9, 1951. 196 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX Only very rarely indeed are mites present on these bees, but Clifford Beauglehole took two females out of the “nest," and one had six mites attached to the metathorax, and the other twelve on the same region of the body, but it must be admitted that these were exceptional infestations. In the vast nomiine and halictine colonies, the mites are undoubtedly true symbiotes, and certainly are not parasites, for both bees and mites benefit from their remarkable association—the acarines find a supply of food, and the bees have the benefit of an efficient sanitary service. Slender graceful cryptine wasps, in the genus Labium, and red, yellow, orange and black in colour, range tirelessly to and fro over the mouths of the shafts, and like the wingless mutillids, are truly parasitic. With their long filiform antennae fully extended, they apparently ascertain by scent whether or not the rightful owner, the mother bee, is at home. Of course, she may be warned by vibrations, but whatever the means employed, should she finally decide that the “coast is clear,” she will quickly descend and deposit an egg on the larval bee, and then make an equally hurried exit. The author is convinced that all intruders are anxious to avoid an actual encounter with an irate bee. After all, the stinging mechanism of the honey- gatherer is very efficient, and the poison an exceedingly lethal one. The wasps from Gorae West are very close to, if not conspecific, with Labium rufiscutum Cush., the type of which was collected by the author at bee-colonies at Sandringham, Victoria. The ovipositor is very short in this genus, and therefore unlike the tenuous one of other ichneumonids, but there is here no use for a longer weapon, since the victim is always encountered at close quarters. The thin brown papery cocoons of these wasps are often found during the excavation of bee-colonies, but neither the author nor his honorary collaborators have been fortunate enough to discover a pupa, so it would appear that Labium is not spectacularly successful. It was indicated above, that red and black mutillid wasps, too, are present as parasites, and being more numerous, experience more frequent encounters with the bees. However, the mother bee has only to rush at the intruder with gnashing mandibles, and the mutillid will beat a hasty retreat. At times, a wasp may be seen scurrying out of a shaft backwards before the ferocious advance of the bee which she had surprised at home. The species involved here appears to be new, and the specific description is appended. | The wild-flower “garden” was shared with numerous colonies of ants of several genera, the largest of which is that formidable fighter, the bull-ant, Myrmecia forficata Fab.; there were also present Nystalomyrma longiceps Sm., /ridomyrmez rufoniger Lowne and Myrmaturba claripes Mayr. and some others. Commercial apiarists are agreed that ants are one of the honey-bee’s most persistent enemies, but the close proximity of so many ants’ nests— indeed, that of the bull-ant is situated in the middle of one very large aggregation of shafts—leaves little doubt that the bees are well able to defend themselves. It is only when the “morale” of the honey-gatherers has been lowered by starvation or sickness that they succumb to the steady offensive of the marauding ants. This applies equally well to the honey-bee. ENEMIES Few of the larger animals constitute a serious threat to the success of the bees. Birds are probably the most avaricious of the foes, for they catch and consume many of the heavily laden females. The common sparrow, Passer domesticus, will sometimes discover that laden bees are a sweet morsel and, having once acquired the taste for them, will establish a base near a colony and exact a heavy toll of the population, until the bird becomes lax in its technique, and a sting in the throat terminates its life. Bee-hives are often singled out for attack, and sparrows inflict heavy casualties. Perhaps the worst culprits are the sordid wood swallows, Artamus tenebrosus, which consume hundreds, especially hive-bees. The beautiful bee-eater, Merops ornatus, is an alarming predator of the commercial apiaries, tor it concentrates on young queen-bees venturing forth on their mating flight. RAYMENT 197 Arachnids, especially the wolf-spider, Lycosa ramosa, are continually hunting over the colonies, and the web-spinners, too, capture a few of the honey-gatherers, but the ferocious bull-ant is ultimately defeated in mortal combat by honey-bees, and the battle is a thrilling one to observe. The wombat of south-eastern Australia, Phascolomys mitchelli, is common about Bats Ridges, and causes extensive damage by burrowing through the nomiine colonies. In the Murray Valley, periodical flooding by the river drowns myriads of fossorial bees. Man himself often exterminates entire colonies with his excavations and cultivation of the soil. Family MUTILLIDAE Genus EPHUTOMORPHA Andre, 1903 (Gen. Insect xi, p. 15, 1903.) EPHUTOMORPHA SAGITTIFERA, Sp. NOV. (Figure 6.) Type, female—length, 10 mm. approx. Black head and thorax; reddish abdomen. Head large and quadrate, coarsely rugoso-punctate, the punctures almost pyriform; face with a few pale fine hairs} clypeus with anterior margin produced to a sharp rim and an angular structure, with two large median black tubercles between the scapes; vertex very long, coarsely punctured; TVARLTON NavMent Fig. 6: The mutillid and the bee. 1. Adult female mutillid wasp, Ephutomorpha sagittifera, sp. nov. 2. Oblique dorsal view of head. 3. Dorsal view of abdomen of female showing the arrow-shaped mark. 4. Rugoso-punctate sculpture of mutillid head. 5-6-7-8. Four diagrams showing variation in the abdominal faciae of the bee, Nomia australica Sm. 9. Cocoons of the wasp parasite. 10. Spiculae on the posterior tibiae of the mutillid. 11. Apical segment of the antennae of the mutillid Ephutomorpha sagitti- fera. 198 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX compound eyes excessively small; genae large, black, coarsely rugoso- punctate, a number of coarse white hairs; labrum dark-reddish; mandibulae long, acute, dark-red, strongly bent, black at base; antennae black, acute apically, considerable long white hair, the scapes arcuate, stout and long for the genus. A small tubercle laterally above the eye. Prothorax suffused with reddish, polished dorsally; tubercles black; mesothorax small, black, bright, excessively coarsely punctured, with a pair of minute sharp tubercles laterally on the metathorax; a few scattered black hairs; metathorax with the posterior declivity polished; abdominal dorsal segments black, shining, with long pyriform punctures, and some stiff black hair dorsally; basally there is a red patch, and on the first segment a yellow spot on which the long hair is golden; there is a large red patch on the second segment, but on this and also on segments 3-4-5 there is a dull creamy mark, shaped like an arrow-head and covered with glistening golden hair; ventral segments polished, suffused with reddish colour. Legs slender, red, with long white hair; on each tibia are four fine long black spiculae; tarsi red; claws red; hind calcar pale-amber, finely serrated. Locality: Bats Ridges, Portland, Victoria, 15th Feb. 1955, Clifford Beauglehole. Taken from the “nest” of the bee, Nomia australica, by the collector. Type in the collection of the National Museum of Victoria. Allies: Apparently approaches EZ. ferruginata Wwd., but is clearly dis- tinct by the abdominal “arrow.” EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII Posterior femur and tibia of nine male bees, from widely separated localities, in the Nomia australica Sm. complex. 1. Gorae West, Victoria; conforms with the description of the subspecies reginae Ckll. 2. Gunbower, Victoria; annectant between australica and reginae Ckll. 3. Donnybrook, Western Australia; annectant between australica Sm. and regis Ckll. 4. Katherine, Northern Territory; conforms with the description of sub- species regis Ckll. Note the short tibia. 5. Croydon, Victoria; conforms with the description of the type, and identified by Cockerell as Nomia australica Sm. . Lismore, northern New South Wales; not quite typical. 7. Jamberoo, southern New South Wales; differs by the structure of the sternal plates, type of miranda Raym. 8. Glen Wills, Victoria; annectant between australica and reginae Ckll., with very long tibia. 9. Jindabyne, New South Wales; annectant between regis and reginae Ckll., but tibia and femur much modified. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV Architecture of the bee, Nomia australica Sm. The “spoil” from the excavations is thrown up to form tumuli. In early December, during the pupation of the larvae, the shafts are sealed with an earthen plug. 3. Looking down onto a cluster of 18 open cells; three of the largest ones were deepened to form shaft-like extensions below the cluster. The black squares indicate the position of the pillars or piers. 4. Graphic section to show the extensions: note the two pillars supporting | the dome over the cells. 10. 19 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Wg 18. 19). 20. Fig. ae WHOM OND PWD = ee 14. RAYMENT 199 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV—cont’d Graphic section showing another cluster of cells, below the original group, built by a second female. The extensions are used in summer as copulating chambers, and in winter as hibernacula. Horizontal extensions are very rare. The sandy “matrix” of the cell, on the interior of which the white colloidal membrane is woven. Membrane viewed by transmitted light to show silken threads. Cast larval skins, in the base, containing the excremental debris, are meticulously removed before the cells are used again. Earthen plug to seal the mouth of the cells. The three sizes of cells made by Nomia australica Sm. The largest is for the extensions below. One of the larger cells being extended to form a shaft. Transverse section of “turret” built by Nomia halictella Ckll. Anteroom or “sentry-box” for the guard bee on duty. Each load of mud forms a “brick” in the turret. The tarsal combs assist in digging and cleaning. The sand-grains are cemented together with a secretion from the salivary glands. Mud turrets erected over its shafts by the bee, Nomia halictella Ckll. Graphic view of sealed cells with pollen-pudding and egg. With care, pieces of the colloidal membrane may be lifted from the cell-wall. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV The egg of Nomia australica Sm. is glued to the side of the pollen-store. Egg enlarged to show clear agglutinative at base. Young larva feeding on the pollen-pudding. Fully-grown larva after the store has been ingested. Dorsal view of pupa just before pigmentation set in. Lateral view of male pupa. Ventral view of female pupa. Early phase of invagination of apical segments of larva. Wing pads from a pupa. Early phase of development of the mouth-parts. A later stage. Each tergite (not including the basal one) has a fringe of elongated tubercles. The anterior coxae have a stout spine which is later absorbed, but Megachile males (leaf-cutters) retain it. Before the final ecdysis the tarsal hooks may be seen by transmitted light. The tibiae, too, have a spine, which later becomes the strigilis. One of the abdominal elongated tubercles enlarged. EKach article of the flagellum has a tubercle which is later absorbed. Apical segments of the larva have a number of papillae. The tegulae bear a microscopic tubercle. Larval mandibles are minute. Two of the large oenocytes floating free in the body. The dentate larval mandible is exceedingly efficient in scooping off a layer of pudding. Invagination of the apical segments of a pupa. By transmitted light, the neuration may clearly be seen in the pupal wing-pads. 200 NOMIA AUSTRALICA COMPLEX EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI 1. Typical adult female bee, Nomia australica Sm. from Croydon, Victoria. 2-3. Sternal plates of male from Lismore, N.S.W. 4. Apical sternite of male from Gunbower, Victoria; compare with corres- ponding plate, No. 3, at same magnification. 5. Apical tergite of male from Gunbower. This plate does not vary in any of the males. 6. Inner surface of acute mandible of same male. 7. Mouth parts of male bee from Lismore; note the dagger-shaped glossa. 8. Pharyngeal rods of same male; note poor development of glands at ‘B” on pharyngeal plate. 9. Pharyngeal glands more highly magnified. 10. Maxillary comb at “A” from same male. 11. Apical sternal plate of male from Gunbower; compare with No. 25 at same magnification. 12. Strigilis from anterior leg of female bee from Clyde, Victoria. 13. Clypeus and labrum of male from Lismore. By transmitted light, the pale clypeai mark is seen to be typical of halictine bees. 14. Bidentate mandible of female bee from Clyde, Victoria. 15. Mesophragma from Lismore male. 16. Sculpture of mesothorax of female from Clyde. 17. Apical fringe of sternite from Lismore male. Compare with Nos. 22 and 23. 18. Sculpture of mesothorax of male (N.a. regis ?) from Katherine, N.T. 19. Sculpture of second abdominal tergite from Clyde female. 20. Hind calcar of same female. 21. Genital capsule of male bee, (N.a. regis ?) from Katherine, N.T. 22. Fringe from sternite of same male. 23. Fringe from sternite of male from Gunbower. 24-25. Apical abdominal sternites of male from Lismore. 26. The numerous strong hamuli of same male. Announcement NEW ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS Two new Handbooks are being prepared and it is hoped that they may be published in the forthcoming year. The first is a completely revised “Reclassification of the Order Odonata, based on some new interpretations of the venation of the dragonfly wing,’ by Lieut.-Colonel F. C. Fraser. The demand for the earlier ‘Reclassification,’ by Tillyard and Fraser, which appeared in the Australian Zoologist, vol. ix, 1938-40, exceeded the stock of reprints and back numbers, so the new work is assured of a world-wide welcome. The second Handbook will deal with the Birds of the Sydney district and County of Cumberland, New South Wales, and is by the noted field ornithologists, Messrs. K. Hindwood and A. R. McGill. Enquiries may be sent to the Honorary Secretary of the Society. 201 A New Water-Monitor from Northern Australia By ERIC WORRELL (Plates xxvii-xxix. ) In 1944 I collected a number of these large water-monitors at Edith Falls on the upper reaches of the Edith River, Northern Territory, and subsequently a few at the head of the Katherine River, Waterhouse River and Roper River near Mataranka, Northern Territory. Mr. Melbourne Ward of Medlow Bath obtained a large specimen from me collected on the Waterhouse River, and in 1955 I was able to collect two more from Bulli- wallah Station, on the Belyando River in Queensland. This Varanus is not particularly common but occurs in isolated colonies in inland areas of the Northern Territory and North Queensland. It is shy, difficult to collect alive, but fairly hardy in captivity. It is proposed to describe this lizard as a new species after the locality (Bulliwallah Station) in which some of the material was obtained. The type was collected from a waterhole near the Belyando. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Gratitude is expressed to Mr. F. King of Bulliwallah Station who kindly made facilities available and helped me collect material on his property, also to Messrs. L. Robichaux and J. Dwyer for assistance with the collection of specimens. ; Varanus bulliwallah, sp. nov. Form robust; snout broad, depressed on end, distance between anterior margin of orbit and tip of snout a little greater than distance between anterior margin of orbit and tympanum; moderate canthus rostralis; nostrils round, set on upper surface of snout on prominent ridges with longitudinal groove between, about one-third distance from tip of snout to orbit. Limbs stout, digits elongate; tail stout at base, strongly compressed laterally with a rapid taper, double keeled on the dorsal surface from about the first eighth, almost one and a quarter times longer than length of head and body. Tym- panum round, exposed, about as large as orbit. Head short, shields irregular, frontal and prefrontal scales largest, gradually diminishing to supraoculars, supratemporals and loreals; temporals small, granulated; labials and supratemporals somewhat hexagonal and regular; nuchals rounded and granular; dorsals more or less ovate, being entirely keeled; upper surface of limbs and tail with Keeled scales. Scales on throat and under surface of limbs smooth, ovate; palmar scales small and tubercular; abdominals elongate, smooth, in about 126 transverse rows between gular fold and anus; subcaudals elongate, smooth, about 220, but tail incomplete. Colour: Dark brown on dorsal surface with a small light spot on each scale, snout light brown, this colour extending along side of head to tympanum; ventral surface yellow with a regular series of dark transverse bands about four scale rows wide from gular fold to end of tail. There are a few darkish marks on labials. The iris is light greenish and tongue blue. Juveniles are conspicuously marked on dorsal surface with yellow spots. Measurements: Total length of type 102 cm. or 40 inches. The tail is incomplete, its length being 55 cm. or 21 inches. The largest specimen we have in captivity at Ocean Beach Aquarium, Woy Woy, was collected at Bulliwallah Station and measures 120 cm. or 47 inches. Discussion: Varanus bulliwallah cannot be easily confused with other monitor lizards as it is a conspicuously marked aquatic form. It occurs 202 NEW WATER-MONITOR = inland away from the coastal and mangrove habitat of indicus() and salvator.(2) It is at once distinguished from indicus and salvator by its short head and position of nostrils on upper surface of snout. The nearest form appears to be salvator, it can be separated thus: Transversely enlarged supraoculars; oval keeled nuchals . . . salvator. Supraoculars irregular, subequal; nuchals irregular without keels . bulliwallah. Natural food consists of frogs and fish, and in captivity it is induced only with difficulty to eat anything else. The type-specimen, in spirits, has been donated to the Australian Museum. : REFERENCES Mertens, R. (1942).—Die Familie der Warane, pp. 14, 78. Rooij, N. de (1915).—Rept. Indo-Aust. Arch. i, pp. 146-47. EXPLANATIONS OF PLATES XXVII—XXIX. Varanus bdulliwallah, sp. nov., in life. Varanus bulliwallah. Dorsal aspect of head. Varanus bulliwallah. Lateral aspect of head. A New Snake from Queensland By ERIC WORRELL (Figs. 1-3.) Several years ago, while examining a collection of snakes at Melbourne Ward’s Gallery of Natural History and Aboriginal Art in the Blue Mountains I came across a small snake, superficially resembling “Denisonia gouldi,” from Dulacca, Queensland. I observed a number of differences, however, which were subsequently borne out in a large series from Queensland collected by Mr. W. Dunmall in the Glenmorgan area. A series of skulls from Queensland was compared with a series of skulls from Denisonia gouldi (Gray 1841) from Western Australian localities, and many obvious differ- ences were noted. It is proposed to describe the Queensland snakes as a new species which I have pleasure in naming after Mr. J. Dwyer of Cairns, who was instrumental in locating Mr. Dunmall’s series and obtaining working specimens. Loveridge mentions a specimen of “gouldi’ given by Mrs. H. McKee of Dalby to a member of the Harvard Expedition. Loveridge comments that this specimen, being the first recorded from Queensland, “should be received with caution.” Apparently this was the same as the species I propose to describe as new, as Dalby is in the same area as Glenmorgan, and the snake is a common species. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Thanks are due to Mr. W. Dunmall, Mr. M. Ward, Mr. L. Robichaux and Mr. J. Dwyer for specimens, and Mr. H. Chalmers for his assistance and X-rays. Mr. J. Dwyer kindly drew the illustrations. Denisonia dwyeri, sp. nov. Maxillary almost as far forward as palatine; ectopterygoid longer than lower aspect of maxillary bone; a pair of straight fangs is followed by four small grooved recurved teeth beginning at posterior of maxillary arch. The obvious differences between the skulls of Denisonia gouldi and Denisonia dwyeri are illustrated. The most outstanding feature, however, is the greater prolongation of dwyeri, the smaller frontal foramen, the differently shaped premaxilla, fronto-nasals, prefrontals and post-parietal area. (1) Tupinambis indicus, Daudin, Rept. iii, 1802, p. 46, pl. XXX. Varanus indicus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. ii, 1885, p. 316 (s. syn.). (2) Stellio salvator Laurenti, Syn. Rept., 1768, p. 56. Varanus salvator Boulenger, Cat. Liz. ii, 1885, p. 314 (s. syn.). WORRELL , 203 In general form the head is larger and snout more depressed than in gouldi and the neck is a little more distinct. The snout is more pointed. There is no canthus rostralis. Eye about as large as its distance from mouth, pupil round. Body cylindrical to depressed, scales smooth in 15 rows, ven- trals rounded. Scalation: Rostral broader than deep, sharply angulate, in front, visible dorsally; nasal entire; internasals a little smaller than prefrontals; single prefrontal in contact with nasal; frontal posteriorly acute, almost 13 times as long as broad, longer than its distance to snout, about twice as broad and 14 times length of supraoculars; parietals large, temporals 2+2, anteriors larger; two postoculars; 6 supralabials, 3rd and 4th enter eye; 7 infralabials, 4th largest; two pairs of chinshields of similar size, both pairs in contact; lst to 3rd or 4th infralabials in contact with anterior chin-shields; 4th, or 3rd and 4th infralabials in contact with posterior chin-shields. The head-shields of paratypes agree with the type except that in the paratype lodged at Ocean Beach Aquarium a small pair of scales follows rostral, abnormally occupying part of interanasal area. Glenmorgan type: 15 scale rows; ventrals 148; anal 1; subcaudals 31, entire. Specimen donated to Australian Museum. la lb Ic Fig. la. Dorsal aspect Denisonia dwyeri. Fig. 1b. Lateral aspect Denisonia dwyeri. Fig. lc. Ventral aspect Denisonia dwyeri. 204 NEW SNAKE Glenmorgan paratype: 15 scale rows; ventrals 152; anal 1; subcaudals 25 entire. Specimen lodged in author’s collection at Ocean Beach Aquarium, Woy Woy, N.S.W. Dulacca paratype: 15 scale rows; ventrals 147; anal 1; subcaudals 27 entire. Specimen lodged at Melbourne Ward's Gallery of Natural History and Aboriginal Art, Medlow Bath, Blue Mountains, New South Wales. Goorganga Ranges paratype: 15 scale rows; ventrals 152; anal 1; subcaudals 34 entire. Being the largest specimen from which a skull was taken, the body, collected damaged on the road, has been kept and is lodged at Ocean Beach Aquarium. Colour: Juvenile to medium specimens black-headed with front of snout and sides of head whitish, body light brown with black reticulations around scales, the belly is white. In adult forms the body scales are dark brown to black. Measurements: (Type) length 309 mm. or 12} inches. Tail 40 mm., head 13 mm. The Goorganga specimen measures 484 mm. or 19 inches with a body-diameter of about 13 mm. or 3 inch. Fig. 2. Skull of Denisonia gouldi. Fig. 3. Skull of Denisonia dwyeri. Discussion. These small snakes were all collected under flat stones, and a number I kept in captivity were nocturnal] and fed on small skinks. While there are numerous osteological differences between gouldi and dwyeri the small size of most specimens of both snakes makes confusion likely on external charac- ters alone. Adult specimens, when compared, are readily distinguishable. WORRELL 205 The most consistent external features in which they differ to any marked degree are as follows: Head large; rostral sharply angulate in front; frontal longer than its dis- “RUTVECSURDY tS 01(0 4 1 gather ee Mak ea) cn eg a ORE BR Ae adwyeri Head smaller; rostral obtusely angulate; frontal about as long as its distance EDA DESMO” STLEDULL: ) sunt kama ai ed (ee el aaah aie calla tat Moa hag NOI na SPC tae a ole ews HO Ox gouldi REFERENCES Boulenger, G. A. (1896).—Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. iii, pp. 342-3. Gray, J. E. (1841).—In G. Grey’s Journ. Exped. West Aust. ii, pp. 432, 444. Loveridge, A. (1934).—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. LXXVII, 6, p. 288. Notes on Skull-characters of Some Australian Snakes By ERIC WORRELL (Plate XXX; Text-figures 3-8.) In this paper obvious and consistent skull-characters are used to separate controversial species of snakes which are not readily separable by external features alone. Most systems based on scalation alone break down on a large enough series, especially when small snakes are concerned and infinitesimal dimensions must be considered. Colour on its own is unsatis- factory, although in this paper osteological differences are also supported by colour-differences. There are also ecological differences. It is proposed to show that specific distinctions are present in the skulls of the following snakes: Liasis fuscus, Liasis albertisii, Denisonia maculata, Denisonia devisii, Denisonia nigrescens, Denisonia pallidiceps, Denisonia coronoides, Denisonia mastersi, Denisonia nigrostriata, Denisonia gouldi, _ Demansia olivacea, and Demansia psammophis. In most part the illustrations are self-explanatory, so unnecessary measurements are not included in these notes. The characters are consistent in a series, and age-changes have been taken into consideration. The most variable age-changes take place in the parietal bone which in the juvenile stage is shorter and more bulbous at its proximation to the frontals which broaden slightly with age. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am grateful to Dr. N. G. Stephenson of the School of Zoology, Sydney University, and Mr. H. Chalmers of The Hntrance, New South Wales, for their assistance with the preparation of this paper. Dr. Stephenson was kind enough to check some of my material and pointed out several important distinguishing features that I had overlooked besides making other helpful suggestions. Messrs. A. I. Ormsby, M. Ward, W. Dunmall, J. Dwyer, L. Robichaux and K. Slater supplied additional material for comparison with specimens lodged at Ocean Beach Aquarium, Umina, N.S.W. Special thanks are due to Mr. J. Dwyer for his finely executed figures. Subfamily PYTHONINAE. Liasis fuscus Peters. Frontal bones as broad as deep; nasals small; postorbital laterally broadest at its suture with the maxillary; orbital periphery larger in diameter than in JL. albertisii. Mandibular foramen reduced. Dentition: Maxillaries about 21, slightly enlarged anteriorly with gradual degradation posteriorly; palatines 7, slightly enlarged anteriorly; pterygoids about 12, subequal; dentaries about 20, slightly enlarged anteriorly with 206 SKULLS OF SNAKES slight posterior degradation. All teeth in both jaws more or less uniformly recurved. Liasis albertisii Peters & Doria. Frontals broader than deep; nasals large; postorbital laterally narrowest at its suture with the maxillary. Mandibular foramen enlarged. Dentition: Maxillaries about 23, greatly enlarged anteriorly, with a rapid degradation posteriorly; palatines 6, greatly enlarged anteriorly with rapid degradation; pterygoids subequal, about 17; dentaries about 23, greatly enlarged anteriorly, a rapid degradation, then a slightly perceptible degrada- tion of the posterior half. Only the anterior teeth of both jaws are recurved to any exaggerated extent. Family ELAPIDAE. Denisonia maculata (Steindachner). Colour blackish brown above with black-striped lips. Belly yellow, black spotted on outside edges. Specimens in this collection are from Rockhampton and districts west to Clermont and north to Bulliwallah Station, Queensland. Frontal and nasal bones broader than deep; nasal and prefrontal in close proximation; pre- and postfrontal in closer proximation than in devisii; differences in the parietal and post-parietal area are illustrated. Denisonia devisii Waite & Longman. Colour pale brown with multiple dark brown cross bars. Ventrals cream to yellow. Specimens examined from north of Cairns, western Queensland, inland northern New South Wales and western Murray River, New South Wales. Frontal and nasal bones deeper than broad; nasal and prefrontal not in close proximation; prefrontal and postfrontal widely separated. Denisonia nigrescens Gunther. Colour dark brown to black above, ven- trals whitish to pink, sometimes blotched with black. Melanotic forms are not uncommon. Material examined from Cape York to Sydney area. Frontal area as deep as broad; anterior border of prefrontal approxi- mates nasal on lateral edge less than in pallidiceps; postfrontal sutured more forward on frontal on which foramen is prominent. Other differences are illustrated. Denisonia pallidiceps Gunther. Colour rich brown with paler head and creamish abdominals. Specimens collected by author from Darwin, West Arm, Katherine and Mataranka, Northern Territory. Frontals much deeper than broad; nasals prominently larger and frontals more angulate posteriorly than in nigrescens. Demansia olivacea (Gray). Colour dark brownish above, olivaceus belly. In Mackay district colour is melanotic. Grows to a greater size than D.p. psammophis and its allies and ranges with this species in eastern Queensland from parts of Atherton Tablelands to south of Rockhampton. In north- western Australia, Northern Territory and northern islands D. olivacea ranges with D.p. ornaticeps, and in some localities in north Queensland it occurs with D.p. torquata. The largest D. olivacea in this collection measures 210 cm., or 6 feet 3 inches. The posterior lobe of the parietal shows the same differences in material ranging from late embryonic to aged specimens, likewise the relationship of the postfrontal to maxillary bone; the septo-maxilla is in closer proximity to the maxillary than in psammophis. — Demansia psammophis psammophis (Schlegel). Colour greyish to pale russet with a yellow mark bordering eye. Ventrals greenish. Hastern Aus- tralia from north to south. Denisonia coronoides (Gunther). Coloured sombre olive brown, greenish or brick red with white upper lip and grey to salmon or yellowish ventrals. Specimens in this collection examined from eastern New South Wales, Tas- mania, Flinders Island and Mt. Gambier, South Australia. WORRELL 207 Maxillary anterior to palatine; prefrontals not dilated at their suture with frontals; pterygoids posteriorly dilated. Denisonia mastersi (Krefft). Colour brownish with dark peppering above, ventrals yellowish. Head is dark with yellowish collar. This collar is con- spicuous in late embryonic material and loses little brilliance with age. Material examined from Moruya, Blue Mountains, and surrounding districts, New South Wales. Maxillary not anterior to palatine; septo-maxilla in closer proximity to maxillary than in coronoides; prefrontals dilated at their suture with the frontals; pterygoids not dilated posteriorly. Denisonia nigrostriata (Krefft). Colour reddish with conspicuous black vertebral strip usually present. Ventrals creamish. Series from north-eastern Queensland. Nasals enlarged; frontal foramen enlarged; prefrontal closely proximates nasal; prefrontals dilated at suture with frontals. Other differences are illustrated. Denisonia gouldi Gray. Colour pale brown to blackish with black head, white lips and creamish belly. Series examined from type locality, south- west Western Australia. Nasals small; prefrontal spaced further from nasals than in nigrostriata ; prefrontals not dilated at suture with frontals; frontal foramen less con- spicuous than in nigrostriata. ILLUSTRATIONS Fig. 3a. Liasis albertisii (Dentition). Fig. 3b. Liasis albertisii (Dorsal aspect of skull). Fig. 3c. Liasis fuscus (Dentition). Fig. 3d. Liasis fuscus (Dorsal aspect of skull). Fig. 4a. Denisonia maculata (Dorsal aspect of skull). Fig. 4b. Denisonia devisii (Dorsal aspect of skull). Fig. ba. Denisonia nigrescens (Dorsal aspect of skull). Fig. 5b. Denisonia pallidiceps (Dorsal aspect of skull). Fig. 6a. Demansia olivacea (Dorsal aspect of parietal). Fig. 6b. Demansia olivacea (Dorsal aspect of prefrontal in relationship to maxillary). Fig. 6c. Demansia p. psammophis (Dorsal aspect of parietal). Fig. 6d. Demansia p. psammophis (Dorsal aspect of prefrontal in relationship to maxillary). Fig. 7a. Denisonia coronoides (Dorsal aspect of fronto-nasals). Fig. 7b. Denisonia coronoides (Ventral aspect of pterygoids). Fig. 7c. Denisonia mastersi (Dorsal aspect of fronto-nasals). Fig. 7d. Denisonia mastersi (Ventral aspect of pterygoids). Fig. 8a. Denisonia nigrostriata (Dorsal aspect of skull). Fig. 8b. Denisonia gouldi (Dorsal aspect of skull). REFERENCES . Boulenger, G. A. (1896).—Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. III, pp. 336-337, 341. Kinghorn, J. R. (1929).—Snakes Aust. pp. 42-43, 103, 105, 110-111. Kinghorn, J. R. (1942).—Rec. Aust. Mus. XXI, pp. 118-119. Loveridge, A. (1934).—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. LXXVII, pp. 276-278, 287-289. Loveridge, A. (1948).—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. CI, No. 2, p. 377. Worrell, E. (1951).—Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. of N.S.W., 1949-50, pp. 22-23. SKULLS OF SNAKES 08 9) ‘ a 209 WORRELL ES SKULLS OF SNAK 210 Cee RS, Ma Sh McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 211 The Published Writings of Tom Iredale with an Index of his New Scientific Names By DONALD F. McMICHAEL and GILBERT P. WHITLEY (Contribution from The Australian Museum, Sydney) About 50 years ago in New Zealand, Mr. Tom Iredale began his scientific career with a short note on ornithology. Today, his published papers number well over 300, and range through many fields of scientific endeavour. We have known Tom Iredale for some years, and during that time, his willing- ness to help in every possible way has been of considerable importance to each of us. Therefore, as a tribute to his work and to himself, we present this list of his scientific papers, with an index to the new generic, subgeneric, specific and subspecific names which he has proposed in them. Tom Iredale is now approaching his seventy-seventh year, and still is as vigorous as ever in his scientific work. This list will thus only be complete to the time of its appearance, but it is felt that publication at this time will be of value to those taxonomists who have cause to refer to his writings, and also will serve to celebrate the golden anniversary of his scientific career. In 1932, Iredale commenced the preparation of this list and index; he wrote then as follows:— “There comes a time in the life of every scientific worker, engaged in taxonomic research, when memory will not recall easily every detail of past service. To anticipate such an event, the present account of twenty-five years’ work has been prepared, and to facilitate access to other students is now printed and indexed. “One hundred and seventy-five titles appear, and a series of almost one thousand names has been indexed. Many papers have been prepared in collaboration with other workers, and these are noted in connection with the paper they are concerned in, the essays being arranged strictly in chrono- logical order.” Iredale’s original list was never published, and he has kindly handed the manuscript over to us. Since that time, twenty-five more years have elapsed, and the list has almost doubled in size, while the index of names (2,542 new names are now recorded) has increased to an even greater extent. Chrono- logical order has been maintained here, and it is believed that all papers are now included; practically every paper has been examined by one or other of us. The names of Iredale’s collaborators are listed below, and the papers in which they are concerned indicated. It should be noted here that Mr. Tom Iredale, who is still an Honorary Zoologist of the Australian Museum, Sydney, should not be confused with Dr. Thomas Iredale of the University of Sydney, author of papers in the field of physical chemistry. All of the generic and subgeneric names which Iredale has proposed have been checked by us with Neave’s Nomenclator Zoologicus (five volumes, including corrigenda and supplements, published 1939 to 1945) and the Zoological Record for the years 1945 to 1952. Of the many hundreds of names which he has proposed, very few are preoccupied, but quite a number have been missed from the above works. Some, of course, are later than the years covered by Neave and the Zoological Record to date. The preoccupied names and those not yet recorded are listed here, and we invite the attention of students and Record editors to them. Preoccupied Names: Allenella, Botellus (—Botelloides Strand), Cacozelia (—Cacozeliana Strand), Dotona (—Idulia Leach), Glyptelasma (—=Basse- thullia Pilsbry), Obrussa (—Obrussena Iredale), Oligotomus (ex MacGillivray m.s., may be allowed to lapse), Sheba, Stipator (—Starkeyna Iredale), and Vacerra. Unrecorded Names: Anisoperna, Atrocyclus, Baccalena, Badepigrus., Buffetia, Caporista, Cetothrazx, Ciboticola, Cosatova, Cozxielladda, Dialessa. Dirutrachia, Distuestoma, Doliolabis, Dyraspis, Edentiplica, Eltopera, 212 TOM IREDALE Emblanda, Epitrisis, Exocholeda, Exodiberus, Fatulabia, Feldestea, Findo- melon, Fiscisepia, Glacipisum, Glyptanisus, Gyrodaria, Gyropena, Herewardia, Hildapina, Huonodon, Indacar, Inequarista, Insullaoma, Jardinella, Kamaleda, Kermarion, Kermodon, Lacustrelix, Lanilda, Loboptiloris, Maripythia, Melostrachia, Memonella, Miridas, Modonitor, Mussonula, Myapalmula, Nannochloritis, Nannoscutum, Neclarina, Nodulestea, Obescrobs, Oligotomus, Oppletora, Oppomorus, Opularca, Papualbinula, Parcolena, Parmavitrina, Patrubella, Peloparion, Penescosta, Periclocystis, Phintorene, Plananisus, Pravonitor, Pretostrea, Pterelectroma, Pupidrobia, Pygmanisus, Quaesiparens, Qualgibba, Salebrolabis, Scrobicoplax, Semilaoma, Sponvola, Stomatolina, Tucetopsis, Ultiscrobs, Varostium and Visendavis. Of these, only Oligotomus is preoccupied according to the records. Collaborators with Tom Iredale: Allan, Joyce, 249, 263, 314. Bannerman, D. A., 84. Barrett, Charles, 185. Boardman, W., 129, 141, 170. Cayley, N. W., 121. Cooper, BO, 217. Cotton, B. C., 314. HullsA. FF: Basset, 104,109; 114,118, 128, 131, 138, 142," N47 aaa 162, 166, 180, 181. Johnson, R. A., 182, 208, 212. Kinghorn, J. R., 110. Livingstone, A., 129, 141. Marshals vAc Ji Shoe Mathews, G. M., 19, 24, 27, 31, 33, 42, 49, 52, 56, 66, 67, 71) Tenia 7o: 1%, (8, 79, 80, 83, 86, 89, 90, 93, 94, 97, 98, 100, 133, 199, 200, 235: May, W. L., 62. McNeill, F. A., 129, 141. Mestayer, M. K., 6. O’Donoghue, C. D., 81. Roughley, T. C., 189. Sherborn, C. D., 81. Hodge Smith, T., 115. Tomlin, J. R. le B., 63. Troughton, E. le G., 117, 187, 195, 216 . Watson, C. J. J., 208. Whitley, G. P., 140, 152, 164, 183, 185, 198, 233, 279. In addition, a number of papers were written as a member of the British Ornithologists’ Union Committee on Nomenclature of Birds. Finally, we wish to thank the several persons, including librarians and typistes, who have helped in the preparation of this paper. Especially do we thank Tom Iredale himself, who has throughout given assistance in every way. CHRONOLOGICAL LIST 1907 1. On the Occurrence in New Zealand of Platalea regia, Gould. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 39: 137, June, 1907. 1908 2. Synoecus australis in New Zealand. Emu, 7: 165, January, 1908. 3. Notes on some New Zealand Marine Molluscs. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 40: 373-378, pl. 31, “June’’ (—October), 1908. 4. A Preliminary List of the Marine Mollusca of Banks Peninsula, New Zealand. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 40: 387-403, ‘June’ (—October), 1908. 5. List of Marine Molluscs collected in Otago. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 40: 404-410, “June’’ (—October), 1908. 13. 14. 15. 16. liga 18. AS. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Bilis 28. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 213 List of Marine Mollusca from Lyall Bay, near Wellington, New Zea- land. (By T.I. and M. K. Mestayer.) Trans. New Zealand Inst., 40: 410-415, “June” (=October), 1908. Additional List of Mollusca: Minute species found in Sand at Titahi Bay, New Zealand. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 40: 559, “June” (—October), 1908. 1910 Bird Life on the Kermadec Islands. Emu, 10: 2-16, pls. 2-5, January, 1910. On Marine Mollusca from the Kermadec Islands, and on the “Sinusigera Apex.” Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 9: 68-79, March 31, 1910. Notes on Polyplacophora, chiefly Australasian. (Part 1.) Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 9: 90-105, June 30, 1910. Some Notes on Pyramidellid Nomenclature. Nautilus, 24: 52-58, September, 1910. Notes on Polyplacophora, chiefly Australasian. (Part 2.) Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 9: 153-162 September 26, 1910. 1911 On Marine Mollusca from the Kermadec Islands and on the “Sinusigera Apex.” Proc: New Zeaiend Inst. tor 1910, pt. Zs 57-58, January 18, 1911. (Abstract and list of names from (9) above.) A new generic name for the Australian Crane. Bull. British Orn. Club, 27: 47, January 23, 1911. An additional Note on the Birds of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. Proc. Linn. Soc. New. South Wales, 25: 773-782, March, 1911. On some misapplied Molluscan Generic Names. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 9: 253-263, March 30, 1911. Description of Cinclorhamphus rufescens mathewsi. Bull. British Orn. Club, 27: 97-98, May 26, 1911. On the value of the Gastropod Apex in Classification. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 9: 319-323, June 30, 1911. 1912 “Perry's Arcana’—an overlooked work. (G. M. Mathews and T.1.) Victorian Naturalist, 29: 7-16, May 9, 1912. New Generic Names and new species of Marine Mollusca. Proc. Mal. Soc. London. 10: 217-228, pl. 9, 3 text figs., October 30, 1912. 1913 Solander as an Ornithologist. Ibis, 1913: 127-135, January, 1913. On the type specimen of Larus affinis Reinhardt. Bull. British Orn. Club, 31: 68-69, January, 1913. A Collation of the Molluscan Parts of the Synopses of the Contents of the British Museum, 1835-1845. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 10: 294-309, March 28, 1913. A Reference List of the Birds of New Zealand. Part 1. (G. M. Mathews and: TI.) Ibis, 1913: 201-263, April 2, 1913. (Issued as Separate with Part 2, No. 27 below.) The Lesser Blackbacked Gull of the British Islands. British Birds, 6: 360-364, pl., May 1, 1913. Concerning the Kermadec Islands Avifauna. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 45: 78-92, June 9, 1913. A Reference List of the Birds of New Zealand. Part 2. G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Ibis, 1913: 402-452, July 1, 1913. On some interesting birds in the Vienna Museum. Austral Avian Rec., 2: 14-32, August 2, 1913. 43. 44, 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. TOM IREDALE The generic name to be used for Murex tritonis Linne. Nautilus, 27: 55-56, September, 1913. The Land Mollusca of the Kermadec Islands. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 10: 364-388, pl. 18, September 22, 1913. Notes on Billberg’s Synopsis Faunae Scandinaviae. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 2: 33-48, October 23, 1913. 1914 The Chiton Fauna of the Kermadec Islands. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 11: 25-51, pls. 1 & 2, March 30, 1914. Description of a strange New Zealand Wood-Hen. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Ibis, 1914: 293-297, pl. 11, April 2, 1914. The genus-name Martensia, Semper. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 11: 120-122, June 24, 1914. Some more notes on Polyplacophora. Part 1. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 11: 123-131, June 24, 1914. The Surface Breeding Petrels of the Kermadec Group. Ibis, 1914: 423-436, pl. 15, July 3, 1914. Cn Sterna fuscata ‘Linne. Ibis, 1914: 436-437, pl. 16, July 3, 1914. Report on Mollusca collected at the Monte Bello Islands. Proc. Zoo. Soc. London, 1914: 665-675, 3 text figs., September, 1 On Some Invalid Molluscan Generic Names. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 11: 170-178, September 5, 1914. Description of a new species of Cassidea. Proc. (Mal. Soc. London, 11: 179-180, text fig., September 5, 1914. On the Genus-name Mathewsia. Austral Avian Rec., 2: 81-82, September 24, 1914. Notes on some Birds from the Kermadec Islands. (G. M. Mathews and ‘E1.) Austral Avian Rec., 2: 113-114, September 24, 1914. On Herodias eulophates Swinhoe. Ibis, 1914: 541-545, pl. 20, October 1, 1914. 1915 Review: ‘Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca.”’ Journ. of Conchol., 14: 287-288, January 1, 1915. Discussion of “Coloration as a Factor in Family Differentiation.” Bull. British Orn. Club, 35: 82-83, February 27, 1915. The New B.O.U. List; more corrections. Ibis, 1915: 388-390, April 8, 1915. Some more misused Molluscan Generic Names. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 11: 291-306, June 17, 1915. On Humphrey’s Conchology. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 11: 307-309, June 17, 1915. On the Ornithology of the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles (Levrault). (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 3: 5-20, June 30, 1915. British Bird Names. British Birds, 9: 53-54, July 1, 1915. The Nomenclature of British Marine Mollusca. Journ. of Conchol., 14: 341-346, July 1, 1915. On Some Petrels from the North-East Pacific Ocean. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Ibis, 1915: 572-509, text figs., July 2, 1915. A Commentary on Suter’s “Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca.” Trans. New Zealand Inst., 47: 417-497, July 12, 1915. A Comparison of the Land Molluscan Faunas of the Kermadec Group and Norfolk Island. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 47: 498-508, July 12, 1915. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. GL. 62.° 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. LL, (948 (ox 74. 75. 76. ts 1S: 79. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 915 Notes on the Names. of Some British Marine Mollusca. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 11: 329-342, August 20, 1915. On the “Table des Planches Enlum.”’ of Boddaert. (G .M. Mathews and. T.5.)" Austral Avian Rec., 3: 31-51, Nevember 19, 1915. 1916 Discussion of “Bird Parasites and Bird Phylogeny.” Bull. British Orn. Club, 36: 53-54, February 3, 1916. On Some New and Old Molluscan Generic Names. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 12: 27-37, March 20, 1916. Questions de Nomenclature. Revue Critique de Paleozoologie, 20th year, No. 3: 128-131, July, 1916. On Two Editions of Dumeril’s Zoologie Analytique. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 12: 79-84, November 28, 1916. Solander as a Conchologist. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 12: 85-93, November 28, 1916. Misnamed Tasmanian Chitons. (T. I. and W. L. May.) Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 12: 94-117, pls. 4 & 5, November 28, 1916. 1917 Lienardia mighelsi nom. nov. (T.I. and J. R. le B. Tomlin.) Journ. of Conchol., 15: 216, August 15, 1917. More Molluscan Name-Changes, Generic and Specific. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 12: 322-330, November 10, 1917. On some new species of Marine Mollusca from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 12: 331-334, pl. 13, November 10, 1917. Avian Nomenclatorial Notes. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 3: 113-126, December 28, 1917. 1918 A Forgotten Ornithologist. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 3: 142-150, June 25, 1918. The Validity of Some Generic Terms. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 3: 151-158, June 25, 1918. Review: “Loomis on the Petrels etc.” Ibis, 1918: 502-505, July 15, 1918. Molluscan Nomenclatural Problems and Solutions—No. 1. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 13: 28-40, September 9, 1918. 1919 Proper Name of the Tree Sparrow. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Auk, 36: 114, January 5, 1919. 1920 Avian Taxonomy. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 29-48, July 28, 1920. A Name-List of the Birds of New Zealand. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 49-64, July 28, 1920. A Name-List of the Birds of Australia. (G. M. Mathews and T.1.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 65-72, July 28, 1920. (See No. 76 below.) Preliminary Notice of Roy Bell’s Molluscan Collections. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 14: 48, September 20, 1920. A Name-List of the Birds of Australia (Concluded). (G. M. Mathews and) tt.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 73-113, December 16, 1920. Forgotten Bird-Artists and an Old-Time Ornithologist. (G. M. Mathews and, 'T.1:) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 114-122, December 16, 1920. Snipe and Sandpipers: A Rearrangement. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 123-219, December 16, 1920. Sherborn and the Systematist. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 130-134, December 16, 1920. 216 80. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. TOM IREDALE 1921 A Manual of the Birds of Australia. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) 4to. Witherby & Co., London, Vol. 1, pp. I-XXIV, 1-279, col. pls. 1-10, b. & w. pls. 1-36, March 9, 1921. J. F. Miller’s Icones. (C. D. Sherborn and T.I.) Ibis, 1921: 302-309, April 4, 1921. Report of the B.O.U. Sub-committee. (KE. Hartert, T.I. and W. L. Sclater. ) Ibis, 1921: 310-316, April 4, 1921. The Nature of the New Zealand Avifauna. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Hmu, 20: 210-221, April 23, 1921. Note on the generic names Textor and Hyphantornis. (T.1. and D. A. Bannerman). Bull. British Orn. Club, 41: 128-219, May 26, 1921. Unpublished Plates of Thomas Martyn, Conchologist. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 14: 131-134, June 23, 1921. Notes of Interest. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 139-164, August 1, 1921. Molluscan Nomenclatural Problems and Solutions. No. 2. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 14: 198-208, October 24, 1921. Description of Phalaropus fulicarius jourdaini. Bull. British Orn. Club, 42: 8, October 29, 1921. 1922 An Extraordinary Bird Book. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 172-175, March 7, 1922. Captain Thomas Brown, Ornithologist. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 4: 176-194, March 7, 1922. A reply on the genera Neptunea and Syncera. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 15: 387, April, 1922. The nomination of “Recent” Fossil Mollusca. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 15: 37-38, April, 1922. Jarocki Again. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 5: 20-21, July 17, 1922. Thomas Watling, Artist. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 5: 22-32, 7 col. pls., July 17, 1922. Mathewsiella, a new generic name. Bull. British Orn. Club, 43: 39, November 29, 1922. Book Notes. Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 15: 78-92, December, 1922. 1923 More Notes of Interest. (G. M. Mathews and TI.) Austral Avian Rec., 5: 45-73, February 21, 1923. On Type Designation of Avian Genera. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Austral Avian Rec., 5: 74-80, February 21, 1923. List of British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. (T.I. and C. D. O’Donoghue.) Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 15: 195-233, March, 1928. The Name of the British Song-Thrush. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) British Birds, 17: 47-48, July 2, 1923. Report of the (B.O.U.) Committee on ... Nomenclature .. . of Birds. (T.I. and others.) = Ibis, 1923: 424-435, July, 19238. Australian Petrel Forms: Still More to Learn. Emu, 23: 96-100, October 1, 1923. The Snowy Albatross in Sydney Harbour. Australian Zoologist, 3: 168, December 18, 1923. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 1. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull). Australian Zoologist, 3: 186-194, 4 text figs., December 18, 1923. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. ELG:. 1p 112. 13), ie. 115. 116. 128. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 217 1924 Fourth Report of the (B.0.U.) Committee on ... Nomenclature... (T.I. and others.) Ibis, 1924: 152-158, January, 1924. Living on a Volcano. Australian Museum Mag., 2: 24-29, 7 text figs., January, 1924. Book Review: “Linnaeus.” Australian Museum \Mag., 2: 71-72, April, 1924. Lhotsky’s Lament. Australian Zoologist, 3: 223-226, May 9, 1924. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 2. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) Australian Zoologist, 3: 227-238, pls. 33 & 34, May 9, 1924. The Rediscovery of the Whitebacked Wren, Malurus leuconotus Gould. (J. R. Kinghorn and T.1.) Emu, 24: 59-60, July 4, 1924. Museums of the Past. Australian Museum Mag., 2: 88-93, 2 pls., 2 text figs., July 8, 1924. Abstracted in The Naturalist (ed. T. Sheppard), 819: 99-101, 2 figs., April 1925. : As Extinct as the Dodo. Australian Museum Mag., 2: 117-120, 4 text figs., October, 1924. Fairy Wrens. Australian Zoologist, 3: 264-268, text figs., October 7, 1924. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 3. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) Australian Zoologist, 3: 277-297, pls. 35-37, text figs., October 7, 1924. Evidence of a Negative Movement of the Strand Line of 400 Feet in New South Wales. (T. Hodge Smith and T.I.) Journ. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, 58: 157-168, pl. 7, 2 text figs., October 20, 1924. Results from Roy Bells Molluscan Collections. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 49: 179-278, pl. 33 & 34, October 24, 1924. 1925 Captain Cook's Kangaroo. (T.I. and E. le G. Troughton.) Australian Zoologist, 3: 311-316, pl. 41, January 14, 1925. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 4. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) Australian Zoologist, 3: 339-362, pls. 39 & 40, January 14, 1925. Mollusca from the Continental Shelf of Eastern Australia. Rec. Australian Museum, 14: 243-270, pls. 41-42, text figs., April 9, 1925. Cook’s Artists. Sydney Morning Herald, May 30, 1925, p. 13, text fig. Australian Crested Penguins. (T.I. and N. W. Cayley.) mu, 2b: 1-6, 3 plis., July, 1925. Captain Cook’s Artists. Australian Museum Mag., 2: 224-230, 2 pls., 5 text figs., July, 1925. The Scientific Name of our Club’s Badge. Victorian Naturalist, 42: 128, September, 1925. The Status of Amicula. Nautilus, 39: 47-49, October, 1925. W. H. Hargraves. (Obituary Notice.) Nautilus, 39: 68-69, October, 1925. R. Murdoch. (Obituary Notice.) Nautilus, 39: 69-70, October, 1925. George Forster’s Paintings. Australian Zoologist, 4: 48-53, pls. 6-8, text figs., November 10, 1925. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 5. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) 218 129. 130. 137. 149. TOM IREDALE Australian Zoologist. 4: 75-111, pls. 9-12, 3 text figs., November 10, 1925. Life of the Tidal Flats. (T.I. and others.) Australian Museum Mag., 2: 285-290, 7 text figs., October-December, 1925. (Reprinted in Sydney Harbour Trust Officers’ Journ., 5, No. 5, 2-10, October, 1929.) 1926 J. Douglas Ogilby. Awk, 1926: 138, January, 1926. (Reprinted in Biographies of Members of the American Ornithologists’ Union (Washington, D.C.), p. 432, 1954.) A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 6. (T.I. and A.: F. Basset Hull.) Australian Zoologist, 4: 164-185, pls. 18-20, 4 text figs., February 22, 1926. The Cuttle-Fish ‘Bones’ of the Sydney Beaches. Australian Zoologist, 4: 186-196, pls. 21-23, 3 text figs., February 22, 1926. Descriptions of New Genera of Birds. (T.I. and G. M. Mathews.) . Bull. British Orn. Club, 45: 76, February 25, 1926. Three Victorian Species of Ophicardelus (Class Mollusca). Victorian Naturalist, 42: 268-270, 3 text figs., March, 1926. The Last Word on Ancylastrum. : Nautilus, 39: 114-115 ,April, 1926. W. Lewis May. (Obituary Notice.) Nautilus, 39: 140-141, April, 1926. The Biology of North-west Islet, Capricorn Group (D). Marine Molluscs. Australian Zoologist, 4: 237-240, pl. 35, April 28, 1926. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 7. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) Australian Zoologist, 4: 256-276, pls. 37-39, April 28, 1926. The Cameo Shell. , Australian Museum Mag., 2: 415-417, pl., 2 text figs., October, 1926. The Birth of an Island. (T.I. and G. P. Whitley.) Australian Museum Mag., 2: 418-421, 5 text figs., October, 1926. More Life of the Tidal Flats. (T.I. and others.) Australian Museum Mag., 2: 429-434, 8 text figs., October, 1926. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 8. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) Australian Zoologist, 4: 324-328, pl. 45, November 30, 1926. 1927 A Review of Australian Helmet Shells. (Family Cassididae—Phylum Mollusca. ) Rec. Australian Museum, 15: 321-353, pls. 31 & 32, April 16, 1927. The Snowy Albatross Again. Emu, 26: 282-285, pls. 41 & 42, April 30, 1927. The “Resurrected” Snail. Australian Museum Mag., 3: 71-72, 1 text fig., April, 1927. Caloundra Shells. Australian Zoologist, 4: 331-336, pl.-46, May 18, 1927. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Part 9. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) Australian Zoologist, 4: 339-359, pls. 47-49, May 18, 1927. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) 4to., Roy. Zool. Soc. New South Wales, pp. I-XIII, 1-168, Frontispiece, pls. 1-21, 12 text figs., July 20, 1927. New Molluscs from Vanikoro. Rec. Australian Museum, 16: 73-78, pl. 5, October 7, 1927. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169: 170. 1 Wao McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 219 1928 A Waveguarded Kingdom of Birds. Emu, 27: 271-274, pls. 41 & 42, April 3, 1928. War Against Pests. (T.I. and F. A. McNeill.) Australian Museum \Mag., 3: 197-200, 6 text figs., April-June, 1928. Feathers and Fins. (The Birds and Fishes of Michaelmas Cay, Great Barrier Reef, Queensland.) (T.I. and G. P. Whitley.) Australian Museum Mag., 3: 248-252, 4 text figs., July 13, 1928. Review: “Contribution a l’etude des Nudibranches Neo Caledoniens, by Jean Risbec, Docteur es sciences...” Australian Zoologist, 5: 261, August 17, 1928. 1929 The Loricates of the Neozelanic Region. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) (See Nos. 162, 166, 180 & 181 below.) Australian Zoologist, 5: 305-323, pl. 34, 4 text figs., “March 24” (=—March 23), 1929. Strange Molluscs in Sydney Harbour. Australian Zoologist, 5: 337-352, pls. 37 & 38, “March 24” (—March 23), 1929. (Introductory remarks ‘and plates reprinted in Sydney Harbour Trust Officers’ Journal, 5, No. 2: 20-24, pls. A & B, July 1929.) The Bird of Providence. Australian Zoologist, 5: 358-361, pls. 39 & 40, ‘March 24” (—March 20), £929. The Vicissitudes of a Noddy; a Christmas Story. Emu, 28: 290-291, April 2, 1929. The Avifaunal Districts of Australia. (Abstract.) Rept. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (Hobart, 1928), 19: 244-245, May, 1929. Naturalists in Australia—the Frenchmen. Australian Museum Mag., 3: 357-360, 5 text figs., April-June, 1929. Queensland Molluscan Notes, No. 1. Mem. Queensland Museum, 9: 261-297, pls. 30 & 31, June 29, 1929. The Bird Man. Australian Museum Mag., 3: 375-378, 3 text figs., July 18, 1929. (Re- printed with altered figures in Gould League Songs and Poems. Publ. by New South Wales Gould League of Bird Lovers, Sydney, pp. 8-11, 2 figs., August-September, 1934.) The Loricates of the Neozelanic Region. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) (See Nos. 154 above & 166, 180 & 181 below.) Australian Zoologist, 6: 75-95, pls. 9 & 10, August 138, 1929. Mollusca from the Continental Shelf of Eastern Australia. No. 2. Rec. Australian Museum, 17: 157-189, pls. 38-41, September 4, 1929. Captain Cook’s Leatherjacket. (T.I. and G. P. Whitley.) Australian Museum Mag.. 3: 421-425, 4 text figs., October 24, 1929. 1930 Avian Sea-Toll. Australian Zoologist, 6: 112-116, pl. 13, January 14, 1930. The Loricates of the Neozelanic Region. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) (See Nos. 154 & 162 above, & 180 & 181 below.) Australian Zoologist, 6: 157-168, pl. 16, January 14, 1930. Some Notable Name-changes. Australian Zoologist, 6: 175, January 14, 1930. The Passing of Campbell and Leach. (Obituary Notices.) Australian Zoologist, 6: 176-177, January 14, 1930. More Notes on the Marine Mollusca of New South Wales. Rec. Australian Museum, 17: 384-407, pls. 62-65, June 27, 1930. Marine Zoological Section Annual Report. (T.I. and W. Boardman.) Australian Zoologist, 6: 186-187, August 20, 1930. Queensland Molluscan Notes, No. 2. Mem. Queensland Museum, 10: 73-88, pl. 9, August 28, 1930. 220 def (7Ae 173. 174. io Libs Ares 178. 79%: 180. 181. 182. 183. 184. 185. 186. 187. 188. 189. LOO TOM IREDALE The Waterhouse Collections—Shells. Australian Museum Mag., 4: 113-114, October 16, 1930. John Brazier, Conchologist. Australian Museum \Mag., 4: 142-148, portrait, October 16, 1930. Notes on Some Desert Snails. Victorian Naturalist, 47: 118-120, text fig., November 5, 1930. 1931 John Brazier 1842-1930. (Obituary Notice.) Nautilus, 44: 95-96, January, 1931. Obituary Notice: John Brazier. Journ. of Conchol., 19: 110, March, 1931. Book Review: “British Antarctic (“Terra Nova’) Expedition 1910... Birds.” Pie 60 ola cpr Loot. Sea Kings of the Air. Nature Magazine (Washington, D.C.), 17: 390-393, 6 text figs., June, 1931. Australian Molluscan Notes. No. 1. Rec. Australian Museum, 18: 201-235, pls. 22-25, June 29, 1981. (Reprinted in parts with altered titles and introductory text only in Sydney Harbour Trust Officers’ Journal, 7, No. 3: 24-25, August, 1931. Ibid, 7, No. 4: 10-11, September, 1931; Ibid, 7, No. 5: 8-9, October, 1931; Ibid, 7, No. 6: 24-25, November 1931.) The Loricates of the Neozelanic Region. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) (See Nos. 154, 162 & 166 above and 181 below.) Australian Zoologist, 7: 59-76, pl. 3, text figs. 1 & 2, August 24, 1931. 1932 The Loricates of the Neozelanic Region. (T.I. and A. F. Basset Hull.) (See Nos. 154, 162, 166 & 180 above.) Australian Zoologist, 7: 119-164, pls. 7-10, text figs., February 5, 1932. Destruction of Timber by Marine Organisms in the Port of Sydney. (T.I. and R. A. Johnson and F. A. McNeill.) 8vo, Publ. by the Sydney Harbour Trust, Sydney, pp. 1-148, pls. 1-4, 24 text figs., 1 map, 45 graphs, “May” (—Jumne 17), 19382. (Included in the above: Cobra or Shipworms. A Systematic Account of the Teredinid Molluscs of Port Jackson (by T.I. alone.) pp. 24-40, pls. 1-4, 5 text figs.) Blandowski. (T.I. and G. P. Whitley.) Victorian Naturalist, 49: 90-96, August 8, 1932. Ornithological Section Annual Report. Australian Zoologist, 7: 170-172, September 15, 1932. 1933 Water Life. (Charles Barrett, assisted by G. P. Whitley and T.I.) Sun Nature Book, 4 (Sun News-Pictorial, Melbourne), 44 pp., illustr., February 6, 1933. Branches Reports. New South Wales. Emu, 32: 276-278, April 1, 1933. The Correct Generic Names for the Grampus or Killer Whale, and the so-called Grampus or Risso’s Dolphin. (T.I. and E. le G. Troughton. ) Rec. Australian Museum, 19: 28-36, pl. 10, August 2, 1933. Systematic Notes on Australian Land Shells. Rec. Australian Museum, 19: 37-59, August 2, 1933. The Scientific Name of the Commercial Oyster of New South Wales. (T.I. and T. C. Roughley.) Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 58: 278, September 15, 1933. William David Kerr MacGillivray. The Medical Journ. Australia, 20th Year, 2: 496-497, portrait, October (iyeloaor TOL. 192. 193. 194. 195. 196. LST; 198. 199. 200. Z01. 202. 203. 204. 205. 206. 207. 208. 209. 210. 211. 212. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 221 1934 Questions of Vernacular Nomenclature. Some suggestions. (T.I. and A. J. Marshall.) Emu, 33: 189-190, January, 1934. (Title and discussion.) Two New Generic Names for South Australian Marine Mollusca. South Australian Naturalist, 15: 57-58, March 27, 1934. Thomas Skottowe—Naturalist. Emu, 33: 273-278, pls. 48-50, April 2, 1934. Abnormal Loricates: The Earliest American Record. Nautilus, 47: 136, April, 1934. A Check-list of the Mammals Recorded from Australia. (T.I. and E. le G. Troughton.) Australian Museum \Mem., 6: I-XI and 1-122, May 4, 1934. The Fresh-water Mussels of Australia. Australian Zoologist, 8: 57-78, pls. 3-6, May 9, 1934. Book Review: ‘‘Traveling with the Birds.”’ Australian Museum \Mag., 5: 216, “April 16” (=May 17), 1934. The Early History of the Koala. (T.I. and G. P. Whitley.) Victorian Naturalist, 51: 62-72, 4 text figs., July 6, 1934. 1935 ‘ Notes on Penguins. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Bull. British Orn, Club, 55: 101, January 28, 1935. A New Subspecies of Maccaroni Penguin. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) Bull. British Orn. Club, 55: 102, January 28, 1935. Australian Cowries. Australian Zoologist, 8: 96-135, pls. 8 & 9, “June 2” (—July 10), 1935. (See No. 250 below.) Fatal Case of Attack by Cone. Nautilus, 49: 41, October, 1935. The name of the British Redshank. Bull. British Orn. Club, 56: 5, November 4, 1935. Fatal Cone Bite. Venus, 5: 294, December, 1935. (In Japanese.) Fatal “Sting” by a Cone. Journ. of Conchol., 20: 166, December 4, 1935. Fatality from Cone-bite. Journ. de Conchyl., 79: 264-265, December 15, 1935. 1936 Australian Molluscan Notes .No. 2. Rec. Australian Museum, 19: 267-340, pls. 20-24, April 7, 1936. Destruction of Timber by Marine Organisms in the Port of Brisbane. (C. J. J. Watson, F. A. McNeill, R. A. Johnson and T.I.) Queensland Forest Service Bull. 12, pp. I-VIII, 1-107, pls. 1-15, text fig., graphs 1-6, map, July, 1936. (Included in the above: Queensland Cobra or Shipworms. A Systematic Account of the Teredinid Molluscs of South Queensland (by T.I. alone), pp. 31-44, text fig., pls. 1 & 2.) © List of Papers by Charles Hedley. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 51: 214-220, September 15, 1936. C. M. N. White on Australian Birds. Emu, 36: 136-137, October 1, 1936. Book Review: “The Birds of the Malay Peninsula. Vol. 111. Sporting Birds; etc.” Emu, 36: 143-144, October 1, 1936. Destruction of Timber by Marine Organisms in the Port of Sydney. Supplementary Report No. 1, 1936. (R. A. Johnson, F. A. McNeill, and T.I.) 8vo. Publ. by The Maritime Services Board of New South Wales, Sydney, pp. 1-99, text figs., graphs, October 23, 1936. (Reprinted in The Dock and Harbour Authority (London), 17: 289- 291, 4 figs., August, 1937; Ibid. 17: 317-319, 5 figs., September, 1937.) 222 213. 214. 215. 216. 217. 218. PAN 220. 221. 222. 223. TOM IREDALE 1937 On the Dict. Univ. D’Hist. Nat. of D’Orbigny. Journ. Soc. Bibliogr. Nat. Hist., 1: 33-34, February 15, 1937. The Middleton and Elizabeth Reefs, South Pacific Ocean. Mollusca. Australian Zoologist, 8: 232-261, pls. 15-17, March 12, 1937. A Basic List of the Land Mollusca of Australia. (See No. 225 below.) Australian Zoologist, 8: 287-333, map, March 12, 1937. The Identity of Cook’s Kangaroo. (T.I. and E. le G. Troughton.) Rec. Australian Museum, 20: 67-71, May 15, 1937. Ornithological Section Annual Report. (T.I. and Roy Cooper.) Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1936-37: 18-20, August, 1937. The Frost-Fish. Angling and Gun Sport, 3, No. 1: 6, fig. on page 14, August, 1937. Notes on Neozelanic Deepwater Marine Mollusca. Rec. Australian Museum, 20: 103-107, pl. 17, August 27, 1937. Rediscovery of Voluta brazieri Cox. Rec. Australian Museum, 20: 128-129, August 27, 1937. Embrikena, a new Genus of the Family Conidae (Phylum Mollusca.) Festschr. 60. Geburtstage Embrik Strand (Riga), 3: 406-408, pl. 18, September 11, 1937. The Truth About the Museum. Calonnianum. Festschr. 60. Geburtstage Embrik Strand (Riga), 3: 408-419, Septem- ber 11, 1937. An Annotated Check List of the Land Shells of South and Central Australia. South Australian Naturalist, 18: 6-56, pls. 1 & 2, map on page 7, and index of 2 pages inserted before frontispiece to volume, September 30, 1937. J. R. & G. Forster, Naturalists. Emu, 37: 95-99, October 1, 1937. A Basic List of the Land Mollusca of Australia—Part 2. Australian Zoologist, 9: 1-39, pls. 1-3, November 12, 1937. The Last Letters of John MacGillivray. Australian Zoologist, 9: 40-63, pls. 4 & 5, November 12, 1937. 1938 The Question of Species. Emu, 37: 179-181, January 1, 1938. Book Review: ‘“B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Research eee 1929- Sie Reports, Series B, Vol. 1: “Birds” by R. A. Falla, M.A. Emu, 37: 248-245, January 1, 1938. The Fluvifaunulae of Australia. (T.I. and G. P. Whitley.) South Australian Naturalist, 18: 64-68, map, ‘April 30” (—mid May), 1938. William Anderson—Ornithologist. Emu, 38: 60-62, July, 1938. Australian Avifaunal Problems. Australian Journ. Sci., 1: 20-22, August 22, 1938. (Reprinted in Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1937-38: 7-9, August 26, 1938.) Operculum of Turbo pulcher Reeve. Journ. of Conchol., 21: 65, September 22, 1938. Clanculus howinsulae Salisbury. - Journ. of Conchol., 21: 65, September 22, 1938. John Gould: The Bird Man. Emu, 38: 90-95, October, 1938. Gould as a Systematist. (G. M. Mathews and T.I.) ‘Emu, 38: 172-175, October, 1938. Book Review: ‘Australian Parrots; Their Habits in the Field and Aviary, by Neville W. Cayley.” Australian Museum Mag.., 6: 396, November 8, 1938. 245. 249. 250. 256, McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 223 A Basic List of the Land Mollusca of Australia—Part 3. Australian Zoologist, 9: 83-124, pls. 12 & 13, November 30, 1938. Raja whitleyi, The Great Skate. Australian Zoologist, 9: 169, November 30, 1938. A New Name for an Old Shell. Australian Zoologist, 9: 172, November 30, 1938. Book Review: “The Molluscs of South Australia.” Australian Zoologist, 9: 190, November 30, 1938 (and another in Australian Journ. Sci., 1: 104, December 21, 1938.) The Faunal Divisions of Western Australia. Australian Journ, Sci., 1: 102-103, December 21, 1938. 1939 The Sea Birds of Sydney Harbour. Maritime Services Board Officers’ Journ., 14, No. 8: 9-12, January, 1939; Ibid, 14, No. 9: 9-12, February, 1939. Destruction of Maritime Timberwork in Australia. Review of Experi- ments dealing with Timber Destruction in Brisbane Waters, Queens- land, Australia. The Dock and Harbour Authority (Gondon), 19: 97-100, 9 text figs., February, 1939. Mollusea. Part 1. Great Barrier Reef Expedition, 1928-29, Sci. Reports, 5: 209-425, pls. 1-7, map, February 25, 1939. The Eclipse Plumage of the Elfin Wren, (Ryania melanocephala). Emu, 39: 39-40, July, 1939. A Review of the Land Mollusca of Western Australia. Rec. Western Australian Museum, 2: 1-88, pls. 1-5, map, August 1, 1939. (Reprinted in Journ. Roy. Soc. Western Australia. 25: 1-88, pls. 1-5, map, August 21, 1939.) Note on the Genus Cleidothaerus. Journ. de Conchyl., 83: 243-244, August 12, 1939. Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. Fifty-ninth Annual Report. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1938-39: 1-4, August 24, 1939. (Also the Sixtieth and Sixty-first in ensuing years.) A Review of the Relationships of the Mollusca of Lord Howe Island. GerAllanc ander. .;) Rept. Austr. New Zeal. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (Canberra, 1939), 24: 113, December, 1939. Australian Cowries, Part 2. Australian Zoologist, 9: 297-323, pls. 27-29, December 12, 1939. 1940 Guide to the Land Shells of New South Wales. Australian Naturalist. 10: 227-236, text figs. 1-3, May 30, 1940. (See No. 264 below.) A New Guinea Land Shell in Queensland. Australian Naturalist, 10: 239-240, 1 text fig., May 30, 1940. The Land-Shell Hedleya. North Queensland Naturalist, 8, No. 6: 1-2, 1 text fig., June 1, 1940. The Work of Gregory Mathews, Ornithologist. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1939-40: 31-33, portrait, August 19, 1940. (Reprinted with altered title, and without portrait or first paragraph in Birds and Books (by G. M. Mathews) Canberra, pp. 7-10, December, 1942.) Glaucus, A Mystery of the Sea. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales. 1939-40: 40-41, August 19, 1940. Review: Sharks!!! Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc, New South Wales, 1939-40: 41, August 19, 1940. (Reprinted in Australian Zoologist, 9: 451, December 9, 1940.) TOM IREDALE Recent Palaeoconchology. Australian Journ. Sci., 3: 9-11, August 21, 1940. All About Sharks. A Novel Book on the Subject. (Book Review.) Angling and Gun Sport, 6, No. 2: 22-24, 4 text figs., September 30, 1940. Australian Skuas. Emu, 40: 177-180, pl. 37, October 5, 1940. Australian Glaucus. Australian Zoologist, 9: 428, text fig., December 9, 1940. Marine Molluscs from Lord Howe Island, Norfolk Island, ee and New Caledonia. Australian Zoologist. 9: 429-4438, pls. 32-34, December 9, 1940. Bali Shells. Australian Zoologist, 9: 448, December 9, 1940. A Review of the Relationships of the Mollusca of Lord Howe Island. (T.I. and Joyce Allan.) Australian Zoologist, 9: 444-451, map, December 9, 1940. 1941 Guide to the Land Shells of New South Wales. Part 2. Australian Naturalist, 10: 262-269, text figs. 4-6, April 16, 1941. Book Review: “The Molluscs of South Australia.. Part 2.” Australian Journ. Sci., 3: 1385, April, 1941. (And another in Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New. South Wales. 1940-41; 35, August 11, 1941.) Obituary. Edwin Ashby. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1940-41: 45, August 11, 1941 (Anonymous). Guide to the Land Shells of New South Wales. Part 3. Australian Naturalist, 11: 1-8, text figs. 7 & 8, December 19, 1941. A Basic List of the Land Mollusca of Papua. Australian Zoologist. 10: 51-94, pls. 3-5, December 19, 1941. 1942 Book Review: “Strange New World.” Australian Museum Mag., 7: 422, March 16, 1942. Report on Molluscan Content of Heron Island Reef Boring Samples. Report Great Barrier Reef Committee, 5, Appendix 2: 120-122, April 30, 1942. Guide to the Land Shells of New South Wales. Part 4. Australian Naturalist, 11: 33-40, text figs. 9-11, June, 1942. Description of a Libyan Desert Land Shell. Rec. Australian Museum, 21: 126, July 8, 1942. Book Review: “Australian Insects. An Introductory Handbook, by K. C. McKeown.” Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc, New, South Wales, 1941-42: 33-34, September 25, 1942. 1943 Plain Dwellers and Mound Builders, The Pedionomus Puzzle. (T.I. and G. P. Whitley.) Emu, 42: 246-249, April 1, 1943. Guide to the Land Shells of New -South Wales. Part 5. Australian Naturalist, 11: 61-69, text figs. 1-4, April 2, 19438. The Ctiloceras. Problem. Australian Zoologist, 10: 166, April 30, 1943. A Basic List of the Fresh Water Mollusca of Australia. Australian Zoologist, 10: 188-230, April 30, 1948. A New Amphidromus trom Burma. Nautilus, 57: 16, pl: 6; fle. 5, July, 1943. Guide to the Freshwater Shells of New South Wales. Part l. Australian Naturalist, 11: 85-95, text figs. 1-3, November, 1943. 280. 281. 282. 283. 284. 285. 286. 287. 288 . 289. 290. 291. 292. 293. 294. 295. 296. 297 . 298. 299. 300. 301. 302. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 225 1944 The “Gundlachia” Puzzle. Australian Zoologist, 10: 290, May 10, 1944. Australian Pearly Nautilus. Australian Zoologist, 10: 294-298, 2 text figs., May 10, 1944. The Land Mollusca of Lord Howe Island. Australian Zoologist, 10: 299-334, pls. 17-20, May 10, 1944. Guide to the Freshwater Shells of New South Wales. Class Gastropoda. Part 2. Australian Naturalist, 11: 113-127, text figs. 4-8, August, 1944. Winter-breeding Sea-Birds. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1943-44; 19-20, August 31, 1944. More About New Guinea Land Shells. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1943-44: 30, August 31, 1944. 1945 The Land Mollusea of Norfolk Island. Australian Zoologist, 11: 46-71, pls. 2-5, June 11, 1945. Jules Verreaux. Australian Zoologist, 11: 71-72, June 11, 1945. Harry Burrell. (Obituary Notice.) Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1944-45: 11, August 31, 1945. Obituary. Mr. A. F. Basset Hull. Wild Life (Melbourne), 7: 377-378, December, 1945. 1946 A New Australian Parrot. Emu, 46: 1-2, pl. 1, July, 1946. Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. Sixty-sixth Annual Report. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New. South Wales, 1945-46: 1-3, October 30, 1946. Sidney W. Jackson. (Obituary Notice.) Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales. 1945-46: 16, October 30, 1946. The Mathewsian Library at Canberra. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales. 1945-46: 28, October 30, 1946. 1947 Book Review: “Gliders of the Gum Trees.” Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1946-47: 5, September, 1947. The Scientific Name of the Dingo. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales. 1946-47: 35-36, September, 1947. 1948 A Check List of the Birds of Paradise and Bower Birds. Australian Zoologist, 11: 161-189, February 11, 1948. “Love’s Meinie.”’ Australian Zoologist, 11: 204-206, February 11, 1948. Bullock’s Museum. Australian Zoologist, 11: 233-237, pls. 16-18, text fig., February 11, 1948. H.M.S. “Endeavour Bark.” Australian (Museum Mag., 9: 291-293, cover, frontispiece, 1 text fig., December 31, 1948. 1949 Western Australian Molluscs. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1947-48: 18-20, “January” (—February 14), 1949. 1950 The Marine Mollusca of New Caledonia. Journ. de Conchyl., 90: 52-55, January 15, 1950. Birds of Paradise and Bower Birds. Georgian House, Melbourne, pp. I-XII, 1-239, pls. 1-33, orig. illustrs. on cover, folding map, May 8, 1950. d24. TOM IREDALE Gregory M. Mathews (1876-1949). (Obituary Notice.) Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1948-49: 16-20, portrait, May 29, 1950. 1951 Moas. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1949-50: 69-70, April 2 1951, Gould and Audubon. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales. 1949-50: 70, April 2, 1951. Book Review: “Australian Shells.” Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1949-50: 73-74, April 2, 1951. The Humming Bird. Australian Zoologist, 11: 314-315, July 31, 1951. Again Gould. An Amazing Discovery. Australian Zoologist, 11: 316-317, July 31, 1951. Audubon in Australia. Australian Zoologist, 11: 318-321, July 31, 1951. Western Australian Bird Books. Australian Zoologist, 11: 321, July 31, 1951. The Naturalists Library. An Essay in Bibliography. Australian Zoologist, 11: 322-332, pls. 33 & 34, text fig., July 31, “4951. Recent Palaeontology. Australian Zoologist, 11: 347-350, July 31, 1951. Birds of Paradise. Australian Junior Encyclopaedia, Georgian House, Melbourne, Vol. 2: 808-809, pl. between pp. 812 & 813, August, 1951. Australian Shells. (J. Allan, T.I. and B. C. Cotton.) Australian Junior Encyclopaedia, Georgian House, Melbourne, Vol. 2: 875-897, pl., 38 text figs., August, 1951. (Gastropods, The Volutes, Cone Shells, Trumpet Shells, Helmet Shells, Cowries, Collectors’ Favourite, The Wonder Cowry, Chitons or Loricates, Freshwater Shells, Land Shells, Desert Snails, The Midgets and The Slugs by T.I.) 1952 Sea Birds of Sydney Harbour. Part 1. Port of Sydney, 4: 24-27, 5 text figs., July, 1952. Sea Birds of Sydney Harbour. Part 2. Port of Sydney. 4: 50-54, 7 text figs., October, 1952. (Nos. 315 and 316 reprinted in 4 parts in The Waratah (Official Organ of the Girl Guides Assoc. of New South Wales), 33, No. 10: 6-7, 5 text figs., April, 19538; Ibid, 33, No. 11: 4-5, text fig., May, 1953; Ibid, 33, No. 12: 10-11,- text fig., June, 1953; Ibid, 34, No. 3: 6-8, 5 text figs., September, 1953.) 1954 Cuttle Fish “Bones” Again. Australian Zoologist, 12: 63-82, pls. 4 & 5, March 24, 1954. 1955 Bellingshausen in Australia. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1953-54: 34-36, March 4, 1955. Bill Moult in Prions. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1953-54: 37, March 4, 1955. On Sepia cultrata Hoyle. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1953-54: 78-79, March 4, 1955. Rissoid Sectional Names. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1953-54: 81, March 4, 1955. James Stuart—Ornithologist. Australian Zoologist, 12: 127-128, pls. 7-9, 1 text fig., July 18, 1955. Froriep and Lamarck. Australian Zoologist, 12: 175, July 18, 1955. 1956 Broinowski's Birds and Mammals of Australia. Proc. Roy. Zoo, Soc. New South Wales, 1954-55: 14-16, April 10, 1956. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 221 825. A Northern Australian Volute. : Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1954-55: 76-77, fig. 1, April 10, 1956. 326. History of New South Wales Shells. Part 1: Cook and His Associates. Proc. Roy. Zoo. Soc. New South Wales, 1954-55: 81-83, 1 fig., April 10, 1956. LIST OF NAMES In the following list, all the new generic, subgeneric, subspecific names proposed by Iredale (including those in collaboration with other authors) are arranged in strict alphabetical order and, in the cases of similar specific names, in alphabetical order of the genera to which they were assigned. No distinction is made between those names proposed for full genera and those proposed for subgenera; specific names and subspecific names may be separated by the binominal or trinominal combinations indicated. In each case, the generic name following a species name, and the generic and specific names following a subspecific name, are those under which they were originally proposed. The first number following each name is that of the paper in this list, in which the name was first proposed. The' second is the number of the page in that paper where it first occurs. In the several cases where two page numbers are given, the earlier represents its first introduction, while the latter may give additional information such as a description or type specific and species. Preoccupied names, listed elsewhere, are indicated in this list. The authors have tried as far as possible to avoid errors, but would appreciate information on any which may occur. aberrans, Innesoconcha, 282: 326. abitens, Tasmadelos nelsonensis, 237: 118. abjecta, Paralaoma, 282: 31). Abranda, 116: 182 & 212. abstans, Pleuroxia, 246: 56. Acanthozostera, 138: 263. accessa, Setaliris, 169: 388. acervus, Triellsiphon, 261: 439. Acritopaphia, 207: 280. acroporicola, Coralichlamys, 244: 356. actaviva, Oblimopa macgillivrayi, 244: 242. Acuticylindra, 160: 287. Adamnestia, 207: 333. addenda, Lophorina 162. addenda, Notoplax speciosa, 128: 91. addenda, Palmatina, 286: 50. addita, Anadara, 244: 280. addita, Dominamaria, 268: 58. addita, Hedleyoconcha, 282: 317. addita, Trisidos tortuosa, 244: 272. adelaideana, Microcucullaea, 163: 159. superba, 296: adelaideana, Prothyasira, 169: 393. adhaesa, Solitosepia plangon, 137: 238. adjacens, Acanthosepion ellipticum, 137: 239. adjacens, Mabellarca dautzenbergi, 244: 265. adjuncta, Letitia, 268: 78. adjuncta, Limborelia innesi, 282: 302. adjunctus, Ratifusus, 163: 183. adjunctus, Velesunio balonnensis, 196: 59. aegrifer, Simlimnea, 283: 119. aenigma, Acanthochiton, 128: 87. aetha, Semelartemis, 171: 76. Aethocola, 53: 465. Afrocominella, 70: 28 & 34. agnitum, Phalium, 143: 332. agripeta, Modiolus, 244: 412. ahena, Paralaoma, 286: 54. aladdin, Navicula, 244: 292. Alathyria, 196: 63. albani, Pedinogyra, 225: 16. albidus, Favorinus, 99: 197 & 205. albisoror, Parviperna, 244: 323. alea, Frustropa, 286: 58. Aleatelix, 268: 86. alexanderi, Heteroprion 80: 42. aliena, Sanhaliotis varia, 160: 270. aliena Scapharca, 244: 282. Alienitor, 225: 6. allanae, Coralastele, 171: 76. Allanassa, 160: 289. allani, Pedinogyra, 225: 16. Allenella, 282: 311. (Preoccupied name. ) alleni, Alathyria jacksoni, 277: 89. alleni, Galadistes, 275: 62. desolatus, 998 Allisma, 268: 62. Allocharopa, 215: 326. alma, Pardosinia, 160: 265. alma, Tribocystis, 282: 324. alphena, Segnitila, 277: 227. alpica, Strangesta, 275: 68. alter, Calliotrochus symbolicus, 214: 246. alterna, Westraltrachia, 246: 51. altimasta, Pleuroploca, 171: 86. altior, Hgilomen, 264: 269. alumnus, Nautilus, 281: 295. amandus, Ptychodon, 30: 378. Amapileus, 160: 275. amaruloidea, Thiara, 277: amasa, Saxostrea, 244: 399. amasia, Cancellaphera, 171: ambigua, Paralaoma, 30: 381. Ambipupina, 215: 298. Ambuscintilla, 207: 275. Amenixesta, 268: 69. Amesodesma, 169: 402. amicula, Nannamoria, 163: amiculus, Dolapex, 286: 64. Amimopina, 188: 42 & 57. amina, Fallartemis, 171: amitina, Emarginula, 119: amolita, Themapupa, 251: Amorena, 163: 180. ampacta, Acutiscala, 207: 298. amplificatus, Acanthochiton dicus, 166: 166. Amplirhagada, 188: 52 & 58. Amplisepia, 132: 188 & 194. Amyclina, 70: 28 & 31. Anafossarus, 207: 289. analogia, Cellana, 261: 432. anapacifica, Themapupa, 246: Anarithma, 58: 27. Anatrophon, 163: 186. Ancillista, 207: 314. andersoni, Dolabella, 160: 292. andrewsi, Pickworthia, 65: 333. angasi, Xenogalea, 143: 350. Angasietta, 246: 55. Angrobia, 277: 204. Anisocorbula, 169: 404. Anisoperna, 244: 322. Anisoradsia, 62: 94, 104 & 108. Annacharis, 282: 3214. Annachlamys, 244: 358. Annakelea, 188: 43 & 57. Annaperenna, 207: 311. annectans, Lithophaga teres, 244: 422. Annoselix, 246: 39. antecedens, Electomactra, 169: 401. antelata, Austropteria, 244: 330. antelia, E. (sic) [=Arabica] scurra, 250: 3038. antelia, Patelloida alticostata, 116: 182 & 234. 207. 80. 181. 75. 249 & 257. 236. zelan- LO; TOM IREDALE antelius, Larus fuscus, 22: 69. Antephalium, 143: 350. Antetrichomya, 312: 348. anticipata, Cerithidea, 160: 278. anticipatus, Problancylus, 280: 290. antilima, Arca multivillosa, 244: 256. Antimitra, 64: 322 & 329. Antisabia, 214: 253. antisoa, Folaceiscala, 207: 300. Anxietas, 65: 334. anxifer, Cancellaria purpuriforinis, 119: 249 & 264. : Aparcthyria, 196: 67. Apaturris, 64: 322 & 329. Apixystus, 163: 185. apostolorum, Nodiscala, 207: 304. aprica, Westralaoma, 246: 38. aquilonalis, Rugoshyria, 196: 72. aramita, Corbiculina, 277: 194. Arborcinea, 215: 308. ; arboricola, Calymna, 30: 388. areheri, Trisidos yongei, 244: 272. archimima, Bankia, 182: 35. Archiminolia, 163: 170. Arctosepia, 132: 188 & 193. ardelio, Opeas, 264: 262. ardeni, Periclocystis, 223: 28. Arenimitra, 160: 286. Arestorides, 171: 81 & 82. Argalista, 53: 445. aridicola, Austrosuccinea, 246: 14. ariel, Cellana variegata, 116: 183 & 242. arizela, Prophetilora, 171: 75. arizela, Radiocondyla, 207: 272. Arizelostoma, 207: 318. Arnemelassa, 188: 55 & 59. arrecta, Penepatella, 160: 276. ascensa, Austrochloritis, 275: 64. ascensum, Meridolum, 237: 84. Aspalima, 163: 160. assecla, Pervicacia, 116: 183 & 268. asserta, Themapupa beltiana, 246: 11. Astelena, 116: 182 & 230. astra, Cystopelta, 225: 11. astricta, Ennucula, 179: 202. astuta, Rhagada, 246: 63. Atalacmea, 53: 427. Atalodoris, 99: 197 & 221. atkinsoni, Ischnochiton, 110. Atrocyclus, 268: 58. attenuata, Cryptoplax iredalei, 128: 106. attonitum, Granicorium, 207: 278. attracta, Laciolina quoyi, 214: 242. atypicus, Clanculus, 20: 226. audax, Elegidion, 116: 182 & 220. austini, Teredo, 182: 29. Australgibba, 188: 55 & 59. australianus, Permochiton, 142: 326. 62: 94 & McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 229 Australpera, 277: 196. austrina, Gnarosophia palmensis, 188: 46. Austrolima, 163: 165. Austromactra, 169: 400. Austronomus, 195: 100. Austropteria, 179: 205. Austrosuccinea, 215: 307. Autochiton, 109: 227. avecta, Heteroglypta, 160: 266. aversum, Sinumelon, 223: 44. Aviscutum, 261: 430. Baccalena, 223: 50. Badepigrus, 321: 81. balatro, Teredo, 182: 31. Ballena, 282: 314. ballina, Tatea, 277: 205. balteolus, Bothriembryon, 246: 21. banfieldi, Varohadra, 225: 36. banksiana, Atrina gouldii, 244: 316. bannermani, Puffinus, 52: 594. Bannermania, 52: 578. Barbatirus, 244: 259 & 260. bardwelli, Divalucina cumingii, 207: Bier barissa, Folaceiscala, 207: 300. barnesi, Astrarchia, 296: 162. barretti, Bothriembryon, 174: 119. Barrimysia, 160: 263. bartletti, Blandosepia, 317: 67. bartletti, Rosselidena, 285: 30. Bartschella, 58: 36. basedowana, Rhagada, 246: 61. Basedowena, 223: 51. basilicus, Austrotriton (parkin- sonius), 116: 183 & 253. Basilitrona, 171: 81 & 83. Bathycardita, 116: 182 & 205. Bathycorbis, 169: 392. bathypilula, Cleotrivia, 201: 100. baxteri, Blandosepia, 261: 442. baxteri, Eucrassatella cumingii, 207: 272. beddomei, Amygdalum, 116: 181 & 197. Bedeva, 116: 183 & 273. bega, Rugoshyria depressa, 279: 91. Belchlamys, 163: 164. bellaria, Gnarosophia, 225: 27. Bellastraea, 116: 182 & 232. bellatula, Collisellina, 160: 275. belli, Allenella, 282: 312. belli, Howearion, 282: 329. belli, Opinorelia howeinsulae, 302. Bellrhagada, 237: 114. bennetti, Magnavicula, 244: 332. bensa, Saladelos commixta, 188: 48. bentha, Plastiscala morchi, 207: 303. Benthastelena, 207: 285. benthicola, Mayena (australasia), 163: 174. 282: benthicola, Prothyasira, 169: 394. benthicola, Savignyarea, 244: 259. Benthindsia, 207: 317. Benthofascis, 207: 319. benthonimbifer, Lima 248 & 251. Benthoquetia, 169: 403. Benthoxystus, 163: 185. Bentosites, 188: 44 & 57. bera, Palaina nancena, 286: 50. bernhardi Austropteria, 244: 330. bernhardi, Varohadra, 188: 45. beryllina, Tellina, 116: 182 & 211. (bassi), 119: Berylsma, 116: 183 & 267. bessalis, Tegillarca (granosa), 244: 281. Biamora, 268: 61. birchi, Bentosites, 188: 44. Bischoffena, 215: 3382. bisinventa, Lachryma, 179: 2253. bivia, Verilarca, 244: 289. bizonata, Palmadusta, 201: 126. blacketi, Septa, 207: 307. blaesa, Erronea caurica, 250: 322. blancha, Partubiola, 207: 286. blandita, Opponaria minoridens, 250: 312. Blandosepia, 261: 442. Blandowskiella, 183: 95. Blasicrura, 171: 84. blighi, Hadra, 225: 21. blighiana, Austrochloritis, 237: 94. bloodi, Paradisea, 296: 161. boardmani, Colus, 171: 86. bollonsi, Sterna vittata, 24: 244. Bonartemis, 160: 265. Borniola, 116: 182 & 207. Botellus, 116: 183 & 244. pied name.) Botulopa, 244: 414. boynensis, Cylindrovertilla fabreana, 2152 ae. bracteata, Cbrussa, 119: 249 & 269. Bractechlamys, 244: 366. bradena, Australpera, 277: 196. bradshawi, Bothriembryon, 246: 24. bradshawi, Isidorella, 277: 223. Brazieresta, 188: 39 & 57. bresia, Ostrea, 244: 396. broadfooti, Glycymeris, 163: 162. brocktoni, Perisserosa, 171: 84. Brocktonia, 55: 340. Brookula, 20: 219. Buffetia, 286: 60. Bulleria, 133: 76. Burkillia, 55: 337. Burnupena, 70: 28 & 34. burrowsena, Amplirhagada, 246: 67. Byssobornia, 207: 274. Cabestanimorpha, 207: 307. (Preoccu- 230 TOM IREDALE Cacozelia, 116: 183 & 246. occupied name.) cadmus, Spurlingia, 225: 25. Calceolata, 70: 28 & 32. ecalcifer, Lithophaga, 244: 420. calda, Lenameria, 283: 121. Callanaitis, 64: 322 & 329. callidus, Helicarion mastersi, 267: 6. Callistassecla, 118: 354. Callistelasma, 118: 352. Calonectris, 52: 590 & 592. calosoma, Austropteria, 244: 330. caloundra, Austromactra, 169: 401. caloundra, Nucula, 160: 262. caloundra, Phasianella, 146: 335. Calthalotia, 160: 271. Calvigenia, 237: 98. cambrica, Chelura, 151: 199. cambrica, Condylocuna, 207: 272. cambrica, Craspedoplax variabilis, 128: 97. cambrica, Vertisphaera, 169: 387. cameroni, HKvenaria hirundo, 250: 314. Campanilopa, 64: 322, 325 & 326. campbelli, Mussonena, 237: 96. Cancellaphera, 171: 80. Candellista, 99: 197 & 230. Canefriula, 268: 74. Caporista, 321: 81. capricorni, Tornelasmias, 282: 308. capricornicus,, Parachiton, 118: 345. Capulonix, 160: 277. cara, Gratilaoma, 246: 38. carchedon, Folaceiscala, 207: 300. Carditellona, 207: 272. Carditellopsis, 207: 272. carduelis, Gloreugenia, 237: 98. Carmerope, 268: 84. Caroletitia, 268: 80. caroli, Dicyathifer, 208: . 38. caroli, Glyptanisus, 277: 225. caroli, Mesopeplum, 163: 162. caroli, Scaphella, 116: 183 & 258. (Pre- caroli, Varohadra oconnellensis, 188: © 45. Carolluta, 219: 105. Carswellena, 179: 209. carteri, Squamopleura, 138: 260. carteri, Westralunio ambiguus, 196: 63. carula, Evenaria, 250: 315. casus, Hyridunio australis, 279: 90. Catellotrachia, 188: 52 & 58. Catillopecten, 244: 370. caurina, Austrosuccinea, 246: 13. caurina, Centralhyria wilsoni, 66. caurina, Peplimnea, 277: 2138. cavanaghi, Diminovula, 179: 222. Cavatidens, 169: 391. 196: Cavellia, 53: 481. cavilla, Radiacmea insignis, 116: 182 & 235. Cayleyna, 167: 175. Celatembryon, 246: 36. Centralhyria, 196: 65. centralia, Gabbia, 277: 206. Cerinasota, 246: 14. Cetothrax, 300: 19. Charilda, 163: 187. charis, Deliciola, 282: 325. charon, Pernastela, 282: 322. Charopella, 282: 320. Charopinesta, 282: 321. Chartoplax, 114: 295. Chasteria, 55: 334. chena, Posticobia, 277: 204. Chioneryx, 116: 182 & 210. Chlamydella, 163: 164. Chloritisanax, 188: 49 & 58. Chloritobadistes, 188: 49 & 58. Choreotyphis, 207: 324. chrestus, Sirius meracus, 207: 293. Christianoconcha, 286: 55. christyi, Acutiscala, 207: 298. Chronoceryx, 268: 67. Ciboticola, 244: 425. cingalena, Trisidos tortuosa, 244: 272. Cinnalepeta, 160: 274. Circlimopa, 244: 243. circumactus, Conus, 160: 281. citrinicolor, Erosaria helvola, 201: 116. Clamturris, 179: 226. Claraxis, 207: 327. Claudena, 268: 77. Claudettea, 268: 76. Cleobula, 171: 79. Cleotrivia, 171: 83. Clivipollia, 155: 347. Coenaculum, 116: 183 & 244. cogitata, Mocella, 268: 92. Colicryptus, 70: 28 & 33. collacteum, Cerithium, 160: 278. Collonista, 70: 28 & 30. collusor, Parachiton, 118: 346. colorata, Pardosinia, 160: 264. . colorata, Ventomnestia, 207: 333. Colorimactra, 160: 268. Colsyrnola, 155: 348. . combeana, Amplirhagada, 237: 113. comita, Pugillaria stowae, 116: 183 _& 277. Comitileda, 116: 181 & 185. commenta, Pleuroxia, 246: 55. commercialis, Ostrea, 189: 278. commixta, Saladelos, 188: 48. commixtus, Parellsiphon, 261: 437. compar, Ennucula, 244: 236. compar, Paralaoma, 282: 310. comperta, Themapupa, 251: 235. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 231 complanata, Patelloida alticostata, 116: 182 & 234. complexa, Australbinula, 246: 7. complexa, Cymbiola, 116: 183 & 258. complexa, Myadora, 116: 181 & 201. complexum, Cerithium, 160: 278. Complicachlamys, 244: 362. complicata, Xesta, 268: 68. Comptopallium, 244: 359. comtessei, Niotha, 155: 347. comtessei, Thalotia, 179: 208. conciliata, Cellana, 261: 432. condola, Alathyria, 279: 90. Condylocuna, 207: 272. confirma, Tepomusa, 268: 83. conjuncta, Roblinella, 267: 1. connisum, Hlasmias, 282: 308. Conotalopia, 160: 271. consetti, Colus, 155: 342. consetti, Stimulator, 280: 290. consettiana, Epicodakia, 169: 391. consola, Redicirce, 207: 277. conspicienda, Fax (tenuicostata), 119: 249 & 262. construa, Rhagada, 246: 50. contenta, Austrosuccinea, 246: 13. contermina, Vicimitra, 207: 320. conterminus, Fusus (schoutanicus), 119: 249 & 260. contexta, Themapupa beltiana, 246: fT, continens, Gratiadusta walkeri, 201: ZT. contraria, Zoila thersites, 201: 107. conturbatum, Ataxocerithium, 207: 290. cookiana, Dinodacna, 214: 238. cooma, Pupiphryx, 277: 202. Coralastele, 171: 76. Coralichlamys, 244: 355. corallicola, Arca, 244: 253. corallicola, Ctenoides, 244: 389. coranus, Glyptanisus, 277: 226. coreta, Acutiscala, 207: 298. Corinomala, 246: 43. cornecerea, Xesta, 268: 69. Corneoxesta, 268: 69. correctus, Solen, 116: 182 & 213. bee are 244: 367. satova, 244: 304. Cosmetalepas, 116: 182 & 218. cothurnata, Notocochlis, 207: 312. cotinga, Veletuceta, 244: 299. cottoni, Basedowena, 223: 51. Cottonia, 192: 57. Coxielladda, 229: 66. Cralopa, 264: 267. Craspedoplax, 128: 76 & 96. Cremula, 55: 336. Crenuliscala, 207: 301. Crosseola, 116: 183 & 251. Crumenasepia, 137: 239. Ctenamusium, 163: 164. Ctenocolpus, 119: 249 & 266. cuculata, Volva volva, 179: 222. Cucumerunio, 196: 75. Cunanax,” 207: 272: cuneatus, Ischnochiton, 114: 295. Cupedora, 188: 48 & 58. Cupidoliva, 116: 183 & 259. cupiens, Dolichosirius, 179: 211. Cupinota, 250: 312) curiosus, Acanthochiton, 128: 87. cursator, Parimalleus, 179: 205. curtisiana, Mimachlamys, 244: 351. curvamen, Emarginula, 119: 249 & 256. cygneus, Lepidopleurus, 114: 296. Cymatiella, 116: 183 & 253. Cymatilesta, 207: 307. Cymatona, 163: 177. Cymbiolacca, 163: 181. Cymbiolena, 163: 181. Cymbiolista, 163: 181. Cyrillista, 163: 160. Cyrillona, 163: 160. dactylena, Saxostrea 244: 399. Damochlora, 237: 97. Damoniella, 70: 37. Dannevigena, 207: 303. dannevigi, Senectidens, 179: 204. Dardanula, 53: 452. Darioconus, 171: 79. datum, Sinumelon, 246: 53. davisae, Sternula nereis, 24: 245. debenhami, Bankia, 182: 34. debilior, Acanthochiton crocodilus, 128: 87. debilior, Pseudocyclotus, 268: 57. debilitata, Malleoperna intricata, 244: ByBy decepta, Photinula, 3: 382. deceptor, Derstolida fluctuans, 122. Deceptrena, 282: 314. decolorata, Colsyrnola, 207: 332. decoramen, Gazameda, 207: 292. Decorifer, 214: 259. Decorisepia, 132: 188 & 193. decresensis, Paralaoma, 223: 20. decreta, Varohadra rockhamptonen- SISt Eaawis tol definita, Ennucula, 244: 237. definita, Palaina capillacea, 282: 305. defrenata, Ranularia sinensis, 207: 308. degener, Letitia, 268: 79. degener, Varohadra keppelensis, 225: Bon delecta, Melloconcha, 282: 323. deliberatus, Apollon, 207: 310. commercialis, 201: Delicatoplax, 131: 169 & 170. delicatule, Promantellum, 244: Deliciola, 282: 325. deliciosa, Henga, 268: 81. deliciosa, Mimachlamys, 244: 350. deliciosa, Monia, 207: 269. deliciosa, Palaina, 282: 306. deliciosa, Spinearca, 244: 287. delinificus, Modiolus, 116: 181 & 196. Delinitesta, 188: 54 & 59. delsa, Quantulopinna, 244: 311. Deltachion, 169: 398. Deminucula, 179: 202. Dendronitor, 188: 56 & 59. Deniharpa, 179: 230. densatus, Legosiphon, 261: 441. Dentarene, 160: 274. Dentherona, 188: 53 & 59. Denticosa, 169: 385. Dentimodiolus, 244: 414. Derstolida, 201: 121. 388. dertra, Caryodes dufresnii, 225: descripta, Anomia, 207: 270. descripta, Staphylaea staphylaea, ANDES UN Desidarion, 267: 8. desirabilis, Trivia, 20: 226. desponsus, Sirius meracus, 207: 298. Destacar, 207: 268. detecta, Parrhagada, 246: 64. Deviobankia, 182: 33. dextrenus, Pettancylus, 277: 229. Dialembryon, 246: 16. Dialessa, 321: 81. diaphora, Rhyssoplax, 62: 94 & 115. Diaphoreolis, 99: 197 & 202. Diaphorodoris, 99: 197 & 221. Diaphoromactra, 169: 400. Diaphoroplax, 32: 32. diatheca, Notocochlis schoutanica, ZAR Dicathais, 207: 325. dichroa, Lithophaga, 244: 421. Dicyathifer, 182: 28. Didimacar, 244: 289. Didomasta, 268: 59. dietrichae, Sphaerospira 225: 28. Diffalaba, 207: 290. difidens, Ctenocolpus australis, 119: 249 & 267. digma, Acar dubia, 244: 262. Dignamoconcha, 282: 324. digressa Lenameria, 283: i21. dilatus, Stenochiton pilsbryanus, 114: 287. Dimidacus, 155: 341. Diminovula, 171: 85. diminuta, Craspedoplax 1285307. informis, variabilis, 15. TOM IREDALE diminuta, Notoacmea flammea, 116: 182 & 236. Dimyarina, 207: 269. Dinassovica, 214: 247 & 261. dinawa, Xesta, 268: 68. dingeldeii, Pervisinum, 179: 216. Diniatys, 207: 329. Dinodacna, 214: 238 & 261. Diplopupina, 215: 297. Dipnelix, 223: 23. dirupta, Themapupa, 246: Dirutrachia, 223: 36. discerna, Talopena, 214: 246. - Discocharopa, 30: 379. Discomelon, 237: 89. disessa, Mabellarca, 244: 265. dispar, Heteroprion desolatus, 244. dispositus, Desidarion, 267: 8. dissecta, Notocypraea (piperita), 179: 220. dissona, Sanhaliotis, 160: 270. Dissopalia, 207: 302. Distellifer, 214: 249. Disteustoma, 268: 85. distinctus, Bothriembryon, 246: 36. distractum, Xanthomelon, 237: 102. Distugonia, 207: 283. Ditropisena, 188: 57 & 59. diuturna, Semicassis, 143: 335. Divalucina, 207: 273. divaricalx Lithophaga, 244: 420. Divellomelon, 188: 51 & 58. divellus, Forsancylus, 283: dividua, Talopia, 155: 340. divulsa, Pygmipanda kershawi, 225° 18. Dolapex, 286: 64. dolichoroseus, Acteon, 207: 330. Dolichoschisma, 261: 431. Dolichosirius, 179: 210 & 211. Dolichupis, 171: 83. Dolicrossea, 116: 183 & 251. Doliolabis, 244: 417. Dolomena, 179: 212. Dolopupina, 215: 296. dolosa, Annoselix, 246: 39. Dominamaria, 268: 58. donnellyi, Euprotomus, 179: 211. Dorcasidea, 268: 88. - dorrigoensis, Oreokera, 264: 265. dorysa, Narvaliscala, 207: 301. Dotona, 70: 28 & 30. (Preoccupied name. ) Doxander, 179: 212. Dramelia, 268: 52. dranga, Monetaria annulus, 250: 308. drapeta, Hyridunio australis, 196: 69. drummondi, Circus approximans, 27: 419. duffieldi, Cerithium, 160: 278. 11. 225: 127. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 233 duffusi, Pterochelus, 207: 323. Dulcerana, 179: 213. dulcior, Spatiolabia, 268: 90. dulcis, Saladelos, 275: 67. dulcissima, Dignamoconcha, 282: 324. duncombei, Paralaoma, 286: 54. duncombensis, Penescosta, 286: 58. duona, Hedleyoconcha, 225: 13. Dupucharopa, 215: 332. duritas, Ennucula, 179: 202. Duritropis, 282: 301. Dyraspis, 300: 20. dyspetes, Baryspira 1553 341. Behonitor, 223: 27. Echotrida, 188: 48 & 58. Kelipsena, 225: 11 & 14. eclogaria, Ponderisepia, 137: 239. Eclogarina, 188: 56 & 59. Eclogavena, 171: 84. Ectosinum, 179: 216. Edentiplica, 244: 362. edgari, Macoma, 53: 489. editior, Pseudocharopa, 282: 316. edna, Dolopupina wilcoxi, 251: 332. edwardi, Palaina, 282: 306. effossa, Pedinogyra, 225: 16. egenora, Opularca tenella, 244: 269. Egestula, 53: 481. Egilodonta, 215: 328. Egilomen, 215: 328. Elachorbis, 53: 443. electilis, Deltachion, 169: 399. Electomactra, 169: 400. elegans, Craspedoplax, 128: 97. elegans, Glumebra, 208: 43. elegans, Planesiphon, 261: 441. Elegidion, 116: 182 & 220. elfina, Pleuroxia polypleura, 246: 55. elisa, Decorifer, 214: 259. ella, Spondylus wrightianus, 244: 378. ellana, Parcanassa, 207: 322. Ellarion, 268: 66. Ellatrivia, 179: 221. ellea, Glyptamoda, 277: 220. ellochena, Mimachlamys, 244: 349. Ellsiphon, 261: 437 & 438. elsa, Pedinogyra rotabilis, 225: 17. Hlsothera, 188: 53 & 59. Eltopera, 244: 372 & 377. elusa, Plicatula essingtonensis, 179: 206. Emblanda, 321: 81. emblema, Notocypraea 179: 220. embra, Palaina, 282: 307. Embrikena, 221: 406 & 407. emendata, Minolia pulcherrima, 116: 182 & 229. Emiralena, 268: 84. Emozamia, 163: 185. (Alocospira), (bicolor), Enatimene, 163: 185. endela, Evenaria coffea, 250: 314. EKEndemoconus, 179: 225. enigma, Katelysia, 207: 278. enigma, Pettancylus, 277: 229. enigma, Setogibba, 268: 91. Knigmonia, 70: 28 & 81. Enixotrophon, 163: 185. Ennucula, 179: 202. enopa, Macroschisma, 261: 430. Enzinopsis, 261: 434. epenus, Pettancylus, 277: 229. Epicodakia, 169: 390. epicropa, Lenameria, 283: 121. Hpidirella, 179: 226. Epidirona, 179: 225. Epinicium, 246: 43. episema, Zoila, 250: 300. epitheca, Pinctada, 244: 336. epitheca, Spectamen, 163: 168. Hpitrisis, 244: 270. Eptoleda, 244: 239. Equichlamys, 163: 162. Eratoena, 201: 97. erecta, Aspalima idonea, 163: 160. Ergalatax, 179: 231. errans, Perbullina, 155: 350. esau, Semotrachia, 223: 38. EKscalima, 163: 165. escensa, Cinnalepeta, 160: 275. esculenta, Corbiculina, 277: 194. esperantia, Bothriembryon, 246: 21. Hstea, 53: 451. Hstellacar, 244: 288. Estopupina, 215: 297. ethica, Veremolpa, 169: 397. Ethminolia, 116: 182 & 228. Ettemona, 268: 56. Kuadnita, 268: 62. EKucharilda, 163: 187. EKucrassatella, 116: 181 & 202. eudora, Cellana, 261: 433. Kudoxoplax, 62: 94 & 99. Eugemmula, 179: 226. euglypta, Mathildona, 163: 186. Eularina, 277: 199. Eumarcia, 116: 182 & 211. eumelas, Mestosiphon, 261: 439. EKuolor, 66: 117. eupesum, Sinumelon, 223: 465. EKuporoplax, 114: 282. Euretoplax, 114: 282. euschema, Xenotrophon, 163: 184. EKuthrena, 70: 28 & 34. evada, Imputegla, 282: 333. evecta, Bractechlamys, 244: 367. Evenaria, 171: 81 & 82. eventus, Bothriembryon leeuwinensis, 246: 25. exaggeratus, 114: 284. Autochiton virgatus, TOM IREDALE exasperata, Rhyssoplax, 32: 41. EXxcellaoma, 215: 315. excellens, Calliotrochus, 214: 246. excellens, Rhyssoplax, 131: 181. excellens, Spurlingia, 225: 25. Excellichlamys, 244: 366. excelsa, Trivellona, 179: 221. excelsior, Aptenodytes, 199: 101. excelsior, Pseudovertagus, 171: 78. excentrica, Montfortia, 160: 269. excentrica, Toralimysia, 207: 273. exclusus, Expocystis, 267: 4. excultus, Fautor, 179: 208. exedra, Varohadra curtisiana, 188: 45. exhibita, Parotia lawesi, 296: 162. exiguus, Pseudocyclotus, 268: 57. EXxxilibadistes, 188: 52 & 58. Exiliberus, 272: 126. Exiligada, 246: 68. exilis, Grampidelphis, 187: 32. Eximiorhagada, 188: 51 & 58. Eximiothracia, 116: 181 & 199. Exitopinna, 244: 315. Exocholeda, 244: 241. Eyxodiberus, 244: 417. Exosiperna, 163: 166. expeditionis, Santacharis hullianus, VAG" 77: experta, Westralaoma, 246: 37. expicta, Westralaoma, 246: 37. EXxpocystis, 225: 4. exposita, Coxielladda, 277: 211. exposita, Vicimitra, 207: 320. expositum, Sinumelon, 223: 48. exquisita, Charopa (Discocharopa), SUC moor exquisita, Palamharpa, 179: 230. exquisitus, Ischnochiton kermadecen- sis, 32: 36. exsul, Phenacovolva, 201: 104. extensior, Rhynchotrochus macgilli- Viayl, zona OZ: extensum, Meracomelon subloriolia- Faob enh, Parqayo By-4 extra, Allenella belli, 282: 312. extra, Caryodes dufresnii, 225: 15. extra, Notoplax, 128: 94. extra, Tucetona amboinensis, 244: 302. extranea, Pardosinia alma, 214: 241. extraneus, Rhynchotrochus, 268: 78. extraneus, Torvamurex, 207: 324. extrema, Palmadusta clandestina, 250: 316. exulta, Anadara, 244: 278. exulta, Perirhoe, 179: 224. faber, Leptopoma nitidum, 268: 56. fabia, Acutiscala, 207: 298. facetus, Apollon, 207: 309. facifer, Purperosa, 201: 119. facilis, Notoplax, 180: 68. fairchildi Terenochiton, 162: 79. Fallartemis, 171: 75. Famarinia, 188: 56 & 59. famigerator, Chlamys, 119: 248 & 252. Fantema, 268: 61. Fanulena, 286: 62. Fanulum, 30: 372. fastidiosa, Cylindromitra, 160: 287. Fastimysia, 160: 2:64. Fastosarion, 188: 37 & 57. Fatulabia, 223: 51. Fautor, 116: 182 & 230. Pax, 119: 249 & 262) Fectola, 53: 481. Feldestea, 321: 81. ferelegans, Dominamaria, 268: 58. ferescabra, Ctenoides, 244: 390. feriarum, Sphaerospira fraseri, 225: 28. Fermepalaina, 286: 50. ferrosa, Parrhagada, 246: 65. fifensis, Amenixesta, 268: 69. Figuladra, 188: 45 & 58. findera, Varohadra, 225: 31. Findomelon, 223: 33. finitinum, Sinumelon, 237: 104. finkeana, Corbiculina, 277: 193. finlayi, Xenogalea, 143: 342. firmatum, Epinicium restifer, 246: 43. Fiscisepia, 137: 239. flagrans, Dipnelix pertricosa, 223: 23. Flammulops, 215: 319. flata, Plotiopsis, 283: 117. flavescens, Tribocystis, 282: 324. flavida, Laomopa, 286: 55. Flavomala, 207: 283. fleckeri, Quaesithyria, 277: 191. flindersi, Poroleda, 163: 159. Flodacna, 214: 238 & 261. Floraconus, 171: 80. Florisarka, 207: 283. Fluctiger, 116: 182 & 209. fluctuans, Derstolida, 201: 121. Fluviolanatus, 116: 181 & 196. Fluviorissoina, 282: 332. formalis, Allenella, 282: 311. formalis, Lenameria, 283: 121. Forolepas, 261: 481. Forsancylus, 283: 126. Forskalena, 70: 31. forsteri, Sauropatis sanctus, 27: 429. torsythi, Nannoscutum, 214: 244. fortasse, Varohadra volgiola, 188: 46. fortilirata, Duritropis, 286: 48. fortior, Notoplax brookesi, 180: 66. fortior, Spondylus pacificus, 244: 377. fortunata, Mabellarca, 244: 265. fossa, Veletuceta, 179: 203. Fossatrivia, 179: 221 & 222. Fractolatirus, 207: 317. francesae, Distorsio, 179: 213. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 235i francesae, Laciolina, 214: 242. fraterna, Separatista, 207: 293. traternus, Dolapex, 286: 64. fregata, Rectacirsa, 207: 305. Frenamya, 169: 387. fressa, Architectonica 207: 325: Fretidelphis, 195: 65. frigidula, Ringiculadda semisculpta, 207: 332. frigidulum, Cymatium MGSr 1. fringilla, Austrochloritis, 237: 94. fringilla, Sphaerospira informis, 225: 28. froggatti, Lortiella, 196: 71. froggatti, Murphitella, 188: 49. froggatti, Necvidena, 268: 73. fructuosus, Acteon, 207: 330. Frustropa, 286: 58. fulgida, Cristigibba, 268: 89. Gabinarca, 244: 285. Gabrielona, 64: 327. Gadinalea, 261: 437. gaimardi, Cymatiella, 163: 176. gaimardi, Tellina, 53: 489. Galadistes, 237: 85. Galfridus, 116: 183 & 271. Gallodema, 268: 92.— Gantomia, 246: 55. Gatliffena, 163: 186. gatta, Rhagada, 246: 60. gavena, Mimachlamys, 244: 351. gavisa, Bentosites, 188: 44. gaza, Baryspira fusiformis, 116: 183 & 261. Gazameda, 116: 183 & 247. gelida, Glacilimnea, 277: 214. gelida, Paralaoma, 264: 264. Gemellima, 163: 166. gemellus, Glyptosepia, 132: 192. gemina, Austrolima nimbifer, 163: 165. Geminataxum, 207: 291. Geminoropa, 188: 53 & 59. Gemitelix, 268: 87. Gemixystus, 163: 185. gemma, Neotrigonia, 116: 181 & 193. gemma, Spurlingia, 225: 25. Gemmoliva, 116: 183 & 259. gemonia, Pristipagia, 207: 281. Genaxinus, 169: 392. generos, Callistelasma, 118: 353. generosus, Cyphonochelus, 207: 325. genetivum, Xanthomelon, 237: 102. genista, Solitosepia, 317: 66. Gennaeosinum, 160: 279. genticus, Colus, 207: 316. genuina, Eucrassatella, 207: 271. Geodiscus, 268: 72. gertruda, Minolops, 207: 285. perspectiva, waterhousel, Or Gilvostia, 219: 105. glaciamans, Strangesta, 237: 119. Glacidorbis, 277: 227. Glacilimnea, 277: 214. Glacipisum, 277: 197. Glauconometta, 207: 281. glauerti, Bothriembryon, 246: 29. Globarene, 160: 274. Globorhagada, 188: 52 & 58. glomerans, Torresitrachia, 237: 111. Gloreugenia, 188: 50 & 58. gloriola, Talopena, 163: 170. Gloripallium, 244: 357. Glumebra, 208: 42. Glycilima, 179: 204. Glyptamoda, 277: 220. Glyptamusium, 244: 370. Glyptanisus, 277: 224. Glyptelasma, 128: 76 & 94. pied name.) Glyptosepia, 132: 188 & 191. Glyptozaria, 116: 183 & 248. Gnarosophia, 188: 46 & 58. gnoma, Pernastela, 282: 322. Godfreyena, 192: 58. godfreyi, Sinumelon, 188: 52. Goldielix, 268: 87. Gonobaudinia, 188: 55 & 59. Gouldiopa, 116: 182 & 209. gowerensis, Monterissa, 282: 301. goweri, Charopinesta, 282: 322. goweri, Paralaoma, 282: 310. Goweroconcha, 282: 318. gracilis, Pupidrobia, 282: 332. gradiva, Saxostrea, 244: 400. Grampidelphis, 187: 31. Grandaxinaea, 179: 202. grandiculus, Colus novaehollandiae, 116: 183 & 267. grandiosa, Architectonica, 179: 228. granosula, Melosidula, 207: 328. granti, Acanthisitta chloris, 27: 432. grantianus, Bothriembryon rhodosto mus, 246: 21. Granulomelon, 188: 51 & 58. Graphicomassa, 160: 289. grata, Melloconcha, 282: 323. Gratiadusta, 171: 82. Gratilaoma, 246: 38. grayi, Eos, 56: 46. gregarius, Parimalleus, 244: 343. grenningi, Bankia, 208: 37. grossi, Amoria, 146: 336. grossiana, Mimachlamys, 244: 352. Gudeoconcha, 282: 327. guilleaumei, Colpospira, 116: 183 248. gunnamatta, Epicodakia, 169: 391. Gyrodaria, 251: 234. Gyropena, 282: 321. halleyae, Varohadra, 225: 36. (Preoccu- 236 TOM IREDALE Halmatorhagada, 188: 51 & 58. Halotapoda, 207: 293. hamelini, Fragum, 300: 18. hamiltonorum, Hemiarthrum, 181: baie hammondae, Cupinota, 250: 312. Haringtonia, 66: 124. harperensis, Penescosta, 286: 57. harrisi, Monetaria, 250: 309. Hartogembryon, 188: 41 & 57. Haurakia, 53: 449. hawleyi, Hugemmula, 179: 226. hawleyi, Niotha, 207: 322. Hebesiphon, 261: 437 & 441. Hedleyella, 39: 174. hedleyi, Columbarium, 207: 316. hedleyi, Epidirona, 179: 225. hedleyi, Glacidorbis, 277: 227. hedleyi, Heteroglypta, 160: 265. hedleyi, Jeannea, 20: 220. hedleyi, Laciniorbis, 179: 209. hedleyi, Scaphella, 38: 674. hedleyi, Xenophalium, 143: 333. Helaposa, 268: 61. helga, Spurlingia, 225: 25. helicornua, Limiscala, 207: 299. helmsiana, Australbinula, 246: 8. helmsiana, Saladelos, 237: 117. helmsianus, Nitor subrugatus, 267: 3. heloris, Mazescala, 207: 296. hemesa, Aparcthyria, 277: 191. hemicilla, Pinguimacoma, 207: 282. Hemipuffinus, 28: 20. Henga, 268: 81. herbertena, Amplirhagada, 246: 66. herberti, Glyptorhagada, 223: 53. Herewardia, 321: 81. hermanni, Talostolida subteres, 250: pluie hesitata, Cypraea, 61: 93. hesperus, Glyptanisus, 277: 226. Heterorissoa, 20: 221. hilaris, Ensiculus, 207: 284. hilda, Cupinota macula, 250: 312. Hildapina,.251: 232. historia, Stenochiton longicymba, 114: 285. Hombronula, 268: 84. Howearion, 282: 329. howeinsulae, Opinorelia, 282: 302. howeinsulae, Palaina, 282: 306. howelli, Conus, 163: 182. howelli, Umbilia (hesitata), 179: 220. howensis, Cellana, 261: 432. *howensis, Lyria, 261: 435. howensis, Lyria deliciosa, 220: 129. howensis, Pernastela, 282: 322. howensis, Quantulopinna delsa, 244: 311. howensis, Sanhaliotis, 160: 270. howensis, Scutus, 261: 429. howensis, Veletuceta fringilla, 244: 299. howensis, Veristoa, 214. 254. hubbardi, Imparilarca, 160: 263. hubbardi, Standella, 160: 268. hubbardi, Varohadra, 225: 36. hulliana, Crumenasepia, 137: 239. hullianus, Bothriembryon rhodosto- mus, 246, 20. hullianus, Chiton, 10: 103. hullianus, Santacharis, 149: 77. humoricola, Gnarosophia, 225: 26. Hunsteinia, 268: 71. hunteri, Cymbiolista, 179: 223. Huonodon, 286: 56. Hydatoria, 207: 334. hydropica, Notocorbula, 169: 405. Hypocassis, 143: 329. Hyporallus, 133: 76. Hyridunio, 196: 68. Tcuncula, 116: 183 & 251. Idamera, 246: 71. Idasola, 55: 340. idenus, Glyptanisus, 277: 226. idesa, Negopenia leucostoma, 268: 55. idonea, Segnitila, 283: 125. idoneus, Opposirius, 179: 210. ignara, Tenuigada, 246: 68. illecebrosus, Scaphander, 119: 249 & 269. illepida, Scaeoleda crassa, 163: 158. Illonesta, 268: 92. illustris, Claraxis, 207: 327. illusus, Plocamotis, 261: 436. imitator, Hudoxochiton, 32: 30. imitator, Hedleyella falconeri, 188: 38. immeritus, Amapileus, 160: 275. immunitus, Torvamurex denudatus, 207: 324. Imparilarea, 160: 263. impasta, Veletuceta, 244: 298. impedita, Lutraria (Lutromactra), 160: 268. imperator, Pseudocharopa, 282: 316. imperita, Clivipollia, 155: 347. impletum, Sinumelon, 223: 44. importunus, Pettancylus, 277: 228. improbulum, Haliotis naevosum, 116: 182 & 222. Imputegla, 215: 305. incallida, Hadra webbi, 188: 43. incerta, Monilea, 20: 226. incredula, Clamturris, 179: 226. * Originally described as Lyria deliciosa howensis in 1937, this taxon was later (1940) redescribed (by oversight) as a new full species. McMICHAEL increta, Westraltrachia, 246: 51. Indacar, 244: 261. indictus, Bothriembryon barretti, 246: 36. Inequarista, 182: 37. infra, Botulopa silicula, 244: 415. inimica, Norfolcioconcha norfolkensis, 206: 517. injectum, Leptopoma, 268: 56. injussa, Solatisonax, 179: 229. innesi, Limborelia, 282: 302. innesi, Paralaoma, 282: 310. Innesoconcha, 282: 325. innocuus, Parellsiphon, 261: 439. innominata, Kerguelenia, 53: 478. innominatus, Marseniopsis, 207: 313. innominatus, Strigops habroptilus, 21: 427. inopinata, Distugonia, 207: 283. inquisitor, Penepatella, 160: 276. insignita, Lyria, 261: 435. inspecta, Aparcthyria, 277: 192. insperata, Xenogalea, 143: 349. instar, Chlamys, 119: 248 & 251. instigans, Lithophaga laevigata, 244: 422. instigata, Legrandia, 277: 230. instructa, Charonia euclia, 163: 172. insuetus, Mysticarion leucospira, 267: i. insularum, Nitor kreffti, 225: 3. Insullaoma, 223: 19. intensa, Cralopa, 264: 269. intensum, Pedum pedum, 244: 341. intercisum, Gennaeosinum, 179: 217. interjecta, Xesta, 268: 68. interjectus, Eudyptes serresianus, 80: Lai interna, Glyptamoda aliciae, 283: 123. interna, Neveritis, 275: 65. interpositum, Xanthomelon, 237: 101. *interpres, Typhis philippensis, 116: 183 & 272. interrupta, Letitia, 268: 79. interserta, Rugoshyria, 196: 72. intervenens, Galadistes, 237: 85. intervenens, Tucetilla capricornea, 244: 301. intraurea, Penepatella, 160: 276. intricata, Malleoperna, 244: 324. intricatum, Discomelon, 237: 89. intricatus, Velesunio balonnensis, 196: 60. inusitata, Streptopinna saccata, 146: 338. iota, Acar, 244: 263. Iotula, 264: 264. Ipserronea, 201: 181. irvineanus, Bothriembryon, 246: 24. and WHITLEY 237 isolata, Austrosuccinea contenta, 246: Loe Isolimea, 163: 166. isomeres, Minnivola, 244: 364. isomeres, Monetaria, 250: 309. Issena, 99: 197 & 225. Jacksonena, 225: 22. jacksoni, Alathyria, 196: 64. jacksoni, Bothriembryon, 246: 31. jacksoni, Exiliberus, 275: 126. jacksoni, Varohadra oconnellensis, 188: 45. jacksoniana, Hedleyella _ falconeri, 188: 38. jacobiscala, Solvaclathrus, 207: 299. Jactellina, 160: 266. Japeuthria, 70: 28 & 34. Jardinella, 229: 67. Jeannea, 20: 220. johnstoni, Oreomava, 188: 54. jourdaini, Phalaropus fulicarius, 88: 8 Jukesena, 47: 299. jurata, Anadara, 244: 280. Juxtamusium, 244: 368. kalgum, Sinumelon, 246: 53. Kamaileda, 244: 241. Kannaropa, 215: 328. katha, Opponaria microdon, 250: 312. Kathadena, 268: 82. katherina, Benthastalena, 207: 285. kelea, Cirsotrema, 171: 87. kempi, Rhipidura flabellifera, 27: 441. Kendallena, 268: 73. kennethi, Epicodakia, 207: 273. keppelensis, Varohadra, 225: 33. kerma, Acar dubia, 244: 262. kermadecensis, Conus, 20: 227. kermadecensis, Ischnochiton, 32: 35 kermadecensis, Prosthemadera novae- seelandiae, 42: 113. kermadecensis, Roya, 20: 218. Kermarion, 282: 329. Kermodon, 286: 56. kesteveni, Bellastraea, 116: 232. kesteveni, Tatea, 277: 205. Kieconcha, 30: 373. Kimboraga, 188: 50 & 58. kirkpatricki, Pickworthia, 65: 332. koolanensis, Parrhagada, 246: 65. Korovina, 70: 28 & 31. kosciusko, Glacipisum, 277: 197. kuzira, Grampidelphis, 187: 34. labyrintha, Melaxinaea, 171: 73. lacertina, Saladelos commixta, 188: 48. Laciolina, 214: 241. lactarius, Stilapex, 119: 249 & 270. 182 & * Also written as T. [meccoyi] interpres, p. 272. 238 TOM IREDALE Lactemiles, 179: 206. lacusedes, Sphaerinova, 277: 195. Lacustrelix, 223: 39. Laetifautor, 160: 271. lamyi, Trisidos yongei, 244: 272. lana, Solitosepia, 317: 66. Lanilda, 244: 372 & 3738. Laomavix, 188: 53 & 59. Laomopa, 286: 55. Larapintembryon, 188: 41 & 57. Largisipho, 163: 182. laseroni, Arizelostoma, 207: 318. laseroni, Lyreneta, 220: 128. laseroni, Omphalorissa, 215: 291. laseroni, Pellamora, 277: 206. laseronorum, Torinista, 207: 327. Laskeya, 70: 28 & 30. laterosa, Vitracar, 244: 264. latior, Bentosites blomfieldi, 188: 45. latior, Themapupa ischna, 223: 18. Lavesopus, 160: 289. laxior, Metasepia pfefferi, 137: 240. legitima, Xenuroturris, 160: 285. Legosiphon, 261: 437 & 440 leguleja, Venericardia excelsior, 119: 248 & 255. lemma, Chrysame, 155. 343. lena, Pernagera, 246: 40. Lenameria, 277: 215. lenella, Palangerosa cylindrica, 250: ici lennum, Sinumelon, 246: 54. lentulus, Mestosiphon, 261: 439. lenullus, Globarene cidaris, 160: 274. leonatus, Pygmanisus, 277: 224. Leporiconus, 171: 79. Leporicypraea, 171: 83. Leporimetis, 171: 74. Lepsiella, 20: 223. lesueuri, Cymatiella, 163: 175. Letitia, 268: 78. Letomola, 264: 267. Levicoplax, 118: 349. levicostulata, Palaina, 282: 305. levifida, Berylsma 249 & 261. levigata, Schismope brevis, 3: 381. levitata, Austropteria, 244: 331. lidgbirdense, Tornelasmias, 282: 308. lidgbirdensis, Paralaoma, 282: 311. Lidgbirdia, 282: 315 & 316. liliana, Solitosepia, 132: 188. liliana, Tellina, 53: 488. lilimera, Peplimnea, 277: 212. limata, Arctosepia, 132: 193. Limborelia, 282: 301. Limulatys, 207: 328. lindea, Spondylus, 244: 376. Liotella, 53: 442. Liotiaxis, 207: 326. liratellus, Terenochiton, 118: 342. (grandis), 119: Lironoba, 53: 450. Lisprelia, 268: 85. Lissotesta, 53: 442. Litabella, 268: 62. litoralis, Melaxinaea, 179: 203. litoreus, Parachiton, 118: 344. Litozamia, 163: 185. livingstonei, Anadara, 149: 74. lixa, Obstopalia, 207: 299 . Loboptiloris, 296: 163. Lodderena, 116: 182 & 233. longior, Erronea caurica, 201: 130. longmani, Transtrafer, 160: 290. Lopupina, 215: 297. Loringella, 163: 160. Lortiella, 196: 70. Lovellona, 64: 322 & 329. lowanna, Rugoshyria depressa, 279. 91. : - luana, Mesocibota, 244: 295. lubricum, Xanthomelon genetivum 200: 102. Lucerapex, 207: 320. lucia, Palaina, 282: 307. lucrativa, Xenogalea, 143: 341. luculenta, Natica, 163: 179. ludia, Isidorella brazieri, 283: 124 Luinarion, 188: 38 & 57. Luinodiscus, 215: 331. Lullicola, 268: 82. lumholtzi, Sminthopsis, 195: 11. luminosa, Icoplax, 118: 349. Lutilodix, 286: 63. Lutromactra, 160: 268. Lyreneta, 220: 128. Mabellarca, 244: 264. macandrewi, Mesembrisepia, 132: 191 macandrewi, Notoplax, 128: 92. macandrewi, Pseudomalaxis, 16: 254. maccullochi, Austropteria, 244: 331. maccullochi, Erosaria, 250: 306. macgillivrayana, Charopa, 30: 379. macgregori, Quimalea pomum, 179: 215. macilenta, Glyptosepia, 132: 192. mackayi, Spatiolabia, 268: 90. macleani, Cyanoramphus_ auriceps, 27: 426. Macneillena, 167: 175. macneilli, Varohadra, 225: 31. macrina, Murdochella, 207: 302 . Magaleda, 163: 158. magerrones, Erronea, 250: 322. Magilaoma, 215: 317. Magitrachia, 268: 91. Magnavicula, 244: 331. magnidicum, Xanthomelon pachysty- lum, 237: 101. mdgnificens, Glycymeris, 163: 161. majuscula, Isidorella, 277: 223. Malandena, 188: 56 & 59. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 239 Malleoperna, 244: 323. Mallorisiphon, 261: 437 & 440. manifesta, Diminovula, 207: 313. manifesta, Philippia, 179: 229. mannensis, Semotrachia basedowi, Baek Oil. maoriana, Herodias alba, 27: 404. maorianus, Botaurus _ poiciloptilus, isan 16: maorianus, Ischnochiton, 32: 36. maorianus, Mytilus, 53: 484. Maorichiton, 32: 32. Maorigerygone, 27: 437. mara, Erosaria eburnea, 250: 308. marcia, Evenaria ursellus, 250: 314. margaretae, Ficus, 179: 216. Margovula, 201: 103. maria, Letitia, 268: 79. mariei, Elasmias, 282: 308. Marikellia, 207: 274. Marinauris, 146: 334. Maripythia, 207: 328. maroubra, Corbiculina, 277: 194. marrineri, Myiomoira macrocephala, Ls 400. marshalli, Opopsitta, 290: 1. marshalli, Sinumelon, 237: 104. marshalli, Siphonorbis, 70: 38. martyr, Dannevigena, 207: 303. marza, Ellsiphon, 261: 438. materna, Proxichione, 155: 339. Mathewsena, 41: 82. mathewsi, Cinclorhamphus rufescens, p91 & 98. Mathewsia, 14: 47. Mathewsiella, 95: 39. Mathildona, 163: 186. mattea, Varohadra incei, 188: 46. matthewsi, Plaxiphora, 10: 99. matthewsi, Tegulaplax, 131: 172. maugeana, Escalima murrayi, 166. maugeanus, Sypharochiton, 62: 94 & 114. maugeanus, Tursiops, 195: 68. mawlei, Callistochiton, 62: 94 & 113. mawlei, Ischnochiton (Anisoradsia), 62: 94 & 108. mawlei, Poneroplax, 131: 167. mawsoni, Pleuroxia, 223: 48. Mayena, 64: 322 & 324. mayi, Pronucula, 169: 384. Mazastele, 207: 286. Mazescala, 207: 296. mckeowni, Velesunio, 279: 88. Mecyntera, 268: 73. medioximus, Nitor, 267: 3. Medistoma, 268: 74. megalotis, Notomys, 195: 84. melamans, Perirhoe, 155: 341, Melavitrina, 188: 40 & 57. 163: Melaxinaea, 171: 73. melculus, Marinauris, 146: melica, Annachlamys, 244: Melicerona, 171: 83. Meliobba, 252: 240. melior, Bullinula, 155: 350. mella, Circlimopa woodwardi, 244: 245. mella, Torresiropa, 188: 54. mellila, Parvacmea illibrata, 116: 185 & 242. Melliteryx, 116: 182 & 207. Melloconcha, 282: 323. Melocystis, 225: 5. Melosidula, 207: 328. Melostrachias 2a7 2) 21s melwardi, Nivigena, 171: 84. melwardi, Sepiella, 317: 78. Memonella, 268: 58. memorata, Mendicula, 116: 182 & 206. mena, Australpera, 279: 95. Menathais, 214: 256. menda, Vacerra demissa, 116: 182 & 221. Mendicula, 116: 182 & 206. mendicus, Tropidorbis, 207: 294. meraca, Goldielix, 268: 87. Meracomelon, 188: 52 & 58. meracus, Sirius, 207: 292. merces, Triviella, 116: 183 & 257. Merelina, 53: 449. meridiana, Cryptoplax iredalei, 128: 106. Meridolum, 188: 47 & 58. Meridosinia, 169: 394. merista, Gratiadusta 318. Meropesta, 160: 268 & 269. Mesembrisepia, 132: 188 & 190. Mesericusa, 163: 181. Mesocarbo, 27: 415. Mesocibota, 244: 295. Mesoclanculus, 116: 182 & 224. Mesopeplum, 163: 162. messeli, Nausitoria, 182: 37. mestayerae, Fusus, 53: 466. mestayerae, Parachiton, 32: 27. Mestosiphon, 261: 437 & 439. metaurus, Glyptanisus, 277: 225. metavona, Erosaria, 201: 117. metonomazus, Maorichiton, 181: 126. metuenda, Austrochloritis, 237: 94. Micantapex, 207: 319. Micardista, 188: 47 & 58. michaelis, Arenimitra, 160: 286. michaelis, Miratacar wendti, 244: 266. dod. 359. walkeri, 250: Microcucullaea, 163: 159. Micronomus, 195: 100. Microsveltia, 119: 249 & 265. Microzalias, 52: 597. mighelsi, Lienardia, 63: 216, 240 TOM IREDALE milligani, Ischnochiton, 62: 94 & 109. Milligaretta, 207: 282. Mimachlamys, 163: 162. Mimarcaria, 244: 267. Mimelenchus, 116: 182 & 232. mimicum, Propesinum (umbilicatum), 116: 183 & 256. mimika, Rhagada, 246: 61. mimula, Notoacmea mixta, 116: 182 & 235. mimulus, Barbatirus, 244: 260. Minacispira, 268: 91. Minnivola, 244: 363. Minolops, 163: 169. Minopa, 116: 182 & 226. minora, Acutiscala, 207: 297. minusculum, Propesinum umbilica- tum, 116: 183 & 256. minusculum, Xanthomelon, 237: 102. minutalis, Zygonoleda corbuloides, 244: 239. minutissima, Modiolarca, 3: 387. mirabilis, Sherbornia, 65: 331. miranda, Annacharis, 282: 324. Miratacar, 244: 266. Miridas, 244: 425. mirificus, Legosiphon, 261: 440. Miselaoma, 188: 53 & 58. miserabilis, Flammulina, 30: 388. misima, Violenga, 268: 81. Missioclivus, 268: 65. missus, Neonectris griseus, 52: 603. Mistarion, 268: 66. mistura, Redicirce, 207: 276. mita, Amenixesta, 268: 69. mita, Goldielix, 268: 88. mitifica, Gnarasophia, 188: 46. Mitropifex, 155: 346. mixta, Plaxiphora (Maorichiton), 32: 28%), Mocella, 53: 481. moderata, Antigona lamellaris, 169: 395. modica, Mutalena, 283: 122. Modonitor, 225: 3. molesta, Coxiella, 277: 211. molimen, Placamen placidum, 1i9: 248 & 256. molleri, Relegamoria, 207: 314. molleri, Scaeofax, 179: 231. molleri, Thelxinovum, 179: 220. Molmerope, 268: 84. monetoides, Monetaria, 250: 309. Monitilora, 169: 390. monstrans, Purperosa tacifer, 201: 120. monta, Pseudocharopa imperator, 282: 316. montagueana, Eulima, 38: 672. montana, Isidorella, 277: 224. montebelloensis, Subularia, 38: 673. Monterissa, 282: 301. Montfortista, 160: 269. Montfortula, 53: 433 & 435. monticola, Pernagera, 267: 1. monticola, Rhynchotrochus, 268: 77. monticola, Rugoshyria depressa, 196: 72. monticola, Torresitrachia, 246: 48. monticulus, Hebesiphon, 261: 441. Montidelos, 275: 68. moola, Isidorella, 277: 223. morata, Trozena, 237: 111. morbida, Simlimnea, 283: 119. mortenseni, Hadra, 160: 292. morti, Alathyria, 279: 89. morti, Laciniorbis, 179: 209. morti, Talopia, 155: 339. moseleyi, Eudyptes serresianus, 80: 11. . -moturina, Letitia, 268: 79. Mucrosquama, 131: 169 & 182. Mulathena, 188: 53 & 59. Mulinarca, 244: 287. mulinus, Legosiphon, 261: 437. multivillosa, Area, 244: 255. mulveyana, Obex, 119: 249 & 259. Municeps, 268: 85. munita, Dolichoschisma 261: 431. munitus, Dentarene, 160: 274. Murexsul, 538: 471. Murphitella, 188: 49 & 58. murphyi, Phoebetria palpebrata, 80: 50. producta, musga, Pleuroxia, 223: 50. Mussonena, 237: 95. mussoni, Corbiculina, 277: 194. Mussonula, 225: 13. Mutalena, 283: 121. mutanda, Circlimopa woodwardi, 244: 243. mutuum, Sinumelon lennum, 246: 54. Myapalmula, 244: 417. Mystaponda, 171: 88. mystica, Cryptoplax, 128: 104. Mysticarion, 267: 7. mysticus, Rhynchotrochus, Mystivagor, 282: 317. Naccula, 116: 182 & 238. nambucca, Austrochloritis, 268: 64. Namoitena, 188: 49 & 58. nancena, Palaina, 286: 50. Nancibella, 286: 62. nanna, Pedinogyra, 225: 16. Nannamoria, 163: 181. Nannocassis, 143: 328. Nannochloritis, 237: 94. Nannomactra, 169: 400. Nannoscutum, 214: 244. Narvaliscala, 207: 301. nashi, Erosaria, 179: 219. 268: 78. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 241 nashi, Xenogalea, 179: 214. natalis, Reynellona, 65: 333. Neclarina, 277: 199. Necopupina, 215: 297. nectarea, Phenacovolva, 171: 85. Necvidena, 268: 72. nedigna, Merodosinia, 169: 394. negata, Wallivertilea kingi, 251: 235. Negopenia, 268: 55. Negotobba, 268: 83. negriensis, Exiligada, 246: 69. Negyrina, 163: 177. nema, Disteustoma, 268: 85. Neothais, 53: 474 (Emendation of Neothias below). Neothias, 20: 223. neozelanica, Parathyasira resupina, 169: 393. neozelanicus, Modiolus, 53: 484. neptis, Goldielix, 268: 87. nereis, Talisiphon tasmanicus, 261: 442. nesa, Pyrrhula pyrrhula, 66: 122. nesana, Elsothera, 223: 24. Nesomiro, 27: 440. neta, Excellaoma, 223: 21. Nevelasta, 225: 11 & 13. Nevenulora, 169: 390... Neveritis, 237: 96. nicholsae, Palaina, 282: 305. nicholsoni, Anadara, 146: 332. nimbifer, Lima, 116: 181 & 195. nimiserrans, Erronea, 201: 130. ninguicola, Trocholaoma, 215: 317. Nivigena, 171: 84. Nivitriton, 160: 288. Noalda, 207: 334. Noctepuna, 188: 41 & 57. Nodulestea, 321: 81. nomades, Ostrea, 244: 395. norfolkensis, Cominista, 261: 435. normalis, Calliotrochus, 214: 246. normalis, Fractolatirus, 207: 317. normalis, Turrisitala, 188: 56. noscitum, Xanthomelon pachystylum, 237: 102. notatus, Bothriembryon, 246: 31. notina, Lopha hyotis, 207: 269. Notoacmea, 53: 428. Notocallista, 116: 182 & 210. Notocorbula, 169: 404. Notogibbula, 116: 182 & 226. Notolimea, 116: 181 & 194. Notomyrtea, 116: 182 & 206. Notopalena, 277: 197. Notosetia, 53: 452. Notospisula, 169: 400. Novaluna, 55: 329. . novata, Propehyridella 279: 92. novelesianus, Malleus, 179: 205. novelta, Amplirhagada, 246: 67. noverca, Promantellum, 244: 388. Nozeba, 53: 452. nubila, Holotapada, 207: 293. nubilis, Musculus, 214: 235. nubilisinus, Xesta dinawa, 268: 69. nugax, Anadara, 244: 279. numba, Pleuroxia oligopleura, 56. Numella, 116: 182 & 206. nundinalis, Austrochloritis, 275: 64. nundinalis, Sphaerinova, 277: 195. obesa, Fluviorissoina, 282: 332. Obescrobs, 321: 81. Obesitena, 277: 205. obesula, Amerianna, 277: 221. Obex, 119: 249 & 259. oblectatum, Juxtamusium, 244: 368. Oblimopa, 244: 242. obnixa, Sydaphera, 207: 318. Obrussa, 119: 249 & 269. (Preoccu- pied name.) Obrussena, 167: 175. Obsteugenia, 188: 50 & 58. Obstopalia, 207: 299. Obtellina, 169: 266. occasiuncula, Bankia, 182: 36. occidentalis, Cryptoplax striata, 128: 106. occidentalis, Glyptelasma matthewsi. 128: 95. occidentalis, Omegapilla, 246: 12. occidentalis, Pettancylus, 277: 228. Occirhenea, 188: 48 & 58. oculata, Nuculana, 119: 248 & 250. odhneri, Tucetona, 244: 303. Offachloritis, 188: 50 & 58. Offadesma, 169: 387. offlexa, Architectonica, 179: 229. oldhamiana, Xesta, 268: 68. *Oligotomus, 226: 45. (Preoccupied name. ) oliveri, Aestrelata, 2: 113. oliveri, Cantharidus, 53: 438. oliveri, Gena, 20: 226. oliveri, Hydroprogne tschegrava, 24: 242. oliveri, Onithochiton, 32: 46. oliveri, Porzanoidea plumbea, 42: 114 olivifer, Regozara, 207: 275. Ollaphon, 163: 186. olunguis, Scutus, 261: 430. Omegapilla, 215: 304. omissa, Cavatidens, 169: 391. Omphalorissa, 188: 57 & 59. nepeanensis. 246: *In publishing some MacGillivray papers, Iredale introduced this manuscript name for a genus of bats. 249 onuphria, Florisarka, 207: 283. opima, Peplimnea, 283: 118. Opimilda, 163: 187. Opinorelia, 282: 301. opiniosa, Diffalaba, 207: 290. opiniosus, Onithochiton, 181: 159. opipara, Glyptosepia, 132: 191. opiparus, Parachiton, 118: 345. oppidia, Segnitila, 277: 227. Oppletora, 229: 64. Oppomorus, 214: 258. Opponaria, 250: 312. opportuna, Propehyridella nepeanen- sis, 196: 74. Opposirius, 179: 210. opposita, Lyria, 220: 129. oppositus, Mallorisiphon, 261: 440. Opterigone, 268: 89. optivus, Legosiphon, 261: 440. Opularca, 244: 269. Orbitestella, 64: 322 & 327. orcadis, Montidelos, 275: 68. orcina, Mystaponda, 179: 220. ordessus, Glyptanisus, 277: 225. orekta, Ennucula, 244: 237. Oreokera, 188: 54 & 59. Oreomava, 188: 54 & 59. orion, Hyridunio australis, 196: 69. orion, Tepidoleda lata, 244: 240. orta, Glyptamoda, 283: 122. oryzoidea, Trivirostra, 201: 99. oscitans, Fluviorissoina, 282: 332. osmunda, Pitarina, 207: 277. Osorattis, 155: 349. ostanes, Mesembrisepia, 317: 69. ostenfeldi, Gilvostia, 219: 105. ostenfeldi, Ranella, 219: 104. ostensus, Larinopsis, 207: 287. ostentus, Modiolus, 244: 413. osullivani, Darioconus textilis, 179: 224. otagoensis, Terenochiton, 162: 77. otiolum, Canarium, 179: 212. otteri, Tibialectus, 244: 424. Ovaleda, 119: 248 & 250. Ovatipsa, 179: 219. owstoni, Cymochorea, 52: 581. pacator, Gyrineum, 179: 214. pacifica, Bulweria bulweri, 52: 607. padda, Palaina, 282: 307. pageorum, Acanthosepion, 317: 76. Pagocalear, 214: 249 & 261. Palamharpa, 179: 230. Palangerosa, 171: 81 & 82. palinodia, Xenogalea thomsoni, 179: 215. Pallidelix, 188: 47 & 58. Palmadusta, 171: 81 & 82. Palmatina, 282: 304. Pandofella, 188: 39 & 57. pansa, Heteroglypta, 160: 266. TOM IREDALE Papualbinula, 268: 63. Papuexul, 188: 41 & 57. Papulaoma, 268: 64. Papusuccinea, 268: 68. par, Pelecanopus bengalensis, 80: 94. paradisiacus, Ischnochiton tateanus, 109: 236. paradoxa, Glycilima, 179: 204. parafragile, Promantellum, 244: 386. Paralaoma, 30: 380. parallela, Sphaerospira, 225: 28. Paranectris, 165: 115. parata, Volvulella, 207: 322. Parathyasira, 169: 392. Parcanassa, 207: 322. Parcolena, 286: 63. Pardosinia, 160: 264. Parellsiphon, 261: 437 & 438. Parglogenia, 237: 99. : pargrando, Trivirostra, 201: 99. Paricoplax, 162: 87. Parimalleus, 179: 205. Parlicium, 201: 101. parludia, Isidorella brazieri, 283: 124. Parmavitrina, 225: 8. parmelas, Mestosiphon, 261: 437. Parmellops, 282: 329. Parminolia, 160: 271. parocellatus, Spondylus, 244: 376. paropsis, Collisellina, 160: 275. parpictilis, Magilaoma, 215: 317. Parpupina, 215: 296. Parrhagada, 237: 114. parsonsi, Strigops habroptilus, 427. parspeciosa, Scala, 155: 345. Particymatium, 207: 307. Partubiola, 207: 286. parunguis, Scutus, 261: 430. Parvacmea, 53: 428. parventricosa, Navicula, 244: 294 Parviperna, 244: 322 & 323. parvitas, Quadrans, 179: 207. Parvitonna, 179: 216. parvivillosa, Arca, 244: 256. parysatis, Amplisepia, 317: 71. Pasmaditta, 188: 53 & 58. passa, Anadara, 244: 279. Patellanax, 116: 183 & 239. Patrubella, 237: 95. pattinsonae, Amphidromus (Syndro- _ mus), 278: 16. paucidentata, Malleoperna, 244: 325. pauciplicatum, Comptopallium, 244: 360. pauloconvexum, Ectosinum, 179: 216. Paulodorra, 268: 74. Paulonaria, 171: 82 & 83. pavlova, Typhina, 207: 324. paytenorum, Lentillaria, 214: 240, Pecoviana, 268: 55. pf Bs McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 243 Peculator, 116: 183 & 269. pecuniosa, Glyptorhagada, 223: 54. pedasum, Sinumelon, 223: 44. Pedicamista, 188: 53 & 59. Pediculariona, 201: 101. peleum, Gennaeosinum, 160: 279. Pellamora, 277: 206. Pellasimnia, 179: 222. pellita, Gabinarca, 244: 285. Peloparion, 225: 8. pelorius, Pygmanisus, 277: 224. Pendaloma, 169: 387. penelegans, Modiolus, 244: 411. Penepatella, 160: 276. Penescosta, 282: 320. pensa, Bedeva, 261: 434. pentella, Talostolida teres, 250: 311. penthilus, Timasenus, 268: 89. Penthominea, 155: 351. penthusarus, Clypeomorus, Peplimnea, 277: 212. Pepta, 119: 249 & 266. pera, Mabellarca fortunata, 244: 266. peragrans, Annakelea, 225: 37. perana, Cellana radians, 53: 432. Perbullina, 155: 350. perca, Rhagada, oscarensis, 246: 63. percea, Spondylus, 244: 376. percea, Torquisiphon, 261: 437. percita, Tenuigada, 246: 68. percomis, Erosaria, 179: 219. perconfusa, Arabica, 201: 108. perconfusa, Leptomya, 53: 489. perconfusa, Trochinella, 214: 246. perditus, Bothriembryon, 246: 32. 160: 278. perdives, Obesitena australis, 277: 206. peregrina, Prothyasira peroniana, 169: 393 peregrina, Solitosepia rozella, 137: 238. perexigua, Parviperna, 244: 323. perficus, Saginafusus pricei, 179: 227. perfuga, Amesodesma, 169: 402. pergrandis, Embrikena, 221: 407. Periclocystis, 223: 28. periculosa, Melina, 244: 326. perillustris, Chlamys, 119: 248 & 254. periousia, Callistelasma, 118: 353. Perisserosa, 171: 84. permena, Corbiculina, 277: 194. permixta, Spatiolabia, 268: 90. Permochiton, 142: 326. permundus, Senectus, 160: 272. permuta, Sphaerospira fraseri, 225: 28. Pernagera, 188: 53 & 59. Pernastela, 282: 322. pernux, Spondylus, 244: 376. perobesus, Bothriembryon, 246: 28. Perochlora, 246: 46. 335. 176, peroniana, Adamnestia, 207: peroniana, Cymatiella, 163: peroniana, Lyria, 261: 435. peroniana, Prothyasira, 169: 393. peroniana, Scaeochlamys livida, 244: 355. peroniana, 199. peronianus, Floraconus, 179: 224. peronianus, Onustus, 163: 172. peropima, Evenaria, 250: 314. perornatum, Fragum (Ctenocardia), 160: 264. perplexa, Anxietas, 65: 334. perplexus, Eudoxochiton, 32: 29. perplicata, Scala, 155: 344. perprima, Rhagada convicta, 246: 62. perrita, Imputegla, 286: 52. perrugosa, Fanulena, 286: 63. perrutila, Pinctada, 244: 337. perryi, Cassidea, 20: 227. perscitula, Austropteria, 244: 329. perscrutanda, Paricoplax, 162: 90. perselecta, Parvitonna, 179: 216. Persikima, 214: 237. persimilis, Tigammona, 169: 396. persimilis, Veletuceta, 244: 299, re Mesericusa sowerbyi, 163: 181. perspectus, Bothriembryon rhodosto- mus, 246: 21. perspicua, Ettemona, 268: 56. persquamifer, Lima, 244: 383. persticta, Evenaria, 250: 315. pertexta, Alathyria, 196: 64. pertingens, Teredo, 182: 31. pertricosa, Dipnelix, 223: 23. pertubata, Poroleda, 116: 181 & 186. Pervicacia, 116: 183 & 262. Pervisinum, 179: 216. pescadoresi, Neonectris griseus, 52: 602. Pestomena, 268: 56. petaurista, Notarchus, 155: 351. petita, Cucullaea labiata, 244: 250. Pettancylus, 277: 228. petum, Sinumelon, 223: 44. Pexocodakia, 169: 389. Phaeorhadina, 66: 116. Phanozesta, 207: 309. pharetra, Cosa, 179: 204. Phelussa, 53: 479. Phenacovolva, 171: 85. Phintorene, 321: 81. Phrantela, 277: 202. Phrenegibba, 268: 91. Phrynelima, 163: 160. phylarchus, Cerithium, 160: 278. piabilis, Circlimopa woodwardi, 244: 245. Pickworthia, 65: 332. Thraciopsis, 116: 181 & O44 TOM IREDALE Pictoneritina, 207: 288. piger, Penescosta, 286: 58. Pillomena, 188: 54 & 59. Pilosabia, 160: 277. pindasa, Folaceiscala, 207: 301. Pingoteredo, 182: 30. Pinguimacoma, 207: 282. Pinguitellina, 149: 76. Pinnadena, 268: 84. pittensis, Palaina, 286: 50. Placamen, 119: 248 & 255. placata, Lenameria, 283: 121. Plananisus, 277: 22°. Planesiphon, 261: 437 & 441. Planilaoma, 215: 316. plankta, Glauconometta, 207: 281. plankta, 322. planorum, Allenella formalis, 282: 312. Plastiscala, 207: 302. Plebidonax, 169: 398. Plectorhagada, 188: 52 & 58. plesa, Pulcharopa, 282: 320. Plesiositagra, 84: 129. plumatilis, Mammilla, 207: 312. poculifer, Teredo (Pingoteredo), 208: Bo. polyops, Schizochiton, 138: 271. Pomiscala, 207: 303. Pompalabia, 268: 80. Ponderisepia, 35: 239. Ponembryon, 246: 16. Poneroplax, 32: 32. popula, Torinista, 207: 327. porrectus, Helicarion, 267: 6. porteri, Calthalotia, 261: 431. portus, Spurlingia, 225: 25. posita, Anadara trapezia, 244: 278. Posorites, 188: 42 & 57. Posticobia, 277: 204. postulata, Omphalorissa, 215: 291. Potiarca, 244: 284. pottsi, Nesierax, 27: 420. praecelsus, Bothriembryon, 246: 22. praefectus, Rhynchotrochus, 268: 77. praemium, Ambuscintilla, 207: 275. praemium, Reguloides humei, 56: 45. Phenacovolva, 201: praenominata, 104. praetenta, Nucula, 116: 181 & 185. Pratulum, 116: 182 & 207. Pravonitor, 225: 3. predicta, Insullaoma, 246: 38. preissiana, Notovola, 300: 19. prensa, Meiloconcha, 282: 323. pressus, Tornatellinops, 251: 233. pretena, Lenameria, 283: 120. Pretostrea, 244. 397. princeps, Innesoconcha, 282: 326. prionifer, Spondylus, 179: 205. Reticunassa mobilis, 207: -procerum, Prionovolva, 171: 85. Pristipagia, 207: 281. privigna, Ennucula, 244: 237. Proagorina, 169: 388. proba, Erronea magerrones, 250: 322. probabilis, Ethmiinolia, 116: 182 & 228. probatum, Pratu!um, 146: 333. Problancylus, 277: 229. probleema, Cerithium, 160: 278. probleema, Varohadra, 188: 46. problematica, Antetrichomya, 312: 348. problematica, Benthindsia, 207: 318. problematica, Ipserronea, 201: 132. problematica, Leiopyrga octona, 116: 182 & 226. Problitora, 179: 216. procera, Pellamora, 277: 206. Cymatium (spengleri), 163: 173. procies, Ostrea, 244: 396. proclivis, Modiolus, 244: 412. prodiga, Erosaria tomlini, 250: 307. profundior, Plastiscala morchi, 207: 303. prognata, Sermylasma, 277: 208. prolatens, Arca, 244: 257. Prolesophanta, 188: 40 & 57. Promantellum, 244: 385. Promergus, 27: 410. promptus, Parellsiphon, 261: 438. Pronesopupa, 30: 384. Propebela, 70: 28 & 32. Propefusus, 116: 183 & 268. Propeleda, 116: 181 & 186. propesimiae, Mammilla, 155: 341. Propesinum, 116: 183 & 256. Propetilus, 214: 235 & 261. Prophetilora, 171: 75. prosphora, Vicimitra, 155: 343. Prothyasira, 169: 393. protrita, Gabinarca, 244: 286. Proxichione, 155: 339. pseudanguicula, Charopa, 30: 380. pseudocorticata, Acmaea, 3: 379. pseutes, Ptychodon, 30: 378. Pterelectroma, 244: 332. Pudentiscala, 207: 299. Pugillaria, 116: 183 & 277. Pulcharopa, 282: 320. Pulchrastele, 160: 271. pulchricostatum, Vepricardium, 155: 338. Pulchritima, 160: 286. pulvillus, Modiolus, 244: 413. pumilio, Sinumelon, 223: 45. Punipagia, 169: 398. pupa, Pupidrobia, 282: 332. Pupidrobia, 282: 332. Pupiphryx, 277: 201. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 24! Purperosa, 201: 119. pusillior, Fluviorissoina, 282: 332. pusillior, Palaina macgillivrayi, 282: 305. pygmaea, Embletonia, 99: 197 & 207. pygmea, Electroma, 244: 333. Pygmanisus, 277: 224. Pygmipanda, 188: 39 & 57. Pyreneola, 70: 28 & 31. Quaesiparens, 296: 162. quaesita, Aulica, 325: 77. quaesita, Hadra bartschi, 225: 22. Quaesithyria, 277: 191. Quaestiplax, 162: 90. Qualigibba, 268: 91. : qualis, Exiligada, 246: 69. qualis, Kendallena, 268: 74. Quantonatica, 207: 311. Quantulopinna, 244: 310. quasillus, Mitropifex, 155: 346. queenslandica, Nausitora, 208: 37. queenslandicus, Distellifer, 214: 250. Quendreda, 207: 271. Queridomus, 215: 322. Questimya, 169: 389. Quibulla, 155: 349. Quidnipagus, 160: 266. Quimalea, 155: 345. quintali, Christianoconcha, 286: 55. quintali, Palmatina, 286: 49. quirindus, Xymene, 53: 471. quirites, Ostrea, 244: 396. Quirosena, 268: 89. Quistrachia, 246: 51. Quoyula, 20: 221. Rachispeculum, 188: 42 & 57. Radiacmea, 53: 427. Radiocondyla, 207: 272. Radulphus, 116: 183 & 270. Ramogenia, 237: 97. Ramosaclesia, 155: 352. raoulensis, Paralaoma, 30: 381. Ratifusus, 163: 183. Ravitrona, 171: 81 & 82. recessa, Microsveltia, 119: 249 & 265. Rectacirsa, Z07: 305. recurrens, Ergalatax, 179: 231. Redicirce, 207: 276. redimitus, Catadyptes chrysolophus, 200: 102. redita, Segnitila, 283: 126. reducta, Varohadra bayensis, 225: 34. reevei, Trisidos yongei, 244: 272. refecta, Macalia bruguieri, 171: 74. Refluharpa, 179: 230. regens, Cyclotropis, 268: 59. regesta, Sphaeroconia, 268: 55. Regiconus, 171: 79. regilla, Lucerapex casearia, 207: 320. regillus, Spondylus (tenellus), 163: 165. SE Regozara, 207: 275. reischeki, Gallirallus hectori, 28: 15. relata, Architectonica, 207: 326. relata, Exosiperna, 163: 167. Relegamoria, 207: 314. relegata, Escalima murrayi, 163: 166. reliquus, Limulatys, 207: 328. remensa, Comitileda, 163: 159. remensa, Phanozesta, 207: 309. remifer, Nototeredo, 182: 32. remissum, Sinumelon, 223: 45. remota, Scissurona rosea, 116: 182 & 215. rena, Annachlamys leopardus, 359. renola, Lenameria, 277: 215. renovata, Prosimnia, 171: 85. renovata, Sydaphera, 155: 341. renuta, Ustularca cruciata, 244: 268. renutus, Hyridunio, 196: 69. repens, Luinodiscus, 246: 42. repenta, Didimacar, 244: 289. reperta, Mutalena, 283: 121. repertus, Nautilus, 281: 295. resta, Enzinopsis, 261: 434. restifer, Epinicium, 246: 43. resupina, Parathyasira, 169: 392. reta, Palaina, 282: 306. Reticunassa, 207: 322. retracta, Sermylasma, 277: 208. revectus, Bothriembryon, 246: 33. revera, Strangesta, 275: 68. rex, Abranda, 116: 182 & 212. rex, Decorisepia, 132: 193. rex, Parimalleus, 244: 343. rex, Solamen, 116: 181 & 198. rex, Sulita serrator, 80: 77. Reynellona, 65: 333. Rhinophyllotis, 195: 92. rhoda, Arctosepia, 317: 75. richeanus, Bothriembryon, 246: 24. Richmondena, 67: 145. riddlei, Paralaoma, 223: 21. Rimulanax, 116: 182 & 218. Ringiculadda, 207: 332. Ripalania, 277: 209. Rivisessor, 277: 200. Rixa, 116: 182 & 221. Roblinella, 215: 332. rolandi, Canefriula, 268: 75. rosacea, Tribocystis, 282: 323. rosenthali, Bankia, 182: 35. roseola, Estea, 53: 453. roseola, Tellinota, 207: 281. roseomaculata, Pupa, 207: 331. Rosselidena, 268: 72. rovina, Plectorhagada, 246: 70. Roya, 20: 218. royana, Cassidea, 40: 180. royana, Cryptoplax, 128: 108. royana, Fluviorissoina, 282: 332. 244: 246 TOM IREDALE royana, Microvoluta, 116: 183 & 269. royana, Myadora, 116: 181 & 201. royana, Stiva, 116: 183 & 245. royanus, Fluctiger, 116: 182 & 209. royanus, Ptychodon, 30: 377. royanus, Radulphus, 116: 183 & 270. royanus, Teleochilus, 116: 183 & 264. royanus, Trochus, 20: 225. Royella, 20: 219. royi, Paralaoma, 282: 310. rozella, Solitosepia, 132: 190. rufescens, Rostanga, 99: 197 & 227. Rugastella, 214: 249 & 261. rugata, Palmadusta saulae, 201: 126. Rugoshyria, 196: 71. russelli, Varohadra, 225: 36. Saccoletitia, 268: 79. saccula, Potiarca pilula, 244: 284. saga, Estellacar, 244: 288. sagana, Cosa, 179: 204. Saginafusus, 179: 227. saginatum, Xanthomelon pachysty- lum; Zot) OL: salacon, Ctenamusium, 163: 164. Saladelos, 188: 48 & 58. Salaputium, 116: 182 & 204. Salebrolabis, 244: 417. Salmacoma, 160: 267. Salsipotens, 116: 182 & 230. saltata, Austropteria, 179: 205. saltator, Pronucula, 244: 238. saltatrix, Heteroglypta, 160: 266. Saltocuna, 207: 272. Samacar, 207: 268. sanctum, Leptopoma 56. sanguineus, Cnemophilus macgregori, 296: 162. Sanhaliotis, 160: 270. Santacharis, 149: 76. sarcina, Dentarene, 160: 274. satagea, Scaeoleda novaeguineensis, 244: 238. Satagembryon, 188: 41 & 57. saviolum, Mimarcaria, 244: 267. saxicola, Varohadra, 225: 34. Saxostrea, 207: 269. Scaeochlamys, 163: 162. Scaeofax, 179: 231. Scaeoleda, 163: 158. Scaeopupina, 268: 60. scazon, Savignyarca, 244: 258. schilderorum, Ponda, 246: 303. schola, Elasmias, 282: 307. Scilistylus, 268: 64. Scissurona, 116: 182 & 215. scitula, Westralaoma, 246: 37. sclateri, Chlidonias leucopareia, 80: 84. scordalus, Paratapes, 207: 279. scotti, Quibulla, 214: 258. nitidum, 268: - semota, Scrobicoplax, 162: 82. scruposum, Ataxocerithium, 207: 291. sculptus, Dentimodiolus, 244: 414. secunda, Heterorissoa, 20: 222. sedea, Ostrea, 244: 397. sedgwicki, Bothriembryon, 246: 22. sedula, Parrhagada, 246: 64. segna, Innesoconcha, 282: 326. Seilarex, 116: 183 & 246. sejunctum, Cerithium, 160: 278. selina, Quibulla, 155: 349. selwyni, Alathyria, 279: 89. sema, Charopinesta, 282: 321. semara, Corbiculina, 277: 194. Semelangulus, 116: 182 & 212. Semelartemis, 171: 76. Semilaoma, 282: 311. semilevis, Palaina macgillivrayi, 282: 304. Venericardia 119: 248 & 255. Semotrachia, 188: 51 & 58. Senectidens, 179: 204. senex, Pronesopupa, 30: 385. senticula, Austrochloritis, 237: 94. separanda, Austrochloritis, 237: 95. separata, Barbatia (pistachia), 119: 248 & 249. Sepidacna, 214: 239 & 261. sericea, Colsyrnola, 155: 348. sericea, Goodwoodoconcha castaneo- cincta, 286: 61. serlense, Sinumelon fodinale, 223: 43. Sermylasma, 277: 208. serpentinus, Bothriembryon, 246: 22. Servatrina, 244: 317. Setaliris, 169: 388. Setobaudinia, 188: Setogibba, 268: 91. Setomedea, 188: 53 & 58. shafferyi, Hedleya, 253: 2. shafferyi, Meliobba, 252: 240. shawi, Teredo, 182: 30. Sheba, 268: 89. (Preoccupied name.) Sherbornia, 65: 331. shirleyi, Lucilina, 35: 131. sidneyi, Bentosites blomfieldi, 188: 45. Sigaretornus, 207: 294. signata, Palmadusta ziczac, 250: 317. Signepupina, 215: 295. Simlimnea, 277: 2138. simplex, Lithophaga, 244: 421. simulante, Sinumelon, 237: 104. sinecosta, Paralaoma, 264: 264. sinovellus, Colus, 155: 342. sinucola, Rhynchotrochus, 268: 77. Sinumelon, 174: 119. sista, Palangerosa 321 Skeneopsis, 47: 292, (excelsior), 55 & 59. cylindrica, 250: McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 94% Smaragdista, 207: 288. Smeatonia, 268: 84. soboles, Versipella, 179: 208. sociana, Plotiopsis, 283: 117. Sodaleta, 225: 11 & 12. sodalis, Rugoshyria depressa, 196: 72. Solamen, 116: 181 & 198. Solatisonax, 179: 229. solator, Aspalima, 179: 204. Solemyarina, 179: 202. Solitosepia, 132: 188. Solivaga, 118: 351 & 354. Solmodora, 268: 84. Solmogada, 268: 84. Solmopesta, 268: 84. Solmopina, 268: 84. Solmotella, 268: 85. Solvaclathrus, 207: 299. Solvadusta, 201: 127. Somniopupa, 215: 305. sontica, Cellana, 261: 433. Sophismalepas, 116: 182 & 219. soranus, Planesiphon, 261: 441. sparsus, Potamopyrgus, 28: 113. Spatiolabia, 268: 90. spectabilis, Xenogalea, 163: 178. Spectamen, 116: 182 & 227. spectanda, Largisipho (oligostira), 1632 182. spectata, Austrolima, 163: 165. speranda, Roblinella, 223: 25. sperandus, Terenochiton, 118: 342. speranus, Glyptanisus, 277: 227. Spernachloritis, 188: 52 & 58. spernax, Virmysella, 169: 394. Sphaerinova, 277: 195. sphenorhynchus, Acanthochiton, 128: 88. Spinearca, 244: 286. Spinosipella, 169: 388. Spirancinea, 286: 53. spiriger, Peplimnea, 283: 118. Spissitydeus, 207: 329. Spondervilia, 169: 402. Sponvola, 244: 372 & 379. spurlingi, Pallidelix, 225: 37. Spurlingia, 188: 47 & 58. Stabilima, 244: 390. stabilis, Bonartemis, 160: 265. stabilis, Glyptanisus, 277: 226. stabilis, Paralaoma, 223: 20. starena, Varohadra, 225: 31. Starkeyna, 167: 175. steadi, Carbo carbo, 27: 411. Stenacapha, 188: 53 & 59. stertum, Promantellum, 244: 387. stibarochila, Brookula, 20: 220. sticta, Doridigitata, 99: 197 & 229. Stictapteryx, 133: 76. Stilapex, 119: 249 & 270, Stimulator, 280: 290. stipata, Torresitrachia, 237: 110. Stipator, 116: 182 & 233. (Preoccu- pied name.) stipator, Philippia, 179: 229. stolata, Notocorbula, 169: 405. Stomatolina, 214: 245. strangeana, Australbinula, 215: Strangesta, 188: 48 & 58. strella, Rhagada convicta, 246: 62. suavis, Charopinesta, 282: 322. suaviter, Modiolus vagina, 244: 413. Suavocallia, 188: 57 & 59. subantarcticus, Parachiton, 166: 157. subaustralis, Bactronophorus, 208: 41. subconica, Innesoconcha catletti, 282: 326. subdilecta, Nucula obliqua, 163: 158. subeudoxa, Icoplax, 166: 158. subflavescens, Notosetia, 53: 453. subfodinale, Sinumelon, 237: 104. subgloriosa, Mimachlamys, 244: 349. Subitopinna, 244: 312. subjecta, Centralhyria angasi, 67. submestus, Solitosepia, 137: 238. submissus, Peloparion, 267: 7. subnavicularis, Navicula, 244: 291. Subonoba, 53: 450. subornata, Plotiopsis, 277: 208. Subovalina, Corbiculina, 279: 93. subroseus, Acteon, 207: 330. subspeciosa, Notoplax, 128: 92. Subterenochiton, 109: 227. subtropicalis, Lepidopleurus (Tereno- ehitom)> 32: 2S: subtropicalis, Trophon, 20: 227. subviridis, Heterozona, 62: 94 & 105. Subzeidora, 116: 182 & 217. suggesta, Anadara, 244: 277. Sunemeroe, 169: 395. superflua, Sphaeroconia, 272: 54. superior, Caryodes dufresnii, 225: 15. superior, Tucetona hoylei, 244: 302. suspecta, Gabbia australis, 283: 116. suspecta, Lithophaga obesa, 244: 422. suspectum, Meracomelon meridionale, 22a: de. suspectus, Glycymeris 116: 182 & 185. Suterella, 53: 478. suteri, Chiton, 10: 100. suteri, Notoacmea, 53: 428. sutra, Rhagada, 246: 61. Sydaphera, 155: 341. Sydlorina, 169: 390. symbolica, Sydlorina, 169: 390. symbolicum, Campanile, 64: 326. symbolicum, Fragum (Ctenocardia), 160: 264, 301. 196: striatularis, 948 | TOM IREDALE symbolicus, Calliotrochus, 214: 246. Syntagma, 70: 28 & 34. tabifica, Terebra (lauretanae), 119: 249 & 268. tacita, Laeviscala, 207: 297. tacita, Stenomelania denisoniensis, 277: 209. tadena, Stabilima, 244: 390. Talabrica, 116: 181 & 204. Talisiphon, 261: 441 & 442. Talochlamys, 163: 164. Talocodakia, 207: 278. Talopena, 70: 28 & 30.. Talostolida, 179: 219. tambra, Rhagada convicta, 246: 62. tamesus, Pettancylus, 283: 127. Tarazeuxis, 207: 322. Tarocystis, 225: 4. Tasmadelos, 237: 118. Tasmadora, 277: 221. Tasmancylus, 135: 115. Tasmanembryon, 158: 41 & 57. tasmanica, Notoplax costata, 128: 93. tasmanicus, Talisiphon, 261: 441. Tasmaphena, 188: 48 & 58. Tasmeuthria, 119: 249 & 262. Tavaniotha, 207: 321. Tegillarca, 244: 281. Tegulaplax, 131: 169 & 171. Telemactra, 160: 268. Telembryon, 246: 16. Tellinota, 207: 281. Telmosena, 282: 301. temnes, Leptoconus ammiralis, 171: 80. Temporena, 188: 46 & 58. Tenpetasus, 160: 277. tensa, Stabilima, 244: 391. tentabundus, Fautor legrandi, 119: 249 & 258. Tentidonax, 169: 398. tentus, Westracystis, 246: 44. Tenuigada, 246: 68. tepida, Cymatilesta waterhousei, 207: 308. Tepidatys, 207: 329. Tepidoleda, 244: 240. Tepomusa, 268: 82. terebra, Navicula, 244: 293. terebrans, Barbatirus, 244: 260. terenda, Sphaerinova, 280: 95. Terenochiton, 32: 28. Terenolla, 160: 282. teres, Pupina, 268: 62. Teretianax, 70: 28 & 39. Teretileda, 163: 158. terma, Amplirhagada, 246: 67. terraereginae, Solemya, 160: 262. testatus, Velesunio, 279: 88. thackwayi, Anadara, 146: 332. thackwayi, Veletuceta, 179: 203. Thelxinovum, 179: 220. thema, Erronea caurica, 250: 322. thema, Peplimnea lessoni, 283: 118. Themapupa, 174: 120. themeropis, Sypharochiton, 32: 43. theoreta, Erosaria poraria, 250: 305. thepalea, Ponda carneola, 250: 303. Theskelomensor, 188: 54 & 59. Thestyleda, 163: 158. Thetagada, 246: 63. Thorista, 53: 436. Thoristella, 53: 436. thorogoodi, Varohadra, 225: 31. Thracidora, 116: 181 & 200. thrascia, Plotiopsis, 283: 117. thrasys, Mazescala, 207: 296. Thronacar, 244: Z67. Thryasona, 188: 54 & 59. Tibialectus, 244: 424. Tigammona, 169: 396. Timasenus, 268: 89. timida, Monia, 244: 404. tinarooensis, Spurlingia, 225: 24. Tolema, 163: 186. toleranda, Cylindromitra crenulata, 160: 287. Tolgachloritis, 188: 50 & 58. Toralimysia, 207: 273. Torinista, 207: 327. Tornelasmias, 282: 308. Torquisiphon, 261: 437. Torresiropa, 188: 54 & 59. Torresitrachia, 188: 55 & 59. torri, Ischnochiton, 62: 94 & 111. torva, Nannocassis, 143: 329. Torvamurex, 207: 323. townsoni, Gallirallus, 33: 29. trabeatum, Columbarium, 207: 316. Tradeustoma, 268: 86. tragena, Smaragdista, 207: 288. tragulata, Electroma, 244: 332. tragulata, Nuculana (dohrnii), 116: 181 & 185. tragulata, Pupa, 207: 331. tragulatus, Austrofusus glans, 107. Trameharpa, 179: 230. transfusa, Acritopaphia, 207: 280. transitus, Velesunio, 279: 89. Transtrafer, 160: 290. treba, Arctosepia, 317: 75. 219: tremens, Trepidatys, 207: 239. Tribocystis, 282: 323. Trichomusculus, 116: 181 & 196. Triellsiphon, 261: 437 & 439. Trigonaphera, 207: 319. tristi, Teredo (Pingoteredo), 208: 35. trita, Australbinula, 251: 234. Trivellona, 179: 221. Trochinella, 214: 246. Trocholaoma, 215: 316. McMICHAEL and WHITLEY 249 tropicalis, Austrolima, 244: 385. troughtoni, Tridacna, 149: 75. Trozena, 2387: 111. truca, Pleuroxia, 223: 49. Tucetilla, 244: 300. Tucetona, 179: 202. Tucetopsis, 244: 302. Tumegada, 246: 62. tumidula, Strangesta, 223: 55. turbator, Cellana, 261: 433. Turbolaoma, 215: 317. Turrisitala, 188: 55 & 59. turritus, Talisiphon tasmanicus, 261: 442. tympanum, Annakelea, 225: 38. ulmus, Musculus, 207: 271. ulterior, Placuna lincolnii, 312: 350. Ultiscrobs, 321: 81. ultra, Exitopinna deltodes, 244: 315. ultra, Leptopoma nitidum, 215: 294. ultra, Pedinogyra allani, 225: 16. ultra, Stenomelania denisoniensis, 277: 209. Ustularca, 244: 268. Vacerra, 116: 182 & 221. pied name.) Vaceuchelus, 160: 272. vadena, Alathyria, 279: 90. Vaferichiton, 181: 131.. vaga, Cucullaea, 169: 385. vagans, Cinnalepeta, 160: 275. vagente, Sinumelon, 246: 54. valens, Excellaoma, 223: 21. vallicola, Rhynchotrochus, 268: 78. Valvatasma, 277: 203. vanidica, Amesodesma cuneata, 169: 402. Vanitrochus, 160: 272. vappa, Salmacoma, 160: 267. Varohadra, 188: 45 & 57. Varostium, 232: 65. Varotoga, 179: 206. Vasticardium, 149: 75 & 76. vaticina, Gratiadusta, 179: 219. Velacumantus, 207: 292. Velargilla, 179: 207. Velepalaina, 215: 300. velesia, Melicerona melvilli, 250: 320. velesiana, Ancillista, 207: 314. velesiana, Solemya, 179: 201. Velesunio, 196: 59. Veletuceta, 179: 203. Venatomya, 169: 403. venta, Milligaretta, 207: 282. Ventomnestia, 207: 333. Ventopelita, 188: 55 & 59. venustopsis, Barbatiella, 244: 290. Vepricardium, 155: 338. Veprichlamys, 163: 164. verans, Gyropena, 282: 321. verax, Mussonula, 225: 13. (Preoccu- Verconella, 39: 175. verconis, Dinassovica, 214: 247. verconis, Eucrassatella kingicola, 207: 271. verconis, Peculator, 116: 183 & 269. Vercularion, 188: 38 & 57. Veremolpa, 169: 397. verepunctata, Diminovula, 171: 85. Verilarca, 244: 288. Veristoa, 214: 254. Vernotriton, 207: 308. Versipella, 179: 203. versuta, Arctosepia, 132: 194. Vertambitus, 169: 388. Vertisphaera, 169: 388. Vespadelus, 195: 95. vicaria, Notocorbula, 169: 404. Vicimitra, 155: 343. vicinalis, Rugoshyria depressa, 196: ia Victaphanta, 188: 40 & 57. victoriana, Sphaerinova, 277: 195. victorianus, Alectrion, 53: 467. Vidumelon, 188: 51 & 58. vigens, Promantellum, 244: 387. vilia, Caroletitia, 268: 80. Vimentum, 119: 248 & 254. vinnulum, Trigonostoma, 119: 249 & 263. vinolenta, Peplimnea, 277. 213. Violenga, 268: 81. Violetta, 160: 279. virilis, Deltachion, 169: 398. Virmysella, 169: 394. Virroconus, 171: 80. Visendavis, 296: 102. Vitracar, 244: 263. vocator, Palaeohelicina, 268: 53. Volachlamys, 244: 356. volaticus, Fusus bednalli, 119: 249 & 260. Volegalea, 239: 172. volgiola, Varohadra, 188: 46. Volupicuna, 207: 272. Vomanus, 53: 483. Vulgodacna, 214: 239. vulticula, Tritonocauda caudata, 207: 308. wallacei, Vanikoro, 20: 226. wallisi, Distellifer, 214: 250. Wallivertilla, 215: 303. Wallucina, 169: 390. wanda, Metasepia pfefferi, 317: 78. wardi, Pharella, 160: 269. wardi, Quaesithyria, 277: 191. wardiana, Bentosites macleayi, 188: 44, wardiana, Complicachlamys, 244: 362. wardiana, lEucrassatella cumingii, 207: 271. wardiana, Volegalea, 239: 172. 250 TOM IREDALE waterhousei, Palaina, 282: 306. wenda, Goweroconcha, 282: 319. Westracystis, 188: 56 & 59. Westralaoma, 246: 36. westralis, Arabica, 201: 108. Westralcopta, 246: 8. Westraltrachia, 188: 55 & 59. Westralunio, 196: 62. whitleyi, Bothriembryon, 246: 27. whitleyi, Fragum, 160: 264. whitleyi, Ninella, 300: 19. whitleyi, Palmadusta clandestina, 250: 316. whitleyi, Persikima, 214: 237. whitleyi, Raja, 238: 169. whitleyi, Rhyssoplax, 181: 145. whitleyanum, Acanthosepion, 132: 195: wildiana, Obesitena australis, 277: 205. wildiana, Turrisitala, 225: 11. wilsoni, Goweroconcha, 282: 319. wilsoni, Quaestiplax, 162: 90. Wombatula, 195: 35. wrightianus, Bothriembryon rhodos- tomus, 246: 21. Xenicornis, 133: 76. Xenogalea, 148: 3239. Xenophalium, 143: 333. Xenotrophon, 163: 184. Xenuroturris, 160: 285. xera, Arctosepia braggi, 317: 74. Xymene, 53: 471. yongei, Trisidos, 244: 272. Zacalantica, 160: 275. zadela, Cribraria cribraria, 250: 310. Zatrona, 58: 32. Zagmena, 268: 69. Zalipais, 53: 442. zanda, Parellsiphon, 261: 438. Zastoma, 55: 336. Zebramoria, 163: 180. Zecoturnix.) L3se. 176: zela, Charopella, 282: 320. Zella, 116: 183 & 271. Zenolina, 268: 82. Zesolemya, 244: 233. Zetemina, 268: 84. - zimara, Cymatium, 155: 345. Zyghelix, 225: 23. Zygonoleda, 244: 239. Zvygotrachia, 246: 50. WHITLEY 251 Ichthyological Notes By GILBERT P. WHITLEY, F.R.Z.S. (Contribution from the Australian Museum. ) (Migs. 1-7.) Order SELACHII. COOPERODON, gen. nov. Cooperella Gunnell, Journ. Paleont. vii, 1933, p. 291. Orthotype, C. typicalis Gunnell. Preoccupied by Cooperella Carpenter, Rept. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci. 1864 (1865), pp. 611 & 639, a genus of Mollusca. More than sixteen years ago I (Whitley, Austr. Nat. x, 1940, p. 243) pointed out that Cooperella was preoccupied, but it has not been renamed until now, when I propose Cooperodon to replace it, with Cooperodon typicalis (Gunnell, 1933) as type-species. Contact with Gunnell is no longer possible, according to Wilimovsky (Journ. Paleont. xxviii, 1954, p. 693) who brought in Gunnellodus for Idiacanthus Gunnell, preocc. Family MACQUARIIDAE. Genus PERCALATES Ramsay & Ogilby, 1887. PERCALATES COLONORUM NOVEMACULEATUS (Steindachner). (hires als) Dules novemaculeatus Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien liii, 1866, p. a2. pl, 11, ie. sPort. Jackson. The Eastern Freshwater Perch or Australian Bass is here illustrated from a photograph of a specimen from the Woy Woy district in Mr. Eric Worrell’s aquarium. This form is found in eastern New South Wales and the Snowy River waters of Victoria. Fig. 1: Australian Bass from the Woy Woy district, New South Wales. Photo, Eric Worrell. 252 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES Family PRENIDAE. Genus PRENES Gistel, 1848. PRENES ORNATUS (Cuv. & Val.). (Figure 2.) ? Chaetodon argus Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1766. p. 464. India. ? Chaetodon pairatalis Buchanan, Fish. Ganges, 1822, pp. 122 & 372, pl. xiv, fig. 41. Ganges. Scatophagus ornatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. vii, April 1831, p. 148, pl. clxxx. Amboina. Scatophagus argus Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xx, 1867, p. 59 (Cape York & Sydney). Jd. Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ii, 1878, p. 234, and of later Australian authors, also as Ephippus argus. Scatophagus tetracanthus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ii, 1878, p. 353 and Descr. Cat. Austr. Fish. i, 1881, p. 96 (Port Darwin). Not Chaetodon tetracanthus Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, p. 726, | vernac. in vol. iii, 1802, pl. xxv, fig. 2. No loc., an African species. ? Scatophagus multifasciatus var. altermans Castelnau, Proc. Linn.. Soc. N. S. Wales iii, 1878, p. 47. Norman River, Queensland. Scatophagus quadranus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 1884, p. 455. [Cardwell] Queensland. Spelt S .quadratus by authors. Scatophagus rubifrons Stoye, Tropical Fish for the Home, 1932, pl. clxv, from a trade name in aquarium journals for a fish supposedly from the Hast Indies, fide Myers, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xlix, 1936, p. 84. United with ornatus by Fraser-Brunner, Aquarist, viii, 1938, p. 72. Scatophagus argus var. rubrifrons Innes, Exotic Aquar. Fish., 1935, p. 427, coloured figs. East Indies. Desmoprenes tetracanthus Whitley, Austr. Zool. ix, 1940, p. 424 (Northern Territory, ex Macleay) and xi, 1945, p. 41 (North-west Australia). Not Chaetodon tetracanthus Lacepede. Prenes quadranus Whitley, Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales 1954-55 (1956), p. 41. This little “Scat” of the Brisbane River, a favourite with aquarists, has not been satisfactorily classified because of the uncertainty of specific limits in the genus Prenes or Scatophagus. It seems to be ornatus but whether this is the young of argus Linne (which seems doubtful) or not is uncertain. I therefore offer a description and figure of “aquarium-size”’ specimens under the above tentative identification rather than bestow a new name at this stage. Dix 162 Aviv, U5: Pelt Ce 162 Head (11 mm.) 2.4, depth (16) 1.6 in standard length (26). Hye (4.5) equals interorbital, 2.4 in head. General facies as figured. Preorbital and the narrow suborbital meeting at a shallow notch. Rudiments of the suprascapular spine and its knot are present, but other larval head-bones have disappeared. Gill- membranes united across isthmus in a free fold. Body compressed. Scales minute. Lateral line complete. Dermal part of pelvis fairly broad, tapering to near isthmus. A procumbent dorsal spine; erect dorsal spines heteracanth, the third and fourth longest (6 mm.) nearly one-third body-depth. Posterior margins of soft dorsal and anal subvertical. Pectoral and caudal rounded. Colour in alcohol mostly dark brown- except for the pectoral, caudal and soft dorsal and anal fins which are yellow or transparent, and some yellow or cream areas [? red in life] on the front of the head, and on the body below the front and rear dorsal spines and above the anal spines. Two dark brown oblique, separate bars on interorbital; an ocular band over each eye meets its fellow dorsally. Other dark markings tend to form rows of dark brown to blackish spots, as figured, with obscure outlines and faint creamy interspaces. Spinous dorsal and anal fins and soft ventral fins mostly blackish. WHITLEY 253 Described and figured from a specimen slightly over 1} inches (33 mm.) in total length. Austr. Mus. Regd. No. IB.82. Loc.—Brisbane, Queensland, Mr. A. K. Carter, (1939). Variation.—Two other Brisbane specimens (IB.79), 24 and 28 mm. long, are similar, but the body-markings tend to form five vertical bars down body and caudal peduncle, apart from the bands down the head. D. xi, 17; P. 16. Mouth barely reaching below eye. GPW. Fig. 2: Small Scat, Prenes ornatus, from Brisbane River, Queensland. Another (1IB.83), 40 mm. long, also from Brisbane, has dark brown spots on the sides over a light brown ground-colour, but the cream areas descending from the front and back dorsal spines and ascending over the anal spines still persist. Three specimens from Townsville (1B.3501), 37 to 47 mm. long, have 6 to 8 transverse rows of spots. The juvenile coloration is still present in a 51 mm. specimen (1B.535) from Grafton, N. S. Wales, but at 80 mm. the sides are spotted as in the Indian argus (1A.7970 from Noosa River, Queensland). My largest specimen of the figured form, 69 mm. long (1IA.5898), is trom Groote Eylandt, Northern Territory. This “large’ specimen has procumbent spine concealed, D. xi, 16; A. iv, 14; P. 18; head (21 mm.) 2.6 in standard length (56); depth (37) less than 2 in total length; eye (6) less than interorbital (8); mouth not reaching 2h4 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES eye. Pectoral short and rounded, caudal rounded. Chains of light-centred spots extend from back to belly in about eleven transverse rows. There are still traces of the light areas on the nape, below the front and back of the spinous dorsal, over caudal peduncle and above anal fin. Suprascapula covered with scales. Fourth dorsal spine longest, 14.5 mm. This form grows to at least 2% inches in length, or 5 inches if it be the Silver Seat of the Brisbane River mentioned by Jensen (Monthly J. Aquar. Soc. N. S. Wales, iv, Aug. 1954, p. 5). It evidently ranges from Indonesia and the Gulf of Carpentaria, down the eastern coast of Queensland to New South Wales, rarely as far south as Sydney. The form here figured from Brisbane River differs from the Tholichthys stage I figurea from Port Denison (Rec. Aust. Mus. xvi, 1928, p. 217, pl. xviii, fig. 2) in having caudal rounded, scales more numerous and in fin- formulae. I there listed references to other figures of young ‘Scatophagus.” most of which show the smaller larval and Tholichthys stages. To that list I now add:— Blanco & Villadolid (Philip. J. Fisher. i, 1951, p. 80, fig. 19) who illus-. trate a 7.5 mm. juvenile argus from Luzon, and Giltay (Mem. Mus. Roy. H. N. Belg. v, 3, 1933, p.. 69, fis. 20), a Tholichthys from Triton Bay, New Guinea. There are, however, a few illustrations of forms comparable with my Queensland ones in aquarium literature (notably Innes, 1935). I have not seen Stoye’s 1932 figure quoted by Myers, 1936. Weber’s figure (Siboga Exped. Monogr. lIvii, 1913, pl. x, fig. 5) of a 32 mm. juvenile shows large spots like adult argus and is evidently of a different species from my 33 mm. one. Thanks to Mr. J. Henry, Curator of the Macleay Museum, University ot Sydney, I have been able to examine Macleay’s specimens which were the basis of his Darwin record of ‘“Scatophagus tetracanthus,” a species nowadays known only from African waters. These fishes are conspecific with the figured Brisbane Scat. There are ten of them, fairly evenly graded from 32 to 48 mm. in total length. Dark vertical stripes extend down the sides almost to the exclusion of spots, even in the smallest . Supraorbital ridge Preorbital edge — f/ - Hind margin of Preoperculun. Suborbital Preopercular ridge = sea ~ Interoperculum Lower edge of Preoperculum Fig. 3: Head of a Chanda Perch, showing ridges and edges of bones upon which denticulations of taxonomic importance may occur. After Fraser-Brunner, WHITLEY 255 Family CHANDIDAE. (Figures 3-6.) The Chanda Perches, Percelles, Silver Spray, Doodies or Glassfishes are small, almost transparent perch-like fishes, found commonly in schools in fresh and salt water. They have been recently reviewed by Fraser-Brunner (Bull. Raffles Mus. xxv, 1954, pp. 185-213, figs. 1-4), from whose paper I have copied figure 3 which shows some of the characters used in classifying the species. They are useful as destroyers of mosquito-larvae and, in India, eat the tiny crustacean (Cyclops) which is the carrier of guinea-worm disease. Foreign species are well-known aquarium fishes, but Australia has a good variety of species from which the aquarist can choose. KEY TO THE FRESHWATER CHANDIDAE OF AUSTRALIA. A. Seales in 20 to 30 transverse rows. Two rows of cheek-scales. Lateral line developed, incomplete or obsolete. . B. Gill-rakers slender, 13 or more on lower limb of first gill-arch. Mucous pores on head inconspicuous. Body not banded. C. Supraorbital ridge smooth, ending in a spine (rarely 2 spines). Length usually less than 3 inches. )D. Suborbital denticulate. E. Hind margin of preoperculum entire. F. Preopercular ridge entire, except for 2 spines at angle. G/R. 18-20. Soft dorsal and anal rays 8-10. Austrochanda macleayi FF. Preopercular ridge denticulate. G/R. 24-26. Soft dorsal and anal rays 7-8. Austrochanda pallida EE. Hind margin of preoperculum denticulate. G. Preopercular ridge scarcely denticulate. Second dorsal spine not longer than base of the spinous fin. G/ixe us: Blandowskiella agassizi GG. Preopercular ridge strongly dentate. Second dorsal spine much longer than base of its spinous fin. H. Soft dorsal and anal rays 7-8. Gi Ee ian Colour plain. Blandowskiella agrammus HH. Soft dorsal and anal rays 9-10. G/R. 20. Each scale dark-margined, forming net- work; fins blackish. Blandowskiella reticulata DD. Suborbital entire. Murray R. system. Blandowskiella castelnaui CC. Supraorbital dentate posteriorly. Attains 4 inches in length. Priopidichthys marianus BB. Gill-rakers reduced stumps, 6 on lower limb. Mucous pores on head conspicuous. Lateral line obsolete. Body banded. Denariusa bandata AA. Scales 40 or more. More than 2 rows otf cheek-scales. Lateral line continuous. Acanthoperca gulliveri 256 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES BLANDOWSKIELLA RETICULATA (Weber). (Fig. 4.) Ambassis interrupta var reticulatus (sic) Weber, Nova Guinea, ix, 1913, pp. ~ 574, 605 and 609 (Merauke and Lorentz R., N. Guinea). Ambassis reticulatus Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xx, 6, 1914, p. 276 (Setakwa R., N. Guinea). Id. Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Archip. v, 1929, pp. 401 & 414, fig. 98, as reticulata. Id. Nichols, Amer. Mus. Novit. 1433, 1949, p. 2 (Archer R. Q.). Id. Fraser-Brunner, Bull. Raffles Mus. xxv, 1954, pp. 194 & 200. (Setakwa R., New Guinea). Id. Whitley, Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales 1954-55 (1956), p. 41. CF Ys y ey, uy a, es a o 7, £.N\ Fig. 4: Network Percelle, Blandowskiella reticulata, from Leichhardt River, Queensland. Here figured from a specimen, 53 mm. in standard length, from the Leichhardt River, Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland, collected in August 1928 by Dr. William Macgillivray (Austr. Mus. Regd. No. JIA.3710). It has D, vii/i, 10; A: iii, 9; P. 14. Se, 24, Tr. 3/1/10. Pred. 13. L. Lat. interrupter: G/R. 20. Last dorsal membrane not very low on spine of second dorsal fin. Denticulation of head and coloration as figured. WHITLEY 257 BLANDOWSKIELLA AGRAMMUS (Gunther). (ig: 52) Ambassis agrammus Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xx, 1867, p. 57. Cape York, Queensland. Types in British Museum. Id. Schmeltz, Mus. Godef. Cat. vii, 1879, p. 38 (Bowen, Q.). Id. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. v, 1881, p. 338 and Desc. Cat. Austr. Wish, 1, LSsl; p: 38. Id. Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2), i, 1886, p. 8 (south-east coast of New Guinea). Id. Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Archip. v, 1929, p. 411. Id. Fraser-Brunner, Bull. Raffles Mus. xxv, 1954, pp. 194 & 200 (lectotype, 42 mm. standard length, selected). Priopis agrammus Jordan & Seale, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xxv, 1905 (1906), Pp. 255. Id. McCulloch & Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus. viii, 1925, p. 147. Id. Whitley, Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales 1954-55 (1956), p. 41. Fig. 5: Chanda Perch, Blandowskiella agrammus, from Townsville, Queensland. Here figured from a specimen, from the Waterworks dam at Townsville, Queensland, 42 mm. in standard length (thus the same length as the lecto- type selected by Fraser Brunner, 1954). It agrees with Gunther’s description and has D. vii, i, 8, A. iii, 8; P. 12. Se. 27. Tr. 16. Predors. 14. This species is very close to reticulata, but has plainer coloration, ventrals and anal fins infuscated, more scales round caudal peduncle, fewer finrays and gill-rakers. 258 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES BLANDOWSKIELLA AGASSIZI (Steindachner). (Fig. 6.) Here figured from the lectotype of Pseudambassis nigripinnis De Vis (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ix, 1884, p. 393), a specimen nearly 2 inches long, trom the Brisbane River, Queensland (Austr. Mus. Reg. No. 1.396). Fig. 6: Olive Perchlet, Blandowskiella agassizi. Lectotype of Pseudambassis nigripinnis De Vis from Brisbane River, Queensland. Fins restored where dotted. It has D. vii, i, 8; A. iii, 8; P. i, 10. Se. 24: L. lat obsolescent.” Trew Predors. 9. The dark markings have faded after seventy years or more in alcohol. References and synonymy have been given by Whitley, Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1953-54 (1955), p. 47, figs. 3-4, but the queried synonyms in that account may be regarded as separate species, following Fraser- Brunner (Bull. Raffles Mus. xxv, 1954, p. 194). Family BODIANIDAE. Genus CHOHRODON Bleeker, 1845. CHOERODON TRANSVERSALIS, sp. nov. es 7) D. xili/7; A. tii, 10: P. 2, 14; C. 12-main rays. 1: lat. 28/729. Trae Predorsal scales 6. Head (112 mm.) 2.8; depth (119) 2.6 in standard length (315). Eye (16) 6.7, preorbital (42) 2.6, interorbital (30) 3.7, snout (47) 2.3, postorbital (61) 1.8, pectoral (85) 1.3, and length of caudal (55) 2 in head. Head about as high as long. Preorbital very high. Interorbital convex. Eyes small. Nostrils small, below eye-level. Behind the eye, two upright rows of scales are imbricate and increase below to up to 8 rows of cheek-scales which are not imbricate on lower cheeks. A tew scales on nape, a single row WHITLEY 200 on interoperculum, and large ones on operculum; rest of head naked with some pimple-like pores. Cleft of upper lip reaching below hinder half of eye; lower lip deep. In front of the lower jaw is a pair of strong, blue, slightly curved, erect tusks; outside these fits a pair of more curved and more compressed, vertical (not flaring) canines from upper jaw. These are followed by a small lateral tusk in the lower and another in the upper jaw on each side. Other teeth fused into a lateral ridge. Posterior canines well developed. Preopercular edge very minutely serrated in places. Gill- membranes broadly united across isthmus. Body deep, robust; scales with about 30 basal radii. Lateral line con- tinuous, its tubes arborescent, except for a few simpler posterior ones. Pre- dorsal scales begin on level with preopercular edge. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins slightly sheathed by scales; auxiliary scales contribute towards the dorsal and anal sheaths. Dorsal spines slender, stiff, pungent, the first (19 mm.) longer than eye; others: increase in length posteriorly, the last 22 mm. Membranes incised and produced beyond the spines like pennants. Soft dorsal lobe rather pointed, longest ray 51 mm. First anal spine more than half length of others, third longest, 26 mm. Longest anal ray (54 mm.) reaches farther back than soft dorsal does. Pectorals broadly rounded, second branched ray extending beyond others, but shorter than head. Ventrals not quite reaching anal, pointed, asymmetrical; left, 66 mm., right, 68 mm. Caudal rounded. Colour-description written 24 hours after the death of the fish by Messrs. T. C. Marshall and E. M. Grant: “General colour olive yellow. Head dull orange, suffused with yellow ochre. Each scale of the body with a vertical blue stripe. Spinous dorsal blue terminally, flame-colour subterminally, followed by strokes of blue and flame. Pectoral rays greenish, membranes smoky. Ventral rays blue, membranes bright orange. Anal blue with numerous elongate orange markings. Caudal dark blue with some traces of Orange. Teeth pale blue.” The collector's colour-notes were provisional, as he hoped to secure more specimens: “Basal body coloration peacock blue to green above, shading to creamy white ventrally. Transverse irregular bands, about six in number, is a T- ZF YE Efe Za ILO peee | } \—\ Z\ <; ~ d Ss a — at] — BS Loney, aS = oy art RTS = a d Ry avy ay re AL Tt, > y = is —— me fe Te Ee G fe ff SEEK )} : = | i] es POS Wr Fig. 7: Blue-toothed Tuskfish, Choerodon transversalis. Holotype from Heron Island, Queensland. .260 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES on body; colour pale brown, flecked with green. The head is similarly banded. A broad transverse band, the width of the orbit, runs across the nape, and continues below the cheek to fuse diffusely with that on the other side of the head. There are two narrower transverse bands across the lower orbital and nasal regions, and a narrow band running across the lower anterior cheek-region, from the sub-anterior orbit to posterior maxillary.” Collected by E. M. Grant, April 1954. The colours of the specimen have turned to brown in formalin and the evanescent patterns have almost vanished, but there are traces of several dark transverse bars, as figured here. A kodachrome transparency of the fish, kindly lent me by the Dept. of Zoology, University of Queensland, showed the following colours: Broad, anastomosing slate-grey to brownish- grey bands descend from back down head and body over a green background of various tones. Most scales behind pectoral with a vertical blue streak. Very bright green under chin to yellowish on cheek. Fins (folded) mostly dark slate-grey with some blue marks and with the body-bands apparently continuing on to them. Pectorals brownish with grey basal area and green and brown base. Pupil dark grey, iris pale green surrounded by blue ring. | Described and figured from the unique holotype, a specimen 144 inches or 370 mm. in total length. Australian Museum Regd. No. IB.3527; collec- tor’s No. 13. Loc.—Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef, Queensland; 4 April, 1954. Presented by Mr. David Woodland, Dept. of Zoology, University of Queens- land. Collected by Mr. EK. M. Grant. The erect canines, banded coloration and proportions separate this new species from all its congeners. Choerodon balerensis Herre (Philip. Journ. Sci. lxxviii, 1949, p. 149), from the Philippines, is cross-banded, but in a different fashion and with brilliant orange and blue colouring; it has 8 predorsal scales and different proportions, but differs markedly in having no posterior canine, the soft dorsal equal to the spinous in height. C. balerensis has D. xii, 8; A. iii, 9; caudal 3.5 in head; eye 3.8 in head and little less than interorbital, accord- ing to Herre. The genotype of Choerodon, Labrus mdcrodontus Lacepede, 1802 — anchorago (Bloch, 1791), has longer, more curved, lateral mandibular canines and different colour-pattern. In C. cyanodus (Richardson, 1843), as in C. olivaceus [= albigena] (De Vis, 1885), these canines flare out more. All other species are quite different: a list of Australian species was given by McCulloch (Austr. Mus. Mem. v, 1929, pp. 318-321), since which I have recorded some synonyms and described C. paynei Whitley, 1945, from Western Australia. Family CREEDIIDAE. Genus SQUAMICREEDIA Rendahl, 1921. SQUAMICREEDIA OBTUSA Rendahl. Squamicreedia obtusa Rendahl, K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., lxi, 9, Feb. 14, 1921, p. 20, figs. 4-6. Cape Jaubert, Western Australia. Id. Schultz, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. xxxi, 1941, p. 271. The range of this fish may be extended to include the Northern Territory and Queensland. The Australian Museum has one (Regd. No. I[A.7851) dredged on rope tangles off Charles Point, Northern Territory, in June 1938 by Mr. Melbourne Ward. Mr. R. Slack Smith obtained two from a coral clump on the reef flat at Heron Island, Queensland, on 12th January 1956, and noted the colours as “off-white with 4 reddish brown bars across anal.” (Univ. of Queensland No. G.52; Austr. Mus. IB.3546). Family GOBIIDAE. Genus GLOSSOGOBIUS Gill, 1862. GLOSSOGOBIUS SUPPOSITUS (Sauvage, 1880). Eleotris obscurus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Vict. ii, 1873, p. 134. Fremantle, Western Australia. Name preoccupied. WHITLEY 261 Gobius suppositus Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv, 1880, p. 41. Swan River, Western Australia. Eleotris castelnaui Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales v, 1881, p. 620. Swan River. : New name for LHleotris obscura (sic) Castelnau, preocc. by #£. obscura Temminck & Schlegel, Faun. Japon., Poiss., 1845, p. 149. Glossogobius vomer Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvii, 1929, p. 135, pl. xxxii, fig. 1. Swan River. Hleotris obscurus Castelnau, preocc. — H. Castelnaui Macleay is obviously a new and hitherto unsuspected synonym of Glossogobius suppositus. Family BLENNIIDAE. Genus NORFOLKIA Fowler, 1953. NORFOLKIA SQUAMICEPS (McCulloch & Waite). Gillias squamiceps McCulloch & Waite, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. xl, 1916, p. 449, pl. xli, fig. 1 and Waite, ibid., p. 454. Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. Norfolkia lairdi Fowler, Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. 1xxxi, 1953, p. 264, fig. 12. Norfolk Island. Two specimens, up to 17 inches long, from Heron Island, Queensland, constitute a new record for Australia. One is in the Dept. of Zoology, University of Queensland (No. E.34) and the other in the Australian Museum (No. IB.3544). The life-colours were noted as “grey and white [barred], with red-tipped mouth.” Norfolkia lairdi is a new synonym of squamiceps. Family CLINIDAE. Genus CLINUS Cuvier, 1816, s.l. CLINUS PUELLARUM Scott. Clinus marmoratus Klunzinger, Arch. Naturg. xxxviii, 1, 1872, p. 33. Port Phillip, Victoria. Types in Nat. Sammlung, Stuttgart, seen. Id. Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien Ixxx, 1 ,1879, p. 392. Id. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 1884, p. 37. Id. Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (2) ii, 1890, p. 29. Id. Whitley, Austr. Zool. x, 1941, p. 38, fig. 25 (type). Name preocc. by Clinus marmoratus Castelnau, Mem. Poiss. Afr. austr., 1861, p. 52, from Table Bay, South Africa. Clinus puellarum Scott, Proc. Roy Soc. Tas. Ixxxix, 1955, p. 139, pl. i, fig. 1. Low Head, Tasmania. I find that Clinus marmoratus is preoccupied but does not require a new name as it is evidently C. puellarum, as above. The species is found on both sides of Bass Strait. Family DIODONTIDAE. Genus CHILOMYCTERUS Barneville, 1846. CHILOMYCTERUS ATRINGA (Linne). Add to synonymy: Diodon muricatus Humphries, Museum Calonnianum, Ot No. 1S13. ‘ 262 MUSSELS An Extraordinary Bilateral Gynandromorph Butterfly By L. COURTNEY HAINES. (Plate xxxi.) On the 27th December, 1948, Mr. F. Hole, of Burradoo, N.S.W., captured in his garden a strange specimen of the Common Brown Butterfly, Heteronympha merope merope Fabricius, 1775, which he showed to Roderick Dobson Esq., well-known British naturalist, who, at that time, was residing in Burradoo. Mr. Dobson was impressed by the specimen, observing it to be a rare hermaphrodite; and on his next visit to Sydney brought the unset specimen along to me. Instantly, I recognised it as being a very rare and most striking bilateral gynandromorph, made all the more outstanding by the remarkable difference in the sexes ot Heteronympha merope merope. Fortunately the specimen was in near perfect condition. The upper left fore-wing was of a normal male pattern, as was the left hind-wing, except for a small oval freak ocellus on the right of the normal hind-wing ocellus. The undersides of the left wings were normal male, both in markings and in colour. The right wings’ upper surfaces were completely female, as were the undersides. As the male Heteronympha merope merope is somewhat smaller than the female, it was interesting to note that this feature was also produced, though to a lesser extent, in this remarkable hermaphrodite. A number of other hermaphrodites have been captured from time to time by entomologists. The following gynandromorphous specimens are mentioned by the late Dr. G. A. Waterhouse in the Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., for Sept. Hse eb Wp New Guinea Birdwing. Papilio (Troides) priamus poseidon Doubleday. 1847. Orchard Swallowtail. Papilio aegeus aegeus Don. 1805. Big Greasy. Hurycus cressida cressida Fab. 1775. Caper White. Anaphaeis (Belenois) java teutonia Fab. 1775. Queensland Two-brand Crow. Huploea sylvester sylvester Fab. 1793. Meadow Argus. Precis (Junonia) villida calybe Godart. 1819. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI. The acompanying photograph depicts the maie and female Heteronympha merope merope, figs. 1 and 3, whilst fig. 2 illustrates the gynandromorphous specimen. LASERON 263 New South Wales Mussels A Taxonomic Review of the Family Mytilidae from the Peronian Zoogeographical Province By CHARLES F. LASERON, F.R.Z:S. (Figs. 1-53.) (This research has been assisted by a grant from the Science and Industry Endowment Fund.) INTRODUCTION. This is one of a series of papers, a number of which have already appeared, in which single families of molluscs from the Peronian Zoogeo- graphical Province are reviewed taxonomically as a whole. The object is to bring the widely scattered references into one paper, and to illustrate and discuss all the species and subspecies and their relationship one with another. The description of new species or genera is secondary, though this inevitably has been found necessary to a greater or less extent. The mussels as a whole play an important part in the marine ecology of the Australian coast, particularly of the foreshore, and their place in the intertidal zonation has been studied by Bennett and Pope (1953). Though their spawning habits have not been specially studied, it is obvious from their gregarious habit, and by inference from the known spawning habits of other pelecypods, that they must be extremely prolific. The littoral species are therefore well fitted to take advantage of any means of migration, and as inhabitants of the intertidal zone they are also well adapted to withstand considerable ranges in temperature. As a result many species so placed have a range throughout more than one zoogeographical province, though there is generally a greater local concentration to make a species more charac- teristic of one province than another. The range on the whole is wider than in many other families of mollusca. The wider range may also be accounted for by antiquity. The family goes far back in geological history, though the true phylogenetics of fossil forms are imperfectly understood. In Australia some forms have been described from the Permian; then there is a great time-gap to the Cretaceous, the next period from which extensive marine deposits are known. Many mussels have been found in the Australian Cretaceous, but have never been worked out, and much of the material is in poor condition. In the Australian Tertiary there are some links between fossils and species now living on the continental shelf, but less between fossils and recent littoral forms. This can be understood, as the bulk of the Tertiary deposits are from deeper water, and fossils from the littoral zone can be expected only from restricted areas on the border of the Tertiary Sea. These may yet be found, probably from the vicinity of the lower Darling River and parts of the Murray River Valley. The family Mytilidae is fairly well defined, though some modern con- chologists advocate a division into two famliies, Mytilidae and Modiolidae. The division is based largely on the hinge, Mytilidae having hinge teeth while the Modiolidae are edentulous. This character alone hardly seems sufficient, for when teeth are present they are small and rarely functional, appearing more as a development and modification of crenulations on the dorsal margin. Only in Austromytilus do they appear immediately below the umbos on what is approximately a true hinge plate, but even here they are irregular in size and number and tend to become obsolete on maturity. There is no resemblance to the definite pattern and interlocking of the hinges of most of the higher families of pelecypods, nor even to that of the more primitive taxodonts. In the description of species which follows, the term “teeth” is used where they are functional, that is interlocking with those of the opposite valve; otherwise the term ‘“pseudo-teeth” is used. 264 MUSSELS Hedley (1917) listed 18 species of Mytilidae from the Peronian Province. Subsequently Iredale in various papers rejected one species, renamed others and added a new record. In this paper 22 species are discussed and figured, some further revision of nomenclature has been undertaken, necessitating the proposal of one generic and 5 new specific names, and the addition of 2 © new records from the Province. Original descriptions have been amplified, taxonomic comparison has been made, and some new data added on the distribution of the various species. All types, paratypes and specimens illustrated have been presented to the Australian Museum, Sydney. The following is now the complete list of Peronion species. Mytilus planulatus Lamarck. Austromytilus rostratus (Dunker). Septifer australis, sp. nov. Trichomya hirsuta (Lamarck). Musculus cumingianus (Reeve). Musculus ulmus Iredale. Musculus alganus, sp. nov. Musculus varicosus (Gould). Trichomusculus barbatus (Reeve). Trichomusculus splendidus (Dunker). Modiolus peronianus, sp. nov. Modiolus cottoni, sp. nov. Modiolus agripeta Iredale. Modiolus victoriae Pritchard & Gatliff. Modiolus delinificus Iredale. Modiolus pulex (Lamarck). Amygdalum beddomei Iredale. Amygdalum lineum (Hedley). Amygdalum glaberrimum (Dunker). Fluviolanatus amarus sp. nov. Exosiperna relata Iredale. Solamen rex Iredale. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. Genus MYTILUS Linne. Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 704. Type species Mytilus edulis Linne. Mytilus is now restricted to mussels with a few small hinge teeth on a thickened marginal extension anterior to the umbos. The teeth are func- tional, interlocking with those of the opposite valve. The shell is wedge- shaped, very inequilateral, the umbos anteriorly terminal and acute, sculpture smooth or finely concentric, periostracum smooth, byssus strong, ligament linear, set in a marginal groove. Mytilis planulatus Lamarck. (Figs. 1-3.) Mytilus planulatus Lamarck, 1819, Anim. sans Vert., 6, p. 125. The type locality is Western Australia, and the species ranges through- out southern Australia to the east coast. In New South Wales it is one of the commonest species, forming dense, gregarious colonies on piles and rocks in the outer harbours just below the limit of low tide level. The form is variable, Western Australian specimens being generally broader than those from the east, though among the latter are many individuals which are just as broad. The colour varies from deep brown to nearly black, with a strong violet tinge particularly noticeable on worn specimens. The interior is white, except at the margins. The small teeth are variable in number, generally 3 in each valve, but there may be 5 or 6. They are best seen in young specimens, and in many mature shells they are quite obsolete. The specimen illustrated is from North Harbour, Port Jackson, its height from the umbo to the extreme posterior-ventral margin 59 mm., the depth of the conjoined valves 23 mm. LASERON 265 Genus AUSTROMYTILUS, gen. nov. Type-species Mytilus rostratus Dunker. A genus of the Mytilidae characterised by a few, prominent nodular hinge-teeth set on a plate immediately below the umbo, a black, smooth periostracum, radial sculpture, a semi-internal ligament set in a groove behind the umbo. The number of teeth is variable, even in the one species, but the general formula is 2 in the left valve and one in the right. The form of the shell is very inequilateral, and the umbos are terminal and rostrate. The adductor muscles are unequal, the posterior large, rounded ventrally and elongated dorsally, the anterior small, round and deeply excavated just below the hinge plate. The habit is gregarious, individuals adhering by a hirsute byssus protruding from between the valves just below the umbo. By its shell characters Austromytilus is related to the true Mytilus, but differs by its radial sculpture, and by the large irregular teeth below the umbo. In Mytilus the teeth are small and set on an anterior extension of the margin. In Brachyodontes, to which the type has been referred, there are no cardinal teeth, but a row of small pseudo-teeth on the margin above the ligamental groove posterior to the umbo. The southern and western species M. erosus (Lamarck) has a hinge much nearer to this type. Austromytilus rostratus (Dunker). (Figs. 4, 5.) Mytilus rostratus Dunker, 1857, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1856, p. 538; Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1857, 10, pl. 5, fig. 15. The type locality is Tasmania, and the species is very common in communal masses in the intertidal zone throughout southern Australia. In the east it has invaded the Peronian Province and is found in occasional patches as far north as Jervis Bay, but is never common. The specimen figured is from Narooma, its height 33 mm. and depth of conjoined valves 15 mm. In the past there has been some doubt as to whether it was a variation of Mytilus erosus Lamarck, but good figures by May (1923) and Cotton and Godfrey (1938) make the differences clear. The only other possible doubt was whether Lamarck’s original erosus was not really the rostrate form, as his quite inadequate description indeed suggested. The type of erosus is in the Paris Museum and has never been figured, so drawings of the two species were sent to Paris for comparison. Fortunately this showed that the inter- pretations by later Australian authors were correct, and the identification of the two species can be considered as satisfactorily settled. A. rosratus is variable in shape and when in dense colonies is often deformed, and the upper portion of both valves much eroded, but when growing singly it is generally wider and constant. The teeth are stronger in young shells, and in very old individuals they may be fused together or often nearly obsolete. They are irregular in form. Generally there are 2 in the left valve and 1 in the right, but the formula may vary as 1-0, 2-1, 3-2, 2-3 and even 4-3. These teeth are true teeth, interlocking with those of the opposite valve. The colour of eroded specimens is generally purple, but when uneroded is nearly black. Genus SEPTIFER Recluz. Septifer Recluz, 1848, Rev. Zool., p. 275. Type species Mytilus bilocularis Linne. The shell is trigonal and very inequilateral, the umbos terminal, the sculpture of radial ribs on the posterior portion. The main generic character is, however, the subumbonal shelf in which is excavated an impression for the insertion of the anterior muscle. The distribution of the genus is given as from Mauritius to Australia. It is generally associated with coral reefs, and most of the described species are tropical. Iredale records two species from Queensland, doubtfully referred to S. bilocularis and S. excisa Wieg- 266 MUSSELS mann. Again from New Zealand Powell* records from the stomach of a fish a single valve which he compares with S. bilocularis, and also remarks that similar valves are not uncommon in a dredging from 10-30 metres off the Kermadecs. A species occasionally found in New South Wales has been variously determined as Dilocularis and S. kraussi Kust, and it is here named as new. The genus is also found in the Victorian Tertiary, and it is probable that the New South Wales and New Zealand forms have more relationship with the fossil than with living species. Septifer australis, sp. nov. (Kies: 6:7.) Shell small, solid, trigonal, narrow anteriorly, expanded posteriorly, very inequilateral, the umbo large and terminal with a small, round pro- dissoconch. Dorsal margin straight, ventral margin sinuate, posterior margin rounded. Colour white fiecked with brown. Sculpture of concentric growth furrows, crossed on the posterior portion by numerous, well defined, . radiating ridges. Hinge line long and straight, with a wide, strong liga- mental grooved plate behind the umbo. The margin above this and also the anterior margin are crenulate. Below the umbo is a wide, definite plate, deeply excavated for the anterior adductor muscle. Above this on the left valve are two small, deep impressions. Posterior adductor scar very faintly impressed. Height from umbo obliquely to posterior-ventral margin 5.4 mm., depth of a single valve approximately 1.6 mm.; the corresponding measure- ments of the paratype 6.4 mm. and approximately 2.4 mm. Locality.—14 fms. off Long Reef, holotype and 1 paratype. Remarks.—This is probably the species previously recorded from New South Wales as S. bilocularis Linne, the type of which came from Mauritius. It differs, however, radically in shape and sculpture from that species, and also from the Victorian Tertiary fossil S. fenestratus Tate. Genus TRICHOMYA Ihering. Trichomya Ithering, 1900, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., 4, p. 87, Type-species Mytilus hirsutus Lamarck. The nomenclature was reviewed by Iredale (1924). Later (1939) he proposed a further genus Dentimodiolus with a new Queensland species sculptus as type. From Iredale’s description of the hinge of Dentimodiolus there seems very little difference between Trichomya and Dentimodiolus. It reads: “ligament set upon a shallow shelf, above which the margin is strongly numerously toothed; teeth as round knobs, not interlocking with opposite series; the pseudo-teeth continuing all along the upper margin, but disappearing ventrally, stronger at the anterior end where they may act as true teeth.’ This description applies equally well to hirsutus, the type of Trichomya, except that in hirsutus there is individual variation in the hinge. For instance, in some specimens the anterior marginal crenulations below the umbo are faint, in others the uppermost 2 or 3 are quite large and rounded and simulate true teeth. Cotton and Godfrey (1938) placed the three species rostratus, erosus and hirsutus all under Brachyodontes, but here they are considered as generically separate, not only from Brachyodontes but from each other. An obvious conchological difference apart from the hinge between hirsutus and the other two is that it possesses a hirsute periostracum, the hairs of which are forked as in Trichomusculus. Another character noticed by Iredale (1924) suggests relationship between Trichomya and Trichomusculus and Musculus: this is the sculpture. Though the sculpture of Trichomya hirsuta is primarily radial and at first sight appears to cover the whole shell equally, close examination shows that in the sinus on the ventral margin at the anterior end it becomes very faint or even quite obsolete, reappearing again just below the umbos. * Rec. Auck. Mus., 1954, 4, p. 235. LASERON 267 Trichomya hirsuta (Lamarck). (Figs. 8-10.) Mytilus hirsutus Lamarck, 1819, Anim. sans vert., 6, p. 120. The type locality is doubtful, but may be South Australia. Fortunately it is a well defined species and its identity is well established. In New South Wales it is very abundant in the bays where it grows in gregarious masses and forms a well defined band in the lower part of the littoral zone. It prefers a truly marine environment, and in the upper reaches of Port Jackson and in the river estuaries it is generally replaced by Modiolus pulez. Owing to crowding the form is often distorted, and it varies accordingly much in shape. The masses of individuals bound together by the hirsute periostracum provide shelter for many other organisms and constitute a distinct ecological unit. It can be readily recognised by its form, brown coloration and pearly interior. The specimen illustrated came from Port Jackson; its height from umbo to extreme posterior ventral extremity is 59 mm. and depth of conjoined valves 32 mm. It has also been recorded from Tasmania and Victoria, where it is rare, and from South Australia where it is quite common. It is also common in large colonies in southern Queensland, and specimens from Hervey: Bay within the Solanderian Province cannot be separated from those from New South Wales. Genus MUSCULUS Bolten. Musculus Bolten, 1798, Mus. Bolt., p. 156. Type species Musculus discors Linne. Iredale (1924 & 1936) has outlined the nomenclature of this genus, which may be accepted for a group of Australian shells with smooth perios- traca, edentulous hinges, marginal ligaments and discrepant, threefold sculpture, radial sculpture occurring at both the anterior and posterior ends with a central area smooth except for faint concentric growth lines. A further subdivision by Iredale (1924) placed those species with otherwise similar characters but with hirsute periostraca in a new genus Trichomusculus. Cotton and Godfrey (1938) have not accepted Trichomusculus, but in their key to the South Australian species of Musculus use the nature of the periostracum as a primary subdivision. Living species of both these groups seem to be direct descendants of Tertiary fossils from southern Australia. For instance Musculus cumingianus greatly resembles Modiolaria corioensis Tate from the Miocene of Corio Bay, Victoria, and Trichomusculus barbatus is close to Modiolaria semigranos«a Tate from the Adelaide bore. Musculus cumingianus (Reeve). Gigs 15) Modiola cumingianus Reeve, 1857, Conch. Icon., 10, pl. 9, fig. 50. The validity of this name is still in doubt, depending on whether it is a distinct species from the South Australian M. nanus Dunker. If not the latter name has a year’s priority. The type locality of cumingianus is Moreton Bay, Queensland, and the species ranges right down the New South Wales coast, generally attached to ascidians or sponges. The specimen figured came from Long Reef, near Sydney; its length is 24 mm., height 15 mm. and depth of conjoined valves 13.5 mm. An important character for specific determination is the number and disposition of the radial ribs. In the New South Wales specimens the anterior ribs are always the most prominent; they are narrow and well raised with wide, flat channels between, and number 7-8, of which the 3-4 commencing on the umbo stand out, while the others at the extreme anterior end are faint. The posterior ribs are less defined and number approximately from 20-24. The colour is generally a rich red brown. The South Australian nanus Dunker and the New Zealand impactus Hermann, if not identical, are both very close to this. The species 268 MUSSELS cuneatus Gould, which appears on Hedley’s Check List (1917), was described from False Bay, Cape of Good Hope, and has among other differences a much greater number of radiating ribs than any Australian species. It has already been rejected from the New South Wales list by Iredale (1936). Musculus ulmus Iredale. (Fig. 12.) Musculus ulmus Iredale, 1936, p. 271, pl. 21, fig. 10. Small specimens from Port Jackson, which might be taken as immature cumingianus were separated chiefly by the greater number of radiating ribs at the anterior end, 15 being counted on the type. The colour generally is green, the same as in Some immature specimens of cumingianus, but apart from the number of ribs, ulmus is even more inequilateral, the umbos over- hanging the anterior margin. The specimen figured is from Port Jackson, its length 11 mm., height 6 mm. and depth of conjoined valves 6 mm. Musculus alganus, sp. nov. (Figs. 13, 14.) Shell small, oval in contour, widening at the posterior end, the ventral margin sulcate beneath the umbos, very inequilateral, the umbos tumid and overhanging the anterior end. Colour white to pale yellow, variegated with irregular brown patches. Periostracum thin with a minute granular texture. Sculpture distinctive, 3 or not more than 4 short, radial ribs at the extreme anterior end, the median region smooth except for concentric growth lines, the posterior region with very faint, distant radial threads, often hardly discernible. Hinge edentulous, ligament short, marginal, set in a very narrow submarginal groove. Length 4 mm., depth of conjoined valves 1.9 mm. Habitat.—Living on algae in rock pools, Yamba, holotype and 1 paratype; also in similar habitat at Point Halliday, common. A series in the Australian Museum from Port Jackson is slightly larger than the type. Remarks.—It was thought that this might be the juvenile of one of the other species, but the distinctive shape and sculpture and also the uniform size and colouring of series from several localities led to the conclusion that it is quite different. It is not uncommon on the outer beaches, but wave rolled specimens are hard to recognise, and can easily be confused with M. varicosus. Musculus varicosus (Gould). (Fig. 15.) Modiola varicosa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1861, 8, p. 37. Though no figure was originally published there is fortunately no doubt as to the identity of the species, as the type-locality is Sydney. It is common on the beaches both within Port Jackson and on the neighbouring coast and also in dredgings from a sandy bottom, but is rarely seen with both valves conjoined. It is readily recognised by the wedge-shaped contour, and by its very narrow anterior end. The colour is variegated, a white to yellow ground with irregular lines, often zigzag, and patches of deep chocolate. It is small, the specimen figured from Port Hacking being about the maximum size. Its length is 13.5 mm. and the depth of the single valve approximately 3.5 mm. The ligament is very weak, the submarginal groove barely discernible on the dorsal margin of the very thin shell. Genus TRICHOMUSCULUS Iredale. Trichomusculus Iredale, 1924, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. Wales, 49, p. 196. Type- species Lithodomus barbatus Reeve. Hinge and sculpture similar to Musculus, but with a hirsute periostracum on the posterior half. It may be noted that the hairs of the periostracum are branched. LASERON 269 Trichomusculus barbatus (Reeve). (Figs. 16-18). Lithodomus barbatus Reeve, 1858, Conch. Icon., 10, pl. 5, fig. 27. The type-locality is given as Port Jackson, 6 fms., in mud. It is a small, well defined species, common on the rocky foreshores of Port Jackson and on the neighbouring coast. It has also been recorded from Tasmania and South Australia. The specimen figured is from North Harbour, Port Jackson; its height obliquely from the umbo to the extreme posterio-ventral margin is 7.5 mm., the depth of the conjoined valves 4.5 mm. Apart from its form it can be readily recognised by the dense, hirsute periostracum covering the posterior portion of the shell and projecting behind in a beard- like appendage. The hairs of the periostracum are long, and often much branched. Trichomusculus splendidus (Dunker). (Figs. 19-21.) Volsella splendida Dunker, 1857, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1856, p. 365. Lithodomus splendidus Reeve, 1858, Conch. Icon., 10, pl. 5, fig. 21. The identity of this species is not yet ,.certain. The type-locality was given by Dunker as California, though it has not since been recognised from there. Reeve figured it as from Sydney. Hedley (1901) provided another figure of the interior only of the local shell. In view of the uncertainty and of the inadequacy of Dunker’s original description his name might well be rejected as indeterminable, but it has been difficult to obtain satisfactory material for adequate description, and for this reason no change is proposed in the present nomenclature. Apparently it is rather a rare Shell. The specimen illustrated has been identified from Hedley's figure, and came from Kurnell, Botany Bay. Its length is 15 mm., height 6.5 mm. and the depth of the single valve approximately 4 mm. Other specimens came from Huskisson and from the beaches at the mouth of the Clarence River, but the periostracum is so dense, often covering the whole shell, that both the form and sculpture are obscured and identification is difficult. Compared with barbatus the form of the shell is more elongated, the dorsal and ventral margins are nearly parallel, and the umbo is more terminal, quite over- hanging the anterior end. The interior anterior margin below the umbo is often deeply crenulated, simulating a row of teeth. Genus MODIOLUS Lamarck. Modiolus Lamarck, 1799, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Paris, p. 87. Type-species Mytilus modiolus Linne. The main characteristics of this genus are the very inequilateral, oblique shell, narrow anteriorly but expanding posteriorly, the nearly terminal umbos and the thin, edentulous hingeline. The ligament is internal, set in a long groove excavated in the margin behind the umbos. The sculpture consists of fine growth-lines only, and there is often a hirsute periostracum. Iredale (1939) suggests that when the animals are critically examined the genus may have to be divided into more than one. Superficially he recognises two sections, those with a long hingeline and weak slender ligament and those with a short hingeline and strong ligament. He also notes that members of the former group are mud living and unattached by a byssus, and are also not hirsute, while the latter are attached to rocks, etc., by a byssus and are very hirsute. The division is, however, not as clear cut as this, for at least one species attached by a byssus, Modiolus pulez, has a smooth and not a hirsute periostracum. Modiolus peronianus, sp. nov. (Figs. 22-24.) Shell of medium size, stout, very oblique, narrow at the anterior end, dorsal margin arched, about half the total length, posterior end elongated and expanded, angled at its junction with the hinge, ventral margin sinuate, umbos large and prominent, close to the anterior margin which is slightly auriculate. 270 MUSSELS Colour deep red-brown to almost black, interior purple, worn beach specimens often red. Sculpture of closely spaced, strong, concentric growth-ridges. Periostracum hirsute, covering most of the shell, the hairs not bifurcate but generally bearing short hooks. Hingeline long, arched, edentulous, the ligament internal, behind the umbos, strong, set in a well defined sub- — marginal groove. Adductor muscle scars shallow and not clearly defined. Height from umbo to extreme posterio-ventral margin 57 mm., depth of conjoined valves 28 mm. Locality.—Gunnamatta Bay, Port Hacking, on sand flats at low tide; holotype and 1 paratype. Remarks.—This is one of the species previously called WM. australis Gray, and later identified by Hedley with the New Zealand species M. areolatus Gould. M. australis was proposed as long ago as 1826, and appeared in all check-lists up to 1923, having at one time or another been applied to several different species. Hedley (1923) finally pointed out that Gray’s description was confined to a few remarks about a single worn and unlocalised valve, and decided to discard it as unintelligible. Unfortunately in its place he. proposed to use M. areolatus, a well defined New Zealand species which very doubtfully occurs in Australia at all.. Since then areolatus has been applied to more than one Australian species, and the confusion has been perpetuated. For instance, Cotton and Godfrey (1938) used it for a South Australian species, but at the same time stated: “We are not altogether satisfied with the species name areolatus,’ and noted also that Tate wrote of the same species: “WM. australis Gray, this is also albicosta var. spatula Lamarck.” Of the Australian species, peronianus approaches closest to the New Zealand areolatus, but is only half the size, and differs slightly in shape, being even narrower anteriorly and more elongate posteriorly. It is felt that by giving a new name to this Peronian species its identity will be established and future confusion avoided. Modiolus cottoni, sp. nov. (Figs. 25-28.) Shell large, thin, very oblique, very narrow at the anterior end, expanded posteriorly, dorsal margin nearly straight, angled with the posterior margin which is regularly curved, ventral margin sulcate just below the umbo, anterior margin small and auriculate, umbos not large, near the anterior margin. Colour pale yellow brown, one half-grown specimen red, interior pure white. The type has only traces of a periostracum, but if the identifica- tion of a group of half grown specimens is correct, it is hirsute, the hairs near the posterior margin being long, thin, flattened and not forked. Hinge- line long and nearly straight, edentulous, the ligament internal, thin and weak, set in a very narrow submarginal groove. Adductor muscle scars hardly impressed, the anterior small and close to the umbo, the posterior larger, rather wide, close to the posterior extremity. Depth from umbo to posterior ventral extremity 83 mm., length of hingeline 51 mm., depth of conjoined valves 45 mm. Locality.—30-50 fms., off Twofold Bay; holotype (Mr. T. A. Garrard). Remarks.—This appears to be the species known in South Australia as M. areolatus, and it cannot be separated from the eastern Tasmanian shell also known by that name. For reasons given when discussing M. peronianus, areolatus is now discarded for Australian shells. Compared with WM. peronianus it is a larger, frailer shell with a different contour, even narrower anteriorly, the hingeline is straighter and the ligament much weaker. The colour is also different. For the South Australian species the range in depth is given by Cotton as from below low tide down to 300 fms. The species is named in honour of Mr. B. C. Cotton whose monumental work in collaboration with Mr. F. K. Godfrey on the South Australian Pelecypoda has been of such assistance to Australian conchologists. LASERON 21a Modiolus agripeta Iredale. (Figs. 29, 30.) Modiolus agripeta Iredale, 1939, Gt. Barr. Reef. Exped. Sci. Rept., 5, p. 412, ple